CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS 16Parts 0 to 999 Revised as of January 1, 2000 Commercial Practices Containing a Codification of documents of general applicability and future effect As of January 1, 2000 With Ancillaries

Published by:

Office of the Federal Register

National Archives and Records

Administration

 A Special Edition of the Federal Register U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 2000

For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office

Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328

 Table of Contents Page Explanation v Title 16: Chapter I—Federal Trade Commission 3 Finding Aids: Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference 601 Table of CFR Titles and Chapters 603 Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR 621 List of CFR Sections Affected 631

Cite this Code:CFR

To cite the regulations in this volume use title, part and section number. Thus, 16 CFR 0.1 refers to title 16, part 0, section 1. Explanation

The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into parts covering specific regulatory areas.

Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16

as of January 1

Title 17 through Title 27

as of April 1

Title 28 through Title 41

as of July 1

Title 42 through Title 50

as of October 1

The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.

LEGAL STATUS

The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

 HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used together to determine the latest version of any given rule.

To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its revision date (in this case, January 1, 2000), consult the “List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA),” which is issued monthly, and the “Cumulative List of Parts Affected,” which appears in the Reader Aids section of the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

 EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be inserted following the text.

 OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information collection request. Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting requirements.

 OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For the period beginning January 1, 1986, a “List of CFR Sections Affected” is published at the end of each CFR volume.

 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force of law.

What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which approval is based are:

(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of material published in the Federal Register.

(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative process.

(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.

Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.

What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 20408, or call (202) 523-4534.

 CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in this volume.

An index to the text of “Title 3—The President” is carried within that volume.

The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. This index is based on a consolidation of the “Contents” entries in the daily Federal Register.

A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

 REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing in the Code of Federal Regulations.

 INQUIRIES

For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at the top of odd-numbered pages.

For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227 or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408.

 SALES

The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800, M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2233, 24 hours a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

 ELECTRONIC SERVICES

The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/nara (``GPO Access''). For more information, contact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free). E-mail, gpoaccess@gpo.gov.

The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA site also contains links to GPO Access.

 Raymond A. Mosley, Director, Office of the Federal Register. January 1, 2000. THIS TITLE

Title 16—Commercial Practices is composed of two volumes. The first volume contains parts 0-999 and comprises chapter I—Federal Trade Commission. The second volume containing part 1000 to end comprises chapter II—Consumer Product Safety Commission. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations codified under this title of the CFR as of January 1, 2000.

For this volume, Jonn V. Lilyea was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal Regulations publication program is under the direction of Frances D. McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.

CFRORDR.FRM <LRH>16 CFR Ch. I (1-1-00 Edition)</LRH> <RRH>Federal Trade Commission</RRH> <CFRTITLE> <TITLEHD> <PRTPAGE P="1"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Title 16—Commercial Practices</HD> <P>(This book contains parts 0 to 999)</P> </TITLEHD> <CFRTOC> <PTHD>Part</PTHD> <CHAPTI> <SUBJECT> <E T="04">chapter i</E>—Federal Trade Commission</SUBJECT> <PG>0</PG> </CHAPTI> </CFRTOC> </CFRTITLE> <CHAPTER> <TOC> <TOCHD> <PRTPAGE P="3"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER I—FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION</HD> </TOCHD> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER A—ORGANIZATION, PROCEDURES AND RULES OF PRACTICE</HD> </SUBCHAP> <PTHD>Part</PTHD> <PGHD>Page</PGHD> <CHAPTI> <PT>0</PT> <SUBJECT>Organization</SUBJECT> <PG>7</PG> <PT>1</PT> <SUBJECT>General procedures</SUBJECT> <PG>11</PG> <PT>2</PT> <SUBJECT>Nonadjudicative procedures</SUBJECT> <PG>31</PG> <PT>3</PT> <SUBJECT>Rules of practice for adjudicative proceedings</SUBJECT> <PG>44</PG> <PT>4</PT> <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous rules</SUBJECT> <PG>81</PG> <PT>5</PT> <SUBJECT>Standards of conduct</SUBJECT> <PG>111</PG> <PT>6</PT> <SUBJECT>Enforcement of nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by the Federal Trade Commission</SUBJECT> <PG>115</PG> <PT>14</PT> <SUBJECT>Administrative interpretations, general policy statements, and enforcement policy statements</SUBJECT> <PG>121</PG> <PT>16</PT> <SUBJECT>Advisory committee management</SUBJECT> <PG>124</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER B—GUIDES AND TRADE PRACTICE RULES</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>17</PT> <SUBJECT>Application of guides in preventing unlawful practices [Note]</SUBJECT> <PG>131</PG> <PT>18</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the nursery industry</SUBJECT> <PG>131</PG> <PT>20</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the rebuilt, reconditioned and other used automobile parts industry</SUBJECT> <PG>135</PG> <PT>23</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the jewelry, precious metals, and pewter industries</SUBJECT> <PG>137</PG> <PT>24</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for select leather and imitation leather products</SUBJECT> <PG>148</PG> <PT>25-227</PT> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> <PT>228</PT> <SUBJECT>Tire advertising and labeling guides</SUBJECT> <PG>151</PG> <PT>233</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides against deceptive pricing</SUBJECT> <PG>161</PG> <PT>238</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides against bait advertising</SUBJECT> <PG>164</PG> <PT>239</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the advertising of warranties and guarantees</SUBJECT> <PG>165</PG> <PT>240</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for advertising allowances and other merchandising payments and services</SUBJECT> <PG>167</PG> <PT>250</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the household furniture industry</SUBJECT> <PG>173</PG> <PT>251</PT> <SUBJECT>Guide concerning use of the word “free” and similar representations</SUBJECT> <PG>181<PRTPAGE P="4"/> </PG> <PT>254</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for private vocational and distance education schools</SUBJECT> <PG>182</PG> <PT>255</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides concerning use of endorsements and testimonials in advertising</SUBJECT> <PG>186</PG> <PT>256</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the law book industry</SUBJECT> <PG>190</PG> <PT>259</PT> <SUBJECT>Guide concerning fuel economy advertising for new automobiles</SUBJECT> <PG>197</PG> <PT>260</PT> <SUBJECT>Guides for the use of environmental marketing claims</SUBJECT> <PG>199</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER C—REGULATIONS UNDER SPECIFIC ACTS OF CONGRESS</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>300</PT> <SUBJECT>Rules and regulations under the Wool Products Labeling Act of 1939</SUBJECT> <PG>210</PG> <PT>301</PT> <SUBJECT>Rules and regulations under Fur Products Labeling Act</SUBJECT> <PG>222</PG> <PT>303</PT> <SUBJECT>Rules and regulations under the Textile Fiber Products Identification Act</SUBJECT> <PG>237</PG> <PT>304</PT> <SUBJECT>Rules and regulations under the Hobby Protection Act</SUBJECT> <PG>260</PG> <PT>305</PT> <SUBJECT>Rule concerning disclosures regarding energy consumption and water use of certain home appliances and other products required under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (“Appliance Labeling Rule”)</SUBJECT> <PG>261</PG> <PT>306</PT> <SUBJECT>Automotive fuel ratings, certification and posting</SUBJECT> <PG>335</PG> <PT>307</PT> <SUBJECT>Regulations under the Comprehensive Smokeless Tobacco Health Education Act of 1986</SUBJECT> <PG>341</PG> <PT>308</PT> <SUBJECT>Trade regulation rule pursuant to the Telephone Disclosure and Dispute Resolution Act of 1992</SUBJECT> <PG>354</PG> <PT>309</PT> <SUBJECT>Labeling requirements for alternative fuels and alternative fueled vehicles</SUBJECT> <PG>365</PG> <PT>310</PT> <SUBJECT>Telemarketing sales rule</SUBJECT> <PG>382</PG> <PT>311</PT> <SUBJECT>Test procedures and labeling standards for recycled oil</SUBJECT> <PG>388</PG> <PT>312</PT> <SUBJECT>Children's online privacy protection rule</SUBJECT> <PG>389</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER D—TRADE REGULATION RULES</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>408</PT> <SUBJECT>Unfair or deceptive advertising and labeling of cigarettes in relation to the health hazards of smoking [Note]</SUBJECT> <PG>397</PG> <PT>410</PT> <SUBJECT>Deceptive advertising as to sizes of viewable pictures shown by television receiving sets</SUBJECT> <PG>397</PG> <PT>423</PT> <SUBJECT>Care labeling of textile wearing apparel and certain piece goods as amended</SUBJECT> <PG>397</PG> <PT>424</PT> <SUBJECT>Retail food store advertising and marketing practices</SUBJECT> <PG>403</PG> <PT>425</PT> <SUBJECT>Use of prenotification negative option plans</SUBJECT> <PG>404<PRTPAGE P="5"/> </PG> <PT>429</PT> <SUBJECT>Rule concerning cooling-off period for sales made at homes or at certain other locations</SUBJECT> <PG>406</PG> <PT>432</PT> <SUBJECT>Power output claims for amplifiers utilized in home entertainment products</SUBJECT> <PG>409</PG> <PT>433</PT> <SUBJECT>Preservation of consumers' claims and defenses</SUBJECT> <PG>411</PG> <PT>435</PT> <SUBJECT>Mail or telephone order merchandise</SUBJECT> <PG>412</PG> <PT>436</PT> <SUBJECT>Disclosure requirements and prohibitions concerning franchising and business opportunity ventures</SUBJECT> <PG>416</PG> <PT>444</PT> <SUBJECT>Credit practices</SUBJECT> <PG>428</PG> <PT>453</PT> <SUBJECT>Funeral industry practices</SUBJECT> <PG>430</PG> <PT>455</PT> <SUBJECT>Used motor vehicle trade regulation rule</SUBJECT> <PG>437</PG> <PT>456</PT> <SUBJECT>Ophthalmic practice rules</SUBJECT> <PG>445</PG> <PT>460</PT> <SUBJECT>Labeling and advertising of home insulation</SUBJECT> <PG>445</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER E—RULES, REGULATIONS, STATEMENT OF GENERAL POLICY OR INTERPRETATION AND EXEMPTIONS UNDER THE FAIR PACKAGING AND LABELING ACT</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>500</PT> <SUBJECT>Regulations under section 4 of the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act</SUBJECT> <PG>454</PG> <PT>501</PT> <SUBJECT>Exemptions from requirements and prohibitions under part 500</SUBJECT> <PG>467</PG> <PT>502</PT> <SUBJECT>Regulations under section 5(c) of the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act</SUBJECT> <PG>468</PG> <PT>503</PT> <SUBJECT>Statements of general policy or interpretation</SUBJECT> <PG>472</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER F—STATEMENTS OF GENERAL POLICY OR INTERPRETATIONS UNDER THE FAIR CREDIT REPORTING ACT</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>600</PT> <SUBJECT>Statements of general policy or interpretations</SUBJECT> <PG>476</PG> <PT>601</PT> <SUBJECT>Summary of consumer rights, notice of user responsibilities, and notice of furnisher responsibilities under the Fair Credit Reporting Act</SUBJECT> <PG>503</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER G—RULES, REGULATIONS, STATEMENTS AND INTERPRETATIONS UNDER THE MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>700</PT> <SUBJECT>Interpretations of Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act</SUBJECT> <PG>514</PG> <PT>701</PT> <SUBJECT>Disclosure of written consumer product warranty terms and conditions</SUBJECT> <PG>519</PG> <PT>702</PT> <SUBJECT>Pre-sale availability of written warranty terms</SUBJECT> <PG>521</PG> <PT>703</PT> <SUBJECT>Informal dispute settlement procedures</SUBJECT> <PG>523</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER H—RULES, REGULATIONS, STATEMENTS AND INTERPRETATIONS UNDER THE HART-SCOTT-RODINO ANTITRUST IMPROVEMENTS ACT OF 1976</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>801</PT> <SUBJECT>Coverage rules</SUBJECT> <PG>530</PG> <PT>802</PT> <SUBJECT>Exemption rules</SUBJECT> <PG>547<PRTPAGE P="6"/> </PG> <PT>803</PT> <SUBJECT>Transmittal rules</SUBJECT> <PG>563</PG> </CHAPTI> <SUBCHAP> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER I—FAIR DEBT COLLECTION PRACTICES ACT</HD> </SUBCHAP> <CHAPTI> <PT>901</PT> <SUBJECT>Procedures for State application for exemption from the provisions of the Act</SUBJECT> <PG>594</PG> <PT>902-999</PT> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </CHAPTI> <CROSSREF> <HD SOURCE="HED">Cross References:</HD> <P>Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of Agriculture: 9 CFR Chapter I. Commodity Futures Trading Commission: 17 CFR Chapter I. Consumer Product Safety Commission: 16 CFR Chapter II. Securities and Exchange Commission: 17 CFR Chapter II.</P> </CROSSREF> <SUPPLPUB> <HD SOURCE="HED">Supplemental Publications:</HD> <P> <E T="03">Federal Trade Commission decisions, Volumes 1-90 Index digest of volumes 1, 2, and 3 of decisions of the Federal Trade Commission with annotation of Federal cases. Mar. 16, 1915-June 30, 1921. Statutes and decisions pertaining to the Federal Trade Commission. 1914-1929, 1930-1938, 1939-1943, 1944-1948, 1949-1955, 1956-1960, 1961-1965, 1966-1970, 1971-1975, 1976, 1977.</E> </P> </SUPPLPUB> </TOC> <SUBCHAP TYPE="N"> <PRTPAGE P="7"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER A—ORGANIZATION, PROCEDURES AND RULES OF PRACTICE</HD> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 0</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 0—ORGANIZATION</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>0.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The Commission.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Official address.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Hours.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Laws administered.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Laws authorizing monetary claims.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Delegation of functions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The Chairman.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Organization structure.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of the Executive Director.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of the General Counsel.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of the Secretary.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of Administrative Law Judges.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bureau of Competition.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bureau of Consumer Protection.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bureau of Economics.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>0.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The Regional Offices.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Sec. 6(g), 38 Stat. 721 (15 U.S.C. 46); 80 Stat. 383, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552).</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>41 FR 54483, Dec. 14, 1976, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The Commission.</SUBJECT> <P>The Federal Trade Commission is an independent administrative agency which was organized in 1915 pursuant to the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914 (38 Stat. 717, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 41-58). It is responsible for the administration of a variety of statutes which, in general, are designed to promote competition and to protect the public from unfair and deceptive acts and practices in the advertising and marketing of goods and services. It is composed of five members appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate for terms of seven years.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Official address.</SUBJECT> <P>The principal office of the Commission is at Washington, DC. All communications to the Commission should be addressed to the Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20580, unless otherwise specifically directed.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 71582, Dec. 29, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Hours.</SUBJECT> <P>Principal and field offices are open on each business day from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Laws administered.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission exercises enforcement and administrative authority under the Federal Trade Commission Act (38 Stat. 717, as amended (15 U.S.C. 41-58)), the Clayton Act (38 Stat 730, as amended (15 U.S.C. 12-27)), the Export Trade Act (40 Stat. 516, as amended (15 U.S.C. 61-65)), the Packers and Stockyards Act (42 Stat. 159, as amended (7 U.S.C. 181-229)), the Wool Products Labeling Act (54 Stat. 1128, as amended (15 U.S.C. 68-68j)), the Trade Mark Act (60 Stat. 427, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1051-72)), The Fur Products Labeling Act (65 Stat. 175, as amended (15 U.S.C. 69-69j)), the Textile Fiber Products Identification Act (72 Stat. 1717, as amended (15 U.S.C. 70-70k)), the Federal Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act (79 Stat. 282, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1331-39)), the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act (80 Stat. 1296, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1451-61)), the Truth in Lending Act (82 Stat. 146, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.)), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (84 Stat. 1128 (15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.)), the Fair Credit Billing Act (88 Stat. 1511; (15 U.S.C. 1666)), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (88 Stat. 1521, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1691)), Hobby Protection Act (87 Stat. 686 (15 U.S.C. 2101)), the Magnuson-Moss Warranty—Federal Trade Commission Improvement Act (88 Stat. 2183 (15 U.S.C. 2301-12, 45-58)), the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (89 Stat. 871 (42 U.S.C. 6291)), the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (90 Stat. 1383 (15 U.S.C. 1311)), and other Federal statutes.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Laws authorizing monetary claims.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission is authorized to entertain monetary claims against it under three statutes. The Federal Tort <PRTPAGE P="8"/>Claims Act (28 U.S.C. 2671-2680) provides that the United States will be liable for injury or loss of property or personal injury or death caused by the negligent or wrongful acts or omissions of its employees acting within the scope of their employment or office. The Military Personnel and Civilian Employees Claims Act of 1964 (31 U.S.C. 3701, 3721) authorizes the Commission to compensate employees’ claims for damage to or loss of personal property incident to their service. The Equal Access to Justice Act (5 U.S.C. 504 and 28 U.S.C. 2412) provides that an eligible prevailing party other than the United States will be awarded fees and expenses incurred in connection with any adversary adjudicative and court proceeding, unless the adjudicative officer finds that the agency was substantially justified or that special circumstances make an award unjust. In addition, eligible parties, including certain small businesses, will be awarded fees and expenses incurred in defending against an agency demand that is substantially in excess of the final decision of the adjudicative officer and is unreasonable when compared with such decision under the facts and circumstances of the case, unless the adjudicative officer finds that the party has committed a willful violation of law or otherwise acted in bad faith, or special circumstances make an award unjust. Questions may be addressed to the Office of the General Counsel, (202) 326-2462.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 36340, July 6, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.6</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Delegation of functions.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission, under the authority provided by Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1961, may delegate, by published order or rule, certain of its functions to a division of the Commission, an individual Commissioner, an administrative law judge, or an employee or employee board.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The Chairman.</SUBJECT> <P>The Chairman of the Commission is designated by the President, and, subject to the general policies of the Commission, is the executive and administrative head of the agency. He presides at meetings of and hearings before the Commission and participates with other Commissioners in all Commission decisions. Attached to the Office of the Chairman, and reporting directly to him, and through him to the Commission, are the following staff units:</P> <P>(a) The Office of Public Affairs, which furnishes information concerning Commission activities to news media and the public; and</P> <P>(b) the Office of Congressional Relations, which coordinates all liaison activities with Congress.</P> <CITA>[50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Organization structure.</SUBJECT> <P>The Federal Trade Commission comprises the following principal units: Office of the Executive Director, Office of the General Counsel, Office of the Secretary, Office of Administrative Law Judges, Bureau of Competition, Bureau of Consumer Protection, Bureau of Economics, The Regional Offices.</P> <CITA>[54 FR 19885, May 9, 1989]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of the Executive Director.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Executive Director, under the direction of the Chairman, is the chief operating official. He exercises executive and administrative supervision over all the offices, bureaus, and staff of the Commission and resolves problems concerning priorities in case handling. Immediately under his direction are the Deputy Executive Directors for Management and Planning and Information.</P> <P>(b) The Deputy Executive Director for Management functions as staff advisor to the Executive Director in all aspects of administrative management; provides administrative policy guidance to agency management and provides general supervision to the programs of procurement and contracts, personnel, budget and finance, and administrative service activities; and initiates and develops long-range plans to assure that the Commission acquires and effectively utilizes the manpower, financial resources, physical facilities and management tools necessary to accomplish its mission.</P> <P>(c) The Deputy Executive Director for Planning and Information provides general supervision to the programs of <PRTPAGE P="9"/>data processing and information systems, information analysis, and the library; responds to initial requests for Commission records under the Freedom of Information and Privacy Acts; maintains a current index of opinions, orders, statements of policy and interpretations, staff manuals and instructions that affect any member of the public, and other public records of the Commission; makes available for inspection and copying all public records of the Commission; coordinates the Commission's information processing systems; and is responsible for the publication of all Commission actions which must appear in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and for the publication of <E T="03">Federal Trade Commission Decisions</E> and <E T="03">Court Decisions—Federal Trade Commission.</E> </P> <CITA>[48 FR 4280, Jan. 31, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of the General Counsel.</SUBJECT> <P>The General Counsel is the Commission's chief law officer and adviser, who renders necessary legal services to the Commission, represents the Commission in the Federal and State Courts, advises the Commission with respect to questions of law and policy, including advice with respect to legislative matters, cooperates with and assists State and local officials in the efforts to eliminate local and national trade restraints.</P> <CITA>[41 FR 54483, Dec. 14, 1976, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of the Secretary.</SUBJECT> <P>The Secretary is responsible for the minutes of Commission meetings and is the legal custodian of the Commission's seal, property, papers, and records, including legal and public records. The Secretary, or in his absence an Acting Secretary designated by the Commission, signs Commission orders and official correspondence.</P> <CITA>[48 FR 4280, Jan. 31, 1983]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.13</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Office of Administrative Law Judges.</SUBJECT> <P>Administrative law judges are officials to whom the Commission, in accordance with law, delegates the initial performance of its adjudicative fact-finding functions to be exercised in conformity with Commission decisions and policy directives and with its rules of practice. The administrative law judges also serve as presiding officers assigned to conduct rulemaking proceedings under section 18(a)(1)(B) of the Federal Trade Commission Act as amended and other rulemaking proceedings as directed. The Chief Administrative Law Judge also serves as the Chief Presiding Officer. Administrative law judges are appointed under the authority and subject to the prior approval of the Office of Personnel Management.</P> <CITA>[54 FR 19885, May 9, 1989]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.15</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bureau of Competition.</SUBJECT> <P>The bureau is responsible for enforcing Federal antitrust and trade regulation laws under section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Clayton Act, and a number of other special statutes which the Commission is charged with enforcing. The bureau work aims to preserve the free market system and assure the unfettered operation of the forces of supply and demand. Its activities seek to ensure price competition, quality products and services and efficient operation of the national economy. The bureau carries out its responsibilities by investigating alleged law violations, and recommending to the Commission such further action as may be appropriate. Such action may include injunctive relief in Federal District Court, complaint and litigation before the agency's administrative law judges, formal nonadjudicative settlement of complaints, trade regulation rules, or reports. The bureau also conducts compliance investigations and initiates proceedings for civil penalties to assure compliance with final Commission orders dealing with competition and trade restraint matters.</P> <CITA>[41 FR 54483, Dec. 14, 1976. Redesignated at 45 FR 36341, May 29, 1980, and amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bureau of Consumer Protection.</SUBJECT> <P>The Bureau investigates unfair or deceptive acts or practices under section <PRTPAGE P="10"/>5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act as well as potential violations of numerous special statutes which the Commission is charged with enforcing. It prosecutes before the agency's administrative law judges alleged violations of law after issuance of a complaint by the Commission or obtains through negotiation consented-to orders, which must be accepted and issued by the Commission. The bureau participates in trade regulation rulemaking proceedings under section 18(a)(1)(B) of the Federal Trade Commission Act and other rulemaking proceedings under other statutory authority. It investigates compliance with final orders and trade regulation rules and seeks civil penalties or consumer redress for their violation. In addition, the bureau seeks to educate both consumers and the business community about the laws it enforces.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26287, May 12, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bureau of Economics.</SUBJECT> <P>The bureau aids and advises the Commission concerning the economic aspects of all of its functions, and is responsible for the preparation of various economic reports and surveys. The bureau provides economic and statistical assistance to the enforcement bureaus in the investigation and trial of cases.</P> <CITA>[41 FR 54483, Dec. 14, 1976. Redesignated at 45 FR 36341, May 29, 1980, and amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 0.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The Regional Offices.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) These offices are investigatory arms of the Commission, and, with respect to matters of a regional nature, have responsibility for investigational, trial, compliance, and consumer educational activities as delegated by the Commission. Each regional office has general responsibility for its own activities and for the smaller offices, designated as field stations, located in its area of responsibility. They are under the general supervision of the Office of the Executive Director, and clear their activities through the appropriate operating bureaus.</P> <P>(b) The names, geographic areas of responsibility, and addresses of the respective regional offices are as follows:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Northeast Region</E> (located in New York City, New York), covering Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, and Puerto Rico. Federal Trade Commission, One Bowling Green, Suite 318, New York, New York 10004.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Southeast Region</E> (located in Atlanta, Georgia), covering Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. Federal Trade Commission, Suite 5M35, Midrise Building, 60 Forsyth Street, SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">East Central Region</E> (located in Cleveland, Ohio), covering Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland, Michigan, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and West Virginia. Federal Trade Commission, Eaton Center, Suite 200, 1111 Superior Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44114.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Midwest Region</E> (located in Chicago, Illinois), covering Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, and Wisconsin. Federal Trade Commission, 55 East Monroe Street, Suite 1860, Chicago, Illinois 60603-5701.</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Southwest Region</E> (located in Dallas, Texas), covering Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. Federal Trade Commission, 1999 Bryan Street, Suite 2150, Dallas, Texas 75201.</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Northwest Region</E> (located in Seattle, Washington), covering Alaska, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming. Federal Trade Commission, 915 Second Avenue, Suite 2896, Seattle, Washington 98174.</P> <P>(7) <E T="03">Western Region</E> (located in San Francisco and Los Angeles, California), covering Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, Nevada, and Utah.</P> <P>(i) San Francisco Office: Federal Trade Commission, 901 Market Street, Suite 570, San Francisco, California 94103.</P> <P>(ii) Los Angeles Office: Federal Trade Commission, 10877 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 700, Los Angeles, California 90024.</P> <P>(c) Each of the regional offices is supervised by a Regional Director, who is available for conferences with attorneys, consumers, and other members of <PRTPAGE P="11"/>the public on matters relating to the Commission's activities.</P> <CITA>[41 FR 54483, Dec. 14, 1976, as amended at 42 FR 27218, May 27, 1977; 43 FR 754, Jan. 4, 1978; 43 FR 6579, Feb. 15, 1978. Redesignated at 45 FR 36341, May 29, 1980, and amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985; 63 FR 71582, Dec. 29, 1998; 64 FR 71284, Dec. 21, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 1</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—GENERAL PROCEDURES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Industry Guidance</HD> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Advisory Opinions</HD> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>1.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedure.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advice.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Public disclosure.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Industry Guides</HD> <SECTNO>1.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>How promulgated.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Rules and Rulemaking Under Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the FTC Act</HD> <SECTNO>1.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of rules in this subpart.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nature, authority and use of trade regulation rules.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Petitions to commence trade regulation rule proceedings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commencement of a rulemaking proceeding.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Final notice.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rulemaking proceeding.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Promulgation.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amendment or repeal of a rule.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Petition for exemption from trade regulation rule.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rulemaking record.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Modification of a rule by the Commission at the time of judicial review.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.20</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Alternative procedures.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Rules Promulgated Under Authority Other Than Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the FTC Act</HD> <SECTNO>1.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of the rules in this subpart.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rulemaking.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Quantity limit rules.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rules applicable to wool, fur, and textile fiber products and rules promulgated under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initiation of proceedings—petitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedure.</SUBJECT> <RESERVED>Subpart D [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Export Trade Associations</HD> <SECTNO>1.41</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Limited antitrust exemption.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.42</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice to Commission.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.43</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Recommendations.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Trademark Cancellation Procedure</HD> <SECTNO>1.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Applications.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G—Injunctive and Condemnation Proceedings</HD> <SECTNO>1.61</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Injunctions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.62</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ancillary court orders pending review.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.63</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Injunctions: Wool, fur, and textile cases.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.64</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Condemnation proceedings.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart H—Administration of the Fair Credit Reporting Act</HD> <SECTNO>1.71</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Administration.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.72</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Examination, counseling and staff advice.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.73</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interpretations.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart I—Procedures for Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</HD> <SECTNO>1.81</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Authority and incorporation of CEQ Regulations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.82</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Declaration of policy.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.83</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Whether to commence the process for an environmental impact statement.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.84</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Draft environmental impact statements: Availability and comment.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.85</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Final environmental impact statements.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.86</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Supplemental statements.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.87</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>NEPA and agency decisionmaking.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.88</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Implementing procedures.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.89</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Effect on prior actions.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart J—Economic Surveys, Investigations, and Reports</HD> <SECTNO>1.91</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Authority and purpose.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart K—Penalties for Violation of Appliance Labeling Rules</HD> <SECTNO>1.92</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.93</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice of proposed penalty.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.94</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commission proceeding to assess civil penalty.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.95</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedures upon election.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.96</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compromise of penalty.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>1.97</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amount of penalty.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart L—Civil Penalty Adjustments Under the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996</HD> <SECTNO>1.98</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Adjustment of civil monetary penalty amounts.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <PRTPAGE P="12"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart M—Submissions Under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD> <SECTNO>1.99</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Submission of rules, guides, interpretations, and policy statements to Congress and the Comptroller General.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Sec. 6, 38 Stat. 721 (15 U.S.C. 46), unless otherwise noted.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Industry Guidance</HD> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Advisory Opinions</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any person, partnership, or corporation may request advice from the Commission with respect to a course of action which the requesting party proposes to pursue. The Commission will consider such requests for advice and inform the requesting party of the Commission's views, where practicable, under the following circumstances.</P> <P>(1) The matter involves a substantial or novel question of fact or law and there is no clear Commission or court precedent; or</P> <P>(2) The subject matter of the request and consequent publication of Commission advice is of significant public interest.</P> <P>(b) The Commission has authorized its staff to consider all requests for advice and to render advice, where practicable, in those circumstances in which a Commission opinion would not be warranted. Hypothetical questions will not be answered, and a request for advice will ordinarily be considered inappropriate where:</P> <P>(1) The same or substantially the same course of action is under investigation or is or has been the subject of a current proceeding involving the Commission or another governmental agency, or</P> <P>(2) An informed opinion cannot be made or could be made only after extensive investigation, clinical study, testing, or collateral inquiry.</P> <CITA>[44 FR 21624, Apr. 11, 1979; 44 FR 23515, Apr. 20, 1979, as amended at 54 FR 14072, Apr. 7, 1989]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedure.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Application. The request for advice or interpretation should be submitted in writing (one original and two copies) to the Secretary of the Commission and should: (1) State clearly the question(s) that the applicant wishes resolved; (2) cite the provision of law under which the question arises; and (3) state all facts which the applicant believes to be material. In addition, the identity of the companies and other persons involved should be disclosed. Letters relating to unnamed companies or persons may not be answered. Submittal of additional facts may be requested prior to the rendering of any advice.</P> <P>(b) Compliance matters. If the request is for advice as to whether the proposed course of action may violate an outstanding order to cease and desist issued by the Commission, such request will be considered as provided for in § 2.41 of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[44 FR 21624, Apr. 11, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 40638, July 12, 1979]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advice.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) On the basis of the materials submitted, as well as any other information available, and if practicable, the Commission or its staff will inform the requesting party of its views.</P> <P>(b) Any advice given by the Commission is without prejudice to the right of the Commission to reconsider the questions involved and, where the public interest requires, to rescind or revoke the action. Notice of such rescission or revocation will be given to the requesting party so that he may discontinue the course of action taken pursuant to the Commission's advice. The Commission will not proceed against the requesting party with respect to any action taken in good faith reliance upon the Commission's advice under this section, where all the relevant facts were fully, completely, and accurately presented to the Commission and where such action was promptly discontinued upon notification of rescission or revocation of the Commission's approval.</P> <P>(c) Advice rendered by the staff is without prejudice to the right of the Commission later to rescind the advice <PRTPAGE P="13"/>and, where appropriate, to commence an enforcement proceeding.</P> <CITA>[44 FR 21624, Apr. 11, 1979]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Public disclosure.</SUBJECT> <P>Written advice rendered pursuant to this section and requests therefor, including names and details, will be placed in the Commission's public record immediately after the requesting party has received the advice, subject to any limitations on public disclosure arising from statutory restrictions, the Commission's rules, and the public interest. A request for confidential treatment of information submitted in connection with the questions should be made separately.</P> <CITA>[44 FR 21624, Apr. 11, 1979]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Industry Guides</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT> <P>Industry guides are administrative interpretations of laws administered by the Commission for the guidance of the public in conducting its affairs in conformity with legal requirements. They provide the basis for voluntary and simultaneous abandonment of unlawful practices by members of industry. Failure to comply with the guides may result in corrective action by the Commission under applicable statutory provisions. Guides may relate to a practice common to many industries or to specific practices of a particular industry.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>How promulgated.</SUBJECT> <P>Industry guides <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> are promulgated by the Commission on its own initiative or pursuant to petition filed with the Secretary or upon informal application therefor, by any interested person or group, when it appears to the Commission that guidance as to the legal requirements applicable to particular practices would be beneficial in the public interest and would serve to bring about more widespread and equitable observance of laws administered by the Commission. In connection with the promulgation of industry guides, the Commission at any time may conduct such investigations, make such studies, and hold such conferences or hearings as it may deem appropriate. All or any part of any such investigation, study, conference, or hearing may be conducted under the provisions of subpart A of part 2 of this chapter.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> In the past, certain of these have been promulgated and referred to as trade practice rules.</P> </FTNT> </SECTION> </SUBJGRP> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Rules and Rulemaking Under Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the FTC Act</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 46; 15 U.S.C. 57a; 5 U.S.C. 552; sec. 212(a), Pub. L. 104-121, 110 Stat. 857 (5 U.S.C. 601 note).</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of rules in this subpart.</SUBJECT> <P>The rules in this subpart apply to and govern proceedings for the promulgation of rules as provided in section 18(a)(1)(B) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. Such rules shall be known as trade regulation rules. All other rulemaking proceedings shall be governed by the rules in subpart C, except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise specified in this chapter.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26288, May, 12, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nature, authority and use of trade regulation rules.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Commission is empowered to promulgate trade regulation rules which define with specificity acts or practices which are unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce. Such rules may include requirements prescribed for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices. A violation of a rule shall constitute an unfair or deceptive act or practice in violation of section 5(a)(1) of that Act, unless the Commission otherwise expressly provides in its rule. However, the respondent in an adjudicative proceeding may show that his conduct does not violate the rule or assert any other defense to which he is legally entitled.</P> <P>(b) The Commission at any time may conduct such investigations, make such studies and hold such conferences as it may deem necessary. All or any part of any such investigation may be <PRTPAGE P="14"/>conducted under the provisions of subpart A of part 2 of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26288, May 12, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Petitions to commence trade regulation rule proceedings.</SUBJECT> <P>Trade regulation rule proceedings may be commenced by the Commission upon its own initiative or pursuant to written petition filed with the Secretary by any interested person stating reasonable grounds therefor. If the Commission determines to commence a trade regulation rule proceeding pursuant to the petition, the petitioner shall be mailed a copy of the public notices issued under §§ 1.10, 1.11 and 1.12. Any person whose petition is not deemed by the Commission sufficient to warrant commencement of a rulemaking proceeding shall be notified of that determination and may be given an opportunity to submit additional data.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26288, May, 12, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Prior to the commencement of any trade regulation rule proceeding, the Commission shall publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> an advance notice of such proposed proceeding.</P> <P>(b) The advance notice shall:</P> <P>(1) Contain a brief description of the area of inquiry under consideration, the objectives which the Commission seeks to achieve, and possible regulatory alternatives under consideration by the Commission; and</P> <P>(2) Invite the response of interested persons with respect to such proposed rulemaking, including any suggestions or alternative methods for achieving such objectives.</P> <P>(c) The advance notice shall be submitted to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce of the House of Representatives.</P> <P>(d) The Commission may, in addition to publication of the advance notice, use such additional mechanisms as it considers useful to obtain suggestions regarding the content of the area of inquiry before publication of an initial notice of proposed rulemaking pursuant to § 1.11.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26288, May, 12, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commencement of a rulemaking proceeding.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Initial notice.</E> A trade regulation rule proceeding shall commence with an initial notice of proposed rulemaking. Such notice shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> not sooner than 30 days after it has been submitted to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and to the Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce of the House of Representatives. The initial notice shall include:</P> <P>(1) The text of the proposed rule including any alternatives which the Commission proposes to promulgate;</P> <P>(2) Reference to the legal authority under which the rule is proposed;</P> <P>(3) A statement describing with particularity the reason for the proposed rule;</P> <P>(4) An invitation to all interested persons to propose issues which meet the criteria of § 1.13(d)(1)(i) for consideration in accordance with § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6);</P> <P>(5) An invitation to all interested persons to comment on the proposed rule; and</P> <P>(6) A statement of the manner in which the public may obtain copies of the preliminary regulatory analysis.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Preliminary regulatory analysis.</E> Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Commission shall, when commencing a rulemaking proceeding, issue a preliminary regulatory analysis which shall contain:</P> <P>(1) A concise statement of the need for, and the objectives of, the proposed rule;</P> <P>(2) A description of any reasonable alternatives to the proposed rule which may accomplish the stated objective of the rule in a manner consistent with applicable law;</P> <P>(3) For the proposed rule, and for each of the alternatives described in the analysis, a preliminary analysis of the projected benefits and any adverse economic effects and any other effects, and of the effectiveness of the proposed rule and each alternative in meeting <PRTPAGE P="15"/>the stated objectives of the proposed rule; and</P> <P>(4) The information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, and the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520, if applicable.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26288, May, 12, 1981, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985; 63 FR 36340, July 6, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Final notice.</SUBJECT> <P>A final notice of proposed rulemaking shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and, to the extent practicable, otherwise made available to interested persons. The final notice shall include:</P> <P>(a) Designated issues, unless there are none, which are to be considered in accordance with § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6);</P> <P>(b) The time and place of an informal hearing;</P> <P>(c) Instructions to interested persons seeking to make oral presentations;</P> <P>(d) A requirement that interested persons who desire to avail themselves of the procedures of § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6) with respect to any issue designated in paragraph (a) of this section must identify their interests with respect to those issues in such manner as may be established by the presiding officer; and</P> <P>(e) an incorporation by reference of the contents of the initial notice.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33966, Aug. 13, 1975, as amended at 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rulemaking proceeding.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Written comments.</E> After commencement of a trade regulation rule proceeding, the Commission shall accept written submissions of data, views, and arguments on all issues of fact, law, and policy. The initial notice shall specify the deadline for filing written comments under this subsection.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Comments proposing issues subject to the procedures of § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6).</E> Interested persons may propose issues for consideration in accordance with § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6) until thirty (30) days after the close of the written comment period or such other period as the Commission may establish in the initial notice.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Presiding officer—</E>(1) <E T="03">Assignment.</E> Upon commencement of a proposed trade regulation rule proceeding, a presiding officer shall be appointed by the Chief Presiding Officer or, when the Commission or one or more of its members serves as presiding officer, by the Commission.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Powers of the presiding officer.</E> The presiding officer shall be responsible for the orderly conduct of the rulemaking proceeding and the maintenance of the rulemaking and public records until the close of the postrecord comment period. He shall have all powers necessary to that end including the following:</P> <P>(i) To publish a final notice in accordance with § 1.12 or issue any other public notice that may be necessary for the orderly conduct of the rulemaking proceeding;</P> <P>(ii) To designate or modify, issues for consideration in accordance with § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6);</P> <P>(iii) To set the time and place of the informal hearing and to change any time periods prescribed in this subpart;</P> <P>(iv) To prescribe rules or issue rulings to avoid unnecessary costs or delay. Such rules or rulings may include, but are not limited to, the imposition of reasonable time limits on each person's oral presentation; and requirements that any examination; including cross-examination, which a person may be entitled to conduct or have conducted be conducted by the presiding officer on behalf of that person in such a manner as the presiding officer determines to be appropriate and to be required for a full and true disclosure with respect to any issue designated for consideration in accordance with § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6);</P> <P>(v) To make rules and rulings limiting the representation of interested persons for the purpose of examination, including cross-examination, and governing the manner in which such examination is limited, including the selection of a representative from among a group of persons with the same or similar interests;</P> <P>(vi) To require that oral presentations at the informal hearing or responses to written questions be under oath;<PRTPAGE P="16"/> </P> <P>(vii) To require that oral presentations at the informal hearing be submitted in writing in advance of presentation;</P> <P>(viii) To certify questions to the Commission for its determination; and</P> <P>(ix) To rule upon all motions or petitions of interested persons, which motions or petitions must be filed with the presiding officer until the close of the postrecord comment period.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Review of rulings by the presiding officer—</E>(i) <E T="03">Review after certification by the presiding officer.</E> Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, applications for review of a ruling will not be entertained by the Commission prior to its review of the record pursuant to § 1.14, unless the presiding officer certifies in writing to the Commission that a ruling involves a controlling question of law or policy as to which there is substantial ground for difference of opinion and that an immediate review of the ruling may materially advance the ultimate termination of the proceeding or subsequent review will be an inadequate remedy. Within five (5) days after a ruling by the presiding officer, any interested person may petition the presiding officer for certification of that ruling to the Commission. Certification of a ruling shall not stay the rulemaking proceeding unless the presiding officer or the Commission shall so order. Submissions to the Commission not to exceed fifteen (15) pages may be made within ten (10) days of the presiding officer's certification. All such filings shall be a part of the rulemaking record. The Commission may thereupon, in its discretion, permit the appeal. Commission review, if permitted, will be based on the application for review and any additional submissions, without oral argument or further briefs, unless otherwise ordered by the Commission.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Review without certification by the presiding officer</E>. Within ten (10) days after publication of the final notice, any interested person may petition the Commission for addition, modification or deletion of a designated issue, accompanied by a filing not to exceed fifteen (15) pages. Additional submissions on the issue by other interested persons, not to exceed fifteen (15) pages, may be made within twenty (20) days of the publication of the final notice. The Commission may thereupon, in its discretion, permit the appeal. Commission review, if permitted, will be based on the petition and any additional submissions, without oral argument or further briefs, unless otherwise ordered by the Commission. A petition hereunder shall not stay the rulemaking proceeding unless the presiding officer or the Commission shall so order. All petitions filed under this paragraph shall be a part of the rulemaking record. Notice of the filing of any such petition may be obtained from the Office of the Secretary of the Commission. In the event any designated issue is added or substantially modified by the Commission, interested persons shall be given a further opportunity to identify their interests with respect to those issues.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Substitution of presiding officer.</E> In the event of the substitution of a new presiding officer for the one originally appointed, any motion predicated upon such substitution shall be made within five (5) days thereafter.</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Organization.</E> In the performance of their rulemaking functions, presiding officers shall be responsible to the chief presiding officer who shall not be responsible to any other officer or employee of the Commission.</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Ex parte communications.</E> Except as required for the disposition of <E T="03">ex parte</E> matters as authorized by law, no presiding officer shall consult any person or party with respect to any fact in issue unless such officer gives notice and opportunity for all parties to participate.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Informal hearings.</E> An informal hearing with the opportunity for oral presentations on all issues shall be conducted by the presiding officer. In addition, if an issue is designated pursuant to these rules for consideration in accordance with § 1.13(d) (5) and (6), the informal hearing on such issues shall be conducted in accordance with those paragraphs. For all other issues the presiding officer may in his discretion employ, in whole or in part, the procedures of those paragraphs.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Nature of issues for consideration in accordance with § 1.13</E> (d)(<E T="03">5</E>) <E T="03">and</E> (<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">6</E>)—(i) <E T="03">Issues that must be considered in accordance with § 1.13</E>(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">5</E>) <E T="03">and</E> (<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">6</E>). The only issues that must be designated for <PRTPAGE P="17"/>consideration in accordance with paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section are disputed issues of fact that are determined by the Commission or the presiding officer to be material and necessary to resolve.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Issues that may be considered in accordance with § 1.13</E>(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">5</E>) <E T="03">and (d</E>)((<E T="03">6</E>). The Commission and the presiding officer retain the power to designate any other issues for consideration in accordance with paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Addition or modification of issues for consideration in accordance with § 1.13(d)(5) and</E> (<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">6</E>). The presiding officer may at any time on his own motion or pursuant to a written petition by interested persons, add or modify any issues designated pursuant to § 1.12(a). No such petition shall be considered unless good cause is shown why any such proposed issue was not proposed pursuant to § 1.13(b).</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Identification of interests.</E> Not later than twenty (20) days after publication of the final notice each interested person who desires to avail himself of the procedures of paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section shall notify the presiding officer in writing of his particular interest with respect to each issue designated for consideration in accordance with those subsections. In the event that new issues are designated, each interested person shall promptly notify the presiding officer of his particular interest with respect to each such issue.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Examination and cross-examination by the presiding officer.</E> The presiding officer may conduct any examination, including cross-examination, to which a person may be entitled. For that purpose he may require submission of written requests for presentation of questions to any person making oral presentations and shall determine whether to ask such questions or any other questions. All requests for presentation of questions shall be placed in the rulemaking record.</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Examination, cross-examination, and the presentation of rebuttal submissions by interested persons—</E>(i) <E T="03">In general.</E> The presiding officer shall conduct or allow to be conducted examination, including cross-examination of oral presentations and the presentation of rebuttal submissions relevant to the issues designated for consideration in accordance with paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section. Examination, including, cross-examination, and the presentation of rebuttal submissions, shall be allowed to the extent to which it is appropriate and is required for a full and true disclosure with respect to those issues. Requests for an opportunity to examine, including cross-examine, or to present rebuttal submissions, shall be accompanied by a specific justification therefor. In determining whether or not to grant such requests, the presence of the following circumstances indicate that such requests should be granted:</P> <P>(A) An issue for examination including cross-examination, or the presentation of rebuttal submissions, is an issue of specific in contrast to legislative fact.</P> <P>(B) A full and true disclosure with respect to the issue can only be achieved through examination including cross-examination rather than through rebuttal submissions or the presentation of additional oral submissions.</P> <P>(C) Circumstantial guarantees of the trustworthiness of a presentation do not exist.</P> <P>(D) The particular presentation is required for the resolution of a designated issue.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Selection of representatives for cross-examination.</E> After consideration of the information supplied in response to the final notice, the presiding officer shall identify groups of persons with the same or similar interests in the proceeding. Any such group may be required to select a single representative for the purpose of examination, including cross-examination. If a group is unable to select a representative then the presiding officer may select a representative of each such group.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Inability to select representative for examination, including cross-examination.</E> No person shall be denied the opportunity to conduct or have conducted, examination, including cross-examination, under paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section if he is a member of a group as described in paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section and is unable to agree upon group representation with other group members after a good faith effort to do <PRTPAGE P="18"/>so and seeks to present substantial and relevant issues which will not be adequately presented by the group representative. In that event he shall be allowed to conduct or have conducted any examination, including cross-examination, to which he is entitled on issues designated for consideration in accordance with paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section and which affect his particular interest.</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Requests to compel the attendance of persons or the production of documents or to obtain responses to written questions.</E> During the course of the rulemaking proceeding, the presiding officer shall entertain requests from the Commission's staff or any interested person to compel the attendance of persons or the production of documents or to obtain responses to written questions. Requests to compel the attendance of persons or the production of documents or to obtain responses to written questions shall contain a statement showing the general relevancy of the material, information or presentation, and the reasonableness of the scope of the request, together with a showing that such material, information or presentation is not available by voluntary methods and cannot be obtained through examination, including cross-examination, of oral presentations or the presentation of rebuttal submissions, and is appropriate and required for a full and true disclosure with respect to the issues designated for consideration in accordance with paragraphs (d)(5) and (d)(6) of this section. If the presiding officer determines that a request should be granted, he shall transmit his determination to the Commission which shall determine whether to issue a civil investigative demand under § 2.7(b). Information received in response to such a demand may be disclosed in the rulemaking proceeding subject to an <E T="03">in camera</E> order under § 1.18(b).</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Written transcript.</E> A verbatim transcript shall be made of the informal hearing which transcript shall be placed in the rulemaking record.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Staff recommendations.</E> The staff shall make recommendations to the Commission in a report on the rulemaking record. Such report shall contain its analysis of the record and its recommendations as to the form of the final rule.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Recommended decision.</E> After publication of the staff report, the presiding officer shall make a recommended decision based upon his or her findings and conclusions as to all relevant and material evidence, and taking into account the staff report. The recommended decision shall be made by the presiding officer who presided over the rulemaking proceeding except that such recommended decision may be made by another officer if the officer who presided over the proceeding is no longer available to the Commission.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Postrecord comment.</E> The staff report and the presiding officer's recommended decision shall be the subject of public comment for a period to be prescribed by the presiding officer at the time the recommended decision is placed in the rulemaking record. The comment period shall be no less than sixty (60) days. The comments shall be confined to information already in the record and may include requests for review by the Commission of determinations made by the presiding officer.</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Commission review of the rulemaking record.</E> The Commission shall review the rulemaking record to determine what form of rule, if any, it should promulgate. During this review process, the Commission may allow persons who have previously participated in the proceeding to make oral presentations to the Commission, unless it determines with respect to that proceeding that such presentations would not significantly assist it in its deliberations. Presentations shall be confined to information already in the rulemaking record. Requests to participate in an oral presentation must be received by the Commission no later than the close of the comment period under § 1.13(h). The identity of the participants and the format of such presentations will be announced in advance by the Office of Public Information in the Commisison's <E T="03">Weekly Calendar and Notice of “Sunshine” Meetings</E> and in accordance with the applicable provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(b) and § 4.15 of the Commission's Rules of Practice. Such presentations will be transcribed verbatim or summarized at the discretion of the <PRTPAGE P="19"/>Commission and a copy of the transcript or summary and copies of any written communications and summaries of any oral communications relating to such presentations shall be placed on the rulemaking record.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33966, Aug. 13, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 39084, Sept. 1, 1978; 45 36341, May 29, 1980; 45 FR 78628, Nov. 26, 1980; 46 FR 14888, Mar. 3, 1981; 46 FR 26288, May 12, 1981; 50 FR 53303, Dec. 31, 1985; 54 FR 19886, May 9, 1989]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Promulgation.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission, after review of the rulemaking record, may issue, modify, or decline to issue any rule. Where it believes that it should have further information or additional views of interested persons, it may withhold final action pending the receipt of such additional information or views. If it determines not to issue a rule, it may adopt and publish an explanation for not doing so.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Statement of Basis and Purpose.</E> If the Commission determines to promulgate a rule, it shall adopt a Statement of Basis and Purpose to accompany the rule which shall include:</P> <P>(i) A statement as to the prevalence of the acts or practices treated by the rule;</P> <P>(ii) A statement as to the manner and context in which such acts or practices are unfair or deceptive;</P> <P>(iii) A statement as to the economic effect of the rule, taking into account the effect on small businesses and consumers;</P> <P>(iv) a statement as to the effect of the rule on state and local laws; and</P> <P>(v) A statement of the manner in which the public may obtain copies of the final regulatory analysis.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Final regulatory analysis.</E> Except as otherwise provided by statute, if the Commission determines to promulgate a final rule, it shall issue a final regulatory analysis relating to the final rule. Each final regulatory analysis shall contain:</P> <P>(i) A concise statement of the need for, and the objectives of, the final rule;</P> <P>(ii) A description of any alternatives to the final rule which were considered by the Commission;</P> <P>(iii) An analysis of the projected benefits and any adverse economic effects and any other effects of the final rule;</P> <P>(iv) An explanation of the reasons for the determination of the Commission that the final rule will attain its objectives in a manner consistent with applicable law and the reasons the particular alternative was chosen;</P> <P>(v) A summary of any significant issues raised by the comments submitted during the public comment period in response to the preliminary regulatory analysis, and a summary of the assessment by the Commission of such issues; and</P> <P>(vi) The information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, and the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520, if applicable.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Small entity compliance guide.</E> For each rule for which the Commission must prepare a final regulatory flexibility analysis, the Commission will publish one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule. Such guides will be designated as “small entity compliance guides.”</P> <P>(b) In the event the Commission determines, upon its review of the rulemaking record, to propose a revised rule for further proceedings in accordance with this subpart, such proceedings, including the opportunity of interested persons to avail themselves of the procedures of § 1.13 (d)(5) and (d)(6), shall be limited to those portions of the revised rule, the subjects and issues of which were not substantially the subject of comment in response to a previous notice of proposed rulemaking.</P> <P>(c) The final rule and Statement of Basis and Purpose shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> A rule issued under this subpart shall be deemed promulgated at 3 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on the fourth day after the date on which the final rule and Statement of Basis and Purpose are published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> In the event such day is a Saturday, Sunday or national holiday, then the rule is deemed promulgated at 3 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on the following business day.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33966, Aug. 13, 1975, as amended at 46 FR 26289, May 12, 1981; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985; 63 FR 36340, July 6, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="20"/> <SECTNO>§ 1.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amendment or repeal of a rule.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Substantive amendment or repeal of a rule.</E> The procedures for substantive amendment to or repeal of a rule are the same as for the issuance thereof.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Nonsubstantive amendment of a rule.</E> The Commission may make a nonsubstantive amendment to a rule by announcing the amendment in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> </P> <CITA>[46 FR 26289, May 12, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Petition for exemption from trade regulation rule.</SUBJECT> <P>Any person to whom a rule would otherwise apply may petition the Commission for an exemption from such rule. The procedures for determining such a petition shall be those of subpart C of these rules.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33966, Aug. 13, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.17</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rulemaking record.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition.</E> For purposes of these rules the term <E T="03">rulemaking record</E> includes the rule, its Statement of Basis and Purpose, the verbatim transcripts of the informal hearing, written submissions, the recommended decision of the presiding officer, and the staff recommendations as well as any public comment thereon, verbatim transcripts or summaries of oral presentations to the Commission any communications placed on the rulemaking record pursuant to § 1.18c and any other information which the Commission considers relevant to the rule.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Public availability.</E> The rulemaking record shall be publicly available except when the presiding officer, for good cause shown, determines that it is in the public interest to allow any submission to be received <E T="03">in camera</E> subject to the provisions of § 4.11 of this chapter.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Communications to Commissioners and Commissioners' personal staffs—</E>(1) <E T="03">Communications by outside parties.</E> Except as otherwise provided in this subpart or by the Commission, after the Commission votes to issue an initial notice of proposed rulemaking, comment on the proposed rule should be directed to the presiding officer pursuant to § 1.13. Communications with respect to the merits of that proceeding from any outside party to any Commissioner or Commissioner advisor shall be subject to the following treatment:</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Written communications.</E> Written communications, including written communications from members of Congress, received within the period for acceptance of initial written comments shall be forwarded promptly to the presiding officer for placement on the rulemaking record. Written communications received after the time period for acceptance of initial written comments but prior to any other deadline for the acceptance of written submissions will be forwarded promptly to the presiding officer, who will determine whether such communications comply with the applicable requirements for written submissions at that stage of the proceeding. Communications that comply with such requirements will be promptly placed on the rulemaking record. Noncomplying communications and all communications received after the time periods for acceptance of written submissions will be placed promptly on the public record.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Oral communications.</E> Oral communications are permitted only when advance notice of such oral communications is published by the Commission's Office of Public Information in its <E T="03">Weekly Calendar and Notice of “Sunshine” Meetings</E> and when such oral communications are transcribed verbatim or summarized at the discretion of the Commissioner or Commissioner advisor to whom such oral communications are made and are promptly placed on the rulemaking record together with any written communications and summaries of any oral communications relating to such oral communications. Transcripts or summaries of oral communications which occur after the time period for acceptance of initial written comments but prior to any other deadline for the acceptance of written submissions will be forwarded promptly to the presiding officer together with any written communications and summaries of any oral communications relating to such oral communications. The presiding officer will determine whether such oral communications comply with the applicable <PRTPAGE P="21"/>requirements for written submissions at that stage of the proceeding. Transcripts or summaries of oral communications that comply with such requirements will be promptly placed on the rulemaking record together with any written communications and summaries of any oral communications relating to such oral communications. Transcripts or summaries of noncomplying oral communications will be promptly placed on the public record together with any written communications and summaries of any oral communications relating to such oral communications. No oral communications are permitted subsequent to the close of the postrecord comment period, except as provided in § 1.13(i). If an oral communication does otherwise occur, the Commissioner or Commissioner advisor will promptly place on the public record either a transcript of the communication or a memorandum setting forth the contents of the communication and the circumstances thereof; such transcript or memorandum will not be part of the rulemaking record.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Congressional communications.</E> The provisions of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section do not apply to communications from members of Congress. Memoranda prepared by the Commissioner or Commissioner advisor setting forth the contents of any oral congressional communications will be placed on the public record. If the communication occurs within the initial comment period and is transcribed verbatim or summarized, the transcript or summary will be promptly placed on the rulemaking record. A transcript or summary of any oral communication which occurs after the time period for acceptance of initial written comments but prior to any other deadline for the acceptance of written submissions will be forwarded promptly to the presiding officer, who will determine whether such oral communication complies with the applicable requirements for written submissions at that stage of the proceeding. Transcripts or summaries of oral communications that comply with such requirements will be promptly placed on the rulemaking record. Transcripts or summaries of noncomplying oral communications will be placed promptly on the public record.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Communications by certain officers, employees, and agents of the Commission.</E> Any officer, employee, or agent of the Commission with investigative or other responsibility relating to any rulemaking proceeding within any operating bureau of the Commission is prohibited from communicating or causing to be communicated to any Commissioner or to the personal staff of any Commissioner any fact which is relevant to the merits of such proceeding and which is not on the rulemaking record of such proceeding, unless such communication is made available to the public and is included in the rulemaking record. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any communication to the extent such communication is required for the disposition of <E T="03">ex parte</E> matters as authorized by law.</P> <SECAUTH>(Sec. 6(g), 38 Stat. 721 (15 U.S.C. 46), 80 Stat. 383, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552))</SECAUTH> <CITA>[42 FR 43974, Sept. 1, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 60563, Nov. 28, 1977; 44 FR 16368, Mar. 19, 1979; 44 FR 21005, Apr. 9, 1979; 45 FR 78628, Nov. 26, 1980; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Modification of a rule by the Commission at the time of judicial review.</SUBJECT> <P>In the event that a reviewing court determines under section 18(e)(2) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, to allow further submissions and presentations on the rule, the Commission may modify or set aside its rule or make a new rule by reason of the additional submissions and presentations. Such modified or new rule shall then be filed with the court together with an appropriate Statement of Basis and Purpose and the return of such submissions and presentations.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33966, Aug. 13, 1975, as amended at 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.20</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Alternative procedures.</SUBJECT> <P>If the Commission determines at the commencement of a rulemaking proceeding to employ procedures other <PRTPAGE P="22"/>than those established in the remainder of this subpart, it may do so by announcing those procedures in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> notice commencing the rulemaking proceeding.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 35683, Aug. 11, 1978]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Rules Promulgated Under Authority Other Than Section 18(a)(1)(B) of the FTC Act</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 46; 5 U.S.C. 552; Sec. 212(a), Pub. L. 104-121, 110 Stat. 857 (5 U.S.C. 601 note).</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of the rules in this subpart.</SUBJECT> <P>This subpart sets forth procedures for the promulgation of rules under authority other than section 18(a)(1)(B) of the FTC Act except as otherwise required by law or otherwise specified in the rules of this chapter. This subpart does not apply to the promulgation of industry guides, general statements of policy, rules of agency organization, procedure, or practice, or rules governed by subpart B of this part.</P> <CITA>[50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rulemaking.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Nature and authority.</E> For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the statutes administered by it, the Commission is empowered to promulgate rules and regulations applicable to unlawful trade practices. Such rules and regulations express the experience and judgment of the Commission, based on facts of which it has knowledge derived from studies, reports, investigations, hearings, and other proceedings, or within official notice, concerning the substantive requirements of the statutes which it administers.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> Rules may cover all applications of a particular statutory provision and may be nationwide in effect, or they may be limited to particular areas or industries or to particular product or geographic markets, as may be appropriate.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Use of rules in adjudicative proceedings.</E> When a rule is relevant to any issue involved in an ajudicative proceeding thereafter instituted, the Commission may rely upon the rule to resolve such issue, provided that the respondent shall have been given a fair hearing on the applicability of the rule to the particular case.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 15232, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Quantity limit rules.</SUBJECT> <P>Quantity limit rules are authorized by section 2(a) of the Clayton Act, as amended by the Robinson-Patman Act. These rules have the force and effect of law.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967. Redesignated at 40 FR 15232, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rules applicable to wool, fur, and textile fiber products and rules promulgated under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</SUBJECT> <P>Rules having the force and effect of law are authorized under section 6 of the Wool Products Labeling Act of 1939, section 8 of the Fur Products Labeling Act, section 7 of the Textile Fiber Products Identification Act, and sections 4, 5, and 6 of the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 15233, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initiation of proceedings—petitions.</SUBJECT> <P>Proceedings for the issuance of rules or regulations, including proceedings for exemption of products or classes of products from statutory requirements, may be commenced by the Commission upon its own initiative or pursuant to petition filed with the Secretary by any interested person or group stating reasonable grounds therefor. Anyone whose petition is not deemed by the Commission sufficient to warrant the holding of a rulemaking proceeding will be promptly notified of that determination and given an opportunity to submit additional data. Procedures for the amendment or repeal of a rule or regulation are the same as for the issuance thereof.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967. Redesignated at 40 FR 15232, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedure.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Investigations and conferences.</E> In connection with any rulemaking proceeding, the Commission at any time may conduct such investigations, make such studies, and hold such conferences <PRTPAGE P="23"/>as it may deem necessary. All or any part of any such investigation may be conducted under the provisions of subpart A of part 2 of this chapter.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice.</E> General notice of proposed rulemaking will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and, to the extent practicable, otherwise made available to interested persons except when the Commission for good cause finds that notice and public procedure relating to the rule are impractical, unnecessary or contrary to the public interest and incorporates such finding and a brief statement of the reasons therefor in the rule. If the rulemaking proceeding was instituted pursuant to petition, a copy of the notice will be served on the petitioner. Such notice will include:</P> <P>(1) A statement of the time, place, and nature of the public proceedings;</P> <P>(2) Reference to the authority under which the rule is proposed;</P> <P>(3) Either the terms or substance of the proposed rule or description of the subjects and issues involved;</P> <P>(4) An opportunity for interested persons to participate in the proceeding through the submission of written data, views, or arguments; and(5) A statement setting forth such procedures for treatment of communications from persons not employed by the Commission to Commissioners or Commissioner Advisors with respect to the merits of the proceeding as will incorporate the requirements of § 1.18(c), including the transcription of oral communications required by § 1.18(c)(2), adapted in such form as may be appropriate to the circumstances of the particular proceeding.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Oral hearings.</E> Oral hearing on a proposed rule may be held within the discretion of the Commission, unless otherwise expressly required by law. Any such hearing will be conducted by the Commission, a member thereof, or a member of the Commission's staff. At the hearing interested persons may appear and express their views as to the proposed rule and may suggest such amendments, revisions, and additions thereto as they may consider desirable and appropriate. The presiding officer may impose reasonable limitations upon the length of time allotted to any person. If by reason of the limitations imposed the person cannot complete the presentation of his suggestions, he may within twenty-four (24) hours file a written statement covering those relevant matters which he did not orally present.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Promulgation of rules or orders.</E> The Commission, after consideration of all relevant matters of fact, law, policy, and discretion, including all relevant matters presented by interested persons in the proceeding, will adopt and publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> an appropriate rule or order, together with a concise general statement of its basis and purpose and any necessary findings, or will give other appropriate public notice of disposition of the proceeding. The <E T="04">Federal Register</E> publication will contain the information required by the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520, and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, if applicable. For each rule for which the Commission must prepare a final regulatory flexibility analysis, the Commission will publish one or more guides to assist small entities in complying with the rule. Such guides will be designated as “small entity compliance guides.”</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Effective date of rules.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section, the effective date of any rule, or of the amendment, suspension, or repeal of any rule will be as specified in a notice published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, which date will be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such publication unless an earlier effective date is specified by the Commission upon good cause found and published with the rule.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Effective date of rules and orders under Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</E> The effective date of any rule or order under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act will be as specified by order published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>, but shall not be prior to the day following the last day on which objections may be filed under paragraph (g) of this section.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Objections and request for hearing under Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</E> On or before the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of publication of an order in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, any person who will be adversely affected <PRTPAGE P="24"/>by the order if placed in effect may file objections thereto with the Secretary of the Commission, specifying with particularity the provisions of the order deemed objectionable, stating the grounds therefor, and requesting a public hearing upon such objections. Objections will be deemed sufficient to warrant the holding of a public hearing only:</P> <P>(1) If they establish that the objector will be adversely affected by the order;</P> <P>(2) If they specify with particularity the provisions of the order to which objection is taken; and</P> <P>(3) If they are supported by reasonable grounds which, if valid and factually supported, may be adequate to justify the relief sought.</P> <FP>Anyone who files objections which are not deemed by the Commission sufficient to warrant the holding of a public hearing will be promptly notified of that determination. As soon as practicable after the time for filing objections has expired, the Commission will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> specifying those parts of the order which have been stayed by the filing of objections or, if no objections sufficient to warrant the holding of a hearing have been filed, stating that fact.</FP> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967. Redesignated at 40 FR 15232, Apr. 4, 1975, and amended at 44 FR 16368, Mar. 19, 1979; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985; 63 FR 36340, July 6, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <RESERVED>Subpart D [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Export Trade Associations</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.41</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Limited antitrust exemption.</SUBJECT> <P>The Export Trade Act authorizes the organization and operation of export trade associations, and extends to them certain limited exemptions from the Sherman Act and the Clayton Act. It also extends the jurisdiction of the Commission under the Federal Trade Commission Act to unfair methods of competition used in export trade against competitors engaged in export trade, even though the acts constituting such unfair methods are done without the territorial jurisdiction of the United States.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.42</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice to Commission.</SUBJECT> <P>To obtain the exemptions afforded by the Act, an export trade association is required to file with the Commission, within thirty (30) days after its creation, a verified written statement setting forth the location of its offices and places of business, names, and addresses of its officers, stockholders, or members, and copies of its documents of incorporation or association. On the first day of January of each year thereafter, each association must file a like statement and, when required by the Commission to do so, must furnish to the Commission detailed information as to its organization, business, conduct, practices, management, and relation to other associations, corporations, partnerships, and individuals.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.43</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Recommendations.</SUBJECT> <P>Whenever the Commission has reason to believe that an association has violated the prohibitions of section 2 of the Act, it may conduct an investigation. If, after investigation, it concludes that the law has been violated, it may make to such association recommendations for the readjustment of its business. If the association fails to comply with the recommendations, the Commission will refer its findings and recommendations to the Attorney General for appropriate action.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Trademark Cancellation Procedure</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Applications.</SUBJECT> <P>Applications for the institution of proceedings for the cancellation of registration of trade, service, or certification marks under the Trade-Mark Act of 1946 may be filed with the Secretary of the Commission. Such applications shall be in writing, signed by or in behalf of the applicant, and should identify the registration concerned and contain a short and simple statement of the facts constituting the alleged basis for cancellation, the name and address of the applicant, together with all relevant and available information. If, after consideration of the application, or upon its own initiative, the Commission concludes that cancellation of the mark may be warranted, it <PRTPAGE P="25"/>will institute a proceeding before the Commissioner of Patents for cancellation of the registration.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G—Injunctive and Condemnation Proceedings</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.61</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Injunctions.</SUBJECT> <P>In those cases where the Commission has reason to believe that it would be to the interest of the public, the Commission will apply to the courts for injunctive relief, pursuant to the authority granted in section 13 of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 15233, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.62</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ancillary court orders pending review.</SUBJECT> <P>Where petition for review of an order to cease and desist has been filed in a U.S. court of appeals, the Commission may apply to the court for issuance of such writs as are ancillary to its jurisdiction or are necessary in its judgment to prevent injury to the public or to competitors pendente lite.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.63</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Injunctions: Wool, fur, and textile cases.</SUBJECT> <P>In those cases arising under the Wool Products Labeling Act of 1939, Fur Products Labeling Act, and Textile Fiber Products Identification Act, where it appears to the Commission that it would be to the public interest for it to do so, the Commission will apply to the courts for injunctive relief, pursuant to the authority granted in such Acts.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967, as amended at 41 FR 4814, Feb. 2, 1976]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.64</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Condemnation proceedings.</SUBJECT> <P>In those cases arising under the Wool Products Labeling Act of 1939 and Fur Products Labeling Act, and where it appears to the Commission that the public interest requires such action, the Commission will apply to the courts for condemnation, pursuant to the authority granted in such Acts.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967, as amended at 41 FR 4814, Feb. 2, 1976]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart H—Administration of the Fair Credit Reporting Act</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>84 Stat. 1128, 15 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.71</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Administration.</SUBJECT> <P>The general administration of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (Title VI of the Consumer Credit Protection Act of 1968; enacted October 26, 1970; Pub. L. 91-508, 82 Stat. 146, 15 U.S.C. 1601 <E T="03">et seq</E>.) is carried out by the Bureau of Consumer Protection, Division of Credit Practices. Any interested person may obtain copies of the Act and these procedures and rules of practice upon request to the Secretary of the Commission, Washington, DC 20580.</P> <CITA>[36 FR 9293, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 18788, Sept. 22, 1971; 38 FR 32438, Nov. 26, 1973; 46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.72</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Examination, counseling and staff advice.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission maintains a staff to carry out on-the-scene examination of records and procedures utilized to comply with the Fair Credit Reporting Act and to carry out industry counseling. Requests for staff interpretation of the Fair Credit Reporting Act should be directed to the Division of Credit Practices, Bureau of Consumer Protection. Such interpretations represent informal staff opinion which is advisory in nature and is not binding upon the Commission as to any action it may take in the matter. Administrative action to effect correction of minor infractions on a voluntary basis is taken in those cases where such procedure is believed adequate to effect immediate compliance and protect the public interest.</P> <CITA>[36 FR 9293, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 18788, Sept. 22, 1971; 38 FR 32438, Nov. 26, 1973; 46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.73</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interpretations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Nature and purpose.</E> (1) The Commission issues and causes to be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> interpretations of the provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act on its own initiative or pursuant to the application of any person when it appears to the Commission that guidance as to the legal <PRTPAGE P="26"/>requirements of the Act would be in the public interest and would serve to bring about more widespread and equitable observance of the Act.</P> <P>(2) The interpretations are not substantive rules and do not have the force or effect of statutory provisions. They are guidelines intended as clarification of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and, like industry guides, are advisory in nature. They represent the Commission's view as to what a particular provision of the Fair Credit Reporting Act means for the guidance of the public in conducting its affairs in conformity with that Act, and they provide the basis for voluntary and simultaneous abandonment of unlawful practices by members of industry. Failure to comply with such interpretations may result in corrective action by the Commission under applicable statutory provisions.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> (1) Requests for Commission interpretations should be submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Federal Trade Commission stating the nature of the interpretation requested and the reasons and justification therefor. If the request is granted, as soon as practicable thereafter, the Commission will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> setting forth the text of the proposed interpretation. Comments, views, or objections, together with the grounds therefor, concerning the proposed interpretation may be submitted to the Secretary of the Commission within thirty (30) days of public notice thereof. The proposed interpretation will automatically become final after the expiration of sixty (60) days from the date of public notice thereof, unless upon consideration of written comments submitted as hereinabove provided, the Commission determine to rescind, revoke, modify, or withdraw the proposed interpretation, in which event notification of such determination will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P> <P>(2) The issuance of such interpretations is within the discretion of the Commission and the Commission at any time may conduct such investigations and hold such conferences or hearings as it may deem appropriate. Any interpretation issued pursuant to this chapter is without prejudice to the right of the Commission to reconsider the interpretation, and where the public interest requires, to rescind, revoke, modify, or withdraw the interpretation, in which event notification of such action will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Applicability of interpretations.</E> Interpretations issued pursuant to this subpart may cover all applications of a particular statutory provision, or they may be limited in application to a particular industry, as appropriate.</P> <CITA>[36 FR 9293, May 22, 1971]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart I—Procedures for Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 46(g), 42 U.S.C. 4321 <E T="03">et seq.</E> </P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>47 FR 3096, Jan. 22, 1982, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.81</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Authority and incorporation of CEQ Regulations.</SUBJECT> <P>This subpart is issued pursuant to 102(2) of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321 <E T="03">et seq.</E>). Pursuant to Executive Order 11514 (March 5, 1970, as amended by Executive Order 11991, May 24, 1977) and the Environmental Quality Improvement Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4371 <E T="03">et seq.</E>) the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) has issued comprehensive regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508) (“CEQ Regulations”). Although it is the Commission's position that these regulations are not binding on it, the Commission's policy is to comply fully with the CEQ Regulations unless it determines in a particular instance or for a category of actions that compliance would not be consistent with the requirements of law. With this caveat, the Commission incorporates into this subpart the CEQ Regulations. The following are supplementary definitions and procedures to be applied in conjunction with the CEQ Regulations.</P> <CITA>[47 FR 3096, Jan. 22, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="27"/> <SECTNO>§ 1.82</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Declaration of policy.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Except for actions which are not subject to the requirements of section 102(2)(C) of NEPA, no Commission proposal for a major action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment will be instituted unless an environmental impact statement has been prepared for consideration in the decisionmaking. All relevant environmental documents, comments, and responses as provided in this subpart shall accompany such proposal through all review processes. “Major actions, significantly affecting the quality of the human environment” referred to in this subpart “do not include bringing judicial or administrative civil or criminal enforcement actions” CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1508.18(a)). In the event that the Commission in an administrative enforcement proceeding actively contemplates the adoption of standards or a form of relief which it determines may have a significant effect on the environment, the Commission will, when consistent with the requirements of law, provide for the preparation of an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement or such other action as will permit the Commission to assess alternatives with a view toward avoiding or minimizing any adverse effect upon the environment.</P> <P>(b) No Commission proposal for legislation significantly affecting the quality of the human environment and concerning a subject matter in which the Commission has primary responsibility will be submitted to Congress without an accompanying environmental impact statement.</P> <P>(c) When the Commission finds that emergency action is necessary and an environmental impact statement cannot be prepared in conformance with the CEQ Regulations, the Commission will consult with CEQ about alternative arrangements in accordance with CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1506.11).</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.83</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Whether to commence the process for an environmental impact statement.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Bureau responsible for submitting a proposed rule, guide, or proposal for legislation to the Commission for agency action shall, after consultation with the Office of the General Counsel, initially determine whether or not the proposal is one which requires an environmental impact statement. Except for matters where the environmental effects, if any, would appear to be either (1) clearly significant and therefore the decision is made to prepare an environmental impact statement, or (2) so uncertain that environmental analysis would be based on speculation, the Bureau should normally prepare an “environmental assessment” CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1508.9) for purposes of providing sufficient evidence and analysis for determining whether to prepare an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact. The Bureau should involve environmental agencies to the extent practicable in preparing an assessment. An environmental assessment shall be made available to the public when the proposed action is made public along with any ensuing environmental impact statement or finding of no significant impact.</P> <P>(b) If the Bureau determines that the proposal is one which requires an environmental impact statement, it shall commence the “scoping process” CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1501.7) except that the impact statement which is part of a proposal for legislation need not go through a scoping process but shall conform to CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1506.8). As soon as practicable after its decision to prepare an environmental impact statement and before the scoping process, the Bureau shall publish a notice of intent as provided in CEQ Regulations (40 CFR 1501.7 and 1508.22).</P> <P>(c) If, on the basis of an environmental assessment, the determination is made not to prepare a statement, a finding of “no significant impact” shall be made in accordance with CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1508.3) and shall be made available to the public as specified in CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1506.6).</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.84</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Draft environmental impact statements: Availability and comment.</SUBJECT> <P>Except for proposals for legislation, environmental impact statements shall be prepared in two stages: Draft statement and final statement.<PRTPAGE P="28"/> </P> <P>(a) <E T="03">Proposed rules or guides.</E> (1) An environmental impact statement, if deemed necessary, shall be in draft form at the time a proposed rule or guide is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and shall accompany the proposal throughout the decisionmaking process.</P> <P>(2) The major decision points with respect to rules and guides are:</P> <P>(i) Preliminary formulation of a staff proposal;</P> <P>(ii) The time the proposal is initially published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as a Commission proposal;</P> <P>(iii) Presiding officer's report (in trade regulation rule proceedings);</P> <P>(iv) Submission to the Commission of the staff report or recommendation for final action on the proposed guide or rule;</P> <P>(v) Final decision by the Commission. The decision on whether or not to prepare an environmental impact statement should occur at point (a)(2)(i) of this section. The publication of any draft impact statement should occur at point (a)(2)(ii) of this section. The publication of the final environmental impact statement should occur at point (a)(2)(iv) of this section.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Legislative proposals.</E> In legislative matters, a legislative environmental impact statement shall be prepared in accordance with CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1506.8).</P> <P>(c) In rule or guide proceedings the draft environmental impact statement shall be prepared in accordance with CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1502.9) and shall be placed in the public record to which it pertains; in legislative matters, the legislative impact statement shall be placed in a public record to be established, containing the legislative report to which it pertains; these will be available to the public through the Office of the Secretary and will be published in full with the appropriate proposed rule, guide, or legislative report; such statements shall also be filed with the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) Office of Environmental Review (CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1506.9)) for listing in the weekly <E T="04">Federal Register</E> Notice of draft environmental impact statements, and shall be circulated, in accordance with CEQ Regulations (40 CFR 1502.19, 1506.6) to appropriate federal, state and local agencies.</P> <P>(d) Forty-five (45) days will be allowed for comment on the draft environmental impact statement, calculated from the date of publication in the EPA's weekly <E T="04">Federal Register</E> list of draft environmental impact statements. The Commission may in its discretion grant such longer period as the complexity of the issues may warrant.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.85</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Final environmental impact statements.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) After the close of the comment period, the Bureau responsible for the matter will consider the comments received on the draft environmental impact statement and will put the draft statement into final form in accordance with the requirements of CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1502.9(b)), attaching the comments received (or summaries if response was exceptionally voluminous).</P> <P>(b) Upon Bureau approval of the final environmental impact statement the final statement will be</P> <P>(1) Filed with the EPA;</P> <P>(2) Forwarded to all parties which commented on the draft environmental impact statement and to other interested parties, if practicable;</P> <P>(3) Placed in the public record of the proposed rule or guide proceeding or legislative matter to which it pertains;</P> <P>(4) Distributed in any other way which the Bureau in consultation with CEQ deems appropriate.</P> <P>(c) In rule and guide proceedings, at least thirty (30) days will be allowed for comment on the final environmental impact statement, calculated from the date of publication in the EPA's weekly <E T="04">Federal Register</E> list of final environmental impact statements. In no event will a final rule or guide be promulgated prior to ninety (90) days after notice of the draft environmental impact statement, except where emergency action makes such time period impossible.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.86</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Supplemental statements.</SUBJECT> <P>Except for proposals for legislation, as provided in CEQ Regulation (40 CFR 1502.9(c)), the Commission shall publish <PRTPAGE P="29"/>supplements to either draft or final environmental statements if:</P> <P>(a) The Commission makes substantial changes in the proposed action that are relevant to environmental concerns; or</P> <P>(b) There are significant new circumstances or information relevant to environmental concerns and bearing on the proposed action and its impacts. In the course of a trade regulation rule proceeding, the supplement will be placed in the rulemaking record.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.87</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>NEPA and agency decisionmaking.</SUBJECT> <P>In its final decision on the proposed action or, if appropriate, in its recommendation to Congress, the Commission shall consider all the alternatives in the environmental impact statement and other relevant environmental documents and shall prepare a concise statement which, in accordance with CEQ Regulation § 1505.2, shall:</P> <P>(a) Identify all alternatives considered by the Commission in reaching its decision or recommendation, specifying the alternatives which were considered to be environmentally preferable;</P> <P>(b) State whether all practicable means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from the alternative selected have been adopted, and if not, why they were not.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.88</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Implementing procedures.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The General Counsel is designated the official responsible for coordinating the Commission's efforts to improve environmental quality. He will provide assistance to the staff in determining when an environmental impact statement is needed and in its preparation.</P> <P>(b) The Commission will determine finally whether an action complies with NEPA.</P> <P>(c) The Directors of the Bureaus of Consumer Protection and Competition will supplement these procedures for their Bureaus to assure that every proposed rule and guide is reviewed to assess the need for an environmental impact statement and that, where need exists, an environmental impact statement is developed to assure timely consideration of environmental factors.</P> <P>(d) The General Counsel will establish procedures to assure that every legislative proposal on a matter for which the Commission has primary responsibility is reviewed to assess the need for an environmental impact statement and that, where need exists, and environmental impact statement is developed to assure timely consideration of environmental factors.</P> <P>(e) Parties seeking information or status reports on environmental impact statements and other elements of the NEPA process, should contact the Assistant General Counsel for Litigation and Environmental Policy.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.89</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Effect on prior actions.</SUBJECT> <P>It is the policy of the Commission to apply these procedures to the fullest extent possible to proceedings which are already in progress.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart J—Economic Surveys, Investigations and Reports</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.91</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Authority and purpose.</SUBJECT> <P>General and special economic surveys, investigations, and reports are made by the Bureau of Economics under the authority of the various laws which the Federal Trade Commission administers. The Commission may in any such survey or investigation invoke any or all of the compulsory processes authorized by law.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967. Redesignated at 40 FR 15233, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart K—Penalties for Violation of Appliance Labeling Rules</HD> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>45 FR 67318, Oct. 10, 1980, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.92</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT> <P>The rules in this subpart apply to and govern proceedings for the assessment of civil penalties for the violation of section 332 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6302, and the Commission's Rules on Labeling and Advertising of Consumer Appliances, 16 CFR part 305, promulgated <PRTPAGE P="30"/>under sections 324 and 326 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6294 and 6296.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.93</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice of proposed penalty.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice.</E> Before issuing an order assessing a civil penalty under this subpart against any person, the Commission shall provide to such person notice of the proposed penalty. This notice shall:</P> <P>(1) Inform such person of the opportunity to elect in writing within 30 days of receipt of the notice of proposed penalty to have procedures of § 1.95 (in lieu of those of § 1.94) apply with respect to such assessment; and</P> <P>(2) Include a copy of a proposed complaint conforming to the provision of § 3.11(b) (1) and (2) of the Commission's Rules of Practice, or a statement of the material facts constituting the alleged violation and the legal basis for the proposed penalty; and</P> <P>(3) Include the amount of the proposed penalty; and</P> <P>(4) Include a statement of the procedural rules that the Commission will follow if respondent elects to proceed under § 1.94 unless the Commission chooses to follow subparts B, C, D, E, and F of part 3 of this chapter.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Election.</E> Within 30 days of receipt of the notice of proposed penalty, the respondent shall, if it wishes to elect to have the procedures of § 1.95 apply, notify the Commission of the election in writing. The notification, to be filed in accordance with § 4.2 of this chapter, may include any factual or legal reasons for which the proposed assessment order should not issue, should be reduced in amount, or should otherwise be modified.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.94</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commission proceeding to assess civil penalty.</SUBJECT> <P>If the respondent fails to elect to have the procedures of § 1.95 apply, the Commission shall determine whether to issue a complaint and thereby commence an adjudicative proceeding in conformance with section 333(d)(2)(A) of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6303(d)(2)(A). If the Commission votes to issue a complaint, the proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with subparts B, C, D, E and F of part 3 of this chapter, unless otherwise ordered in the notice of proposed penalty. In assessing a penalty, the Commission shall take into account the factors listed in § 1.97.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.95</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedures upon election.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) After receipt of the notification of election to apply the procedures of this section pursuant to § 1.93, the Commission shall promptly assess such penalty as it deems appropriate, in accordance with § 1.97.</P> <P>(b) If the civil penalty has not been paid within 60 calendar days after the assessment order has been issued under paragraph (a) of this section, the General Counsel, unless otherwise directed, shall institute an action in the appropriate district court of the United States for an order enforcing the assessment of the civil penalty.</P> <P>(c) Any election to have this section apply may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commission.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.96</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compromise of penalty.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission may compromise any penalty or proposed penalty at any time, with leave of court when necessary, taking into account the nature and degree of violation and the impact of a penalty upon a particular respondent.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.97</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amount of penalty.</SUBJECT> <P>All penalties assessed under this subchapter shall be in the amount per violation as described in section 333(a) of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6303(a), adjusted for inflation pursuant to § 1.98, unless the Commission otherwise directs. In considering the amount of penalty, the Commission shall take into account:</P> <P>(a) Respondent's size and ability to pay;</P> <P>(b) Respondent's good faith;</P> <P>(c) Any history of previous violations;</P> <P>(d) The deterrent effect of the penalty action;</P> <P>(e) The length of time involved before the Commission was made aware of the violation;</P> <P>(f) The gravity of the violation, including the amount of harm to consumers and the public caused by the violation; and<PRTPAGE P="31"/> </P> <P>(g) Such other matters as justice may require.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8444, June 13, 1967, as amended at 61 FR 54548, Oct. 21, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart L—Civil Penalty Adjustments Under the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Pub. L. 101-410 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note), as amended by sec. 31001(s), Pub. L. 104-134 (Apr. 26, 1996), 110 Stat. 3009 <E T="03">et seq.</E> </P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>61 FR 54549, Oct. 21, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.98</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Adjustment of civil monetary penalty amounts.</SUBJECT> <P>Effective November 20, 1996, dollar amounts specified in civil monetary penalty provisions within the Commission's jurisdiction are adjusted for inflation in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (l) of this section. The adjustments set forth in this section apply to violations occurring after November 20, 1996. The adjustments are as follows:</P> <P>(a) Clayton Act section 7A(g)(1), 15 U.S.C. 18a(g)(1), adjusted from $10,000 to $11,000 per violation;</P> <P>(b) Clayton Act section 11(<E T="03">l</E>), 15 U.S.C. 21(<E T="03">l</E>), adjusted from $5,000 to $5,500 per violation;</P> <P>(c) FTC Act section 5(<E T="03">l</E>), 15 U.S.C. 45(<E T="03">l</E>), adjusted from $10,000 to $11,000 per violation;</P> <P>(d) FTC Act section 5(m)(1)(A), 15 U.S.C. 45(m)(1)(A), adjusted from $10,000 to $11,000 per violation;</P> <P>(e) FTC Act section 5(m)(1)(B), 15 U.S.C. 45(m)(1)(B), adjusted from $10,000 to $11,000 per violation;</P> <P>(f) FTC Act section 10, 15 U.S.C. 50, adjusted from $100 to $110 per violation;</P> <P>(g) Webb-Pomerene (Export Trade) Act section 5, 15 U.S.C. 65, adjusted from $100 to $110 per violation;</P> <P>(h) Wool Products Labeling Act section 6(b), 15 U.S.C. 68d(b), adjusted from $100 to $110 per violation;</P> <P>(i) Fur Products Labeling Act section 3(e), 15 U.S.C. 69a(e), adjusted from $100 to $110 per violation;</P> <P>(j) Fur Products Labeling Act section 8(d)(2), 15 U.S.C. 69f(d)(2), adjusted from $100 to $110 per violation;</P> <P>(k) Energy Policy and Conservation Act section 333(a), 42 U.S.C. 6303(a), adjusted from $100 to $110 per violation; and</P> <P>(l) Civil monetary penalties authorized by reference to the Federal Trade Commission Act under any other provision of law within the jurisdiction of the Commission, adjusted in accordance with paragraphs (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this section, as applicable.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart M—Submissions Under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>5 U.S.C. 801-804.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 1.99</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Submission of rules, guides, interpretations, and policy statements to Congress and the Comptroller General.</SUBJECT> <P>Whenever the Commission issues or substantively amends a rule or industry guide or formally adopts an interpretation or policy statement that constitutes a “rule” within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 804(3), a copy of the final rule, guide, interpretation or statement, together with a concise description, the proposed effective date, and a statement of whether the rule, guide, interpretation or statement is a “major rule” within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 804(2), will be transmitted to each House of Congress and to the Comptroller General. The material transmitted to the Comptroller General will also include any additional relevant information required by 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(B). This provision generally applies to rules issued or substantively amended pursuant to § 1.14(c), § 1.15(a), § 1.19, or § 1.26(d); industry guides issued pursuant to § 1.6; interpretations and policy statements formally adopted by the Commission; and any rule of agency organization, practice or procedure that substantially affects the rights or obligations of non-agency parties.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 36340, July 8, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 2</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—NONADJUDICATIVE PROCEDURES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Inquiries; Investigations; Compulsory Processes</HD> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>2.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>How initiated.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Request for Commission action.<PRTPAGE P="32"/> </SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Policy as to private controversies.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Investigational policy.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>By whom conducted.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notification of purpose.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compulsory process in investigations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Investigational hearings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.8A</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Withholding requested material.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rights of witnesses in investigations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Depositions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Orders requiring access.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reports.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Noncompliance with compulsory processes.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Orders requiring witnesses to testify or provide other information and granting immunity.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Custodians.</SUBJECT> <RESERVED>Subpart B [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Consent Order Procedure</HD> <SECTNO>2.31</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Opportunity to submit a proposed consent order.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.32</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Agreement.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.33</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compliance procedure.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>2.34</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Reports of Compliance</HD> <SECTNO>2.41</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reports of compliance.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Requests to Reopen</HD> <SECTNO>2.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Requests to reopen.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 46.</P> </AUTH> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Inquiries; Investigations; Compulsory Processes</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>How initiated.</SUBJECT> <P>Commission investigations and inquiries may be originated upon the request of the President, Congress, governmental agencies, or the Attorney General; upon referrals by the courts; upon complaint by members of the public; or by the Commission upon its own initiative. The Commission has delegated to the Director, Deputy Directors, and Assistant Directors of the Bureau of Competition, the Director, Deputy Directors, and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection and, the Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors of the Commission's regional offices, without power of redelegation, limited authority to initiate investigations.</P> <CITA>[48 FR 41374, Sept. 15, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Request for Commission action.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any individual, partnership, corporation, association, or organization may request the Commission to institute an investigation in respect to any matter over which the Commission has jurisdiction.</P> <P>(b) Such request should be in the form of a signed statement setting forth the alleged violation of law with such supporting information as is available, and the name and address of the person or persons complained of. No forms or formal procedures are required.</P> <P>(c) The person making the request is not regarded as a party to any proceeding which might result from the investigation.</P> <P>(d) It is the general Commission policy not to publish or divulge the name of an applicant or complaining party except as required by law or by the Commission's rules. Where a complaint is by a consumer or consumer representative concerning a specific consumer product or service, the Commission, in the course of a referral of the complaint or of an investigation, may disclose the identity of the complainant or complainants. In referring any such consumer complaint, the Commission specifically retains its right to take such action as it deems appropriate in the public interest and under any of the statutes which it administers.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8446, June 13, 1967, as amended at 35 FR 10146, June 20, 1970]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Policy as to private controversies.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission acts only in the public interest and does not initiate an investigation or take other action when the alleged violation of law is merely a matter of private controversy and does not tend adversely to affect the public.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8446, June 13, 1967]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Investigational policy.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission encourages voluntary cooperation in its investigations. Where the public interest requires, however, the Commission may, in any matter under investigation adopt a resolution authorizing the use <PRTPAGE P="33"/>of any or all of the compulsory processes provided for by law.</P> <CITA>[45 FR 36341, May 29, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>By whom conducted.</SUBJECT> <P>Inquiries and investigations are conducted under the various statutes administered by the Commission by Commission representatives designated and duly authorized for the purpose. Such representatives are “examiners” or “Commission investigators” within the meaning of the Federal Trade Commission Act and are authorized to exercise and perform the duties of their office in accordance with the laws of the United States and the regulations of the Commission. Included among such duties is the administration of oaths and affirmations in any matter under investigation by the Commission.</P> <CITA>[45 FR 36341, May 29, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notification of purpose.</SUBJECT> <P>Any person under investigation compelled or requested to furnish information or documentary evidence shall be advised of the purpose and scope of the investigation and of the nature of the conduct constituting the alleged violation which is under investigation and the provisions of law applicable to such violation.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981; 46 FR 27634, May 21, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compulsory process in investigations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> The Commission or any member thereof may, pursuant to a Commission resolution, issue a subpoena or a civil investigative demand directing the person named therein to appear before a designated representative at a designated time and place to testify or to produce documentary evidence, or both, or, in the case of a civil investigative demand, to provide a written report or answers to questions relating to any matter under investigation by the Commission. Material for which a civil investigative demand has been issued shall be made available for inspection and copying at the principal place of business of the person or at such other place or in such other manner as the person and the custodian designated pursuant to § 2.16 agree.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Civil investigative demands</E>. Civil investigative demands shall be the only form of compulsory process issued in investigations with respect to unfair or deceptive acts or practices within the meaning of FTC Act section 5(a)(1).</P> <P>(1) Civil investigative demands for the production of documentary material shall describe each class of material to be produced with such definiteness and certainty as to permit such material to be fairly identified, prescribe a return date or dates which will provide a reasonable period of time within which the material so demanded may be assembled and made available for inspection and copying or reproduction, and identify the custodian to whom such material shall be made available. Production of documentary material in response to a civil investigative demand shall be made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by section 20(c)(11) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(2) Civil investigative demands for tangible things will describe each class of tangible things to be produced with such definiteness and certainty as to permit such things to be fairly identified, prescribe a return date or dates which will provide a reasonable period of time within which the things so demanded may be assembled and submitted, and identify the custodian to whom such things shall be submitted. Submission of tangible things in response to a civil investigative demand shall be made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by section 20(c)(12) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(3) Civil investigative demands for written reports or answers to questions shall propound with definiteness and certainty the reports to be produced or the questions to be answered, prescribe a date or dates at which time written reports or answers to questions shall be submitted, and identify the custodian to whom such reports or answers shall be submitted. Response to a civil investigative demand for a written report or answers to questions shall be made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by section 20(c)(13) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.<PRTPAGE P="34"/> </P> <P>(4) Civil investigative demands for the giving of oral testimony shall prescribe a date, time, and place at which oral testimony shall be commenced, and identify a Commission investigator who shall conduct the investigation and the custodian to whom the transcript of such investigation shall be submitted. Oral testimony in response to a civil investigative demand shall be taken in accordance with the procedures prescribed by section 20(c)(14) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(c) The Bureau Director, Deputy Directors and Assistant Directors of the Bureaus of Competition and Economics, the Director, Deputy Directors and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection, Regional Directors, and Assistant Regional Directors, are authorized to negotiate and approve the terms of satisfactory compliance with subpoenas and civil investigative demands and, for good cause shown, may extend the time prescribed for compliance. Specifically, the subpoena power conferred by Section 329 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6299) is included within this delegation.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Petitions to limit or quash</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Any petition to limit or quash any investigational subpoena or civil investigative demand shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission within twenty (20) days after service of the subpoena or civil investigative demand, or, if the return date is less than twenty (20) days after service, prior to the return date. Such petition shall set forth all assertions of privilege or other factual and legal objections to the subpoena or civil investigative demand, including all appropriate arguments, affidavits and other supporting documentation.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Statement</E>. Each petition shall be accompanied by a signed statement representing that counsel for the petitioner has conferred with counsel for the Commission in an effort in good faith to resolve by agreement the issues raised by the petition and has been unable to reach such an agreement. If some of the matters in controversy have been resolved by agreement, the statement shall specify the matters so resolved and the matters remaining unresolved. The statement shall recite the date, time, and place of each such conference between counsel, and the names of all parties participating in each such conference.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Extensions of time.</E> Bureau Directors, Deputy Directors, and Assistant Directors in the Bureaus of Competition and Economics, the Bureau Director, Deputy Directors and Associate Directors in the Bureau of Consumer Protection, Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors are delegated, without power of redelegation, the authority to rule upon requests for extensions of time within which to file such petitions.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Disposition.</E> A Commissioner, to be designated by the Chairman, is delegated, without power of redelegation, the authority to rule upon petitions to limit or quash an investigational subpoena or civil investigative demand, but the designated Commissioner may, in his or her sole discretion, refer a petition to the full Commission for determination.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Stay of compliance period.</E> The timely filing of a petition to limit or quash any investigational subpoena or civil investigative demand shall stay the time permitted for compliance with the portion challenged. If the petition is denied in whole or in part, the ruling will specify a new return date.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Review.</E> Any petitioner, within three days after service of a ruling by the designated Commissioner denying all or a portion of the relief requested in its petition, may file with the Secretary of the Commission a request that the full Commission review the ruling. The timely filing of such a request shall not stay the return date specified in the ruling, unless otherwise specified by the Commission.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Public disclosure.</E> All petitions to limit or quash investigational subpoenas or civil investigative demands and the responses thereto are part of the public records of the Commission, except for information exempt from disclosure under § 4.10(a) of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[45 FR 36342, May 29, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981; 48 FR 41375, Sept. 15, 1983; 49 FR 6089, Feb. 17, 1984; 50 FR 42672, Oct. 22, 1985; 60 FR 37747, July 21, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="35"/> <SECTNO>§ 2.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Investigational hearings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Investigational hearings, as distinguished from hearings in adjudicative proceedings, may be conducted in the course of any investigation undertaken by the Commission, including rulemaking proceedings under subpart B of part 1 of this chapter, inquiries initiated for the purpose of determining whether or not a respondent is complying with an order of the Commission or the manner in which decrees in suits brought by the United States under the antitrust laws are being carried out, the development of facts in cases referred by the courts to the Commission as a master in chancery, and investigations made under section 5 of the Export Trade Act.</P> <P>(b) Investigational hearings shall be conducted by any Commission member, examiner, attorney, investigator, or other person duly designated under the FTC Act, for the purpose of hearing the testimony of witnesses and receiving documents and other data relating to any subject under investigation. Such hearings shall be stenographically reported and a transcript thereof shall be made a part of the record of the investigation.</P> <P>(c) Unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, investigational hearings shall not be public. In investigational hearings conducted pursuant to a civil investigative demand for the giving of oral testimony, the Commission investigators shall exclude from the hearing room all other persons except the person being examined, his counsel, the officer before whom the testimony is to be taken, and the stenographer recording such testimony. A copy of the transcript shall promptly be forwarded by the Commission investigator to the custodian designated in § 2.16.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8446, June 13, 1967, as amended at 45 FR 36342, May 29, 1980; 61 FR 50645, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.8A</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Withholding requested material.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any person withholding material responsive to an investigational subpoena or civil investigative demand issued pursuant to § 2.7, an access order issued pursuant to § 2.11, an order to file a report issued pursuant to § 2.12, or any other request for production of material issued under this part, shall assert a claim of privilege or any similar claim not later than the date set for the production of material. Such person shall, if so directed in the subpoena, civil investigative demand or other request for production, submit, together with such claim, a schedule of the items withheld which states individually as to each such item the type, specific subject matter, and date of the item; the names, addresses, positions, and organizations of all authors and recipients of the item; and the specific grounds for claiming that the item is privileged.</P> <P>(b) A person withholding material solely for reasons described in § 2.8A(a) shall comply with the requirements of that subsection in lieu of filing a motion to limit or quash compulsory process.</P> <SECAUTH>(Sec. 5, 38 Stat. 719 as amended (15 U.S.C. 45))</SECAUTH> <CITA>[44 FR 54042, Sept. 18, 1979, as amended at 45 FR 36342, May 29, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Rights of witnesses in investigations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any person compelled to submit data to the Commission or to testify in an investigational hearing shall be entitled to retain a copy or, on payment of lawfully prescribed costs, procure a copy of any document submitted by him and of his own testimony as stenographically reported, except that in a nonpublic hearing the witness may for good cause be limited to inspection of the official transcript of his testimony. Where the investigational hearing has been conducted pursuant to a civil investigative demand issued under section 20 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, upon completion of transcription of the testimony of the witness, the witness shall be offered an opportunity to read the transcript of his testimony. Any changes in form or substance which the witness desires to make shall be entered and identified upon the transcript by the Commission investigator with a statement of the reasons given by the witness for making such changes. The transcript shall then be signed by the witness unless the witnesss cannot be found, is ill, waives in writing his right to signature or refuses to sign. If the transcript is not signed by the witness within thirty <PRTPAGE P="36"/>days of his being afforded a reasonable opportunity to review it, the Commission investigator shall take the actions prescribed by section 20(c)(12)(E)(ii) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(b) Any witness compelled to appear in person in an investigational hearing may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel as follows:</P> <P>(1) Counsel for a witness may advise the witness, in confidence and upon the initiative of either counsel or the witness, with respect to any question asked of the witness. If the witness refuses to answer a question, then counsel may briefly state on the record if he has advised the witness not to answer the question and the legal grounds for such refusal.</P> <P>(2) Where it is claimed that the testimony or other evidence sought from a witness is outside the scope of the investigation, or that the witness is privileged to refuse to answer a question or to produce other evidence, the witness or counsel for the witness may object on the record to the question or requirement and may state briefly and precisely the ground therefor. The witness and his counsel shall not otherwise object to or refuse to answer any question, and they shall not otherwise interrupt the oral examination.</P> <P>(3) Any objections made under the rules in this part will be treated as continuing objections and preserved throughout the further course of the hearing without the necessity for repeating them as to any similar line of inquiry. Cumulative objections are unnecessary. Repetition of the grounds for any objection will not be allowed.</P> <P>(4) Counsel for a witness may not, for any purpose or to any extent not allowed by paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section, interrupt the examination of the witness by making any objections or statements on the record. Petitions challenging the Commission's authority to conduct the investigation or the sufficiency or legality of the subpoena or civil investigative demand must have been addressed to the Commission in advance of the hearing. Copies of such petitions may be filed as part of the record of the investigation with the person conducting the investigational hearing, but no arguments in support thereof will be allowed at the hearing.</P> <P>(5) Following completion of the examination of a witness, counsel for the witness may on the record request the person conducting the investigational hearing to permit the witness of clarify any of his or her answers. The grant or denial of such request shall be within the sole discretion of the person conducting the hearing.</P> <P>(6) The person conducting the hearing shall take all necessary action to regulate the course of the hearing to avoid delay and to prevent or restrain disorderly, dilatory, obstructionist, or contumacious conduct, or contemptuous language. Such person shall, for reasons stated on the record, immediately report to the Commission any instances where an attorney has allegedly refused to comply with his or her directions, or has allegedly engaged in disorderly, dilatory, obstructionist, or contumacious conduct, or contemptuous language in the course of the hearing. The Commission, acting pursuant to § 4.1(e) of this chapter, will thereupon take such further action, if any, as the circumstances warrant, including suspension or disbarment of the attorney from further practice before the Commission or exclusion from further participation in the particular investigation.</P> <SECAUTH>(18 U.S.C. 6002, 6004)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[32 FR 8446, June 13, 1967, as amended at 45 FR 36343, May 29, 1980; 45 FR 39244, June 10, 1980; 46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985; 61 FR 50645, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Depositions.</SUBJECT> <P>In investigations other than those conducted under section 20 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Commission may order testimony to be taken by deposition at any stage of such investigation. Such depositions may be taken before any person having power to administer oaths who may be designated by the Commission. The testimony shall be reduced to writing by the person taking the deposition, or under his direction, and shall then be subscribed to by the deponent. Any person may be compelled to appear and be deposed and to produce documentary evidence in the same manner as witnesses may be compelled to appear <PRTPAGE P="37"/>and testify and produce documentary evidence as provided in §§ 2.7 through 2.9.</P> <CITA>[45 FR 36343, May 29, 1980, as amended at 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Orders requiring access.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In investigations other than those conducted under section 20 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Commission may issue an order requiring any person, partnership or corporation being investigated to grant access to files for the purpose of examination and the right to copy any documentary evidence. The Directors, Deputy Directors and Assistant Directors of the Bureaus of Competition and Economics, the Director, Deputy Directors and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection, the Regional Directors, and Assistant Regional Directors of the Commission's regional offices, pursuant to delegation of authority by the Commission, without power of redelegation, are authorized, for good cause shown, to extend the time prescribed for compliance with orders requiring access issued during the investigation of any matter.</P> <P>(b) Any petition to limit or quash an order requiring access shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission within twenty (20) days after service of the order, or, if the date for compliance is less than twenty (20) days after service of the order, then before the return date. Such petition shall set forth all assertions of privilege or other factual and legal objections to the order requiring access, including all appropriate arguments, affidavits and other supporting documentation. All petitions to limit or quash orders requiring access shall be ruled upon by the Commission itself, but the above-designated Directors, Deputy Directors, Assistant Directors, Associate Directors, Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors are delegated, without power of redelegation, the authority to rule upon motions for extensions of time within which to file petitions to limit or quash orders requiring access.</P> <P>(c) The timely filing of any petition to limit or quash such an order shall stay the requirement of compliance if the Commission has not ruled upon the motion by the date of compliance. If it rules on or subsequent to the date required for compliance and its ruling denies the petition in whole or in part, the Commission shall specify a new date of compliance.</P> <P>(d) All petitions to limit or quash orders requiring access, and the Commission's responses thereto, are part of the public records of the Commission, except for information exempt from disclosure under § 4.10(a) of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 41375, Sept. 15, 1983]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reports.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In investigations other than those covered by section 20 of the Federal Trade Commission Act the Commission may issue an order requiring a person, partnership, or corporation to file a report or answers in writing to specific questions relating to any matter under investigation, study or survey, or under any of the Commission's reporting programs.</P> <P>(b) The Directors, Deputy Directors and Assistant Directors of the Bureaus of Competition and Economics, the Director, Deputy Directors and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection, and the Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors of the Commission's regional offices, pursuant to delegation of authority by the Commission, without power of redelegation, are authorized, for good cause shown, to extend the time prescribed for compliance with orders requiring reports or answers to questions issued during the investigation, study or survey of any matter or in connection with any of the Commission's reporting programs.</P> <P>(c) Any petition to limit or quash an order requiring a report or answer to specific questions shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission within twenty (20) days after service of the order, or, if the date for compliance is less than twenty (20) days after service of the order, then before the return date. Such petition shall set forth all assertions of privilege or other factual and legal objections to the order requiring a report or answer to specific questions, including all appropriate arguments, affidavits and other supporting documentation. All petitions <PRTPAGE P="38"/>to limit or quash orders requiring reports or answers to questions shall be ruled upon by the Commission itself, but the above-designated Directors, Deputy Directors, Assistant Directors, Associate Directors, Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors are delegated, without power of redelegation, the authority to rule upon motions for extensions of time within which to file petitions to limit or quash orders requiring reports or answers to questions.</P> <P>(d) Except as otherwise provided by the Commission, the timely filing of any petition to limit or quash such an order shall stay the requirement of return on the portion challenged if the Commission has not ruled upon the petition by the return date. If it rules on or subsequent to the return date and its ruling denies the petition in whole or in part, the Commission shall specify a new return date.</P> <P>(e) All petitions to limit or quash orders requiring a report or answers to specific questions, and the Commission's responses thereto, are part of the public records of the Commission, except for information exempt from disclosure under § 4.10(a) of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[41 FR 54485, Dec. 14, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 36343, May 29, 1980; 46 FR 26290, May 12, 1981; 48 FR 41375, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Noncompliance with compulsory processes.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In cases of failure to comply with Commission compulsory processes, appropriate action may be initiated by the Commission or the Attorney General, including actions for enforcement, forfeiture, or penalties or criminal actions.</P> <P>(b) The General Counsel, pursuant to delegation of authority by the Commission, without power of redelegation, is authorized:</P> <P>(1) To institute, on behalf of the Commission, an enforcement proceeding in connection with the failure or refusal of a person, partnership, or corporation to comply with, or to obey, a subpoena, or civil investigative demand if the return date or any extension thereof has passed;</P> <P>(2) To approve and have prepared and issued, in the name of the Commission when deemed appropriate by the General Counsel, a notice of default in connection with the failure of a person, partnership, or corporation to timely file a report pursuant to section 6(b) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, if the return date or any extension thereof has passed;</P> <P>(3) To institute, on behalf of the Commission, an enforcement proceeding and to request, on behalf of the Commission, the institution, when deemed appropriate by the General Counsel, of a civil action in connection with the failure of a person, partnership, or corporation to timely file a report pursuant to an order under section 6(b) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, if the return date or any extension thereof has passed; and</P> <P>(4) To seek civil contempt in cases where a court order enforcing compulsory process has been violated.</P> <CITA>[41 FR 54485, Dec. 14, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 39244, June 10, 1980; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) When the facts disclosed by an investigation indicate that corrective action is warranted, and the matter is not subject to a consent settlement pursuant to subpart C of this part, further proceedings may be instituted pursuant to the provisions of part 3 of this chapter.</P> <P>(b) When the facts disclosed by an investigation indicate that corrective action is not necessary or warranted in the public interest, the investigational file will be closed. The matter may be further investigated at any time if circumstances so warrant.</P> <P>(c) The Commission has delegated to the Director, Deputy Directors, and Assistant Directors of the Bureau of Competition, the Director, Deputy Directors and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection, and Regional Directors, without power of redelegation, limited authority to close investigations.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8446, June 13, 1967, as amended at 42 FR 42195, Aug. 22, 1977; 48 FR 41375, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 53304, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="39"/> <SECTNO>§ 2.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Orders requiring witnesses to testify or provide other information and granting immunity.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Bureau Director, Deputy Directors, and Assistant Directors in the Bureaus of Competition and Economics, the Bureau Director, Deputy Directors and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection, Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors are hereby authorized to request, through the Commission's liaison officer, approval from the Attorney General for the issuance of an order requiring a witness to testify or provide other information granting immunity under title 18, section 6002, of the United States Code.</P> <P>(b) The Commission retains the right to review the exercise of any of the functions delegated under paragraph (a) of this section. Appeals to the Commission from an order requiring a witness to testify or provide other information will be entertained by the Commission only upon a showing that a substantial question is involved, the determination of which is essential to serve the interests of justice. Such appeals shall be made on the record and shall be in the form of a brief not to exceed fifteen (15) pages in length and shall be filed within five (5) days after notice of the complained of action. The appeal shall not operate to suspend the hearing unless otherwise determined by the person conducting the hearing or ordered by the Commission.</P> <SECAUTH>(18 U.S.C. 6002, 6004)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[37 FR 5016, Mar. 9, 1972, as amended at 48 FR 41375, Sept. 15, 1983; 61 FR 50645, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Custodians.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Designation.</E> The Commission shall designate a custodian and one or more deputy custodians for material to be delivered pursuant to compulsory process in a investigation, a purpose of which is to determine whether any person may have violated any provision of the laws administered by the Commission. The custodian shall have the powers and duties prescribed by section 21 of the FTC Act. Deputy custodians may perform all of the duties assigned to custodians. The appropriate Bureau Directors, Deputy Directors, Associate Directors in the Bureau of Consumer Protection, Assistant Directors in the Bureau of Competition, Regional Directors or Assistant Regional Directors shall take the action required by section 21(b)(7) of the FTC Act if it is necessary to replace a custodian or deputy custodian.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Copying of custodial documents.</E> The custodian designated pursuant to section 21 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (subject to the general supervision of the Executive Director) may, from among the material submitted, select the material the copying of which is necessary or appropriate for the official use of the Commission, and shall determine, the number of copies of any such material that are to be reproduced. Copies of material in the physical possession of the custodian may be reproduced by or under the authority of an employee of the Commission designated by the custodian.</P> <P>(c) Material produced pursuant to the Federal Trade Commission Act, while in the custody of the custodian, shall be for the official use of the Commission in accordance with the Act; but such material shall upon reasonable notice to the custodian be made available for examination by the person who produced such material, or his duly authorized representative, during regular office hours established for the Commission.</P> <CITA>[45 FR 36343, May 29, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 26291, May 12, 1981; 48 FR 41376, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> <RESERVED>Subpart B [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Consent Order Procedure</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.31</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Opportunity to submit a proposed consent order.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Where time, the nature of the proceeding, and the public interest permit, any individual, partnership, or corporation being investigated shall be afforded the opportunity to submit through the operating Bureau or Regional Office having responsibility in the matter a proposal for disposition of the matter in the form of a consent order agreement executed by the party being investigated and complying with the requirements of § 2.32, for consideration by the Commission in connection <PRTPAGE P="40"/>with a proposed complaint submitted by the Commission's staff.</P> <P>(b) After a complaint has been issued, the consent order procedure described in this part will not be available except as provided in § 3.25(b).</P> <CITA>[40 FR 15235, Apr. 4, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.32</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Agreement.</SUBJECT> <P>Every agreement in settlement of a Commission complaint shall contain, in addition to an appropriate proposed order, either an admission of the proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law submitted simultaneously by the Commission's staff or an admission of all jurisdictional facts and an express waiver of the requirement that the Commission's decision contain a statement of findings of fact and conclusions of law. Every agreement also shall waive further procedural steps and all rights to seek judicial review or otherwise to challenge or contest the validity of the order. In addition, where appropriate, every agreement in settlement of a Commission complaint challenging the lawfulness of a proposed merger or acquisition shall also contain a hold-separate or asset-maintenance order. The agreement may state that the signing thereof is for settlement purposes only and does not constitute an admission by any party that the law has been violated as alleged in the complaint. Every agreement shall provide that:</P> <P>(a) The complaint may be used in construing the terms of the order;</P> <P>(b) No agreement, understanding, representation, or interpretation not contained in the order or the aforementioned agreement may be used to vary or to contradict the terms of the order;</P> <P>(c) The order will have the same force and effect and may be altered, modified or set aside in the same manner provided by statute for Commission orders issued on a litigated or stipulated record;</P> <P>(d) Except as provided by order of the Commission, any order issued pursuant to the agreement will become final upon service;</P> <P>(e) The agreement will not become a part of the public record unless and until it is accepted by the Commission; and</P> <P>(f) If the Commission accepts the agreement, further proceedings will be governed by § 2.34.</P> <CITA>[64 FR 46268, Aug. 25, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.33</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compliance procedure.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission may in its discretion require that a proposed agreement containing an order to cease and desist be accompanied by an initial report signed by the respondent setting forth in precise detail the manner in which the respondent will comply with the order when and if entered. Such report will not become part of the public record unless and until the accompanying agreement and order are accepted by the Commission. At the time any such report is submitted a respondent may request confidentiality for any portion thereof with a precise showing of justification therefor as set out in § 4.9(c) and the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee will dispose of such requests in accordance with that section.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 32977, June 17, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.34</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Acceptance of proposed consent agreement.</E> The Commission may accept or refuse to accept a proposed consent agreement. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c) of this section, acceptance does not constitute final approval, but it serves as the basis for further actions leading to final disposition of the matter.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Effectiveness of hold-separate or asset-maintenance order.</E> Following acceptance of a consent agreement, the Commission will, if it deems a hold-separate or asset-maintenance order appropriate, issue a complaint and such an order as agreed to by the parties. Such order will be final upon service. The issuance of a complaint under this paragraph will neither commence an adjudicatory proceeding subject to part 3 of this chapter nor subject the consent agreement proceeding to the prohibitions specified in § 4.7 of this chapter.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Public comment.</E> Promptly after its acceptance of the consent agreement, the Commission will place the order contained in the consent agreement, <PRTPAGE P="41"/>the complaint, and the consent agreement on the public record for a period of 30 days, or such other period as the Commission may specify, for the receipt of comments or views from any interested person. At the same time, the Commission will place on the public record an explanation of the provisions of the order and the relief to be obtained thereby and any other information that it believes may help interested persons understand the order. The Commission also will publish the explanation in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>. The Commission retains the discretion to issue a complaint and a Final Decision and Order, incorporating the order contained in a consent agreement, in appropriate cases before seeking public comment. Unless directed otherwise by the Commission, such Decision and Order will be final upon service.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Comment on initial compliance report.</E> If respondents have filed an initial report of compliance pursuant to § 2.33, the Commission will place that report on the public record, except for portions, if any, granted confidential treatment pursuant to § 4.9(c) of this chapter, with the complaint, the order, and the consent agreement.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Action following comment period.</E> (1) Following the comment period, on the basis of comments received or otherwise, the Commission may either withdraw its acceptance of the agreement and so notify respondents, in which event it will take such other action as it may consider appropriate, or issue and serve its complaint in such form as the circumstances may require and its decision in disposition of the proceeding.</P> <P>(2) The Commission, following the comment period, may determine, on the basis of the comments or otherwise, that a Final Decision and Order that was issued in advance of the comment period should be modified. Absent agreement by respondents to the modifications, the Commission may initiate a proceeding to reopen and modify the decision and order in accordance with § 3.72(b) of this chapter or commence a new administrative proceeding by issuing a complaint in accordance with § 3.11 of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[64 FR 46269, Aug. 25, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Reports of Compliance</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.41</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reports of compliance.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In every proceeding in which the Commission has issued an order pursuant to the provisions of section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act or section 11 of the Clayton Act, as amended, and except as otherwise specifically provided in any such order, each respondent named in such order shall file with the Commission, within sixty (60) days after service thereof, or within such other time as may be provided by the order or the rules in this chapter, a report in writing, signed by the respondent, setting forth in detail the manner and form of his compliance with the order, and shall thereafter file with the Commission such further signed, written reports of compliance as it may require. Reports of compliance shall be under oath if so requested. Where the order prohibits the use of a false advertisement of a food, drug, device, or cosmetic which may be injurious to health because of results from its use under the conditions prescribed in the advertisement, or under such conditions as are customary or usual, or if the use of such advertisement is with intent to defraud or mislead, or in any other case where the circumstances so warrant, the order may provide for an interim report stating whether and how respondents intend to comply to be filed within ten (10) days after service of the order. Neither the filing of an application for stay pursuant to § 3.56, nor the filing of a petition for judicial review, shall operate to postpone the time for filing a compliance report under the order or this section. If the Commission, or a court, determines to grant a stay of an order, or portion thereof, pending judicial review, or if any order provision is automatically stayed by statute, no compliance report shall be due as to those portions of the order that are stayed unless ordered by the court. Thereafter, as to orders, or portions thereof, that are stayed, the time for filing a report of compliance shall begin to run de novo from the final judicial determination, except that if no petition for certiorari has been filed following affirmance of the order of the <PRTPAGE P="42"/>Commission by a court of appeals, the compliance report shall be due the day following the date on which the time expires for the filing of such petition. Staff of the Bureaus of Competition and Consumer Protection will review such reports of compliance and may advise each respondent whether the staff intends to recommend that the Commission take any enforcement action. The Commission may, however, institute proceedings, including certification of facts to the Attorney General pursuant to the provisions of section 5(l) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 45(l)) and section 11(1) of the Clayton Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 21(1)), to enforce compliance with an order, without advising a respondent whether the actions set forth in a report of compliance evidence compliance with the Commission's order or without prior notice of any kind to a respondent.</P> <P>(b) The Commission has delegated to the Director, the Deputy Directors, and the Assistant Director for Compliance of the Bureau of Competition, and to the Director, the Deputy Directors, and the Associate Director for Enforcement of the Bureau of Consumer Protection the authority to monitor compliance reports and to open and close compliance investigations. With respect to any compliance matter which has received previous Commission consideration as to compliance or in which the Commission or any Commissioner has expressed an interest, any matter proposed to be closed by reason of expense of investigation or testing, or any matter involving substantial questions as to the public interest, Commission policy or statutory construction, the Bureaus shall submit an analysis to the Commission regarding their intended actions.</P> <P>(c) The Commission has delegated to the Director, Deputy Directors, and Assistant Directors of the Bureau of Competition and to the Director, Deputy Directors, and Associate Directors of the Bureau of Consumer Protection, and to the Regional Directors, the authority, for good cause shown, to extend the time within which reports of compliance with orders to cease and desist may be filed. It is to be noted, however, that an extension of time within which a report of compliance may be filed, or the filing of a report which does not evidence full compliance with the order, does not in any circumstances suspend or relieve a respondent from his obligation under the law with respect to compliance with such order. An order of the Commission to cease and desist becomes final on the date and under the conditions provided in the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Clayton Act. Any person, partnership or corporation against which an order to cease and desist has been issued who is not in full compliance with such order on and after the date provided in these statutes for the order to become final is in violation of such order and is subject to an immediate action for civil penalties. The authority under this paragraph may not be redelegated, except that the Associate Director for Enforcement in the Bureau of Consumer Protection and the Assistant Director for Compliance in the Bureau of Competition may each name a designee under this paragraph.</P> <P>(d) Any respondent subject to a Commission order may request advice from the Commission as to whether a proposed course of action, if pursued by it, will constitute compliance with such order. The request for advice should be submitted in writing to the Secretary of the Commission and should include full and complete information regarding the proposed course of action. On the basis of the facts submitted, as well as other information available to the Commission, the Commission will inform the respondent whether or not the proposed course of action, if pursued, would constitute compliance with its order. A request ordinarily will be considered inappropriate for such advice:</P> <P>(1) Where the course of action is already being followed by the requesting party;</P> <P>(2) Where the same or substantially the same course of action is under investigation or is or has been the subject of a current proceeding, order, or decree initiated or obtained by the Commission or another governmental agency; or</P> <P>(3) Where the proposed course of action or its effects may be such that an informed decision thereon cannot be <PRTPAGE P="43"/>made or could be made only after extensive investigation, clinical study, testing or collateral inquiry.</P> <FP>Furthermore, the filing of a request for advice under this paragraph does not in any circumstances suspend or relieve a respondent from his obligation under the law with respect to his compliance with the order. He must in any event be in full compliance on and after the date the order becomes final as prescribed by statute referred to in paragraph (b) of this section. Advice to respondents under this paragraph will be published by the Commission in the same manner and subject to the same restrictions and considerations as advisory opinions under § 1.4 of this chapter.</FP> <P>(e) The Commission may at any time reconsider any advice given under this section and, where the public interest requires, rescind or revoke its prior advice. In such event the respondent will be given notice of the Commission's intent to revoke or rescind and will be given an opportunity to submit its views to the Commission. The Commission will not proceed against a respondent for violation of an order with respect to any action which was taken in good faith reliance upon the Commission's advice under this section, where all relevant facts were fully, completely, and accurately presented to the Commission and where such action was promptly discontinued upon notification of rescission or revocation of the Commission's advice.</P> <P>(f)(1) All applications for approval of proposed divestitures, acquisitions, or similar transactions subject to Commission review under outstanding orders shall fully describe the terms of the transaction and shall set forth why the transaction merits Commission approval. Such applications will be placed on the public record, together with any additional applicant submissions that the Commission directs be placed on the public record. The Director of the Bureau of Competition is delegated the authority to direct such placement.</P> <P>(2) The Commission will receive public comment on a prior approval application for 30 days. During the comment period, any person may file formal written objections or comments with the Secretary of the Commission, and such objections or comments shall be placed on the public record. In appropriate cases, the Commission may shorten, eliminate, extend, or reopen a comment period.</P> <P>(3) Responses to applications under this section, together with a statement of supporting reasons, will be published when made, together with responses to any public comments filed under this section.</P> <P>(4) Persons submitting information that is subject to public record disclosure under this section may request confidential treatment for that information or portions thereof in accordance with § 4.9(c) and the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee will dispose of such requests in accordance with that section. Nothing in this section requires that confidentiality requests be resolved prior to, or contemporaneously with, the disposition of the application.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967]</CITA> <EDNOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Editorial Note:</HD> <P>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting § 2.41, see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this volume.</P> </EDNOTE> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Requests to Reopen</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 2.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Requests to reopen.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Scope.</E> Any person, partnership, or corporation subject to a Commission decision containing a rule or order which has become effective, or an order to cease and desist which has become final, may file with the Secretary a request that the Commission reopen the proceeding to consider whether the rule or order, including any affirmative relief provision contained therein, should be altered, modified, or set aside in whole or in part.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents.</E> A request under this section shall contain a satisfactory showing that changed conditions of law or fact require the rule or order to be altered, modified or set aside, in whole or in part or that the public interest so requires. This requirement shall not be deemed satisfied if a request is merely conclusory or otherwise fails to set forth by affidavit(s) specific facts demonstrating in detail the nature of the changed conditions and the reasons <PRTPAGE P="44"/>why these changed conditions or the public interest require the requested modifications of the rule of order. Each affidavit shall set forth facts that would be admissible in evidence and shall show that the affiant is competent to testify to the matters stated therein. All information and material that the requester wishes the Commission to consider shall be contained in the request at the time of filing.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Opportunity for public comment.</E> A request under this section shall be placed on the public record except for material exempt from public disclosure under rule 4.10(a). Unless the Commission determines that earlier disposition is necessary, the request shall remain on the public record for thirty (30) days after a press release on the request is issued. Bureau Directors are authorized to publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> announcing the receipt of a request to reopen at their discretion. The public is invited to comment on the request while it is on the public record.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Determination.</E> After the period for public comments on a request under this section has expired and no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the filing of the request, the Commission shall determine whether the request complies with paragraph (b) of this section and whether the proceeding shall be reopened and the rule or order should be altered, modified, or set aside as requested. In doing so, the Commission may, in its discretion, issue an order reopening the proceeding and modifying the rule or order as requested, issue an order to show cause pursuant to § 3.72, or take such other action as is appropriate: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That any action under § 3.72 or otherwise shall be concluded within the specified 120-day period.</P> <SECAUTH>(Sec. 6(g), 38 Stat. 721 (15 U.S.C. 46(g)); 80 Stat. 383, as amended, 81 Stat. 54 (5 U.S.C. 552))</SECAUTH> <CITA>[45 FR 36344, May 29, 1980, as amended at 46 FR 26291, May 12, 1981; 47 FR 33251, Aug. 2, 1982; 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985; 53 FR 40868, Oct. 19, 1988]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 3</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 3—RULES OF PRACTICE FOR ADJUDICATIVE PROCEEDINGS</HD> <CONTENTS> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Scope of Rules; Nature of Adjudicative Proceedings</HD> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>3.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of the rules in this part.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nature of adjudicative proceedings.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Pleadings</HD> <SECTNO>3.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commencement of proceedings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.11A</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Fast-track proceedings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Answer.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Adjudicative hearing on issues arising in rulemaking proceedings under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Intervention.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amendments and supplemental pleadings.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Prehearing Procedures; Motions; Interlocutory Appeals; Summary Decisions</HD> <SECTNO>3.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Prehearing procedures.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Motions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interlocutory appeals.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Summary decisions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Consent agreement settlements.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Motions following denial of preliminary injunctive relief.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Discovery; Compulsory Process</HD> <SECTNO>3.31</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General provisions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.32</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Admissions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.33</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Depositions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.34</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Subpoenas.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.35</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interrogatories to parties.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.36</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Applications for subpoenas for records, or appearances by officials or employees, of governmental agencies other than the Commission.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.37</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Production of documents and things; access for inspection and other purposes.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.38</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Motion for order compelling disclosure or discovery; sanctions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.38A</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Withholding requested material.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.39</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Orders requiring witnesses to testify or provide other information and granting immunity.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.40</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Admissibility of evidence in advertising substantiation cases.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Hearings</HD> <SECTNO>3.41</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General rules.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.42</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Presiding officials.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.43</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Evidence.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.44</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Record.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.45</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>In camera orders.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.46</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Proposed findings, conclusions, and order.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <PRTPAGE P="45"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Decision</HD> <SECTNO>3.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initial decision.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.52</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Appeal from initial decision.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.53</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Review of initial decision in absence of appeal.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.54</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Decision on appeal or review.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.55</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reconsideration.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.56</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Effective date of orders; application for stay.</SUBJECT> <RESERVED>Subpart G [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart H—Reopening of Proceedings</HD> <SECTNO>3.71</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Authority.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.72</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reopening.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart I—Recovery of Awards Under the Equal Access to Justice Act in Commission Proceedings</HD> <SECTNO>3.81</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General provisions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.82</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Information required from applicants.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>3.83</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedures for considering applicants.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 46, unless otherwise noted.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Scope of Rules; Nature of Adjudicative Proceedings</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of the rules in this part.</SUBJECT> <P>The rules in this part govern procedure in adjudicative proceedings. It is the policy of the Commission that, to the extent practicable and consistent with requirements of law, such proceedings shall be conducted expeditiously. In the conduct of such proceedings the Administrative Law Judge and counsel for all parties shall make every effort at each state of a proceeding to avoid delay.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nature of adjudicative proceedings.</SUBJECT> <P>Adjudicative proceedings are those formal proceedings conducted under one or more of the statutes administered by the Commission which are required by statute to be determined on the record after opportunity for an agency hearing. The term includes hearings upon objections to orders relating to the promulgation, amendment, or repeal of rules under sections 4, 5 and 6 of the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act and proceedings for the assessment of civil penalties pursuant to § 1.94 of this chapter. It does not include other proceedings such as negotiations for the entry of consent orders; investigational hearings as distinguished from proceedings after the issuance of a complaint; requests for extensions of time to comply with final orders or other proceedings involving compliance with final orders; proceedings for the promulgation of industry guides or trade regulation rules; proceedings for fixing quantity limits under section 2(a) of the Clayton Act; investigations under section 5 of the Export Trade Act; rulemaking proceedings under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act up to the time when the Commission determines under § 1.26(g) of this chapter that objections sufficient to warrant the holding of a public hearing have been filed; or the promulgation of substantive rules and regulations, determinations of classes of products exempted from statutory requirements, the establishment of name guides, or inspections and industry counseling, under sections 4(d) and 6(a) of the Wool Products Labeling Act of 1939, sections 7, 8(b), and 8(c) of the Fur Products Labeling Act, and sections 7(c), 7(d), and 12(b) of the Textile Fiber Products Identification Act.</P> <CITA>[45 FR 67319, Oct. 10, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Pleadings</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commencement of proceedings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Complaint.</E> Except as provided in § 3.13, an adjudicative proceeding is commenced when an affirmative vote is taken by the Commission to issue a complaint.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Form of complaint.</E> The Commission's complaint shall contain the following:</P> <P>(1) Recital of the legal authority and jurisdiction for institution of the proceeding, with specific designation of the statutory provisions alleged to have been violated;</P> <P>(2) A clear and concise factual statement sufficient to inform each respondent with reasonable definiteness of the type of acts or practices alleged to be in violation of the law;</P> <P>(3) Where practical, a form of order which the Commission has reason to <PRTPAGE P="46"/>believe should issue if the facts are found to be as alleged in the complaint; and</P> <P>(4) Notice of the time and place for hearing, the time to be at least thirty (30) days after service of the complaint.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Motion for more definite statement.</E> Where the respondent makes a reasonable showing that it cannot frame a responsive answer based on the allegations contained in the complaint, the respondent may move for a more definite statement of the charges against it before filing an answer. Such a motion shall be filed within ten (10) days after service of the complaint and shall point out the defects complained of and the details desired.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 43 FR 11978, Mar. 23, 1978; 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.11A</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Fast-track proceedings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Scope and applicability.</E> This section governs the availability of fast-track procedures in administrative cases where the Commission files a collateral federal district court complaint that seeks preliminary injunctive relief against some or all of the conduct alleged in the Commission's administrative complaint. The Commission will afford the respondent the opportunity to elect such fast-track procedures, subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in cases that the Commission designates as appropriate. In cases so designated, the Commission will provide written notice to each respondent at the time that it is served with the Commission's federal district court complaint for preliminary injunctive relief. Except as modified by this section, the rules contained in subparts A through I of part 3 of this chapter will govern fast-track procedures in adjudicative proceedings. Discovery will be governed by subpart D of this part, and the Administrative Law Judge may exercise his plenary authority under § 3.42(c)(6) to establish limitations on the number of depositions, witnesses, or any document production.</P> <P>(b)(1) <E T="03">Conditions.</E> In cases designated as appropriate by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, a respondent may elect fast-track procedures:</P> <P>(i) if a federal court enters a preliminary injunction against some or all of the conduct alleged in the Commission's administrative complaint; or,</P> <P>(ii) where no such injunction is entered, if the Commission determines that the Federal court proceeding has resulted in an evidentiary record that is likely materially to facilitate resolution of the administrative proceeding in accordance with the expedited schedule set forth in this section. The Commission will provide each respondent with written notice of any such determination.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Election.</E> A respondent that determines to elect fast-track procedures shall file a notice of such election with the Secretary by the latest of: three days after entry of a preliminary injunction as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section; three days after the respondent is served with notice of the Commission's determination under paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section; or three days after the respondent is served with the Commission's administrative complaint in the adjudicative proceeding. In proceedings involving multiple respondents, the fast-track procedures set forth in this section will not apply unless the procedures are elected by all respondents.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Deadlines in fast-track proceedings.</E> (1) For purposes of this paragraph, “triggering event” means the latest of: entry of a preliminary injunction as described in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section; service on the last respondent of notice of the Commission's determination under paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section; service on the last respondent of the Commission's administrative complaint in the adjudicative proceeding; or filing with the Secretary by the last respondent of a notice electing fast-track procedures.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Proceedings before the Administrative Law Judge.</E> In fast-track proceedings covered by this section:</P> <P>(i) The scheduling conference required by § 3.21(b) shall be held not later than three days after the triggering event.</P> <P>(ii) Respondent's answer shall be filed within 14 days after the triggering event.</P> <P>(iii) The Administrative Law Judge shall file an initial decision within 56 <PRTPAGE P="47"/>days following the conclusion of the evidentiary hearing. The initial decision shall be filed no later than 195 days after the triggering event.</P> <P>(iv) Any party wishing to appeal an initial decision to the Commission shall file a notice of appeal with the Secretary within three days after service of the initial decision. The notice shall comply with § 3.52(a) in all other respects.</P> <P>(v) The appeal shall be in the form of a brief, filed within 21 days after service of the initial decision, and shall comply with § 3.52(b) in all other respects. All issues raised on appeal shall be presented in the party's appeal brief.</P> <P>(vi) Within 14 days after service of the appeal brief, the appellee may file an answering brief, which shall comply with § 3.52(c). Cross-appeals, as permitted in § 3.52(c), may not be raised in an appellee's answering brief.</P> <P>(vii) Within five days after service of the appellee's answering brief, the appellant may file a reply brief, in accordance with § 3.52(d) in all other respects.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Proceedings before the Commission.</E> In fast-track proceedings covered by this section, the Commission will issue a final order and opinion within 13 months after the triggering event. If the adjudicative proceeding is stayed pursuant to a motion filed under § 3.26, the 13-month deadline will be tolled for as long as the proceeding is stayed. The Commission may extend the date for issuance of the Commission's final order and opinion in the following circumstances: if necessary to permit the Commission to provide submitters of <E T="03">in camera</E> material or information with advance notice of the Commission's intention to disclose all or portions of such material or information in the Commission's final order or opinion; or if the Commission determines that adherence to the 13-month deadline would result in a miscarriage of justice due to circumstances unforeseen at the time of respondent's election of fast-track procedures.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 7527, Feb. 13, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Answer.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Time for filing.</E> A respondent shall file an answer within twenty (20) days after being served with the complaint: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That the filing of a motion for a more definite statement of the charges shall alter this period of time as follows, unless a different time is fixed by the Administrative Law Judge:</P> <P>(1) If the motion is denied, the answer shall be filed within ten (10) days after service of the order of denial or thirty (30) days after service of the complaint, whichever is later;</P> <P>(2) If the motion is granted, in whole or in part, the more definite statement of the charges shall be filed within ten (10) days after service of the order granting the motion and the answer shall be filed within ten (10) days after service of the more definite statement of the charges.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Content of answer.</E> An answer shall conform to the following:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">If allegations of complaint are contested.</E> An answer in which the allegations of a complaint are contested shall contain:</P> <P>(i) A concise statement of the facts constituting each ground of defense;</P> <P>(ii) Specific admission, denial, or explanation of each fact alleged in the complaint or, if the respondent is without knowledge thereof, a statement to that effect. Allegations of a complaint not thus answered shall be deemed to have been admitted.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">If allegations of complaint are admitted.</E> If the respondent elects not to contest the allegations of fact set forth in the complaint, his answer shall consist of a statement that he admits all of the material allegations to be true. Such an answer shall constitute a waiver of hearings as to the facts alleged in the complaint, and together with the complaint will provide a record basis on which the Administrative Law Judge shall file an initial decision containing appropriate findings and conclusions and an appropriate order disposing of the proceeding. In such an answer, the respondent may, however, reserve the right to submit proposed findings and conclusions under § 3.46 and the right to appeal the initial decision to the Commission under § 3.52.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Default.</E> Failure of the respondent to file an answer within the time provided shall be deemed to constitute a <PRTPAGE P="48"/>waiver of the respondent's right to appear and contest the allegations of the complaint and to authorize the Administrative Law Judge, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the complaint and to enter an initial decision containing such findings, appropriate conclusions, and order.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985; 61 FR 50646, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Adjudicative hearing on issues arising in rulemaking proceedings under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice of hearing.</E> When the Commission, acting under § 1.26(g) of this chapter, determines that objections which have been filed are sufficient to warrant the holding of an adjudicative hearing in rulemaking proceedings under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, or when the Commission otherwise determines that the holding of such a hearing would be in the public interest, a hearing will be held before an Administrative Law Judge for the purpose of receiving evidence relevant and material to the issues raised by such objections or other issues specified by the Commission. In such case the Commission will publish a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> containing a statement of:</P> <P>(1) The provisions of the rule or order to which objections have been filed;</P> <P>(2) The issues raised by the objections or the issues on which the Commission wishes to receive evidence;</P> <P>(3) The time and place for hearing, the time to be at least thirty (30) days after publication of the notice; and</P> <P>(4) The time within which, and the conditions under which, any person who petitioned for issuance, amendment, or repeal of the rule or order, or any person who filed objections sufficient to warrant the holding of the hearing, or any other interested person, may file notice of intention to participate in the proceeding.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Parties.</E> Any person who petitions for issuance, amendment, or repeal of a rule or order, and any person who files objections sufficient to warrant the holding of a hearing, and who files timely notice of intention to participate, shall be regarded as a party and shall be individually served with any pleadings filed in the proceeding. Upon written application to the Administrative Law Judge and a showing of good cause, any interested person may be designated by the Administrative Law Judge as a party.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 40 FR 33969, Aug. 13, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Intervention.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any individual, partnership, unincorporated association, or corporation desiring to intervene in an adjudicative proceeding shall make written application in the form of a motion setting forth the basis therefor. Such application shall have attached to it a certificate showing service thereof upon each party to the proceeding in accordance with the provisions of § 4.4(b) of this chapter. A similar certificate shall be attached to the answer filed by any party, other than counsel in support of the complaint, showing service of such answer upon the applicant. The Administrative Law Judge or the Commission may by order permit the intervention to such extent and upon such terms as are provided by law or as otherwise may be deemed proper.</P> <P>(b) In an adjudicative proceeding where the complaint states that divestiture relief is contemplated, the labor organization[s] representing employees of the respondent[s] may intervene as a matter of right. Applications for such intervention are to be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and must be filed within 60 days of the issuance of the complaint. Intervention as a matter of right shall be limited to the issue of the effect, if any, of proposed remedies on employment, with full rights of participation in the proceeding concerning this issue. This paragraph does not affect a labor organization's ability to petition for leave to intervene pursuant to § 3.14(a).</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 46 FR 20979, Apr. 8, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="49"/> <SECTNO>§ 3.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amendments and supplemental pleadings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Amendments—</E>(1) <E T="03">By leave.</E> If and whenever determination of a controversy on the merits will be facilitated thereby, the Administrative Law Judge may, upon such conditions as are necessary to avoid prejudicing the public interest and the rights of the parties, allow appropriate amendments to pleadings or notice of hearing: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That a motion for amendment of a complaint or notice may be allowed by the Administrative Law Judge only if the amendment is reasonably within the scope of the original complaint or notice. Motions for other amendments of complaints or notices shall be certified to the Commission.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Conformance to evidence.</E> When issues not raised by the pleadings or notice of hearing but reasonably within the scope of the original complaint or notice of hearing are tried by express or implied consent of the parties, they shall be treated in all respects as if they had been raised in the pleadings or notice of hearing; and such amendments of the pleadings or notice as may be necessary to make them conform to the evidence and to raise such issues shall be allowed at any time.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Supplemental pleadings.</E> The Administrative Law Judge may, upon reasonable notice and such terms as are just, permit service of a supplemental pleading or notice setting forth transactions, occurrences, or events which have happened since the date of the pleading or notice sought to be supplemented and which are relevant to any of the issues involved.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Prehearing Procedures; Motions; Interlocutory Appeals; Summary Decisions</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Prehearing procedures.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Meeting of the parties before scheduling conference.</E> An early as practicable before the prehearing scheduling conference described in paragraph (b) of this section, counsel for the parties shall meet to discuss the nature and basis of their claims and defenses and the possibilities for a prompt settlement or resolution of the case, and to agree, if possible, on a proposed discovery schedule, a preliminary estimate of the time required for the hearing, and a proposed hearing date, and on any other matters to be determined at the scheduling conference.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Scheduling conference.</E> Not later than seven (7) days after the answer is filed by the last answering respondent, the Administrative Law Judge shall hold a scheduling conference. At the scheduling conference, counsel for the parties shall be prepared to address their factual and legal theories, a schedule of proceedings, possible limitations on discovery, and other possible agreements or steps that may aid in the orderly and expeditious disposition of the proceeding.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Prehearing scheduling order.</E> (1) Not later than two (2) days after the scheduling conference, the Administrative Law Judge shall enter an order that sets forth the results of the conference and establishes a schedule of proceedings, including a plan of discovery, dates for the submission and hearing of motions, the specific method by which exhibits shall be numbered or otherwise identified and marked for the record, and the time and place of a final prehearing conference and of the evidentiary hearing.</P> <P>(2) The Administrative Law Judge may grant a motion to extend any deadline or time specified in this scheduling order only upon a showing of good cause. Such motion shall set forth the total period of extensions, if any, previously obtained by the moving party. In determining whether to grant the motion, the Administrative Law Judge shall consider any extensions already granted, the length of the proceedings to date, and the need to conclude the evidentiary hearing and render an initial decision in a timely manner. The Administrative Law Judge shall not rule on <E T="03">ex parte</E> motions to extend the deadlines specified in the scheduling order, or modify such deadlines solely upon stipulation or agreement of counsel.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Meeting prior to final prehearing conference.</E> Counsel for the parties shall meet before the final prehearing conference described in paragraph (e) of this section to discuss the matters set <PRTPAGE P="50"/>forth therein in preparation for the conference.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Final prehearing conference.</E> As close to the commencement of the evidentiary hearing as practicable, the Administrative Law Judge shall hold a final prehearing conference, which counsel shall attend in person, to submit any proposed stipulations as to law, fact, or admissibility of evidence, exchange exhibit and witness lists, and designate testimony to be presented by deposition. At this conference, the Administrative Law Judge shall also resolve any outstanding evidentiary matters or pending motions (except motions for summary decision) and establish a final schedule for the evidentiary hearing.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Additional prehearing conferences and orders.</E> The Administrative Law Judge shall hold additional prehearing and status conferences or enter additional orders as may be needed to ensure the orderly and expeditious disposition of a proceeding. Such conferences shall be held in person to the extent practicable.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Public access and reporting.</E> Prehearing conferences shall be public unless the Administrative Law Judge determines in his or her discretion that the conference (or any part thereof) shall be closed to the public. The Administrative Law Judge shall have discretion to determine whether a prehearing conference shall be stenographically reported.</P> <CITA>[50 FR 41487, Oct. 11, 1985, as amended at 61 FR 50646, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Motions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Presentation and disposition.</E> During the time a proceeding is before an Administrative Law Judge, all motions therein, except those filed under § 3.26, § 3.42(g), or § 4.17, shall be addressed to and ruled upon, if within his or her authority, by the Administrative Law Judge. The Administrative Law Judge shall certify to the Commission any motion upon which he or she has no authority to rule, accompanied by any recommendation that he or she may deem appropriate. Such recommendation may contain a proposed disposition of the motion or other relevant comments. The Commission may order the ALJ to submit a recommendation or an amplification thereof. Rulings or recommendations containing information granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45 shall be filed in accordance with § 3.45(f). All written motions shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission, and all motions addressed to the Commission shall be in writing. The moving party shall also provide a copy of its motion to the Administrative Law Judge at the time the motion is filed with the Secretary.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Content.</E> All written motions shall state the particular order, ruling, or action desired and the grounds therefor. If a party includes in a motion information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b), the party shall file two versions of the motion in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 3.45(e). The time period specified by § 3.22(c) within which an opposing party may file an answer will begin to run upon service on that opposing party of the <E T="03">in camera</E> version of a motion.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Answers.</E> Within ten (10) days after service of any written motion, or within such longer or shorter time as may be designated by the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission, the opposing party shall answer or shall be deemed to have consented to the granting of the relief asked for in the motion. If an opposing party includes in an answer information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b), the opposing party shall file two versions of the answer in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 3.45(e). The moving party shall have no right to reply, except as permitted by the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Motions for extensions.</E> The Administrative Law Judge or the Commission may waive the requirements of this section as to motions for extensions of time; however, the Administrative Law Judge shall have no authority to rule on <E T="03">ex parte</E> motions for extensions of time.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Rulings on motions for dismissal.</E> When a motion to dismiss a complaint or for other relief is granted with the result that the proceeding before the Administrative Law Judge is terminated, the Administrative Law Judge <PRTPAGE P="51"/>shall file an initial decision in accordance with the provisions of § 3.51. If such a motion is granted as to all charges of the complaint in regard to some, but not all, of the respondents, or is granted as to any part of the charges in regard to any or all of the respondents, the Administrative Law Judge shall enter his ruling on the record, in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, and take it into account in his initial decision. When a motion to dismiss is made at the close of the evidence offered in support of the complaint based upon an alleged failure to establish a <E T="03">prima facie</E> case, the Administrative Law Judge may defer ruling thereon until immediately after all evidence has been received and the hearing record is closed.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Statement</E>. Each motion to quash filed pursuant to § 3.34(c), each motion to compel or determine sufficiency pursuant to § 3.38(a), each motion for sanctions pursuant to § 3.38(b), and each motion for enforcement pursuant to § 3.38(c) shall be accompanied by a signed statement representing that counsel for the moving party has conferred with opposing counsel in an effort in good faith to resolve by agreement the issues raised by the motion and has been unable to reach such an agreement. If some of the matters in controversy have been resolved by agreement, the statement shall specify the matters so resolved and the matters remaining unresolved. The statement shall recite the date, time, and place of each such conference between counsel, and the names of all parties participating in each such conference. Unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge, the statement required by this rule must be filed only with the first motion concerning compliance with the discovery demand at issue.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 50 FR 42672, Oct. 22, 1985; 52 FR 22293, June 11, 1987; 60 FR 39641, Aug. 3, 1995; 61 FR 50647, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interlocutory appeals.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Appeals without a determination by the Administrative Law Judge.</E> The Commission may, in its discretion, entertain interlocutory appeals where a ruling of the Administrative Law Judge:</P> <P>(1) Requires the disclosure of rec-ords of the Commission or another governmental agency or the appearance of an official or employee of the Commission or another governmental agency pursuant to § 3.36, if such appeal is based solely on a claim of privilege: <E T="03">Provided</E>, that The Administrative Law Judge shall stay until further order of the Commission the effectiveness of any ruling, whether or not appeal is sought, that requires the disclosure of nonpublic Commission minutes, Commissioner circulations, or similar documents prepared by the Commission, individual Commissioner, or the Office of the General Counsel;</P> <P>(2) Suspends an attorney from participation in a particular proceeding pursuant to § 3.42(d); or</P> <P>(3) Grants or denies an application for intervention pursuant to the provisions of § 3.14.</P> <FP>Appeal from such rulings may be sought by filing with the Commission an application for review, not to exceed fifteen (15) pages exclusive of those attachments required below, within five (5) days after notice of the Administrative Law Judge's ruling. Answer thereto may be filed within five (5) days after service of the application for review. The application for review should specify the person or party taking the appeal; should attach the ruling or part thereof from which appeal is being taken and any other portions of the record on which the moving party relies; and should specify under which provisions hereof review is being sought. The Commission upon its own motion may enter an order staying the return date of an order issued by the Administrative Law Judge pursuant to § 3.36 or placing the matter on the Commission's docket for review. Any order placing the matter on the Commission's docket for review will set forth the scope of the review and the issues which will be considered and will make provision for the filing of briefs if deemed appropriate by the Commission.</FP> <P>(b) <E T="03">Appeals upon a determination by the Administrative Law Judge.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, applications for review of a ruling <PRTPAGE P="52"/>by the Administrative Law Judge may be allowed only upon request made to the Administrative Law Judge and a determination by the Administrative Law Judge in writing, with justification in support thereof, that the ruling involves a controlling question of law or policy as to which there is substantial ground for difference of opinion and that an immediate appeal from the ruling may materially advance the ultimate termination of the litigation or subsequent review will be an inadequate remedy. Applications for review in writing may be filed, not to exceed fifteen (15) pages exclusive of those attachments required below, within five (5) days after notice of the Administrative Law Judge's determination. Additionally, the moving party is required to attach the ruling or part thereof from which appeal is being taken and any other portions of the record on which the moving party is relying. Answer thereto may be filed within five (5) days after service of the application for review. The Commission may thereupon, in its discretion, permit an appeal. Commission review, if permitted, will be confined to the application for review and answer thereto, without oral argument or further briefs, unless otherwise ordered by the Commission.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Proceedings not stayed.</E> Application for review and appeal hereunder shall not stay proceedings before the Administrative Law Judge unless the Judge or the Commission shall so order.</P> <CITA>[37 FR 5608, Mar. 17, 1972, as amended at 42 FR 31591, June 22, 1977; 42 FR 33025, June 29, 1977; 43 FR 56902 Dec. 5, 1978; 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Summary decisions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> (1) Any party to an adjudicatory proceeding may move, with or without supporting affidavits, for a summary decision in the party's favor upon all or any part of the issues being adjudicated. The motion shall be accompanied by a separate and concise statement of the material facts as to which the moving party contends there is not genuine issue. Counsel in support of the complaint may so move at any time after twenty (20) days following issuance of the complaint and any party respondent may so move at any time after issuance of the complaint. Any such motion by any party, however, shall be filed in accordance with the scheduling order issued pursuant to § 3.21, but in any case at least twenty (20) days before the date fixed for the adjudicatory hearing.</P> <P>(2) Any other party may, within ten (10) days after service of the motion, file opposing affidavits. The opposing party shall include a separate and concise statement of those material facts as to which the opposing party contends there exists a genuine issue for trial, as provided in § 3.24(a)(3). The Administrative Law Judge may, in his discretion, set the matter for oral argument and call for the submission of briefs or memoranda. If a party includes in any such brief or memorandum information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b), the party shall file two versions of the document in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 3.45(e). The decision sought by the moving party shall be rendered within thirty (30) days if the pleadings and any depositions, answers to interrogatories, admissions on file, and affidavits show that there is no genuine issue as to any material fact and that the moving party is entitled to such decision as a matter of law. Any such decision shall constitute the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge and shall accord with the procedures set forth in § 3.51(c). A summary decision, interlocutory in character and in compliance with the procedures set forth in § 3.51(c), may be rendered on the issue of liability alone although there is a genuine issue as to the nature and extent of relief.</P> <P>(3) Affidavits shall set forth such facts as would be admissible in evidence and shall show affirmatively that the affiant is competent to testify to the matters stated therein. The Administrative Law Judge may permit affidavits to be supplemented or opposed by depositions, answers to interrogatories, or further affidavits. When a motion for summary decision is made and supported as provided in this rule, a party opposing the motion may not rest upon the mere allegations or denials of his pleading; his response, by affidavits or as otherwise provided in this rule, must set forth specific facts <PRTPAGE P="53"/>showing that there is a genuine issue of fact for trial. If no such response is filed, summary decision, if appropriate, shall be rendered.</P> <P>(4) Should it appear from the affidavits of a party opposing the motion that he cannot, for reasons stated, present by affidavit facts essential to justify his opposition, the Administrative Law Judge may refuse the application for summary decision or may order a continuance to permit affidavits to be obtained or depositions to be taken or discovery to be had or make such other order as is appropriate and a determination to that effect shall be made a matter of record.</P> <P>(5) If on motion under this rule a summary decision is not rendered upon the whole case or for all the relief asked and a trial is necessary, the Administrative Law Judge shall make an order specifying the facts that appear without substantial controversy and directing further proceedings in the action. The facts so specified shall be deemed established.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Affidavits filed in bad faith.</E> (1) Should it appear to the satisfaction of the Administrative Law Judge at any time that any of the affidavits presented pursuant to this rule are presented in bad faith, or solely for the purpose of delay, or are patently frivolous, the Administrative Law Judge shall enter a determination to that effect upon the record.</P> <P>(2) If upon consideration of all relevant facts attending the submission of any affidavit covered by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the Administrative Law Judge concludes that action by him to suspend or remove an attorney from the case is warranted, he shall take action as specified in § 3.42(d). If the Administrative Law Judge concludes, upon consideration of all the relevant facts attending the submission of any affidavit covered by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, that the matter should be certified to the Commission for consideration of disciplinary action against an attorney, including reprimand, suspension or disbarment, the examiner shall certify the matter, with his findings and recommendations, to the Commission for its consideration of disciplinary action in the manner provided by the Commission's rules.</P> <CITA>[35 FR 5007, Mar. 24, 1970, as amended at 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985; 52 FR 22293, June 11, 1987; 61 FR 50647, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Consent agreement settlements.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Administrative Law Judge may, in his discretion and without suspension of prehearing procedures, hold conferences for the purpose of supervising negotiations for the settlement of the case, in whole or in part, by way of consent agreement.</P> <P>(b) A proposal to settle a matter in adjudication by consent agreement shall be submitted by way of a motion to withdraw the matter from adjudication for the purpose of considering the proposed consent agreement. Such motion shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission, as provided in § 4.2. Any such motion shall be accompanied by a proposed consent agreement containing a proposed order executed by one or more respondents and conforming to the requirements of § 2.32; the proposed consent agreement itself, however, shall not be placed on the public record unless and until it is accepted by the Commission as provided herein. If the proposed consent agreement affects only some of the respondents or resolves only some of the charges in adjudication, the motion required by this subsection shall so state and shall specify the portions of the matter that the proposal would resolve.</P> <P>(c) If the proposed consent agreement accompanying the motion has also been executed by complaint counsel, including the appropriate Bureau Director, the Secretary shall issue an order withdrawing from adjudication those portions of the matter that the proposal would resolve and all proceedings before the Administrative Law Judge shall be stayed with respect to such portions, pending a determination by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section.</P> <P>(d) If the proposed consent agreement accompanying the motion has not been executed by complaint counsel, the Administrative Law Judge may certify the motion and agreement to the Commission together with his recommendation if he determines, in writing, that <PRTPAGE P="54"/>there is a likelihood of settlement. The filing of a motion under this subsection and certification thereof to the Commission shall not stay proceedings before the Administrative Law Judge unless the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission shall so order. Upon certification of a motion pursuant to this subsection, the Commission may, if it is satisfied that there is a likelihood of settlement, issue an order withdrawing from adjudication those portions of the matter that the proposal would resolve, for the purpose of considering the proposed consent agreement.</P> <P>(e) The Commission will treat those portions of a matter withdrawn from adjudication pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) of this section as being in a nonadjudicative status. Portions not so withdrawn shall remain in an adjudicative status.</P> <P>(f) After some or all of allegations in a matter have been withdrawn from adjudication, the Commission may accept the proposed consent agreement, reject it and return the matter or affected portions thereof to adjudication for further proceedings or take such other action as it may deem appropriate. If the agreement is accepted, it will be disposed of as provided in § 2.34 of this chapter, except that if, following the public comment period provided for in § 2.34, the Commission decides, based on comments received or otherwise, to withdraw its acceptance of such an agreement, it will so notify the parties and will return to adjudication any portions of the matter previously withdrawn from adjudication for further proceedings or take such other action it considers appropriate.</P> <P>(g) This rule will not preclude the settlement of the case by regular adjudicatory process through the filing of an admission answer or submission of the case to the Administrative Law Judge on a stipulation of facts and an agreed order.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 15236, Apr. 4, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 39659, Aug. 5, 1977; 43 FR 51758, Nov. 7, 1978; 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985; 54 FR 18885, May 3, 1989; 61 FR 50431, Sept. 26, 1996; 61 FR 50647, Sept. 26, 1996; 64 FR 46269, Aug. 25, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Motions following denial of preliminary injunctive relief.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) This section sets forth two procedures by which respondents may obtain consideration of whether continuation of an adjudicative proceeding is in the public interest after a court has denied preliminary injunctive relief in a separate proceeding brought, under section 13(b) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 53(b), in aid of the adjudication.</P> <P>(b) A motion under this section shall be addressed to the Commission and filed with the Secretary of the Commission. Such a motion must be filed within fourteen (14) days after:</P> <P>(1) A district court has denied preliminary injunctive relief, all opportunity has passed for the Commission to seek reconsideration of the denial or to appeal it, and the Commission has neither sought reconsideration of the denial nor appealed it; or</P> <P>(2) A court of appeals has denied preliminary injunctive relief.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Withdrawal from adjudication.</E> If a court has denied preliminary injunctive relief to the Commission in a section 13(b) proceeding brought in aid of an adjudicative proceeding, respondents may move that the adjudicative proceeding be withdrawn from adjudication in order to consider whether or not the public interest warrants further litigation. Such a motion shall be filed by all of the respondents in the adjudicative proceeding. The Secretary shall issue an order withdrawing the matter from adjudication two days after such a motion is filed, except that, if complaint counsel have objected that the conditions of paragraph (b) of this section have not been met, the Commission shall determine whether to withdraw the matter from adjudication.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Consideration on the record.</E> (1) In lieu of a motion to withdraw a matter from adjudication under paragraph (c) of this section, any respondent or respondents may file a motion under this paragraph to dismiss the administrative complaint on the basis that the public interest does not warrant further litigation after a court has denied preliminary injunctive relief to the Commission. Motions filed under this <PRTPAGE P="55"/>paragraph shall incorporate or be accompanied by a supporting brief or memorandum.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Stay.</E> A motion under this paragraph will stay all proceedings before the Administrative Law Judge until such time as the Commission directs otherwise.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Answer.</E> Within fourteen (14) days after service of a motion filed under this paragraph, complaint counsel may file an answer.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Form.</E> Motions (including any supporting briefs and memoranda) and answers under this paragraph shall not exceed 30 pages if printed, or 45 pages if typewritten, and shall comply with the requirements of § 3.52(e).</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">In camera materials.</E> If any filing includes materials that are subject to confidentiality protections pursuant to an order entered in either the proceeding under section 13(b) or in the proceeding under this part, such materials shall be treated as <E T="03">In camera</E> materials for purposes of this paragraph and the party shall file two versions of the document in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 3.45(e). The time within which complaint counsel may file an answer under this paragraph will begin to run upon service of the <E T="03">in camera</E> version of the motion (including any supporting briefs and memoranda).</P> <CITA>[60 FR 39641, Aug. 3, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Discovery; Compulsory Process</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.31</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General provisions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Discovery methods.</E> Parties may obtain discovery by one or more of the following methods: Depositions upon oral examination or written questions; written interrogatories; production of documents or things for inspection and other purposes; and requests for admission. Unless the Administrative Law Judge orders otherwise, the frequency or sequence of these methods is not limited. The parties shall, to the greatest extent practicable, conduct discovery simultaneously; the fact that a party is conducting discovery shall not operate to delay any other party's discovery.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Initial disclosures.</E> Complaint counsel and respondent's counsel shall, within five (5) days of receipt of a respondent's answer to the complaint and without awaiting a discovery request, provide to each other:</P> <P>(1) The name, and, if known, the address and telephone number of each individual likely to have discoverable information relevant to the allegations of the Commission's complaint, to the proposed relief, or to the defenses of the respondent, as set forth in § 3.31(c)(1);</P> <P>(2) A copy of, or a description by category and location of, all documents, data compilations, and tangible things in the possession, custody, or control of the Commission or respondent(s) that are relevant to the allegations of the Commission's complaint, to the proposed relief, or to the defenses of the respondent, as set forth in § 3.31(c)(1); unless such information or materials are privileged as defined in § 3.31(c)(2), pertain to hearing preparation as defined in § 3.31(c)(3), pertain to experts as defined in § 3.31(c)(4), or are obtainable from some other source that is more convenient, less burdensome, or less expensive. A party shall make its disclosures based on the information then reasonably available to it and is not excused from making its disclosures because it has not fully completed its investigation.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope of discovery.</E> Unless otherwise limited by order of the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission in accordance with these rules, the scope of discovery is as follows:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">In general; limitations.</E> Parties may obtain discovery to the extent that it may be reasonably expected to yield information relevant to the allegations of the complaint, to the proposed relief, or to the defenses of any respondent. Such information may include the existence, description, nature, custody, condition and location of any books, documents, or other tangible things and the identity and location of persons having any knowledge of any discoverable matter. Information may not be withheld from discovery on grounds that the information will be inadmissible at the hearing if the information sought appears reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible <PRTPAGE P="56"/>evidence. The frequency or extent of use of the discovery methods otherwise permitted under these rules shall be limited by the Administrative Law Judge if he determines that:</P> <P>(i) The discovery sought is unreasonably cumulative or duplicative, or is obtainable from some other source that is more convenient, less burdensome, or less expensive;</P> <P>(ii) The party seeking discovery has had ample opportunity by discovery in the action to obtain the information sought; or</P> <P>(iii) The burden and expense of the proposed discovery outweigh its likely benefit.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Privilege.</E> The Administrative Law Judge may enter a protective order denying or limiting discovery to preserve the privilege of a witness, person, or governmental agency as governed by the Constitution, any applicable act of Congress, or the principles of the common law as they may be interpreted by the Commission in the light of reason and experience.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Hearing preparations: Materials.</E> Subject to the provisions of paragraph (c)(4) of this section, a party may obtain discovery of documents and tangible things otherwise discoverable under paragraph (c)(1) of this section and prepared in anticipation of litigation or for hearing by or for another party or by or for that other party's representative (including the party's attorney, consultant, or agent) only upon a showing that the party seeking discovery has substantial need of the materials in the preparation of its case and that the party is unable without undue hardship to obtain the substantial equivalent of the materials by other means. In ordering discovery of such materials when the required showing has been made, the Administrative Law Judge shall protect against disclosure of the mental impressions, conclusions, opinions, or legal theories of an attorney or other representative of a party.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Hearing preparation: Experts.</E> (i) Discovery of facts known and opinions held by experts, otherwise discoverable under the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section and acquired or developed in anticipation of litigation or for hearing, may be obtained only as follows:</P> <P>(A) A party may through interrogatories require any other party to identify each person whom the other party expects to call as an expert witness at hearing, to state the subject matter on which the expert is expected to testify, and to state the substance of the facts and opinions to which the expert is expected to testify and a summary of the grounds for each opinion.</P> <P>(B) Upon motion, the Administrative Law Judge may order further discovery by other means, subject to such restrictions as to scope as the Administrative Law Judge may deem appropriate.</P> <P>(ii) A party may discover facts known or opinions held by an expert who has been retained or specially employed by another party in anticipation of litigation or preparation for hearing and who is not expected to be called as a witness at hearing, only upon a showing of exceptional circumstances under which it is impracticable for the party seeking discovery to obtain facts or opinions on the same subject by other means.</P> <P>(iii) The Administrative Law Judge may require as a condition of discovery that the party seeking discovery pay the expert a reasonable fee, but not more than the maximum specified in 5 U.S.C. 3109 unless the parties have stipulated a higher amount, for time spent in responding to discovery under paragraphs (c)(4)(i)(B) and (c)(4)(ii) of this section.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Protective orders; order to preserve evidence.</E> (1) The Administrative Law Judge may deny discovery or make any order which justice requires to protect a party or other person from annoyance, embarrassment, oppression, or undue burden or expense, or to prevent undue delay in the proceeding. Such an order may also be issued to preserve evidence upon a showing that there is substantial reason to believe that such evidence would not otherwise be available for presentation at the hearing.</P> <P>(2) [Reserved]</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Supplementation of disclosures and responses.</E> A party who has made an initial disclosure under § 3.31(b) or responded to a request for discovery with a disclosure or response is under a duty <PRTPAGE P="57"/>to supplement or correct the disclosure or response to include information thereafter acquired if ordered by the Administrative Law Judge or in the following circumstances:</P> <P>(1) A party is under a duty to supplement at appropriate intervals its initial disclosures under § 3.31(b) if the party learns that in some material respect the information disclosed is incomplete or incorrect and if the additional or corrective information has not otherwise been made known to the other parties during the discovery process or in writing.</P> <P>(2) A party is under a duty seasonably to amend a prior response to an interrogatory, request for production, or request for admission if the party learns that the response is in some material respect incomplete or incorrect.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Stipulations.</E> When approved by the Administrative Law Judge, the parties may by written stipulation (1) provide that depositions may be taken before any person, at any time or place, upon any notice, and in any manner and when so taken may be used like other depositions, and (2) modify the procedures provided by these rules for other methods of discovery.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Ex parte rulings on applications for compulsory process</E>. Applications for the issuance of subpoenas to compel testimony at an adjudicative hearing pursuant to § 3.34 may be made <E T="03">ex parte,</E> and, if so made, such applications and rulings thereon shall remain <E T="03">ex parte</E> unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 56864, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended at 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985; 61 FR 50647, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.32</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Admissions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) At any time after thirty (30) days after issuance of complaint, or after publication of notice of an adjudicative hearing in a rulemaking proceeding under § 3.13, any party may serve on any other party a written request for admission of the truth of any matters relevant to the pending proceeding set forth in the request that relate to statements or opinions of fact or of the application of law to fact, including the genuineness of any documents described in the request. Copies of documents shall be served with the request unless they have been or are otherwise furnished or are known to be, and in the request are stated as being, in the possession of the other party. Each matter of which an admission is requested shall be separately set forth. A copy of the request shall be filed with the Secretary.</P> <P>(b) The matter is admitted unless, within ten (10) days after service of the request, or within such shorter or longer time as the Administrative Law Judge may allow, the party to whom the request is directed serves upon the party requesting the admission, with a copy filed with the Secretary, a sworn written answer or objection addressed to the matter. If objection is made, the reasons therefor shall be stated. The answer shall specifically deny the matter or set forth in detail the reasons why the answering party cannot truthfully admit or deny the matter. A denial shall fairly meet the substance of the requested admission, and when good faith requires that a party qualify its answer or deny only a part of the matter of which an admission is requested, the party shall specify so much of it as is true and qualify or deny the remainder. An answering party may not give lack of information or knowledge as a reason for failure to admit or deny unless the party states that it has made reasonable inquiry and that the information known to or readily obtainable by the party is insufficient to enable it to admit or deny. A party who considers that a matter of which an admission has been requested presents a genuine issue for trial may not, on that ground alone, object to the request; the party may deny the matter or set fourth reasons why the party cannot admit or deny it.</P> <P>(c) Any matter admitted under this rule is conclusively established unless the Administrative Law Judge on motion permits withdrawal or amendment of the admission. The Administrative Law Judge may permit withdrawal or amendment when the presentation of the merits of the proceeding will be subserved thereby and the party who obtained the admission fails to satisfy the Administrative Law Judge that withdrawal or amendment will prejudice him in maintaining his action or defense on the merits. Any admission <PRTPAGE P="58"/>made by a party under this rule is for the purpose of the pending proceeding only and is not an admission by him for any other purpose nor may it be used against him in any other proceeding.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 56865, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended at 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.33</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Depositions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">In general</E>. Any party may take a deposition of a named person or of a person or persons described with reasonable particularity, provided that such deposition is reasonably expected to yield information within the scope of discovery under § 3.31(c)(1). Such party may, by motion, obtain from the Administrative Law Judge an order to preserve relevant evidence upon a showing that there is substantial reason to believe that such evidence would not otherwise be available for presentation at the hearing. Depositions may be taken before any person having power to administer oaths, either under the law of the United States or of the state or other place in which the deposition is taken, who may be designated by the party seeking the deposition, provided that such person shall have no interest in the outcome of the proceeding. The party seeking the deposition shall serve upon each person whose deposition is sought and upon each party to the proceeding reasonable notice in writing of the time and place at which it will be taken, and the name and address of each person or persons to be examined, if known, and if the name is not known, a description sufficient to identify them.</P> <P>(b) [Reserved]</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Notice to corporation or other organization.</E> A party may name as the deponent a public or private corporation, partnership, association, governmental agency other than the Federal Trade Commission, or any bureau or regional office to the Federal Trade Commission, and describe with reasonable particularity the matters on which examination is requested. The organization so names shall designate one or more officers, directors, or managing agents, or other persons who consent to testify on its behalf, and may set forth, for each person designated, the matters on which he will testify. A subpoena shall advise a non-party organization of its duty to make such a designation. The persons so designated shall testify as to matters known or reasonably available to the organization. This subsection does not preclude taking a deposition by any other procedure authorized in these rules.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Taking of deposition.</E> Each deponent shall be duly sworn, and any party shall have the right to question him. Objections to questions or to evidence presented shall be in short form, stating the grounds of objections relied upon. The questions propounded and the answers thereto, together with all objections made, shall be recorded and certified by the officer. Thereafter, upon payment of the charges therefor, the officer shall furnish a copy of the deposition to the deponent and to any party.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Depositions upon written questions</E>. A party desiring to take a deposition upon written questions shall serve them upon every other party with a notice stating:</P> <P>(1) The name and address of the person who is to answer them, and</P> <P>(2) The name or descriptive title and address of the officer before whom the deposition is to be taken.</P> <FP>A deposition upon written questions may be taken of a public or private corporation, partnership, association, governmental agency other than the Federal Trade Commission, or any bureau or regional office of the Federal Trade Commission in accordance with the provisions of Rule 3.33(c). Within 30 days after the notice and written questions are served, any other party may serve cross questions upon all other parties. Within 10 days after being served with cross questions, the party taking the deposition may serve redirect questions upon all other parties. Within 10 days after being served with redirect questions, any other party may serve recross questions upon all other parties. The content of any question shall not be disclosed to the deponent prior to the taking of the deposition. A copy of the notice and copies of all questions served shall be delivered by the party taking the deposition to the officer designated in the notice, who shall proceed promptly to take the testimony of the deponent in response <PRTPAGE P="59"/>to the questions and to prepare, certify, and file or mail the deposition, attaching thereto the copy of the notice and the questions received by him. When the deposition is filed the party taking it shall promptly give notice thereof to all other parties.</FP> <P>(f) <E T="03">Correction of deposition.</E> A deposition may be corrected, as to form or substance, in the manner provided by § 3.44(b). Any such deposition shall, in addition to the other required procedures, be read to or by the deponent and signed by him, unless the parties by stipulation waive the signing or the deponent is unavailable or cannot be found or refuses to sign. If the deposition is not signed by the deponent within 30 days of its submission or attempted submission, the officer shall sign it and certify that the signing has been waived or that the deponent is unavailable or that the deponent has refused to sign, as the case may be, together with the reason for the refusal to sign, if any has been given. The deposition may then be used as though signed unless, on a motion to suppress under Rule 3.33(g)(3)(iv), the Administrative Law Judge determines that the reasons given for the refusal to sign require rejection of the deposition in whole or in part. In addition to and not in lieu of the procedure for formal correction of the deposition, the deponent may enter in the record at the time of signing a list of objections to the transcription of his remarks, stating with specificity the alleged errors in the transcript.</P> <P>(g)(1) <E T="03">Use of depositions in hearings.</E> At the hearing on the complaint or upon a motion, any part or all of a deposition, so far as admissible under the rules of evidence applied as though the witness were then present and testifying, may be used against any party who was present or represented at the taking of the deposition or who had reasonable notice thereof, in accordance with any of the following provisions:</P> <P>(i) Any deposition may be used for the purpose of contradicting or impeaching the testimony of deponent as a witness.</P> <P>(ii) The deposition of a party or of anyone who at the time of taking the deposition was an officer, director, or managing agent, or a person designated to testify on behalf of a public or private corporation, partnership or association which is a party, or of an official or employee (other than a special employee) of the Commission, may be used by an adverse party for any purpose.</P> <P>(iii) A deposition may be used by any party for any purpose if the Administrative Law Judge finds:</P> <P>(A) That the deponent is dead; or</P> <P>(B) That the deponent is out of the United States or is located at such a distance that his attendance would be impractical, unless it appears that the absence of the deponent was procured by the party offering the deposition; or</P> <P>(C) That the deponent is unable to attend or testify because of age, sickness, infirmity, or imprisonment; or</P> <P>(D) That the party offering the deposition has been unable to procure the attendance of the deponent by subpoena; or</P> <P>(E) That such exceptional circumstances exist as to make it desirable, in the interest of justice and with due regard to the importance of presenting the testimony of witnesses orally in open hearing, to allow the deposition to be used.</P> <P>(iv) If only part of a deposition is offered in evidence by a party, any other party may introduce any other part which ought in fairness to be considered with the part introduced.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Objections to admissibility.</E> Subject to the provisions of paragraph (g)(3) of this section, objection may be made at the hearing to receiving in evidence any deposition or part thereof for any reason which would require the exclusion of the evidence if the witness were then present and testifying.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Effect of errors and irregularities in depositions</E>—(i) <E T="03">As to notice.</E> All errors and irregularities in the notice for taking a deposition are waived unless written objection is promptly served upon the party giving the notice.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">As to disqualification of officer.</E> Objection to taking a deposition because of disqualification of the officer before whom it is to be taken is waived unless made before the taking of the deposition begins or as soon thereafter as the disqualification becomes known or could be discovered with reasonable diligence.<PRTPAGE P="60"/> </P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">As to taking of deposition.</E> (A) Objections to the competency of a witness or to the competency, relevancy, or materiality of testimony are not waived by failure to make them before or during the taking of the deposition, unless the ground of the objection is one which might have been obviated or removed if presented at that time.</P> <P>(B) Errors and irregularities occurring at the oral examination in the manner of taking the deposition, in the form of the questions or answers, in the oath or affirmation, or in the conduct of parties, and errors of any kind which might be obviated, removed, or cured if promptly presented, are waived unless seasonable objection thereto is made at the taking of the deposition.</P> <P>(C) Objections to the form of written questions are waived unless served in writing upon all parties within the time allowed for serving the succeeding cross or other questions and within 5 days after service of the last questions authorized.</P> <P>(iv) <E T="03">As to completion and return of deposition.</E> Errors and irregularities in the manner in which the testimony is transcribed or the deposition is prepared, signed, certified, endorsed, or otherwise dealt with by the officer are waived unless a motion to suppress the deposition or some part thereof is made with reasonable promptness after such defect is or with due diligence might have been ascertained.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 56865, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended at 61 FR 50648, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.34</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Subpoenas.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Subpoenas ad testificandum</E>—(1) <E T="03">Prehearing</E>. The Secretary of the Commission shall issue a subpoena, signed but otherwise in blank, requiring a person to appear and give testimony at the taking of a deposition to a party requesting such subpoena, who shall complete it before service.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Hearing</E>. Application for issuance of a subpoena commanding a person to attend and give testimony at an adjudicative hearing shall be made in writing to the Administrative Law Judge. Such subpoena may be issued upon a showing of the reasonable relevancy of the expected testimony.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Subpoenas duces tecum; subpoenas to permit inspection of premises.</E> The Secretary of the Commission, upon request of a party, shall issue a subpoena, signed but otherwise in blank, commanding a person to produce and permit inspection and copying of designated books, documents, or tangible things, or commanding a person to permit inspection of premises, at a time and place therein specified. The subpoena shall specify with reasonable particularity the material to be produced. The person commanded by the subpoena need not appear in person at the place of production or inspection unless commanded to appear for a deposition or hearing pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section. As used herein, the term “documents” includes writings, drawings, graphs, charts, handwritten notes, film, photographs, audio and video recordings and any such representations stored on a computer, a computer disk, CD-ROM, magnetic or electronic tape, or any other means of electronic storage, and other data compilations from which information can be obtained in machine-readable form (translated, if necessary, into reasonably usable form by the person subject to the subpoena). A subpoena <E T="03">duces tecum</E> may be used by any party for purposes of discovery, for obtaining documents for use in evidence, or for both purposes, and shall specify with reasonable particularity the materials to be produced.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Motions to quash; limitation on subpoenas to other government agencies.</E> Any motion by the subject of a subpoena to limit or quash the subpoena shall be filed within the earlier of ten (10) days after service thereof or the time for compliance therewith. Such motions shall set forth all assertions of privilege or other factual and legal objections to the subpoena, including all appropriate arguments, affidavits and other supporting documentation, and shall include the statement required by Rule 3.22(f). Nothing in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section authorizes the issuance of subpoenas requiring the appearance of, or the production of documents in the possession, custody, or control of, an official or employee of a governmental agency other than the <PRTPAGE P="61"/>Commission, which may be authorized only in accordance with § 3.36.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 56866, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended at 50 FR 42672, Oct. 22, 1985; 61 FR 50648, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.35</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interrogatories to parties.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Availability; Procedures for Use.</E> (1) Any party may serve upon any other party written interrogatories, not exceeding twenty-five (25) in number, including all discrete subparts, to be answered by the party served or, if the party served is a public or private corporation, partnership, association or governmental agency, by any officer or agent, who shall furnish such information as is available to the party. For this purpose, information shall not be deemed to be available insofar as it is in the possession of the Commissioners, the General Counsel, the office of Administrative Law Judges, or the Secretary in his capacity as custodian or recorder of any such information, or their respective staffs.</P> <P>(2) Each interrogatory shall be answered separately and fully in writing under oath, unless it is objected to on grounds not raised and ruled on in connection with the authorization, in which event the reasons for objection shall be stated in lieu of an answer. The answers are to be signed by the person making them, and the objections signed by the attorney making them. The party upon whom the interrogatories have been served shall serve a copy of the answers, and objections, if any, within thirty (30) days after the service of the interrogatories. The Administrative Law Judge may allow a shorter or longer time.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope; use at hearing.</E> (1) Interrogatories may relate to any matters that can be inquired into under § 3.31(c)(1), and the answers may be used to the extent permitted by the rules of evidence.</P> <P>(2) An interrogatory otherwise proper is not necessarily objectionable merely because an answer to the interrogatory involves an opinion or contention that relates to fact or the application of law to fact, but the Administrative Law Judge may order that such an interrogatory need not be answered until after designated discovery has been completed or until a pre-trial conference or other later time.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Option to produce records.</E> Where the answer to an interrogatory may be derived or ascertained from the records of the party upon whom the interrogatory has been served or from an examination, audit or inspection of such records, or from a compilation, abstract or summary based thereon, and the burden of deriving or ascertaining the answer is substantially the same for the party serving the interrogatory as for the party served, it is a sufficient answer to such interrogatory to specify the records from which the answer may be derived or ascertained and to afford to the party serving the interrogatory reasonable opportunity to examine, audit or inspect such records and to make copies, compilations, abstracts or summaries. The specification shall include sufficient detail to permit the interrogating party to identify readily the individual documents from which the answer may be ascertained.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 56867, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended at 61 FR 50649, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.36</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Applications for subpoenas for records, or appearances by officials or employees, of governmental agencies other than the Commission.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Form.</E> An application for issuance of a subpoena for the production of documents, as defined in § 3.34(b), or for the issuance of a subpoena requiring access to documents or other tangible things, for the purposes described in § 3.37(a), in the possession, custody, or control of a governmental agency other than the Commission or the officials or employees of such other agency, or for the issuance of a subpoena requiring the appearance of an official or employee of another governmental agency, shall be made in the form of a written motion filed in accordance with the provisions of § 3.22(a). No application for records pursuant to § 4.11 of this chapter or the Freedom of Information Act may be filed with the Administrative Law Judge.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Content.</E> The motion shall satisfy the same requirements for a subpoena under § 3.34 or a request for production or access under § 3.37, together with a specific showing that:</P> <P>(1) the material sought is reasonable in scope;<PRTPAGE P="62"/> </P> <P>(2) if for purposes of discovery, the material falls within the limits of discovery under § 3.31(b)(1), or, if for an adjudicative hearing, the material is reasonably relevant; and</P> <P>(3) the information or material sought cannot reasonably be obtained by other means.</P> <CITA>[61 FR 50649, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.37</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Production of documents and things; access for inspection and other purposes.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Availability; procedures for use.</E> Any party may serve on another party a request: to produce and permit the party making the request, or someone acting on the party's behalf, to inspect and copy any designated documents, as defined in § 3.34(b), or to inspect and copy, test, or sample any tangible things which are within the scope of § 3.31(c)(1) and in the possession, custody or control of the party upon whom the request is served; or to permit entry upon designated land or other property in the possession or control of the party upon whom the order would be served for the purpose of inspection and measuring, surveying, photographing, testing, or sampling the property or any designated object or operation thereon, within the scope of § 3.31(c)(1). Each such request shall specify with reasonable particularity the documents or things to be inspected, or the property to be entered. Each such request shall also specify a reasonable time, place, and manner of making the inspection and performing the related acts. A party shall make documents available as they are kept in the usual course of business or shall organize and label them to correspond with the categories in the request. A person not a party to the action may be compelled to produce documents and things or to submit to an inspection as provided in § 3.34.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Response; objections.</E> The response of the party upon whom the request is served shall state, with respect to each item or category, that inspection and related activities will be permitted as requested, unless the request is objected to, in which event the reasons for the objection shall be stated. If objection is made to part of an item or category, the part shall be specified and inspection permitted of the remaining parts. The party submitting the request may move for an order under § 3.38(a) with respect to any objection to or other failure to respond to the request or any part thereof, or any failure to permit inspection as requested.</P> <CITA>[61 FR 50649, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.38</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Motion for order compelling disclosure or discovery; sanctions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Motion for order to compel.</E> A party may apply by motion to the Administrative Law Judge for an order compelling disclosure or discovery, including a determination of the sufficiency of the answers or objections with respect to the initial disclosures required by § 3.31(b), a request for admission under § 3.32, a deposition under § 3.33, or an interrogatory under § 3.35.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Initial disclosures; requests for admission; depositions; interrogatories.</E> Unless the objecting party sustains its burden of showing that the objection is justified, the Administrative Law Judge shall order that an answer be served or disclosure otherwise be made. If the Administrative Law Judge determines that an answer or other response by the objecting party does not comply with the requirements of these rules, he may order either that the matter is admitted or that an amended answer or response be served. The Administrative Law Judge may, in lieu of these orders, determine that final disposition may be made at a prehearing conference or at a designated time prior to trial.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Requests for production or access.</E> If a party fails to respond to or comply as requested with a request for production or access made under § 3.37(a), the discovering party may move for an order to compel production or access in accordance with the request.</P> <P>(b) If a party or an officer or agent of a party fails to comply with a subpoena or with an order including, but not limited to, an order for the taking of a deposition, the production of documents, or the answering of interrogatories, or requests for admissions, or an order of the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission issued as, or in accordance with, a ruling upon a motion concerning such an order or subpoena or upon an appeal from such <PRTPAGE P="63"/>a ruling, the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission, or both, for the purpose of permitting resolution of relevant issues and disposition of the proceeding without unnecessary delay despite such failure, may take such action in regard thereto as is just, including but not limited to the following:</P> <P>(1) Infer that the admission, testimony, documents or other evidence would have been adverse to the party;</P> <P>(2) Rule that for the purposes of the proceeding the matter or matters concerning which the order or subpoena was issued be taken as established adversely to the party;</P> <P>(3) Rule that the party may not introduce into evidence or otherwise rely, in support of any claim or defense, upon testimony by such party, officer, or agent, or the documents or other evidence;</P> <P>(4) Rule that the party may not be heard to object to introduction and use of secondary evidence to show what the withheld admission, testimony, documents, or other evidence would have shown;</P> <P>(5) Rule that a pleading, or part of a pleading, or a motion or other submission by the party, concerning which the order or subpoena was issued, be stricken, or that a decision of the proceeding be rendered against the party, or both.</P> <P>(c) Any such action may be taken by written or oral order issued in the course of the proceeding or by inclusion in an initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge or an order or opinion of the Commission. It shall be the duty of parties to seek and Administrative Law Judges to grant such of the foregoing means of relief or other appropriate relief as may be sufficient to compensate for withheld testimony, documents, or other evidence. If in the Administrative Law Judge's opinion such relief would not be sufficient, or in instances where a nonparty fails to comply with a subpoena or order, he shall certify to the Commission a request that court enforcement of the subpoena or order be sought.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 56867, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended at 50 FR 53305, Dec. 31, 1985; 61 FR 50649, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.38A</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Withholding requested material.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any person withholding material responsive to a subpoena issued pursuant to § 3.34, written interrogatories requested pursuant to § 3.35, a request for production or access pursuant to § 3.37, or any other request for the production of materials under this part, shall assert a claim of privilege or any similar claim not later than the date set for production of the material. Such person shall, if so directed in the subpoena or other request for production, submit, together with such claim, a schedule of the items withheld which states individually as to each such item the type, title, specific subject matter, and date of the item; the names, addresses, positions, and organizations of all authors and recipients of the item; and the specific grounds for claiming that the item is privileged.</P> <P>(b) A person withholding material for reasons described in § 3.38A(a) shall comply with the requirements of that subsection in lieu of filing a motion to limit or quash compulsory process.</P> <SECAUTH>(Sec. 5, 38 Stat. 719 as amended (15 U.S.C. 45))</SECAUTH> <CITA>[44 FR 54043, Sept. 18, 1979, as amended at 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.39</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Orders requiring witnesses to testify or provide other information and granting immunity.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Where Commission complaint counsel desire the issuance of an order requiring a witness or deponent to testify or provide other information and granting immunity under title 18, section 6002, United States Code, Directors and Assistant Directors of Bureaus and Regional Directors and Assistant Regional Directors of Commission Regional Offices having responsibility for presenting evidence in support of the complaint are authorized to determine:</P> <P>(1) That the testimony or other information sought from a witness or deponent, or prospective witness or deponent, may be necessary to the public interest, and</P> <P>(2) That such individual has refused or is likely to refuse to testify or provide such information on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination; and to request, through the Commission's liaison officer, approval by <PRTPAGE P="64"/>the Attorney General for the issuance of such an order. Upon receipt of approval by the Attorney General (or his designee), the Administrative Law Judge is authorized to issue an order requiring the witness or deponent to testify or provide other information and granting immunity when the witness or deponent has invoked his privilege against self-incrimination and it cannot be determined that such privilege was improperly invoked.</P> <P>(b) Requests by counsel other than Commission complaint counsel for an order requiring a witness to testify or provide other information and granting immunity under title 18, section 6002, United States Code, may be made to the Administrative Law Judge and may be made <E T="03">ex parte.</E> When such requests are made, the Administrative Law Judge is authorized to determine:</P> <P>(1) That the testimony or other information sought from a witness or deponent, or prospective witness or deponent, may be necessary to the public interest, and</P> <P>(2) That such individual has refused or is likely to refuse to testify or provide such information on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination; and, upon making such determinations, to request, through the Commission's liaison officer, approval by the Attorney General for the issuance of an order requiring a witness to testify or provide other information and granting immunity; and, after the Attorney General (or his designee) has granted such approval, to issue such order when the witness or deponent has invoked his privilege against self-incrimination and it cannot be determined that such privilege was improperly invoked.</P> <SECAUTH>(18 U.S.C. 6002, 6004)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[37 FR 5017, Mar. 9, 1972, as amended at 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.40</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Admissibility of evidence in advertising substantiation cases.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) If a person, partnership, or corporation is required through compulsory process under section 6, 9 or 20 of the Act issued after October 26, 1977 to submit to the Commission substantiation in support of an express or an implied representation contained in an advertisement, such person, partnership or corporation shall not thereafter be allowed, in any adjudicative proceeding in which it is alleged that the person, partnership, or corporation lacked a reasonable basis for the representation, and for any purpose relating to the defense of such allegation, to introduce into the record, whether directly or indirectly through references contained in documents or oral testimony, any material of any type whatsoever that was required to be but was not timely submitted in response to said compulsory process. <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> that a person, partnership, or corporation is not, within the meaning of this section, required through compulsory process to submit substantiation with respect to those portions of said compulsory process to which such person, partnership, or corporation has raised good faith legal objections in a timely motion pursuant to the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, until the Commission denies such motion; or if the person, partnership, or corporation thereafter continues to refuse to comply, until such process has been judicially enforced.</P> <P>(b) The Administrative Law Judge shall, upon motion, at any stage exclude all material that was required to be but was not timely submitted in response to compulsory process described in paragraph (a) of this section, or any reference to such material, unless the person, partnership, or corporation demonstrates in a hearing, and the Administrative Law Judge finds, that by the exercise of due diligence the material could not have been timely submitted in response to the compulsory process, and that the Commission was notified of the existence of the material immediately upon its discovery. Said findings of the Administrative Law Judge shall be in writing and shall specify with particularity the evidence relied upon. The rules normally governing the admissibility of evidence in Commission proceedings shall in any event apply to any material coming within the above exception.</P> <CITA>[42 FR 56500, Oct. 10, 1977; 42 FR 61450, Dec. 5, 1977, as amended at 45 FR 45578, July 7, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <PRTPAGE P="65"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Hearings</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.41</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General rules.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Public hearings.</E> All hearings in adjudicative proceedings shall be public unless an <E T="03">in camera</E> order is entered by the Administrative Law Judge pursuant to § 3.45(b) of this chapter or unless otherwise ordered by the Commission.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Expedition.</E> Hearings shall proceed with all reasonable expedition, and, insofar as practicable, shall be held at one place and shall continue, except for brief intervals of the sort normally involved in judicial proceedings, without suspension until concluded. Consistent with the requirements of expedition:</P> <P>(1) The Administrative Law Judge may order hearings at more than one place and may grant a reasonable recess at the end of a case-in-chief for the purpose of discovery deferred during the pre-hearing procedure where the Administrative Law Judge determines that such recess will materially expedite the ultimate disposition of the proceeding.</P> <P>(2) When actions involving a common question of law or fact are pending before the Administrative Law Judge, the Administrative Law Judge may order a joint hearing of any or all the matters in issue in the actions; the Administrative Law Judge may order all the actions consolidated; and the Administrative Law Judge may make such orders concerning proceedings therein as may tend to avoid unnecessary costs or delay.</P> <P>(3) When separate hearings will be conducive to expedition and economy, the Administrative Law Judge may order a separate hearing of any claim, or of any separate issue, or of any number of claims or issues.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Rights of parties.</E> Every party, except intervenors, whose rights are determined under § 3.14, shall have the right of due notice, cross-examination, presentation of evidence, objection, motion, argument, and all other rights essential to a fair hearing.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Adverse witnesses.</E> An adverse party, or an officer, agent, or employee thereof, and any witness who appears to be hostile, unwilling, or evasive, may be interrogated by leading questions and may also be contradicted and impeached by the party calling him.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Participation in adjudicative packaging and labeling hearings.</E> At adjudicative hearings under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, any party or any interested person designated as a party pursuant to § 3.13, or his representative, may be sworn as a witness and heard.</P> <P>(f) Requests for an order requiring a witness to testify or provide other information and granting immunity under title 18, section 6002, of the United States Code, shall be disposed of in accordance with § 3.39.</P> <SECAUTH>(18 U.S.C. 6002, 6004)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 37 FR 5017, Mar. 9, 1972; 37 FR 5609, Mar. 17, 1972; 39 FR 34398, Sept. 25, 1974; 44 FR 62887, Nov. 1, 1979]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.42</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Presiding officials.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Who presides.</E> Hearings in adjudicative proceedings shall be presided over by a duly qualified Administrative Law Judge or by the Commission or one or more members of the Commission sitting as Administrative Law Judges; and the term <E T="03">Administrative Law Judge</E> as used in this part means and applies to the Commission or any of its members when so sitting.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">How assigned.</E> The presiding Administrative Law Judge shall be designated by the Chief Administrative Law Judge or, when the Commission or one or more of its members preside, by the Commission, who shall notify the parties of the Administrative Law Judge designated.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Powers and duties.</E> Administrative Law Judges shall have the duty to conduct fair and impartial hearings, to take all necessary action to avoid delay in the disposition of proceedings, and to maintain order. They shall have all powers necessary to that end, including the following:</P> <P>(1) To administer oaths and affirmations;</P> <P>(2) To issue subpenas and orders requiring answers to questions;</P> <P>(3) To take depositions or to cause depositions to be taken;</P> <P>(4) To compel admissions, upon request of a party or on their own initiative;</P> <P>(5) To rule upon offers of proof and receive evidence;<PRTPAGE P="66"/> </P> <P>(6) To regulate the course of the hearings and the conduct of the parties and their counsel therein;</P> <P>(7) To hold conferences for settlement, simplification of the issues, or any other proper purpose;</P> <P>(8) To consider and rule upon, as justice may require, all procedural and other motions appropriate in an adjudicative proceeding, including motions to open defaults;</P> <P>(9) To make and file initial decisions;</P> <P>(10) To certify questions to the Commission for its determination; and</P> <P>(11) To take any action authorized by the rules in this part or in conformance with the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act as restated and incorporated in title 5, U.S.C.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Suspension of attorneys by Administrative Law Judge.</E> The Administrative Law Judge shall have the authority, for good cause stated on the record, to suspend or bar from participation in a particular proceeding any attorney who shall refuse to comply with his directions, or who shall be guilty of disorderly, dilatory, obstructionist, or contumacious conduct, or contemptuous language in the course of such proceeding. Any attorney so suspended or barred may appeal to the Commission in accordance with the provisions of § 3.23(a). The appeal shall not operate to suspend the hearing unless otherwise ordered by the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission; in the event the hearing is not suspended, the attorney may continue to participate therein pending disposition of the appeal.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Substitution of Administrative Law Judge.</E> In the event of the substitution of a new Administrative Law Judge for the one originally designated, any motion predicated upon such substitution shall be made within five (5) days thereafter.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Interference.</E> In the performance of their adjudicative functions, Administrative Law Judges shall not be responsible to or subject to the supervision or direction of any officer, employee, or agent engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecuting functions for the Commission, and all direction by the Commission to Administrative Law Judges concerning any adjudicative proceedings shall appear in and be made a part of the record.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Disqualification of Administrative Law Judges.</E> (1) When an Administrative Law Judge deems himself disqualified to preside in a particular proceeding, he shall withdraw therefrom by notice on the record and shall notify the Director of Administrative Law Judges of such withdrawal.</P> <P>(2) Whenever any party shall deem the Administrative Law Judge for any reason to be disqualified to preside, or to continue to preside, in a particular proceeding, such party may file with the Secretary a motion addressed to the Administrative Law Judge to disqualify and remove him, such motion to be supported by affidavits setting forth the alleged grounds for disqualification. If the Administrative Law Judge does not disqualify himself within ten (10) days, he shall certify the motion to the Commission, together with any statement he may wish to have considered by the Commission. The Commission shall promptly determine the validity of the grounds alleged, either directly or on the report of another Administrative Law Judge appointed to conduct a hearing for that purpose.</P> <P>(3) Such motion shall be filed at the earliest practicable time after the participant learns, or could reasonably have learned, of the alleged grounds for disqualification.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Failure to comply with Administrative Law Judge's directions.</E> Any party who refuses or fails to comply with a lawfully issued order or direction of an Administrative Law Judge may be considered to be in contempt of the Commission. The circumstances of any such neglect, refusal, or failure, together with a recommendation for appropriate action, shall be promptly certified by the Administrative Law Judge to the Commission. The Commission may make such orders in regard thereto as the circumstances may warrant.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 37 FR 5609, Mar. 17, 1972; 41 FR 8340, Feb. 26, 1976; 43 FR 56868, Dec. 4, 1978; 46 FR 45750, Sept. 15, 1981; 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="67"/> <SECTNO>§ 3.43</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Evidence.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Burden of proof.</E> Counsel representing the Commission, or any person who has filed objections sufficient to warrant the holding of an adjudicative hearing pursuant to § 3.13, shall have the burden of proof, but the proponent of any factual proposition shall be required to sustain the burden of proof with respect thereto.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Admissibility; exclusion of relevant evidence; mode and order of interrogation and presentation.</E> Relevant, material, and reliable evidence shall be admitted. Irrelevant, immaterial, and unreliable evidence shall be excluded. Evidence, even if relevant, may be excluded if its probative value is substantially outweighed by the danger of unfair prejudice, confusion of the issues, or if the evidence would be misleading, or by considerations of undue delay, waste of time, or needless presentation of cumulative evidence. The Administrative Law Judge shall exercise reasonable control over the mode and order of interrogating witnesses and presenting evidence so as to</P> <P>(1) make the interrogation and presentation effective for the ascertainment of the truth,</P> <P>(2) avoid needless consumption of time, and</P> <P>(3) protect witnesses from harassment or undue embarrassment.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Information obtained in investigations.</E> Any documents, papers, books, physical exhibits, or other materials or information obtained by the Commission under any of its powers may be disclosed by counsel representing the Commission when necessary in connection with adjudicative proceedings and may be offered in evidence by counsel representing the Commission in any such proceeding.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Official notice.</E> When any decision of an Administrative Law Judge or of the Commission rests, in whole or in part, upon the taking of official notice of a material fact not appearing in evidence of record, opportunity to disprove such noticed fact shall be granted any party making timely motion therefor.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Objections.</E> Objections to evidence shall timely and briefly state the grounds relied upon, but the transcript shall not include argument or debate thereon except as ordered by the Administrative Law Judge. Rulings on all objections shall appear in the record.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> Formal exception to an adverse ruling is not required.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Excluded evidence.</E> When an objection to a question propounded to a witness is sustained, the questioner may make a specific offer of what he expects to prove by the answer of the witness, or the Administrative Law Judge may, in his discretion, receive and report the evidence in full. Rejected exhibits, adequately marked for identification, shall be retained in the record so as to be available for consideration by any reviewing authority.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967; 32 FR 8711, June 17, 1967, as amended at 48 FR 44766, Sept. 30, 1983; 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.44</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Record.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Reporting and transcription.</E> Hearings shall be stenographically reported and transcribed by the official reporter of the Commission under the supervision of the Administrative Law Judge, and the original transcript shall be a part of the record and the sole official transcript. Copies of transcripts are available from the reporter at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by contract between the Commission and the reporter.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Corrections.</E> Corrections of the official transcript may be made only when they involve errors affecting substance and then only in the manner herein provided. Corrections ordered by the Administrative Law Judge or agreed to in a written stipulation signed by all counsel and parties not represented by counsel, and approved by the Administrative Law Judge, shall be included in the record, and such stipulations, except to the extent they are capricious or without substance, shall be approved by the Administrative Law Judge. Corrections shall not be ordered by the Administrative Law Judge except upon notice and opportunity for the hearing of objections. Such corrections shall be made by the official reporter by furnishing substitute type pages, under the usual certificate of the reporter, for insertion in the official record. The original uncorrected pages shall be retained in the files of the Commission.<PRTPAGE P="68"/> </P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Closing of the hearing record.</E> Immediately upon completion of the evidentiary hearing, the Administrative Law Judge shall issue an order closing the hearing record. The Administrative Law Judge shall retain the description to permit or order correction of the record as provided in § 3.44(b).</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.45</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>In camera orders.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition.</E> Except as hereinafter provided, material made subject to an <E T="03">in camera</E> order will be kept confidential and not placed on the public record of the proceeding in which it was submitted. Only respondents, their counsel, authorized Commission personnel, and court personnel concerned with judicial review may have access thereto, provided that the Administrative Law Judge, the Commission and reviewing courts may disclose such <E T="03">in</E> camera material to the extent necessary for the proper disposition of the proceeding.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">In camera treatment of material.</E> The Administrative Law Judge may order material, or portions thereof, offered into evidence, whether admitted or rejected, to be placed <E T="03">in camera</E> on a finding that their public disclosure will likely result in a clearly defined, serious injury to the person, partnership or corporation requesting their <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment. This finding shall be based on the standard articulated in H.P. Hood & Sons, Inc., 58 F.T.C. 1184, 1188 (1961); see also Bristol-Myers Co., 90 F.T.C. 455, 456 (1977), which established a three-part test that was modified by General Foods Corp., 95 F.T.C. 352, 355 (1980). No material, or portion thereof offered into evidence, whether admitted or rejected, may be withheld from the public record unless it falls within the scope of an order issued in accordance with this section, stating the date on which <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment will expire, and including:</P> <P>(1) A description of the material;</P> <P>(2) A statement of the reasons for granting <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment; and</P> <P>(3) A statement of the reasons for the date on which <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment will expire. Such expiration date may not be omitted except in unusual circumstances, in which event the order shall state with specificity the reasons why the need for confidentiality of the material, or portion thereof at issue is not likely to decrease over time, and any other reasons why such material is entitled to <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment for an indeterminate period. Any party desiring, in connection with the preparation and presentation of the case, to disclose <E T="03">in camera</E> material to experts, consultants, prospective witnesses, or witnesses, shall make application to the Administrative Law Judge setting forth the justification therefor. The Administrative Law Judge, in granting such application for good cause found, shall enter an order protecting the rights of the affected parties and preventing unnecessary disclosure of information. Material subject to an <E T="03">in camera</E> order shall be segregated from the public record and filed in a sealed envelope, or other appropriate container, bearing the title, the docket number of the proceeding, the notation “In Camera Record under § 3.45,” and the date, if any, on which <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment expires.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Release of in camera material.</E> <E T="03">In camera</E> material constitutes part of the confidential records of the Commission and is subject to the provisions of § 4.11 of this chapter.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Briefs and other submissions referring to in camera information.</E> Parties shall not disclose information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b) in the public version of proposed findings, briefs, or other documents. This provision does not preclude references in such proposed findings, briefs, or other documents to <E T="03">in camera</E> information or general statements based on the content of such information.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">When in camera information is included in briefs and other submissions.</E> If a party includes specific information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b) in any document filed in a proceeding under this part, the party shall file two versions of the document. A complete version shall be marked <E T="03">“In Camera”</E> on the first page and shall be filed with the Secretary and served upon the parties in accordance with the rules in this part. Any time period within which these rules allow a party to respond to a document <PRTPAGE P="69"/>shall run from the date the party is served with the complete version of the document. An expurgated version of the document, marked “Public Record” on the first page and omitting the <E T="03">in camera</E> information that appears in the complete version, shall be filed with the Secretary within five days after the filing of the complete version, unless the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission directs otherwise, and shall be served upon the parties. The expurgated version shall indicate any omissions with brackets or elipses.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">When in camera information is included in rulings or recommendations of the Administrative Law Judge.</E> If the Administrative Law Judge includes in any ruling or recommendation information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b), the Administrative Law Judge shall file two versions of the ruling or recommendation. A complete version shall be marked “<E T="03">In Camera</E>” on the first page and shall be serve upon the parties. The complete version will be placed in the <E T="03">in camera</E> record of the proceeding. An expurgated version, to be filed within five (5) days after the filing of the complete version, shall omit the <E T="03">in camera</E> information that appears in the complete version, shall be marked “Public Record” on the first page, shall be served upon the parties, and shall be included in the public record of the proceeding.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 52 FR 22293, June 11, 1987; 60 FR 37748, July 21, 1995; 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.46</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Proposed findings, conclusions, and order.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Upon the closing of the hearing record, or within a reasonable time thereafter fixed by the Administrative Law Judge, any party may file with the Secretary of the Commission for consideration of the Administrative Law Judge proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law, and rule or order, together with reasons therefor and briefs in support thereof. Such proposals shall be in writing, shall be served upon all parties, and shall contain adequate references to the record and authorities relied on. If a party includes in the proposals information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b), the party shall file two versions of the proposals in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 3.45(e).</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Exhibit Index.</E> The first statement of proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law filed by a party shall include an index listing for each exhibit offered by the party and received in evidence:</P> <P>(1) The exhibit number, followed by</P> <P>(2) The exhibit's title or a brief description if the exhibit is untitled;</P> <P>(3) The transcript page at which the Administrative Law Judge ruled on the exhibit's admissibility or a citation to any written order in which such ruling was made;</P> <P>(4) The transcript pages at which the exhibit is discussed;</P> <P>(5) An identification of any other exhibit which summarizes the contents of the listed exhibit, or of any other exhibit of which the listed exhibit is a summary;</P> <P>(6) A cross-reference, by exhibit number, to any other portions of that document admitted as a separate exhibit on motion by any other party; and</P> <P>(7) A statement whether the exhibit has been accorded <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Witness Index.</E> The first statement of proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law filed by a party shall also include an index to the witnesses called by that party, to include for each witness:</P> <P>(1) The name of the witness;</P> <P>(2) A brief identification of the witness;</P> <P>(3) The transcript pages at which any testimony of the witness appears; and</P> <P>(4) A statement identifying any portion of the witness' testimony that was received <E T="03">in camera</E>.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Stipulated indices.</E> As an alternative to the filing of separate indices, the parties are encouraged to stipulate to joint exhibit and witness indices at the time the first statement of proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law is due to be filed.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Rulings.</E> The record shall show the Administrative Law Judge's ruling on each proposed finding and conclusion, except when the order disposing of the <PRTPAGE P="70"/>proceeding otherwise informs the parties of the action taken.</P> <CITA>[48 FR 56945, Dec. 27, 1983, as amended at 52 FR 22294, June 11, 1987; 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Decision</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initial decision.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">When filed and when effective.</E> The Administrative Law Judge shall file an initial decision within ninety (90) days after closing the hearing record pursuant to § 3.44(c), or within thirty (30) days after a default or the granting of a motion for summary decision or waiver by the parties of the filing of proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and order, or within such further time as the Commission may by order allow upon written request from the Administrative Law Judge. In no event shall the initial decision be filed any later than one (1) year after the issuance of the administrative compliant, except that the Administrative Law Judge may, upon a finding of extraordinary circumstances, extend the one-year deadline for a period of up to sixty (60) days. Such extension, upon its expiration, may be continued for additional consecutive periods of up to sixty (60) days, provided that each additional period is based upon a finding by the Administrative Law Judge that extraordinary circumstances are still present. The pendency of any collateral federal court proceeding that relates to the administrative adjudication shall toll the one-year deadline for filing the initial decision. The ALJ may stay the administrative proceeding until resolution of the collateral federal court proceeding. Once issued, the initial decision shall become the decision of the Commission thirty (30) days after service thereof upon the parties or thirty (30) days after the filing of a timely notice of appeal, whichever shall be later, unless a party filing such a notice shall have perfected an appeal by the timely filing of an appeal brief or the Commission shall have issued an order placing the case on its own docket for review or staying the effective date of the decision.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Exhaustion of administrative remedies.</E> An initial decision shall not be considered final agency action subject to judicial review under 5 U.S.C. 704. Any objection to a ruling by the Administrative Law Judge, or to a finding, conclusion or a provision of the order in the initial decision, which is not made a part of an appeal to the Commission shall be deemed to have been waived.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Content.</E> (1) The initial decision shall include a statement of findings (with specific page references to principal supporting items of evidence in the record) and conclusions, as well as the reasons or basis therefor, upon all the material issues of fact, law, or discretion presented on the record (or those designated under paragraph (c)(2) of this section) and an appropriate rule or order. Rulings containing information granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45 shall be filed in accordance with § 3.45(f).</P> <P>(2) When more than one claim for relief is presented in an action, or when multiple parties are involved, the Administrative Law Judge may direct the entry of an initial decision as to one or more but fewer than all of the claims or parties only upon an express determination that there is no just reason for delay and upon an express direction for the entry of initial decision.</P> <P>(3) An initial decision shall be based upon a consideration of the whole record relevant to the issues decided pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, and it shall be supported by reliable, probative and substantial evidence.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">By whom made.</E> The initial decision shall be made and filed by the Administrative Law Judge who presided over the hearings, except when he shall have become unavailable to the Commission.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Reopening of proceeding by Administrative Law Judge; termination of jurisdiction.</E> (1) At any time prior to the filing of his initial decision, an Administrative Law Judge may reopen the proceeding for the reception of further evidence.</P> <P>(2) Except for the correction of clerical errors or pursuant to an order of remand from the Commission, the jurisdiction of the Administrative Law Judge is terminated upon the filing of his initial decision with respect to <PRTPAGE P="71"/>those issues decided pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 35 FR 10656, July 1, 1970; 44 FR 62887, Nov. 1, 1979; 48 FR 52576, Nov. 21, 1983; 48 FR 54810, Dec. 7, 1983; 52 FR 22294, June 11, 1987; 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.52</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Appeal from initial decision.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Who may file; notice of intention.</E> Any party to a proceeding may appeal an initial decision to the Commission by filing a notice of appeal with the Secretary within 10 days after service of the initial decision. The notice shall specify the party or parties against whom the appeal is taken and shall designate the initial decision and order or part thereof appealed from. If a timely notice of appeal is filed by a party, any other party may thereafter file a notice of appeal within 5 days after service of the first notice, or within 10 days after service of the initial decision, whichever period expires last.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Appeal brief.</E> The appeal shall be in the form of a brief, filed within 30 days after service of the initial decision, and shall contain, in the order indicated, the following:</P> <P>(1) A subject index of the matter in the brief, with page references, and a table of cases (alphabetically arranged), textbooks, statutes, and other material cited, with page references thereto;</P> <P>(2) A concise statement of the case;</P> <P>(3) A specification of the questions intended to be urged;</P> <P>(4) The argument presenting clearly the points of fact and law relied upon in support of the position taken on each question, with specific page references to the record and the legal or other material relied upon; and</P> <P>(5) A proposed form of order for the Commission's consideration instead of the order contained in the initial decision.</P> <FP>The brief shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 60 pages, if printed, or 90 pages, if typewritten, including any appendices but exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, tables of authorities and any addendum containing statutes, rules and regulations.</FP> <P>(c) <E T="03">Answering brief.</E> Within 30 days after service of the appeal brief, the appellee may file an answering brief, which shall contain a subject index, with page references, and a table of cases (alphabetically arranged), textbooks, statutes, and other material cited, with page references thereto, as well as arguments in response to the appellant's appeal brief. However, if the appellee is also cross-appealing, its answering brief shall also contain its arguments as to any issues the party is raising on cross-appeal, including the points of fact and law relied upon in support of its position on each question, with specific page references to the record and legal or other material on which the party relies in support of its cross-appeal, and a proposed form of order for the Commission's consideration instead of the order contained in the initial decision. If the appellee does not cross-appeal, its answering brief shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 60 pages, if printed, or 90 pages, if typewritten. If the appellee cross-appeals, its brief in answer and on cross-appeal shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 105 pages, if printed, or 160 pages, if typewritten. The page limitations of this paragraph include any appendices but are exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, tables of authorities, and any addendum containing statutes, rules and regulations.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Reply brief</E>. Within 7 days after service of the appellee's answering brief, the appellant may file a reply brief, which shall be limited to rebuttal of matters in the answering brief and shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 60 pages, if printed, or 90 pages, if typewritten. However, if the appellee has cross-appealed, any appellant who is the subject of the cross-appeal may, within 30 days after service of such appellee's brief, file a reply brief, which shall be limited to rebuttal of matters in the appellee's brief and shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 75 pages, if printed, or 115 pages, if typewritten. If the appellee has cross-appealed, any party who is the subject of the cross-appeal, other than an appellant may, within 30 days after service of the appellee's brief, file a reply brief which <PRTPAGE P="72"/>shall be limited to rebuttal of matters raised by the appellee's cross-appeal with respect to the party and shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 60 pages if printed, or 90 pages, if typewritten. The appellee who has cross-appealed may, within 7 days after service of a reply to its cross-appeal, file an additional brief, which shall be limited to rebuttal of matters in the reply to its cross-appeal and shall not, without leave of the Commission, exceed 30 pages, if printed, or 45 pages, if typewritten. The page limitations of this paragraph include any appendices but are exclusive of pages containing the table of contents, tables of authorities, and any addendum containing statutes, rules, and regulations. No further briefs may be filed except by leave of the Commission.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Form of briefs</E>. Briefs may be produced by standard typographic printing or by any duplicating or copying process which produces a clear black image on white paper. All printed matter must appear in the least 11 point type on opaque, unglazed paper. Briefs produced by the standard typographic process shall be bound in volumes having pages 6<FR>1/8</FR> by 9<FR>1/4</FR> inches and type matter 4<FR>1/6</FR> by 7<FR>1/6</FR> inches. Those produced by any other process shall be bound in volumes having pages not exceeding 8<FR>1/2</FR> by 11 inches and type matter not exceeding 6<FR>1/2</FR> by 9<FR>1/2</FR> inches, with double spacing between each line of text. Footnotes and quoted material within the text may be single-spaced. Both printed and typewritten briefs shall contain no more than 10 characters (including spaces) per inch.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">In camera information.</E> If a party includes in any brief to be filed under this section information that has been granted <E T="03">in camera</E> status pursuant to § 3.45(b), the party shall file two versions of the brief in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 3.45(e). The time period specified by this section within which a party may file an answering or reply brief will begin to run upon service on the party of the <E T="03">in camera</E> version of a brief.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Signature</E>. (1) The original of each brief filed shall have a hand-signed signature by an attorney of record for the party, or in the case of parties not represented by counsel, by the party itself, or by a partner if a partnership, or by an officer of the party if it is a corporation or an unincorporated association.</P> <P>(2) Signing a brief constitutes a representation by the signer that he or she has read it, that to the best of his or her knowledge, information, and belief, the statements made in it are true, and that it is not interposed for delay. If a brief is not signed or is signed with intent to defeat the purpose of this section, it may be stricken as sham and false and the proceeding may go forward as though the brief has not been filed.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Designation of appellant and appellee in cases involving cross-appeals.</E> In a case involving an appeal by complaint counsel and one or more respondents, any respondent who has filed a timely notice of appeal and as to whom the Administrative Law Judge has issued an order to cease and desist shall be deemed an appellant for purposes of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. In a case in which the Administrative Law Judge has dismissed the complaint as to all respondents, complaint counsel shall be deemed the appellant for purposes of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this rule.</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Oral argument.</E> All oral arguments shall be public unless otherwise ordered by the Commission. Oral arguments will be held in all cases on appeal to the Commission, unless the Commission otherwise orders upon its own initiative or upon request of any party made at the time of filing his brief. Oral arguments before the Commission shall be reported stenographically, unless otherwise ordered, and a member of the Commission absent from an oral argument may participate in the consideration and decision of the appeal in any case in which the oral argument is stenographically reported. The purpose of oral argument is to emphasize and clarify the written argument appearing in the briefs and to answer questions. Reading at length from the briefs or other texts is not favored.</P> <P>(j) <E T="03">Corrections in transcript of oral argument.</E> The Commission will entertain only joint motions of the parties requesting corrections in the transcript <PRTPAGE P="73"/>of oral argument, except that the Commission will receive a unilateral motion which recites that the parties have made a good faith effort to stipulate to the desired corrections but have been unable to do so. If the parties agree in part and disagree in part, they should file a joint motion incorporating the extent of their agreement, and, if desired, separate motions requesting those corrections to which they have been unable to agree. The Secretary, pursuant to delegation of authority by the Commission, is authorized to prepare and issue in the name of the Commission a brief “Order Correcting Transcript” whenever a joint motion to correct transcript is received.</P> <P>(k) <E T="03">Briefs of amicus curiae</E>. A brief of an amicus curiae may be filed by leave of the Commission granted on motion with notice to the parties or at the request of the Commission, except that such leave shall not be required when the brief is presented by an agency or officer of the United States; or by a State, territory, commonwealth, or the District of Columbia, or by an agency or officer of any of them. The brief may be conditionally filed with the motion for leave. A motion for leave shall identify the interest of the applicant and state how a Commission decision in the matter would affect the applicant or persons it represents. The motion shall also state the reasons why a brief of an amicus curiae is desirable. Except as otherwise permitted by the Commission, an amicus curiae shall file its brief within the time allowed the parties whose position as to affirmance or reversal the amicus brief will support. The Commission shall grant leave for a later filing only for cause shown, in which event it shall specify within what period such brief must be filed. A motion for an amicus curiae to participate in oral argument will be granted only for extraordinary reasons.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 33 FR 7033, May 10, 1968; 41 FR 54486, Dec. 14, 1976; 42 FR 13540, Mar. 11, 1977; 42 FR 39977, Aug. 8, 1977; 50 FR 28096, July 10, 1985; 52 FR 22294, June 11, 1987]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.53</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Review of initial decision in absence of appeal.</SUBJECT> <P>An order by the Commission placing a case on its own docket for review will set forth the scope of such review and the issues which will be considered and will make provision for the filing of briefs if deemed appropriate by the Commission.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.54</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Decision on appeal or review.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Upon appeal from or review of an initial decision, the Commission will consider such parts of the record as are cited or as may be necessary to resolve the issues presented and, in addition, will, to the extent necessary or desirable, exercise all the powers which it could have exercised if it had made the initial decision.</P> <P>(b) In rendering its decision, the Commission will adopt, modify, or set aside the findings, conclusions, and rule or order contained in the initial decision, and will include in the decision a statement of the reasons or basis for its action and any concurring and dissenting opinions.</P> <P>(c) In those cases where the Commission believes that it should have further information or additional views of the parties as to the form and content of the rule or order to be issued, the Commission, in its discretion, may withhold final action pending the receipt of such additional information or views.</P> <P>(d) The order of the Commission disposing of adjudicative hearings under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act will be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and, if it contains a rule or regulation, will specify the effective date thereof, which will not be prior to the ninetieth (90th) day after its publication unless the Commission finds that emergency conditions exist necessitating an earlier effective date, in which event the Commission will specify in the order its findings as to such conditions.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.55</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reconsideration.</SUBJECT> <P>Within fourteen (14) days after completion of service of a Commission decision, any party may file with the <PRTPAGE P="74"/>Commission a petition for reconsideration of such decision, setting forth the relief desired and the grounds in support thereof. Any petition filed under this subsection must be confined to new questions raised by the decision or final order and upon which the petitioner had no opportunity to argue before the Commission. Any party desiring to oppose such a petition shall file an answer thereto within ten (10) days after service upon him of the petition. The filing of a petition for reconsideration shall not operate to stay the effective date of the decision or order or to toll the running of any statutory time period affecting such decision or order unless specifically so ordered by the Commission.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.56</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Effective date of orders; application for stay.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Other than consent orders, an order to cease and desist under section 5 of the FTC Act becomes effective upon the sixtieth day after service, except as provided in section 5(g)(3) of the FTC Act, and except for divestiture provisions, as provided in section 5(g)(4) of the FTC Act.</P> <P>(b) Any party subject to a cease and desist order under section 5 of the FTC Act, other than a consent order, may apply to the Commission for a stay of all or part of that order pending judicial review. If, within 30 days after the application was received by the Commission, the Commission either has denied or has not acted on the application, a stay may be sought in a court of appeals where a petition for review of the order is pending.</P> <P>(c) An application for stay shall state the reasons a stay is warranted and the facts relied upon, and shall include supporting affidavits or other sworn statements, and a copy of the relevant portions of the record. The application shall address the likelihood of the applicant's success on appeal, whether the applicant will suffer irreparable harm if a stay is not granted, the degree of injury to other parties if a stay is granted, and why the stay is in the public interest.</P> <P>(d) An application for stay shall be filed within 30 days of service of the order on the party. Such application shall be served in accordance with the provisions of § 4.4(b) of this part that are applicable to service in adjudicative proceedings. Any party opposing the application may file an answer within 5 business days after receipt of the application. The applicant may file a reply brief, limited to new matters raised by the answer, within 3 business days after receipt of the answer.</P> <CITA>[60 FR 37748, July 21, 1995]</CITA> <RESERVED>Subpart G [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart H—Reopening of Proceedings</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.71</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Authority.</SUBJECT> <P>Except while pending in a U.S. court of appeals on a petition for review (after the transcript of the record has been filed) or in the U.S. Supreme Court, a proceeding may be reopened by the Commission at any time in accordance with § 3.72. Any person subject to a Commission decision containing a rule or order which has become effective, or an order to cease and desist which has become final may file a request to reopen the proceeding in accordance with § 2.51.</P> <CITA>[44 FR 40637, July 12, 1979]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.72</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reopening.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Before statutory review.</E> At any time prior to the expiration of the time allowed for filing a petition for review or prior to the filing of the transcript of the record of a proceeding in a U.S. court of appeals pursuant to a petition for review, the Commission may upon its own initiative and without prior notice to the parties reopen the proceeding and enter a new decision modifying or setting aside the whole or any part of the findings as to the facts, conclusions, rule, order, or opinion issued by the Commission in such proceeding.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">After decision has become final.</E> (1) Whenever the Commission is of the opinion that changed conditions of fact or law or the public interest may require that a Commission decision containing a rule or order which has become effective, or an order to cease and desist which has become final by reason of court affirmance or expiration of the statutory period for court review <PRTPAGE P="75"/>without a petition for review having been filed, or a Commission decision containing an order dismissing a proceeding, should be altered, modified, or set aside in whole or in part, the Commission will, except as provided in § 2.51, serve upon each person subject to such decision (in the case of proceedings instituted under § 3.13, such service may be by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>) an order to show cause, stating the changes it proposes to make in the decision and the reasons they are deemed necessary. Within thirty (30) days after service of such order to show cause, any person served may file an answer thereto. Any person not responding to the order within the time allowed may be deemed to have consented to the proposed changes.</P> <P>(2) Whenever an order to show cause is not opposed, or if opposed but the pleadings do not raise issues of fact to be resolved, the Commission, in its discretion, may decide the matter on the order to show cause and answer thereto, if any, or it may serve upon the parties (in the case of proceedings instituted under § 3.13, such service may be by publication in <E T="04">Federal Register</E>) a notice of hearing, setting forth the date when the cause will be heard. In such a case, the hearing will be limited to the filing of briefs and may include oral argument when deemed necessary by the Commission. When the pleadings raise substantial factual issues, the Commission will direct such hearings as it deems appropriate, including hearings for the receipt of evidence by it or by an Administrative Law Judge. Unless otherwise ordered and insofar as practicable, hearings before an Administrative Law Judge to receive evidence shall be conducted in accordance with subparts B, C, D, and E of part 3 of this chapter. Upon conclusion of hearings before an Administrative Law Judge, the record and the Administrative Law Judge's recommendations shall be certified to the Commission for final disposition of the matter.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Termination of existing orders</E>—(i) <E T="03">Generally.</E> Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this rule, and except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) (ii) and (iii) of this section, an order issued by the Commission before August 16, 1995, will be deemed, without further notice or proceedings, to terminate 20 years from the date on which the order was first issued, or on January 2, 1996, whichever is later.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Exception.</E> This paragraph applies to the termination of an order issued before August 16, 1995, where a complaint alleging a violation of the order was or is filed (with or without an accompanying consent decree) in federal court by the United States or the Federal Trade Commission while the order remains in force, either on or after August 16, 1995, or within the 20 years preceding that date. If more than one complaint was or is filed while the order remains in force, the relevant complaint for purposes of this paragraph will be the latest filed complaint. An order subject to this paragraph will terminate 20 years from the date on which a court complaint described in this paragraph was or is filed, except as provided in the following sentence. If the complaint was or is dismissed, or a federal court rules or has ruled that the respondent did not violate any provision of the order, and the dismissal or ruling was or is not appealed, or was or is upheld on appeal, the order will terminate according to paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section as though the complaint was never filed; provided, however, that the order will not terminate between the date that such complaint is filed and the later of the deadline for appealing such dismissal or ruling and the date such dismissal or ruling is upheld on appeal. The filing of a complaint described in this paragraph will not affect the duration of any order provision that has expired, or will expire, by its own terms. The filing of a complaint described in this paragraph also will not affect the duration of an order's application to any respondent that is not named in the complaint.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Stay of Termination.</E> Any party to an order may seek to stay, in whole or part, the termination of the order as to that party pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) (i) or (ii) of this section. Petitions for such stays shall be filed in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 2.51 of these rules. Such petitions shall be filed on or before the date on which the order would be terminated pursuant to <PRTPAGE P="76"/>paragraph (b)(3) (i) or (ii) of this section. Pending the disposition of such a petition, the order will be deemed to remain in effect without interruption.</P> <P>(iv) <E T="03">Orders not terminated.</E> Nothing in § 3.72(b)(3) is intended to apply to <E T="03">in camera</E> orders or other procedural or interlocutory rulings by an Administrative Law Judge or the Commission.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8449, June 13, 1967, as amended at 44 FR 40637, July 12, 1979; 45 FR 21623, Apr. 2, 1980; 60 FR 58515, Nov. 28, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart I—Recovery of Awards Under the Equal Access to Justice Act in Commission Proceedings</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>5 U.S.C. 504 and 5 U.S.C. 553(b).</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>63 FR 36341, July 6, 1998, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.81</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General provisions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose of these rules.</E> The Equal Access to Justice Act, 5 U.S.C. 504 (called “the Act” in this subpart), provides for the award of attorney fees and other expenses to eligible individuals and entities who are parties to adversary adjudicative proceedings under part 3 of this title. The rules in this subpart describe the parties eligible for awards, how to apply for awards, and the procedures and standards that the Commission will use to make them.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">When an eligible party will receive an award.</E> An eligible party will receive an award when:</P> <P>(i) It prevails in the adjudicative proceeding, unless the Commission's position in the proceeding was substantially justified or special circumstances make an award unjust. Whether or not the position of the agency was substantially justified will be determined on the basis of the administrative record as a whole that is made in the adversary proceeding for which fees and other expenses are sought; or</P> <P>(ii) The agency's demand is substantially in excess of the decision of the adjudicative officer, and is unreasonable when compared with that decision, under all the facts and circumstances of the case. <E T="03">Demand</E> means the express final demand made by the agency prior to initiation of the adversary adjudication, but does not include a recitation by the agency of the statutory penalty in the administrative complaint or elsewhere when accompanied by an express demand for a lesser amount.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">When the Act applies.</E> (1) Section 504(a)(1) of the Act applies to any adversarial adjudicative proceeding pending before the Commission at any time after October 1, 1981. This includes proceedings begun before October 1, 1981, if final Commission action has not been taken before that date.</P> <P>(2) Section 504(a)(4) applies to any adversarial adjudicative proceeding pending before the Commission at any time on or after March 29, 1996.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Proceedings covered.</E> (1) The Act applies to all adjudicative proceedings under part 3 of the rules of practice as defined in § 3.2, except hearings relating to the promulgation, amendment, or repeal of rules under the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act.</P> <P>(2) [Reserved]</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Eligibility of applicants.</E> (1) To be eligible for an award of attorney fees and other expenses under the Act, the applicant must be a party to the adjudicative proceeding in which it seeks an award. The term <E T="03">party</E> is defined in 5 U.S.C. 551(3). The applicant must show that it meets all conditions of eligibility set out in this subpart.</P> <P>(2) The types of eligible applicants are as follows:</P> <P>(i) An individual with a net worth of not more than $2 million;</P> <P>(ii) the sole owner of an unincorporated business who has a net worth of not more than $7 million, including both personal and business interests, and not more than 500 employees;</P> <P>(iii) A charitable or other tax-exempt organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)(3)) with not more than 500 employees;</P> <P>(iv) A cooperative association as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)) with not more than 500 employees;</P> <P>(v) Any other partnership, corporation, association, unit of local government, or organization with a net worth of not more than $7 million and not more than 500 employees; and<PRTPAGE P="77"/> </P> <P>(vi) For purposes of receiving an award for fees and expenses for defending against an excessive Commission demand, any small entity, as that term is defined under 5 U.S.C. 601.</P> <P>(3) Eligibility of a party shall be determined as of the date the proceeding was initiated.</P> <P>(4) An applicant who owns an unincorporated business will be considered as an “individual” rather than a “sole owner of an unincorporated business” if the issues on which the applicant prevails are related primarily to personal interests rather than to business interests.</P> <P>(5) The employees of an applicant include all persons who regularly perform services for remuneration for the applicant, under the applicant's direction and control. Part-time employees shall be included on a proportional basis.</P> <P>(6) The net worth and number of employees of the applicant and all of its affiliates shall be aggregated to determine eligibility. Any individual, corporation or other entity that directly or indirectly controls or owns a majority of the voting shares or other interest of the applicant, or any corporation or other entity of which the applicant directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares or other interest, will be considered an affiliate for purposes of this part, unless the Administrative Law Judge determines that such treatment would be unjust and contrary to the purposes of the Act in light of the actual relationship between the affiliated entities. In addition, the Administrative Law Judge may determine that financial relationships of the applicant other than those described in this paragraph constitute special circumstances that would make an award unjust.</P> <P>(7) An applicant that participates in a proceeding primarily on behalf of one or more other persons or entities that would be ineligible is not itself eligible for an award.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Standards for awards</E>—(1) <E T="03">For a prevailing party:</E> </P> <P>(i) A prevailing applicant will receive an award for fees and expenses incurred after initiation of the adversary adjudication in connection with the entire adversary adjudication, or on a substantive portion of the adversary adjudication that is sufficiently significant and discrete to merit treatment as a separate unit unless the position of the agency was substantially justified. The burden of proof that an award should not be made to an eligible prevailing applicant is on complaint counsel, which may avoid an award by showing that its position had a reasonable basis in law and fact.</P> <P>(ii) An award to prevailing party will be reduced or denied if the applicant has unduly or unreasonably protracted the proceeding or if special circumstances make an award unjust.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">For a party defending against an excessive demand:</E> </P> <P>(i) An eligible applicant will receive an award for fees and expenses incurred after initiation of the adversary adjudication related to defending against the excessive portion of a Commission demand that is substantially in excess of the decision of the adjudicative officer and is unreasonable when compared with that decision under all the facts and circumstances of the case.</P> <P>(ii) An award will be denied if the applicant has committed a willful violation of law or otherwise acted in bad faith or if special circumstances make an award unjust.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Allowable fees and expenses.</E> (1) Awards will be based on rates customarily charged by persons engaged in the business of acting as attorneys, agents and expert witnesses, even if the services were made available without charge or at a reduced rate to the applicant.</P> <P>(2) No award for the fee of an attorney or agent under these rules may exceed the hourly rate specified in 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(A). No award to compensate an expert witness may exceed the highest rate at which the Commission paid expert witnesses for similar services at the time the fees were incurred. The appropriate rate may be obtained from the Office of the Executive Director. However, an award may also include the reasonable expenses of the attorney, agent, or witness as a separate item, if the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily charges clients separately for such expenses.</P> <P>(3) In determining the reasonableness of the fee sought for an attorney, agent <PRTPAGE P="78"/>or expert witness, the Administrative Law Judge shall consider the following:</P> <P>(i) If the attorney, agent or witness is in private practice, his or her customary fee for similar services, or, if an employee of the applicant, the fully allocated cost of the services;</P> <P>(ii) The prevailing rate for similar services in the community in which the attorney, agent or witness ordinarily performs services;</P> <P>(iii) The time actually spent in the representation of the applicant;</P> <P>(iv) The time reasonably spent in light of the difficulty or complexity of the issues in the proceeding; and</P> <P>(v) Such other factors as may bear on the value of the services provided.</P> <P>(4) The reasonable cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter prepared on behalf of a party may be awarded, to the extent that the charge for the service does not exceed the prevailing rate for similar services, and the study or other matter was necessary for preparation of the applicant's case.</P> <P>(5) Any award of fees or expenses under the Act is limited to fees and expenses incurred after initiation of the adversary adjudication and, with respect to excessive demands, the fees and expenses incurred in defending against the excessive portion of the demand.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Rulemaking on maximum rates for attorney fees.</E> If warranted by an increase in the cost of living or by special circumstances (such as limited availability of attorneys qualified to handle certain types of proceedings), the Commission may, upon its own initiative or on petition of any interested person or group, adopt regulations providing that attorney fees may be awarded at a rate higher than the rate specified in 5 U.S.C. 504(b)(1)(A) per hour in some or all the types of proceedings covered by this part. Rulemaking under this provision will be in accordance with Rules of Practice part 1, subpart C of this chapter.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.82</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Information required from applicants.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Contents of application.</E> An application for an award of fees and expenses under the Act shall contain the following:</P> <P>(1) Identity of the applicant and the proceeding for which the award is sought;</P> <P>(2) A showing that the applicant has prevailed; or, if the applicant has not prevailed, a showing that the Commission's demand was the final demand before initiation of the adversary adjudication and that it was substantially in excess of the decision of the adjudicative officer and was unreasonable when compared with that decision;</P> <P>(3) Identification of the Commission position(s) that applicant alleges was (were) not substantially justified; or, identification of the Commission's demand that is alleged to be excessive and unreasonable and an explanation as to why the demand was excessive and unreasonable;</P> <P>(4) A brief description of the type and purpose of the organization or business (unless the applicant is an individual);</P> <P>(5) A statement of how the applicant meets the criteria of § 3.81(d);</P> <P>(6) The amount of fees and expenses incurred after the initiation of the adjudicative proceeding or, in the case of a claim for defending against an excessive demand, the amount of fees and expenses incurred after the initiation of the adjudicative proceeding attributable to the excessive portion of the demand;</P> <P>(7) Any other matters the applicant wishes the Commission to consider in determining whether and in what amount an award should be made; and</P> <P>(8) A written verification under oath or under penalty or perjury that the information provided is true and correct accompanied by the signature of the applicant or an authorized officer or attorney.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Net worth exhibit.</E> (1) Each applicant except a qualified tax-exempt organization or cooperative association must provide with its application a detailed exhibit showing the net worth of the application and any affiliates (as defined in § 3.81(d)(6)) when the proceeding was initiated. The exhibit may be in any form convenient to the applicant that provides full disclosure of the applicant's and its affiliates’ assets and liabilities and is sufficient to determine whether the applicant qualifies under the standards in this part. The Administrative Law Judge may require <PRTPAGE P="79"/>an applicant to file additional information to determine its eligibility for an award.</P> <P>(2) Ordinarily, the net worth exhibit will be included in the public record of the proceeding. However, if an applicant objects to public disclosure of information in any portion of the exhibit and believes there are legal grounds for withholding it from disclosure, the applicant may submit that portion of the exhibit directly to the Administrative Law Judge in a sealed envelope labeled “Confidential Financial Information,” accompanied by a motion to withhold the information from public disclosure. The motion shall describe the information sought to be withheld and explain, in detail, why it falls within one or more of the specific exemptions from mandatory disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b) (1) through (9), why public disclosure of the information would adversely affect the applicant, and why disclosure is not required in the public interest. The material in question shall be served on complaint counsel but need not be served on any other party to the proceeding. If the Administrative Law Judge finds that the information should not be withheld from disclosure, it shall be placed in the public record of the proceeding. Otherwise, any request to inspect or copy the exhibit shall be disposed of in accordance with § 4.11.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Documentation of fees and expenses.</E> The application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses incurred after initiation of the adversary adjudication, including the cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought. With respect to a claim for fees and expenses involving an excessive demand, the application shall be accompanied by full documentation of the fees and expenses incurred after initiation of the adversary adjudication, including the cost of any study, analysis, engineering report, test, project or similar matter, for which an award is sought attributable to the portion of the demand alleged to be excessive and unreasonable. A separate itemized statement shall be submitted for each professional firm or individual whose services are covered by the application, showing the hours spent in connection with the proceeding by each individual, a description of the specific services performed, the rate at which each fee has been computed, any expenses for which reimbursement is sought, the total amount claimed, and the total amount paid or payable by the applicant or by any other person or entity for the services provided. The Administrative Law Judge may require the applicant to provide vouchers, receipts, or other substantiation for any expenses claimed.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">When an application may be filed—</E>(1) <E T="03">For a prevailing party:</E> </P> <P>(i) An application may be filed not later than 30 days after the Commission has issued an order or otherwise taken action that results in final disposition of the proceeding.</P> <P>(ii) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision as to which an applicant believes it has prevailed, proceedings for the award of fees shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">For a party defending against an excessive demand:</E> </P> <P>(i) An application may be filed not later than 30 days after the Commission has issued an order or otherwise taken action that results in final disposition of the proceeding.</P> <P>(ii) If review or reconsideration is sought or taken of a decision as to which an applicant believes the agency's demand was excessive and unreasonable, proceedings for the award of fees and expenses shall be stayed pending final disposition of the underlying controversy.</P> <P>(3) For purposes of this subpart, <E T="03">final disposition</E> means the later of—</P> <P>(i) The date that the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge becomes the decision of the Commission pursuant to § 3.51(a);</P> <P>(ii) The date that the Commission issues an order disposing of any petitions for reconsideration of the Commission's final order in the proceeding; or</P> <P>(iii) The date that the Commission issues a final order or any other final resolution of a proceeding, such as a <PRTPAGE P="80"/>consent agreement, settlement or voluntary dismissal, which is not subject to a petition for reconsideration.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 3.83</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Procedures for considering applicants.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing and service of documents.</E> Any application for an award or other pleading or document related to an application shall be filed and served on all parties as specified in §§ 4.2 and 4.4(b) of this chapter, except as provided in § 3.82(b)(2) for confidential financial information. The date the Office of the Secretary of the Commission receives the application is deemed the date of filing.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Answer to application.</E> (1) Within 30 days after service of an application, complaint counsel may file an answer to the application. Unless complaint counsel requests an extension of time for filing or files a statement of intent to negotiate under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, failure to file an answer within the 30-day period may be treated as a consent to the award requested.</P> <P>(2) If complaint counsel and the applicant believe that the issues in the fee application can be settled, they may jointly file a statement of their intent to negotiate a settlement. The filing of this statement shall extend the time for filing an answer for an additional 30 days, and further extensions may be granted by the Administrative Law Judge upon request by complaint counsel and the applicant.</P> <P>(3) The answer shall explain in detail any objections to the award requested and identify the facts relied on in support of complaint counsel's position. If the answer is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, complaint counsel shall include with the answer either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under paragraph (f) of this section.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Reply.</E> Within 15 days after service of an answer, the applicant may file a reply. If the reply is based on any alleged facts not already in the record of the proceeding, the applicant shall include with the reply either supporting affidavits or a request for further proceedings under paragraph (f) of this section.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Comments by other parties.</E> Any party to a proceeding other than the applicant and complaint counsel may file comments on an application within 30 days after it is served or on an answer within 15 days after it is served. A commenting party may not participate further in proceedings on the application unless the Administrative Law Judge determines that the public interest requires such participation in order to permit full exploration of matters in the comments.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Settlement.</E> The applicant and complaint counsel may agree on a proposed settlement of the award before final action on the application. A proposed award settlement entered into in connection with a consent agreement covering the underlying proceeding will be considered in accordance with § 3.25. The Commission may request findings of fact or recommendations on the award settlement from the Administrative Law Judge. A proposed award settlement entered into after the underlying proceeding has been concluded will be considered and may be approved or disapproved by the Administrative Law Judge subject to Commission review under paragraph (h) of this section. If an applicant and complaint counsel agree on a proposed settlement of an award before an application has been filed, the application shall be filed with the proposed settlement.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Further proceedings.</E> (1) Ordinarily, the determination of an award will be made on the basis of the written record. However, on request of either the applicant or complaint counsel, or on his or her own initiative, the Administrative Law Judge may order further proceedings, such as an informal conference, oral argument, additional written submissions or an evidentiary hearing. Such further proceedings shall be held only when necessary for full and fair resolution of the issues arising from the application, and shall be conducted as promptly as possible.</P> <P>(2) A request that the Administrative Law Judge order further proceedings under this section shall specifically identify the information sought or the disputed issues and shall explain why the additional proceedings are necessary to resolve the issues.<PRTPAGE P="81"/> </P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Decision.</E> The Administrative Law Judge shall issue an initial decision on the application within 30 days after closing proceedings on the application.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">For a decision involving a prevailing party:</E> The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and status as a prevailing party, and an explanation of the reasons for any difference between the amount requested and the amount awarded. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the agency's position was substantially justified, whether the applicant unduly protracted the proceedings, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">For a decision involving an excessive agency demand:</E> The decision shall include written findings and conclusions on the applicant's eligibility and an explanation of the reasons why the agency's demand was or was not determined to be substantially in excess of the decision of the adjudicative officer and was or was not unreasonable when compared with that decision. That decision shall be based upon all the facts and circumstances of the case. The decision shall also include, if at issue, findings on whether the applicant has committed a willful violation of law or otherwise acted in bad faith, or whether special circumstances make an award unjust.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Agency review.</E> Either the applicant or complaint counsel may seek review of the initial decision on the fee application by filing a notice of appeal under § 3.52(a), or the Commission may decide to review the decision on its own initiative, in accordance with § 3.53. If neither the applicant nor complaint counsel seeks review and the Commission does not take review on its own initiative, the initial decision on the application shall become a final decision of the Commission 30 days after it is issued. Whether to review a decision is a matter within the discretion of the Commission. If review is taken, the Commission will issue a final decision on the application or remand the application to the Administrative Law Judge for further proceedings.</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Judicial review.</E> Judicial review of final Commission decisions on awards may be sought as provided in 5 U.S.C. 503(c)(2).</P> <P>(j) <E T="03">Payment of award.</E> An applicant seeking payment of an award shall submit to the Secretary of the Commission a copy of the Commission's final decision granting the award, accompanied by a statement that the applicant will not seek review of the decision in the United States courts. The agency will pay the amount awarded to the applicant within 60 days, unless judicial review of the award or of the underlying decision of the adjudicative proceeding has been sought by the applicant or any party to the proceeding.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 4</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 4—MISCELLANEOUS RULES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>4.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Appearances.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Requirements as to form, and filing of documents other than correspondence.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Time.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Service.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cooperation with other agencies.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ex parte communications.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Costs for obtaining Commission records.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The public record.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nonpublic material.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure requests.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition of documents submitted to the Commission.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Privacy Act rules.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Conduct of business.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commission meetings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Privilege against self-incrimination.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>4.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disqualification of Commissioners.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 46, unless otherwise noted.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Appearances.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Qualifications</E>—(1) <E T="03">Attorneys.</E> (i) U.S.-admitted. Members of the bar of a Federal court or of the highest court of any State or Territory of the United States are eligible to practice before the Commission.</P> <P>(ii) European Community (EC)-qualified. Persons who are qualified to practice law in a Member State of the European Community and authorized to practice before The Commission of the European Communities in accordance with Regulation No. 99/63/EEC are eligible to practice before the Commission.</P> <P>(iii) Any attorney desiring to appear before the Commission or an Administrative Law Judge may be required to <PRTPAGE P="82"/>show to the satisfaction of the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge his or her acceptability to act in that capacity.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Others.</E> (i) Any individual or member of a partnership involved in any proceeding or investigation may appear on behalf or himself or of such partnership upon adequate identification. A corporation or association may be represented by a bona fide officer thereof upon a showing of adequate authorization.</P> <P>(ii) At the request of counsel representing any party in an adjudicative proceeding, the Administrative Law Judge may permit an expert witness to conduct all or a portion of the cross-examination of such witness.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Restrictions as to former members and employees</E>—(1) <E T="03">General Prohibition.</E> Except as provided in this section, or otherwise specifically authorized by the Commission, no former member or employee (“former employee” or “employee”) of the Commission may communicate to or appear before the Commission, as attorney or counsel, or otherwise assist or advise behind-the-scenes, regarding a formal or informal proceeding or investigation <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> (except that a former employee who is disqualified solely under paragraph (b)(1)(ii) or paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section, is not prohibited from assisting or advising behind-the-scenes) if:</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> It is important to note that a new “proceeding or investigation” may be considered the same matter as a seemingly separate “proceeding or investigation” that was pending during the former employee's tenure. This is because a “proceeding or investigation” may continue in another form or in part. In determining whether two matters are actually the same, the Commission will consider: the extent to which the matters involve the same or related facts, issues, confidential information and parties; the time elapsed; and the continuing existence of an important Federal interest. See 5 CFR 2637.201(c)(4). For example, where a former employee intends to participate in an investigation of compliance with a Commission order, submission of a request to reopen an order, or a proceeding with respect to reopening an order, the matter will be considered the same as the adjudicative proceeding or investigation that resulted in the order. A former employee who is uncertain whether the matter in which he seeks clearance to participate is wholly separate from any matter that was pending during his tenure should seek advice from the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee before participating.</P> </FTNT> <P>(i) The former employee participated personally and substantially on behalf of the Commission in the same proceeding or investigation in which the employee now intends to participate;</P> <P>(ii) The participation would begin within two years after the termination of the former employee's service and, within a period of one year prior to the employee's termination, the proceeding or investigation was pending under the employee's official responsibility;</P> <P>(iii) Nonpublic documents or information pertaining to the proceeding or investigation in question, and of the kind delineated in § 4.10(a), came to, or would be likely to have come to, the former employee's attention in the course of the employee's duties, (unless Commission staff determines that the nature of the documents or information is such that no present advantage could thereby be derived); or</P> <P>(iv) The former employee's participation would begin within one year after the employee's termination and, at the time of termination, the employee was a member of the Commission or a “senior employee” as defined in 18 U.S.C. 207(c). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Former Commissioners and certain former “senior” employees who were appointed to those positions on or after January 20, 1993 may be subject to a five year ban on participation in Commission matters pursuant to Executive Order 12834 (58 FR 5911-5916, January 22, 1993), 3 CFR 1993 Comp., p. 580).</P> </NOTE> <P>(2) <E T="03">Clearance Request Required.</E> Any former employee, before participating in a Commission proceeding or investigation (see footnote 1), whether through an appearance before a Commission official or behind-the-scenes assistance, shall file with the Secretary a request for clearance to participate, containing the information listed in § 4.1(b)(4) if:</P> <P>(i) The proceeding or investigation was pending in the Commission while the former employee served;</P> <P>(ii) A proceeding or investigation from which such proceeding or investigation directly resulted was pending <PRTPAGE P="83"/>during the former employee's service; or</P> <P>(iii) Nonpublic documents or information pertaining to the proceeding or investigation in question, and of the kind delineated in § 4.10(a), came to or would likely have come to the former employee's attention in the course of the employee's duties, and the employee left the Commission within the previous three years. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>This requirement applies even to a proceeding or investigation that had not yet been initiated formally when the former employee terminated employment, if the employee had learned nonpublic information relating to the subsequently initiated proceeding or investigation.</P> </NOTE> <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> (i) Paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section do not apply to:</P> <P>(A) Making a pro se filing of any kind;</P> <P>(B) Submitting a request or appeal under the Freedom of Information Act, the Privacy Act, or the Government in the Sunshine Act;</P> <P>(C) Testifying under oath (except that a former employee who is subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section with respect to a particular matter may not, except pursuant to court order, serve as an expert witness for any person other than the United States in that same matter);</P> <P>(D) Submitting a statement required to be made under penalty of perjury; or</P> <P>(E) Appearing on behalf of the United States.</P> <P>(ii) With the exception of subparagraph (b)(1)(iv), paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section do not apply to participating in a Commission rulemaking proceeding, including submitting comments on a matter on which the Commission has invited public comment.</P> <P>(iii) Paragraph (b)(1)(iv) of this section does not apply to submitting a statement based on the former employee's own special knowledge in the particular area that is the subject of the statement, provided that no compensation is thereby received, other than that regularly provided by law or by § 4.5 for witnesses.</P> <P>(iv) Paragraph (b)(2) of this section does not apply to filing a premerger notification form or participating in subsequent events concerning compliance or noncompliance with Section 7A of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18a, or any regulation issued under that section.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Request Contents.</E> Clearance requests filed pursuant to § 4.1(b)(2) shall contain:</P> <P>(i) The name and matter number (if known) of the proceeding or investigation in question;</P> <P>(ii) A description of the contemplated participation;</P> <P>(iii) The name of the Commission office(s) or division(s) in which the former employee was employed and the position(s) the employee occupied;</P> <P>(iv) A statement whether, while employed by the Commission, the former employee participated in any proceeding or investigation concerning the same company, individual, or industry currently involved in the matter in question;</P> <P>(v) A certification that while employed by the Commission, the employee never participated personally and substantially in the same matter or proceeding;</P> <P>(vi) If the employee's Commission employment terminated within the past two years, a certification that the matter was not pending under the employee's official responsibility during any part of the one year before the employee's termination;</P> <P>(vii) If the employee's Commission employment terminated within the past three years, either a declaration that nonpublic documents or information pertaining to the proceeding or investigation in question, and of the kind delineated in § 4.10(a), never came to the employee's attention, or a description of why the employee believes that such nonpublic documents or information could not confer a present advantage to the employee or to the employee's client in the proceeding or investigation in question; and</P> <P>(viii) A certification that the employee has read, and understands, both the criminal conflict of interest law on post-employment activities (18 U.S.C. 207) and this Rule in their entirety.</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> The following definitions apply for purposes of this section:<PRTPAGE P="84"/> </P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Behind-the-scenes</E> participation includes any form of professional consultation, assistance, or advice to anyone about the proceeding or investigation in question, whether formal or informal, oral or written, direct or indirect.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Communicate to or appear before</E> means making any oral or written communication to, or any formal or informal appearance before, the Commission or any of its members or employees on behalf of any person (except the United States) with the intent to influence.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Directly resulted from</E> means that the proceeding or investigation in question emanated from an earlier phase of the same proceeding or investigation or from a directly linked, antecedent investigation. The existence of some attenuated connection between a proceeding or investigation that was pending during the requester's tenure and the proceeding or investigation in question does not constitute a direct result.</P> <P>(iv) <E T="03">Pending under the employee's official responsibility</E> means that the former employee had the direct administrative or operating authority to approve, disapprove, or otherwise direct official actions in the proceeding or investigation, irrespective of whether the employee's authority was intermediate or final, and whether it was exercisable alone or only in conjunction with others.</P> <P>(v) <E T="03">Personal and substantial participation.</E> A former employee participated in the proceeding or investigation personally if the employee either participated directly or directed a subordinate in doing so. The employee participated substantially if the involvement was significant to the matter or reasonably appeared to be significant. A series of peripheral involvements may be considered insubstantial, while a single act of approving or participating in a critical step may be considered substantial.</P> <P>(vi) <E T="03">Present advantage.</E> Whether exposure to nonpublic information about the proceeding or investigation could confer a present advantage to a former employee will be analyzed and determined on a case-by-case basis. Relevant factors include, <E T="03">inter alia,</E> the nature and age of the information, its relation and current importance to the proceeding or investigation in question, and the amount of time that has passed since the employee left the Commission.</P> <P>(vii) <E T="03">Proceeding or investigation</E> shall be interpreted broadly and includes an adjudicative or other proceeding; the consideration of an application; a request for a ruling or other determination; a contract; a claim; a controversy; an investigation; or an interpretive ruling.</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Advice as to Whether Clearance Request is Required.</E> A former employee may ask the General Counsel, either orally or in writing, whether the employee is required to file a request for clearance to participate in a Commission matter pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The General Counsel, or the General Counsel's designee, will make any such determination within three business days.</P> <P>(7) <E T="03">Deadline for Determining Clearance Requests.</E> By the close of the tenth business day after the date on which the clearance request is filed, the General Counsel, or the General Counsel's designee, will notify the requester either that:</P> <P>(i) the request for clearance has been granted;</P> <P>(ii) the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee has decided to recommend that the Commission prohibit the requester's participation; or</P> <P>(iii) the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee is, for good cause, extending the period for reaching a determination on the request by up to an additional ten business days.</P> <P>(8) <E T="03">Participation of Partners or Associates of Former Employees.</E> (i) If a former employee is prohibited from participating in a proceeding or investigation by virtue of having worked on the matter personally and substantially while a Commission employee, no partner or legal or business associate of that individual may participate except after filing with the Secretary of the Commission an affidavit attesting that:</P> <P>(A) The former employee will not participate in the proceeding or investigation in any way, directly or indirectly (and describing how the former <PRTPAGE P="85"/>employee will be screened from participating);</P> <P>(B) The former employee will not share in any fees resulting from the participation;</P> <P>(C) Everyone who intends to participate is aware of the requirement that the former employee be screened;</P> <P>(D) The client(s) have been informed; and</P> <P>(E) The matter was not brought to the participant(s) through the active solicitation of the former employee.</P> <P>(ii) If the Commission finds that the screening measures being taken are unsatisfactory or that the matter was brought to the participant(s) through the active solicitation of the former employee, the Commission will notify the participant(s) to cease the representation immediately.</P> <P>(9) <E T="03">Effect on Other Standards.</E> The restrictions and procedures in this section are intended to apply in lieu of restrictions and procedures that may be adopted by any state or jurisdiction, insofar as such restrictions and procedures apply to appearances or participation in Commission proceedings or investigations. Nothing in this section supersedes other standards of conduct applicable under paragraph (e) of this section. Requests for advice about this section, or about any matter related to other applicable rules and standards of ethical conduct, shall be directed to the Office of the General Counsel.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Public Disclosure.</E> Any request for clearance filed by a former member or employee pursuant to this section, as well as any written response, are part of the public records of the Commission, except for information exempt from disclosure under § 4.10(a) of this chapter. Information identifying the subject of a nonpublic Commission investigation will be redacted from any request for clearance or other document before it is placed on the public record.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Notice of appearance.</E> Any attorney desiring to appear before the Commission or an Administrative Law Judge on behalf of a person or party shall file with the Secretary of the Commission a written notice of appearance, stating the basis for eligibility under this section and including the attorney's jurisdiction of admission/qualification, attorney identification number, if applicable, and a statement by the appearing attorney attesting to his/her good standing within the legal profession. No other application shall be required for admission to practice, and no register of attorneys will be maintained.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Standards of conduct; disbarment.</E> (1) All attorneys practicing before the Commission shall conform to the standards of ethical conduct required by the bars of which the attorneys are members.</P> <P>(2) If for good cause shown, the Commission shall be of the opinion that any attorney is not conforming to such standards, or that he has been otherwise guilty of conduct warranting disciplinary action, the Commission may issue an order requiring such attorney to show cause why he should not be suspended or disbarred from practice before the Commission. The alleged offender shall be granted due opportunity to be heard in his own defense and may be represented by counsel. Thereafter, if warranted by the facts, the Commission may issue against the attorney an order of reprimand, suspension, or disbarment.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8456, June 13, 1967, as amended at 40 FR 15235, Apr. 4, 1975; 41 FR 16453, Apr. 19, 1976; 46 FR 26295, May 12, 1981; 48 FR 44767, Sept. 30, 1983; 50 FR 50781, Dec. 12, 1985; 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985; 56 FR 44139, Sept. 27, 1991; 58 FR 40737, July 30, 1993; 63 FR 15758, Apr. 1, 1998; 64 FR 14830, Mar. 29, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Requirements as to form, and filing of documents other than correspondence.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing</E>. (1) Except as otherwise provided, all documents submitted to the Commission, including those addressed to the Administrative Law Judge, shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission; <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That in any instance informal applications or requests may be submitted directly to the official in charge of any office of the Commission or to the appropriate Director, Deputy Director, Associate Director in the Bureau of Consumer Protection, or Assistant Director in the Bureau of Competition or to the Administrative Law Judge. Copies of all documents filed with the Secretary of the Commission by parties in adjudicative proceedings shall, at or before the time of filing, be served by the <PRTPAGE P="86"/>party filing the documents or person acting for that party on all other parties pursuant to § 4.4.</P> <P>(2) Documents submitted to the Commission in response to a Civil Investigative Demand under section 20 of the FTC Act shall be filed with the custodian or deputy custodian named in the demand.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Title.</E> Documents shall clearly show the file or docket number and title of the action in connection with which they are filed.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Copies.</E> An original and twenty (20) copies of all documents before the Commission and motions for an Administrative Law Judge's certification of an interlocutory appeal pursuant to § 3.23(b) shall be filed; an original and ten (10) copies of all other documents before the Administrative Law Judge shall be filed; and an original and one (1) copy of compliance reports shall be filed. Only one (1) copy of admissions and answers thereto must be filed with the Secretary, the originals to be served on the opposing party as specified by § 3.32. With respect to motions under § 3.22, the moving party shall provide a copy of its motion to the Administrative Law Judge at the time the motion is filed with the Secretary.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Form.</E> (1) Documents filed with the Secretary of the Commission, other than briefs in support of appeals from initial decisions, shall be printed, typewritten, or otherwise processed in permanent form and on good unglazed paper. A motion or other paper filed in an adjudicative proceeding shall contain a caption setting forth the title of the case, the docket number, and a brief descriptive title indicating the purpose of the paper.</P> <P>(2) Briefs filed on an appeal from an initial decision shall be in the form prescribed by § 3.52(e).</P> <P>(3) If printed, documents shall be on good unglazed paper seven (7) inches by ten (10) inches. The type shall not be less than ten (10) point adequately leaded. Citations and quotations shall not be less than ten (10) point single leaded, and footnotes shall not be less than eight (8) point single leaded. The printed line shall not exceed four and three-quarter (4<FR>3/4</FR>) inches in length.</P> <P>(4) If typewritten, documents shall be on paper not less than eight (8) inches nor more than eight and one-half (8<FR>1/2</FR>) inches by not less than ten and one-half (10<FR>1/2</FR>) inches nor more than eleven (11) inches.</P> <P>(5) All documents must be bound on the left side. Except for printed documents, the left margin of each page must be at least one and one-half (1<FR>1/2</FR>) inches and the right margin at least one (1) inch.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Signature.</E> (1) The original of each document filed shall have a hand signed signature by an attorney of record for the party, or in the case of parties not represented by counsel, by the party itself, or by a partner if a partnership, or by an officer of the party if it is a corporation or an unincorporated association. In addition, motions filed pursuant to § 3.22 shall include the name, address, and telephone number of counsel.</P> <P>(2) Signing a document constitutes a representation by the signer that he has read it, that to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief, the statements made in it are true, and that it is not interposed for delay. If a document is not signed or is signed with intent to defeat the purpose of this section, it may be stricken as sham and false and the proceeding may go forward as though the document had not been filed.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8456, June 13, 1967, as amended at 40 FR 59725, Dec. 30, 1975; 42 FR 30150, June 13, 1977; 45 FR 36344, May 29, 1980; 47 FR 7826, Feb. 23, 1982; 48 FR 41376, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 28097, July 10, 1985; 61 FR 50650, Sept. 26, 1996]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Time.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Computation.</E> Computation of any period of time prescribed or allowed by the rules in this chapter, by order of the Commission or an Administrative Law Judge, or by any applicable statute, shall begin with the first business day following that on which the act, event, or development initiating such period of time shall have occurred. When the last day of the period so computed is a Saturday, Sunday, or national holiday, or other day on which the office of the Commission is closed, the period shall run until the end of the next following business day. When such period of time, with the intervening Saturdays, Sundays, and national holidays counted, is seven (7) <PRTPAGE P="87"/>days or less, each of the Saturdays, Sundays, and such holidays shall be excluded from the computation. When such period of time, with the intervening Saturdays, Sundays, and national holidays counted, exceeds seven (7) days, each of the Saturdays, Sundays, and such holidays shall be included in the computation.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Extensions.</E> For good cause shown, the Administrative Law Judge may, in any proceeding before him, extend any time limit prescribed or allowed by the rules in this chapter or by order of the Commission or the Administrative Law Judge, except those governing the filing of interlocutory appeals and initial decisions and those expressly requiring Commission action. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Commission, for good cause shown, may extend any time limit prescribed by the rules in this chapter or by order of the Commission or an Administrative Law Judge: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That in a proceeding pending before an Administrative Law Judge, any motion on which he may properly rule shall be made to him. Notwithstanding the above, where a motion to extend is made after the expiration of the specified period, the Administrative Law Judge or the Commission may consider the motion where the untimely filing was the result of excusable neglect.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional time after service by mail.</E> Whenever a party in an adjudicative proceeding under part 3 of the rules is required or permitted to do an act within a prescribed period after service of a paper upon it and the paper is served by first-class mail pursuant to § 4.4(a)(3) or § 4.4(b), 3 days shall be added to the prescribed period.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8456, June 13, 1967, as amended at 42 FR 30150, June 13, 1977; 50 FR 28097, July 10, 1985; 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Service.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">By the Commission.</E> (1) Service of complaints, initial decisions, final orders and other processes of the Commission under 15 U.S.C. 45 may be effected as follows:</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">By registered or certified mail.</E> A copy of the document shall be addressed to the person, partnership, corporation or unincorporated association to be served at his, her or its residence or principal office or place of business, registered or certified, and mailed; service under this provision is complete upon delivery of the document by the Post Office; or</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">By delivery to an individual.</E> A copy thereof may be delivered to the person to be served, or to a member of the partnership to be served, or to the president, secretary, or other executive officer or a director of the corporation or unincorporated association to be served; service under this provision is complete upon delivery as specified herein; or</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">By delivery to an address.</E> A copy thereof may be left at the principal office or place of business of the person, partnership, corporation, or unincorporated association, or it may be left at the residence of the person or of a member of the partnership or of an executive officer or director of the corporation, or unincorporated association to be served; service under this provision is complete upon delivery as specified herein.</P> <P>(2) All other orders and notices, including subpoenas, orders requiring access, orders to file annual and special reports, and notices of default, may be served by any method reasonably certain to inform the affected person, partnership, corporation or unincorporated association, including any method specified in paragraph (a)(1), except that civil investigative demands may only be served in the manner provided by section 20(c)(7) of the FTC Act (in the case of service on a partnership, corporation, association, or other legal entity) or section 20(c)(8) of the FTC Act (in the case of a natural person). Service under this provision is complete upon delivery by the Post Office or upon personal delivery.</P> <P>(3) All documents served in adjudicative proceedings under part 3 of the Commission's Rules of Practice other than complaints and initial, interlocutory, and final decisions and orders may be served by personal delivery or by first-class mail and shall be deemed served on the day of personal delivery or the day of mailing.</P> <P>(4) When a party has appeared in a proceeding by an attorney, service on that individual of any document pertaining to the proceeding other than a <PRTPAGE P="88"/>complaint shall be deemed service upon the party. However, service of those documents specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall first be attempted in accordance with the provision of paragraphs (a)(1) (i), (ii), and (iii) of this section.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">By other parties.</E> Service of documents by parties other than the Commission shall be by delivering copies thereof as follows: Upon the Commission, by personal delivery or delivery by first-class mail to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission and, in adjudicative proceedings under part 3 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, to the Assistant Director in the Bureau of Competition, the Associate Director in the Bureau of Consumer Protection, or the Director of the Regional Office of complaint counsel. Upon a party other than the Commission or Commission counsel, service shall be by personal delivery or delivery by first-class mail. If the party is an individual or partnership, delivery shall be to such individual or a member of the partnership; if a corporation or unincorporated association, to an officer or agent authorized to accept service of process therefor. Personal service includes handling the document to be served to the individual, partner, officer, or agent; leaving it at his or her office with a person in charge thereof; or, if there is no one in charge or if the office is closed or if the party has no office, leaving it at his or her dwelling house or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein. Documents served in adjudicative proceedings under part 3 of the Commission's Rules of Practice shall be deemed served on the day of personal service or the day of mailing. All other documents shall be deemed served on the day of personal service or on the day of delivery by the Post Office.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Proof of service.</E> In an adjudicative proceeding under part 3 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, papers presented for filing by a party respondent or intervenor shall contain an acknowledgment of service by the person served or proof of service in the form of a statement of the date and manner of service and of the names of the person served, certified by the person who made service. Proof of service may appear on or be affixed to the papers filed.</P> <CITA>[50 FR 28097, July 10, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Deponents and witnesses.</E> Any person compelled to appear in person in response to subpoena shall be paid the same fees and mileage as are paid witnesses in the courts of the United States.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Presiding officers.</E> Officers before whom depositions are taken shall be entitled to the same fees as are paid for like services in the courts of the United States.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Responsibility.</E> The fees and mileage referred to in this section shall be paid by the party at whose instance deponents or witnesses appear.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8456, June 13, 1967]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cooperation with other agencies.</SUBJECT> <P>It is the policy of the Commission to cooperate with other governmental agencies to avoid unnecessary overlapping or duplication of regulatory functions.</P> <CITA>[32 FR 8456, June 13, 1967]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ex parte communications.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section, <E T="03">ex parte communication</E> means an oral or written communication not on the public record with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, but it shall not include requests for status reports on any matter or proceeding.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Prohibited ex parte communications.</E> While a proceeding is in adjudicative status within the Commission, except to the extent required for the disposition of <E T="03">ex parte</E> matters as authorized by law:</P> <P>(1) No person not employed by the Commission, and no employee or agent of the Commission who performs investigative or prosecuting functions in adjudicative proceedings, shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any member of the Commission, or to the Administrative Law Judge, or to any other employee who is or who reasonably may be expected to be involved in the decisional process in the proceeding, an <E T="03">ex parte</E> communciation <PRTPAGE P="89"/>relevant to the merits of that or a factually related proceeding; and</P> <P>(2) No member of the Commission, the Administrative Law Judge, or any other employee who is or who reasonably may be expected to be involved in the decisional process in the proceeding, shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any person not employed by the Commission, or to any employee or agent of the Commission who performs investigative or prosecuting functions in adjudicative proceedings, an <E T="03">ex parte</E> communication relevant to the merits of that or a factually related proceeding.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> A Commissioner, the Administrative Law Judge or any other employee who is or who may reasonably be expected to be involved in the decisional process who receives or who make or knowingly causes to be made, a communication prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section shall promptly provide to the Secretary of the Commission:</P> <P>(1) All such written communications;</P> <P>(2) Memoranda stating the substance of and circumstances of all such oral communications; and</P> <P>(3) All written responses, and memoranda stating the substance of all oral responses, to the materials described in paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this section. The Secretary shall make relevant portions of any such materials part of the public record of the Commission, pursuant to § 4.9, and place them in the docket binder of the proceeding to which it pertains, but they will not be considered by the Commission as part of the record for purposes of decision unless introduced into evidence in the proceeding. The Secretary shall also send copies of the materials to or otherwise notify all parties to the proceeding.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Sanctions.</E> (1) Upon receipt of an <E T="03">ex parte</E> communication knowingly made or knowingly caused to be made by a party and prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section, the Commission, Administrative Law Judge, or other employee presiding over the proceeding may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the underlying statutes administered by the Commission, require the party to show cause why his claim or interest in the proceeding should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation. The Commission may take such action as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to, action under § 4.1(e)(2) and 5 U.S.C. 556(d).</P> <P>(2) A person, not a party to the proceeding who knowingly makes or causes to be made an <E T="03">ex parte</E> communication prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section shall be subject to all sanctions provided herein if he subsequently becomes a party to the proceeding.</P> <P>(e) The prohibitions of this section shall apply in an adjudicative proceeding from the time the Commission votes to issue a complaint pursuant to § 3.11, to conduct adjudicative hearings pursuant to § 3.13, or to issue an order to show cause pursuant to § 3.72(b), or from the time an order by a U.S. court of appeals remanding a Commission decision and order for further proceedings becomes effective, until the time the Commission votes to enter its decision in the proceeding and the time permitted by § 3.55 to seek reconsideration of that decision has elapsed. For purposes of this section, an order of remand by a U.S. court of appeals shall be deemed to become effective when the Commission determines not to file a petition for a writ of <E T="03">certiorari,</E> or when the time for filing such a petition has expired without a petition having been filed, or when such a petition has been denied. If a petition for reconsideration of a Commission decision is filed pursuant to § 3.55, the provisions of this section shall apply until the time the Commission votes to enter an order disposing of the petition. In addition, the prohibitions of this section shall apply with respect to communications concerning an application for stay filed with the Commission pursuant to § 3.56 from the time that the application is filed until its disposition.</P> <P>(f) The prohibitions of paragraph (b) of this section do not apply to a communication occasioned by and concerning a nonadjudicative function of the Commission, including such functions as the initiation, conduct, or disposition of a separate investigation, <PRTPAGE P="90"/>the issuance of a complaint, or the initiation of a rulemaking or other proceeding, whether or not it involves a party already in an adjudicative proceeding; preparations for judicial review of a Commission order; a proceeding outside the scope of § 3.2, including a matter in state or federal court or before another governmental agency; a nonadjudicative function of the Commission, including but not limited to an obligation under § 4.11 or a communication with Congress; or the disposition of a consent settlement under § 3.25 concerning some or all of the charges involved in a complaint and executed by some or all respondents. The Commission, at its discretion and under such restrictions as it may deem appropriate, may disclose to the public or to respondent(s) in a pending adjudicative proceeding a communication made exempt by this paragraph from the prohibitions of paragraph (b) of this section, however, when the Commission determines that the interests of justice would be served by the disclosure. The prohibitions of paragraph (b) of this section also do not apply to a communication between any member of the Commission, the Administrative Law Judge, or any other employee who is or who reasonably may be expected to be involved in the decisional process, and any employee who has been directed by the Commission or requested by an individual Commissioner or Administrative Law Judge to assist in the decision of the adjudicative proceeding. Such employee shall not, however, have performed an investigative or prosecuting function in that or a factually related proceeding.</P> <CITA>[42 FR 43974, Sept. 1, 1977, as amended at 44 FR 40637, July 12, 1979; 46 FR 32435, June 23, 1981; 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985; 51 FR 36802, Oct. 16, 1986; 57 FR 10805, Mar. 31, 1992; 60 FR 37748, July 21, 1995; 60 FR 67325, Dec. 29, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Costs for obtaining Commission records.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For the purpose of this section:</P> <P>(1) The term <E T="03">search</E> includes all time spent looking, manually or by automated means, for material that is responsive to a request, including page-by-page or line-by-line identification of material within documents.</P> <P>(2) The term <E T="03">duplication</E> refers to the process of making a copy of a document in order to respond to a request for Commission records.</P> <P>(3) The term <E T="03">review</E> refers to the examination of documents located in response to a request to determine whether any portion of such documents may be withheld, and the reduction or other processing of documents for disclosure. Review does not include time spent resolving general legal or policy issues regarding the release of the document.</P> <P>(4) The term <E T="03">direct costs</E> means expenditures that the Commission actually incurs in processing requests. Not included in direct costs are overhead expenses such as costs of document review facilities or the costs of heating or lighting such a facility or other facilities in which records are stored. The direct costs of specific services are set forth in § 4.8(b)(6).</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Fees</E>. User fees pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 483(a) and 5 U.S.C. 552(a) shall be charged according to this paragraph.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Commercial use requesters</E>. Commercial use requesters will be charged for the direct costs to search for, review, and duplicate documents. A commercial use requester is a requester who seeks information for a use or purpose that furthers the commercial, trade, or profit interests of the requester or the person on whose behalf the request is made.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Educational requesters, non-commercial scientific institution requesters, and representative of the news media.</E> Requesters in these categories will be charged for the direct costs to duplicate documents, excluding charges for the first 100 pages. An <E T="03">educational institution</E> is a preschool, a public or private elementary or secondary school, an institution of graduate higher education, an institution of undergraduate higher education, an institution of professional education, and an institution of vocational education, which operates a program or programs of scholarly research. A <E T="03">non-commercial scientific institution</E> is an institution that is not operated on a <E T="03">commercial</E> basis as that term is referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and that is operated solely to <PRTPAGE P="91"/>conduct scientific research the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry. A <E T="03">representative of the news media</E> is any person actively gathering news for an entity that is organized and operated to publish or broadcast news to the public. <E T="03">News</E> means information that is about current events or that would be of current interest to the public.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Other requesters.</E> Other requesters will be charged for the direct costs to search for and duplicate documents, except that the first 100 pages of duplication and the first two hours of search time shall be furnished without charge.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Waiver of small charges.</E> Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (b)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, charges will be waived if the total chargeable fees for a request do not exceed $14.00.</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Materials available without charge</E>. These provisions do not apply to recent Commission decisions and other materials that may be made available to all requesters without charge while supplies last.</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Schedule of direct costs.</E> The following uniform schedule of fees applies to records held by all constituent units of the Commission:</P> <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,r50" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,p1,7/8,g1,t1,i1"> <BOXHD> <CHED H="1"/> <CHED H="1"/> </BOXHD> <ROW EXPSTB="0s1"> <ENT I="22">Paper Fees:</ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s0"> <ENT I="03">Paper copy (up to 8.5″ x 14″)</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Reproduced by Commission </ENT> <ENT>$0.14 per page.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Reproduced by Requester </ENT> <ENT> 0.05 per page. </ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s1"> <ENT I="22">Microfiche Fees:</ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s0"> <ENT I="03">Film Copy—Paper to 16mm film </ENT> <ENT> 0.04 per frame.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Fiche Copy—Paper to 105mm fiche </ENT> <ENT> 0.08 per frame.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Film Copy—Duplication of existing 100 ft. roll of 16mm film </ENT> <ENT> 9.50 per roll.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Fiche Copy—Duplication of existing 105mm fiche </ENT> <ENT> 0.26 per fiche.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Paper Copy—Converting existing 16mm film to paper (Conversion by Commission Staff) </ENT> <ENT> 0.26 per page.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Paper Copy—Converting existing 105mm fiche to paper (Conversion by Commission Staff) </ENT> <ENT> 0.23 per page.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Film Cassettes </ENT> <ENT> 2.00 per cassette. </ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s1"> <ENT I="22">Electronic Services:</ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s0"> <ENT I="03">Converting paper into electronic format (scanning) </ENT> <ENT> 2.50 per page.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Computer programming </ENT> <ENT> 8.00 per qtr. hour. </ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s1"> <ENT I="22">Other Fees:</ENT> </ROW> <ROW EXPSTB="0s0"> <ENT I="03">Computer Tape </ENT> <ENT> 18.50 each.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Certification </ENT> <ENT> 10.35 each.</ENT> </ROW> <ROW> <ENT I="03">Express Mail</ENT> <ENT> 3.50 for first pound and<LI> 3.67 for each additional pound (up to $15.00).</LI> </ENT> </ROW> </GPOTABLE> <HD SOURCE="HD3">Search and Review Fees</HD> <P>Agency staff is divided into three categories: clerical, attorney/economist, and other professional. Fees for search and review are assessed on a quarter-hourly basis, and are determined by identifying the category into which the staff member(s) conducting the search or review belong(s), determining the average quarter-hourly wages of all staff members within that category, and adding 16 percent to reflect the cost of additional benefits accorded to government employees. The exact fees are calculated and announced periodically and are available from the Consumer Response Center, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580; (202) 326-2222.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Information to determine fees.</E> Each request for records shall set forth whether the request is made for other than commercial purposes and whether the requester is an educational institution, a noncommercial scientific institution, or a representative of the news media. The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee initially, or the General Counsel on appeal, will use this information, any additional information provided by the requester, and <PRTPAGE P="92"/>any other relevant information to determine the appropriate fee category in which to place the requester.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Agreement to pay fees.</E> (1) Each request that does not contain an application for a fee waiver shall specifically indicate the requester's willingness either:</P> <P>(i) To pay, in accordance with § 4.8(b) of these rules, whatever fees may be charged for processing the request; or</P> <P>(ii) A willingness to pay such fees up to a specified amount.</P> <P>(2) Each request that contains an application for a fee waiver must specifically indicate:</P> <P>(i) The requester's willingness to pay, in accordance with § 4.8(b) of the rules, whatever fees may be charged for processing the request;</P> <P>(ii) The requester's willingness to pay fees up to a specified amount; or</P> <P>(iii) That the requester is not willing to pay fees if the waiver is not granted.</P> <P>(3) If the agreement required by this section is absent, and if the estimated fees exceed $25.00, the requester will be advised of the estimated fees and the request will not be processed until the requester agrees to pay such fees.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Public interest fee waivers</E>—(1) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> A requester may apply for a waiver of fees. The requester shall explain why a waiver is appropriate under the standards set forth in this paragraph. The application shall also include a statement, as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, of whether the requester agrees to pay costs if the waiver is denied. The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee initially, or the General Counsel on appeal, will rule on applications for fee waivers.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Standards.</E> (i) The first requirement for a fee waiver is that disclosure will likely contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government. This requirement shall be met if:</P> <P>(A) The subject matter of the requested information concerns the operations or activities of the Federal government;</P> <P>(B) The disclosure is likely to contribute to an understanding of these operations or activities;</P> <P>(C) The understanding to which disclosure is likely to contribute is the understanding of the public at large, as opposed to the understanding of the individual requester or a narrow segment of interested persons; and</P> <P>(D) The likely contribution to public understanding will be significant.</P> <P>(ii) The second requirement for a fee waiver is that the request not be primarily in the commercial interest of the requester. Satisfaction of this requirement shall be determined by considering:</P> <P>(A) Whether the requester has a commercial interest that would be furthered by the requested disclosure; and</P> <P>(B) If so, whether the public interest in disclosure is outweighed by the identified commercial interest of the requester so as to render the disclosure primarily in the requester's commercial interest.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Unsuccessful searches.</E> Charges may be assessed for search time even if the agency fails to locate any responsive records or if it locates only records that are determined to be exempt from disclosure.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Aggregating requests.</E> If the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee initially, or the General Counsel on appeal, reasonably believes that a requester, or a group of requesters acting in concert, is attempting to evade an assessment of fees by dividing a single request into a series of smaller requests, the requests may be aggregated and fees charged accordingly.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Advance payment.</E> If the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee initially, or the General Counsel on appeal, estimates or determines that allowable charges that a requester may be required to pay are likely to exceed $250.00, or if the requester has previously failed to pay a fee within 30 days of the date of billing, the requester may be required to pay some or all of the total estimated charge in advance. Further, the requester may be required to pay all unpaid bills, including accrued interest, prior to processing the request.<PRTPAGE P="93"/> </P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Means of payment.</E> Payment shall be made by check or money order payable to the Treasury of the United States.</P> <P>(j) <E T="03">Interest charges.</E> The Commission will begin assessing interest charges on an unpaid bill starting on the 31st day following the day on which the bill was sent. Interest will accrue from the date of the billing, and will be calculated at the rate prescribed in 31 U.S.C. 3717.</P> <P>(k) <E T="03">Effect of the Debt Collection Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-365)</E> The Commission may pursue repayment, where appropriate, by employing the provisions of the Debt Collection Act, Public Law 97-365), including disclosure to consumer reporting agencies and use of collection agencies.</P> <CITA>[57 FR 10806, Mar. 31, 1992, as amended at 63 FR 45646, Aug. 26, 1998; 64 FR 3012, Jan. 20, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The public record.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) Materials on the public record of the Commission are available for public inspection and copying either routinely or upon request.</P> <P>(2) Materials that are exempt from mandatory public disclosure, or are otherwise not available from the Commission's public record, may be made available for inspection and copying only upon request under the procedures set forth in § 4.11 of this part, or as provided in §§ 4.10 (d) through (g), 4.13, and 4.15(b)(3) of this part, or by the Commission.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Location.</E> All of the public records of the Commission are available for inspection at the principal office of the Commission on each business day from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., and copies of some of those records are available at the regional offices on each business day from 8:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Copies of records that the Commission is required to make available to the public electronically, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2), may be obtained in that format from the Commission's Web site on the Internet, WWW.FTC.GOV.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Copying of public records</E>—(i) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> Reasonable facilities for copying public records are provided at each office of the Commission. Subject to appropriate limitations and the availability of facilities, any person may copy public records available for inspection at each of those offices. Further, the agency will provide copies to any person upon request. Written requests for copies of public records shall be addressed to the Supervisor, Consumer Response Center, and shall specify as clearly and accurately as reasonably possible the records desired. For records that cannot be specified with complete clarity and particularity, requesters shall provide descriptions sufficient to enable qualified Commission personnel to locate the records sought. In any instance, the Commission, the Supervisor of the Consumer Response Center, the General Counsel, the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access), or the official in charge of each office may prohibit the use of Commission facilities to produce more than one copy of any public record, and may refuse to permit the use of such facilities for copying records that have been published or are publicly available at places other than the offices of the Commission.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Costs; agreement to pay costs</E>. Requesters will be charged search and duplication costs prescribed by Rule 4.8 for requests under this section. All requests shall include a statement of the information needed to determine fees, as provided by § 4.8(c), and an agreement to pay fees (or a statement that the requester will not pay fees if a fee waiver is denied), as provided by § 4.8(d). Requests may also include an application for a fee waiver, as provided by § 4.8(e). Advance payment may be required, as provided by § 4.8(h).</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Records for sale at another government agency</E>. If requested materials are available for sale at a another government agency, the requester will not be provided with copies of the materials but will be advised to obtain them from the selling agency.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Categories.</E> Except to the extent material is confidential, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the public record of the Commission includes, but is not necessarily limited to:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Commission Organization and Procedures (16 CFR part 0 and §§ 4.14 through 4.15, 4.17).</E> (i) A current index of opinions, orders, statements of policy and interpretations, administrative staff manuals, general instructions and <PRTPAGE P="94"/>other public records of the Commission;</P> <P>(ii) A current record of the final votes of each member of the Commission in all matters of public record, including matters of public record decided by notational voting;</P> <P>(iii) Descriptions of the Commission's organization, including descriptions of where, from whom, and how the public may secure information, submit documents or requests, and obtain copies of orders, decisions and other materials;</P> <P>(iv) Statements of the Commission's general procedures and policies and interpretations, its nonadjudicative procedures, its rules of practice for adjudicative proceedings, and its miscellaneous rules, including descriptions of the nature and requirements of all formal and informal procedures available, and</P> <P>(v) Reprints of the principal laws under which the Commission exercises enforcement or administrative responsibilities.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Industry Guidance (16 CFR 1.1-1.6).</E> (i) Any advice, advisory opinion or response given and required to be made public under §§ 1.4 and 2.41 (d) or (f) of this chapter (whether by the Commission or the staff), together with a statement of supporting reasons;</P> <P>(ii) Industry guides, digests of advisory opinions and compliance advice believed to be of interest to the public generally and other administrative interpretations;</P> <P>(iii) Transcripts of hearings in all industry guide proceedings, as well as written statements filed with or forwarded to the Commission in connection with these proceedings; and</P> <P>(iv) Petitions filed with the Secretary of the Commission for the promulgation or issuance, amendment, or repeal of industry guides.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Rulemaking (16 CFR 1.7 through 1.26).</E> (i) Petitions filed with the Secretary of the Commission for the promulgation or issuance, amendment, or repeal of rules or regulations within the scope of §§ 1.7 and 1.21 of this chapter, and petitions for exemptions;</P> <P>(ii) Notices and advance notices of proposed rulemaking and rules and orders issued in rulemaking proceedings; and</P> <P>(iii) Transcripts of hearings of all rulemaking proceedings, as well as written statements filed with or forwarded to the Commission in connection with these proceedings.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Investigations (16 CFR 2.7).</E> (i) Petitions to limit or quash compulsory process and the rulings thereon, requests for review by the full Commission of those rulings, and Commission rulings on such requests; and</P> <P>(ii) Closing letters in initial phase and full phase investigations.</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Adjudicative proceedings, stay applications, requests to reopen, and litigated orders. (16 CFR 2.51, 3.1 through 3.24, 3.31 through 3.56, 3.71 through 3.72, 4.7)</E>—Except for transcripts of matters heard <E T="03">in camera</E> pursuant to § 3.45 and material filed <E T="03">in camera</E> pursuant to §§ 3.22, 3.24, 3.45, 3.46, 3.51 and 3.52,</P> <P>(i) The versions of pleadings and transcripts of prehearing conferences to the extent made available under § 3.21(e), motions, certifications, orders, and the transcripts of hearings (including public conferences), testimony, oral arguments, and other material made a part thereof, and exhibits and material received in evidence or made a part of the public record in adjudicative proceedings;</P> <P>(ii) Initial decisions of administrative law judges;</P> <P>(iii) Orders and opinions in interlocutory matters;</P> <P>(iv) Final orders and opinions in adjudications, and rulings on stay applications, including separate statements of Commissioners;</P> <P>(v) Petitions for reconsideration, and answers thereto, filed pursuant to § 3.55;</P> <P>(vi) Applications for stay, answers thereto, and replies, filed pursuant to § 3.56;</P> <P>(vii) Petitions, applications, pleadings, briefs, and other records filed by the Commission with the courts in connection with adjudicative, injunctive, enforcement, compliance, and condemnation proceedings, and in connection with judicial review of Commission actions, and opinions and orders of the courts in disposition thereof;</P> <P>(viii) Records of <E T="03">ex parte</E> communications in adjudicative proceedings and stay applications;<PRTPAGE P="95"/> </P> <P>(ix) Petitions to reopen proceedings and orders to determine whether orders should be altered, modified, or set aside in accordance with § 2.51; and</P> <P>(x) Decisions reopening proceedings, and orders to show cause under § 3.72.</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Consent Agreements (16 CFR 2.31 through 2.34, 3.25).</E> (i) Agreements containing orders, after acceptance by the Commission pursuant to §§ 2.34 and 3.25(f) of this chapter;</P> <P>(ii) Comments and other materials filed or placed on the public record under §§ 2.34 and 3.25(f) concerning proposed consent agreements and related orders; and</P> <P>(iii) Decisions and orders issued and served under §§ 2.34 and 3.25(f), including separate statements of Commissioners.</P> <P>(7) <E T="03">Compliance/Enforcement (16 CFR 2.33, 2.41).</E> (i) Reports of compliance filed pursuant to the rules in this chapter or pursuant to a provision in a Commission order and supplemental materials filed in connection with these reports, except for reports of compliance, and supplemental materials filed in connection with Commission orders requiring divestitures or establishment of business enterprises of facilities, which are confidential until the last divestiture or establishment of a business enterprise or facility, as required by a particular order, has been finally approved by the Commission, and staff letters to respondents advising them that their compliance reports do not warrant any further action. At the time each such report is submitted the filing party may request confidential treatment in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section and the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee will pass upon such request in accordance with that paragraph;</P> <P>(ii) Materials required to be made public under 16 CFR 2.41(f) in connection with applications for approval of proposed divestitures, acquisitions or similar transactions subject to Commission review under outstanding orders.</P> <P>(8) <E T="03">Access to Documents and Meetings (16 CFR 4.8, 4.11, 4.13, 4.15).</E> (i) Letters requesting access to Commission records pursuant to § 4.11(a) of this chapter and the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, and letters granting or denying such requests (not including access requests and answers thereto from the Congress or other government agencies);</P> <P>(ii) Announcements of Commission meetings as required under the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b, including records of the votes to close such meetings;</P> <P>(iii) Summaries or other explanatory materials relating to matters to be considered at open meetings made available pursuant to § 4.15(b)(3)</P> <P>(iv) Commission minutes of open meetings, and, to the extent they are not exempt from mandatory public disclosure under the Sunshine Act or the Freedom of Information Act, portions of minutes or transcripts of closed meetings; and</P> <P>(v) A guide for requesting records or information from the Commission, including an index of all major information systems, a description of major information and record locator systems maintained by the Commission, and a handbook for obtaining various types and categories of public information.</P> <P>(9) <E T="03">Standards of Conduct (16 CFR 5.5 through 5.6, 5.10 through 5.26, 5.31, 5.57 through 5.68).</E> (i) Memoranda to staff elaborating or clarifying standards described in administative staff manuals and part 5 of this subchapter.</P> <P>(10) <E T="03">Miscellaneous (Press Releases, Clearance Requests, Reports Filed by or with the Commission, Continuing Guaranties, Registered Identification Numbers).</E> (i) Releases by the Commission's Office of Public Affairs supplying information concerning the activities of the Commission;</P> <P>(ii) Applications under § 4.1(b)(2) of this chapter for clearance or authorization to appear or participate in a proceeding or investigation and of the Commission's responses thereto;</P> <P>(iii) Continuing guaranties filed under the Wool, Fur, and Textile Acts;</P> <P>(iv) Published reports by the staff or by the Commission on economic surveys and investigations of general interest;</P> <P>(v) Filings by the Commission or by the staff in connection with proceedings before other federal agencies or state or local government bodies;<PRTPAGE P="96"/> </P> <P>(vi) Registration statements and annual reports filed with the Commission by export trade associations, and bulletins, pamphlets, and reports with respect to such associations released by the Commission;</P> <P>(vii) The identities of holders of registered identification numbers issued by the Commission pursuant to § 1.32 of this chapter;</P> <P>(viii) The Commission's annual report submitted after the end of each fiscal year, summarizing its work during the year (available for inspection at each of the offices of the Commission with copies obtainable from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402) and any other annual reports made to Congress on activities of the Commission as required by law;</P> <P>(ix) Records, as determined by the General Counsel or his or her designee, that have been released in response to a request made under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, and which, because of the nature of the subject matter, have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records, except where some or all of those records would be exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552 if requested by another party;</P> <P>(x) A general index of the records referred to under paragraph (b)(10)(ix) of this section;</P> <P>(xi) Grants of early termination of waiting periods published in accordance with the Hart-Scott-Rodino premerger notification provisions of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. 18a(b)(2);</P> <P>(xii) Reports on appliance energy consumption or efficiency filed with the Commission pursuant to § 305.8 of this chapter;</P> <P>(xiii) Other documents that the Commission has determined to place on the public record; and</P> <P>(xiv) Every amendment, revision, substitute, or repeal of any of the foregoing items listed in § 4.9(b)(1) through (10) of this section.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Confidentiality and in camera material.</E> (1) Persons submitting material to the Commission described in this section may designate that material or portions of it confidential and request that it be withheld from the public record. All requests for confidential treatment shall be supported by a showing of justification in light of applicable statutes, rules, orders of the Commission or its administrative law judges, orders of the courts, or other relevant authority. The General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee will act upon such request with due regard for legal constraints and the public interest. No such material or portions of material (including documents generated by the Commission or its staff containing or reflecting such material or portions of material) will be placed on the public record until the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee has ruled on the request for confidential treatment and provided any prior notice to the submitter required by law.</P> <P>(2) Motions seeking <E T="03">in camera</E> treatment of material submitted in connection with a proceeding under part 3 of these rules, except stay applications under § 3.56, shall be filed with the Administrative Law Judge who is presiding over the proceeding. Requests for confidential treatment of material submitted in connection with a stay application shall be made in accordance with § 4.9(c)(1).</P> <P>(3) To the extent that any material or portions of material otherwise falling within paragraph (b) of this section contain information that is not required to be made public under § 4.10 of this part, the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee may determine, with due regard for legal constraints and the public interest, to withhold such materials from the public record.</P> <CITA>[50 FR 50779, Dec. 12, 1985, as amended at 57 FR 10805, Mar. 31, 1992; 59 FR 34970, July 8, 1994; 60 FR 37749, July 21, 1995; 63 FR 18820, Apr. 16, 1998; 63 FR 32977, June 17, 1998; 63 FR 45647, Aug. 26, 1998; 64 FR 46269, Aug. 25, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nonpublic material.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The following records and other material of the Commission are not required to be made public pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552.</P> <P>(1) Records, except to the extent required to be disclosed under other laws or regulations, related solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of <PRTPAGE P="97"/>the Commission. This exemption applies to internal rules or instructions to Commission personnel which must be kept confidential in order to assure effective performance of the functions and activities for which the Commission is responsible and which do not affect members of the public.</P> <P>(2) Trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential. As provided in section 6(f) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 46(f), this exemption applies to competitively sensitive information, such as costs or various types of sales statistics and inventories. It includes trade secrets in the nature of formulas, patterns, devices, and processes of manufacture, as well as names of customers in which there is a proprietary or highly competitive interest.</P> <P>(3) Interagency or intra-agency memoranda or letters which would not routinely be available by law to a private party in litigation with the Commission. This exemption preserves the existing freedom of Commission officials and employees to engage in full and frank communication with each other and with officials and employees of other governmental agencies. This exemption includes records of the deliberations of the Commission except for the record of the final votes of each member of the Commission in every agency proceeding. It includes intra-agency and interagency reports, memorandums, letters, correspondence, work papers, and minutes of meetings, as well as staff papers prepared for use within the Commission or between the Commission and other governmental agencies. It also includes information scheduled for public release, but as to which premature release would be contrary to the public interest;</P> <P>(4) Personnel and medical files and similar files the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy except to the extent such files or materials must be disclosed under other laws or regulations. This exemption applies to personnel and medical records and similar records containing private or personal information concerning any individual which, if disclosed to any person other than the individual concerned or his designated legal representative without his permission in writing, would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. Examples of files exempt from disclosure include, but are not limited to:</P> <P>(i) The personnel records of the Commission;</P> <P>(ii) Files containing reports, records or other material pertaining to individual cases in which disciplinary or other administrative action has been or may be taken, including records of proceedings pertaining to the conduct or performance of duties by Commission personnel;</P> <P>(5) Records or information compiled for law enforcement purposes, but only to the extent that production of such law enforcement records or information:</P> <P>(i) Could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement proceedings;</P> <P>(ii) Would deprive a person of a right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication;</P> <P>(iii) Could reasonably be expected to constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;</P> <P>(iv) Could reasonably be expected to disclose the identity of a confidential source, including a State, local, or foreign agency or authority or any private institution that furnished information on a confidential basis, and, in the case of a record or information compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation, or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation, information furnished by a confidential source;</P> <P>(v) Would disclose techniques and procedures for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions, or would disclose guidelines for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions if such disclosure could reasonably be expected to risk circumvention of the law; or</P> <P>(vi) Could reasonably be expected to endanger the life or physical safety of any individual.</P> <P>(6) Information contained in or related to examination, operating, or <PRTPAGE P="98"/>condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of an agency responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions;</P> <P>(7) Geological and geophysical information and data, including maps, concerning wells; and</P> <P>(8) Material, as that term is defined in section 21(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which is received by the Commission:</P> <P>(i) In an investigation, a purpose of which is to determine whether any person may have violated any provision of the laws administered by the Commission; and</P> <P>(ii) Which is provided pursuant to any compulsory process under the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 41, <E T="03">et seq.</E>, or which is provided voluntarily in place of compulsory process in such an investigation. See section 21(f) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(9) Material, as that term is defined in section 21(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which is received by the Commission pursuant to compulsory process in an investigation, a purpose of which is to determine whether any person may have violated any provision of the laws administered by the Commission. See section 21(b)(3)(C) of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(10) Such other material of the Commission as may from time to time be designated by the Commission as confidential pursuant to statute or Executive Order. This exempts from disclosure any information that has been designated nonpublic pursuant to criteria and procedures prescribed by Executive Order and that has not been subsequently declassified in accordance with applicable procedures. The exemption also preserves the full force and effect of statutes that restrict public access to specific government records or material.</P> <P>(11) Material in an investigation or proceeding that involves a possible violation of criminal law, when there is reason to believe that the subject of the investigation or proceeding is not aware of its pendency, and disclosure of the existence of the investigation could reasonably be expected to interfere with enforcement proceedings. When a request is made for records under § 4.11(a), the Commission may treat the records as not subject to the requirements of the Freedom of Information Act.</P> <P>(b) With respect to information contained in transcripts of Commission meetings, the exemptions contained in paragraph (a) of this section, except for paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(7) of this section, shall apply; in addition, such information will not be made available if it is likely to have any of the effects described in 5 U.S.C. 552b (c)(5), (c)(9), or (c)(10).</P> <P>(c) Under section 10 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, any officer or employee of the Commission who shall make public any information obtained by the Commission, without its authority, unless directed by a court, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, may be punished by a fine not exceeding five thousand dollars ($5,000), or by imprisonment not exceeding 1 year, or by fine and imprisonment, in the discretion of the court.</P> <P>(d) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) or (g) of this section, in § 4.11 (b), (c), or (d), or as contemplated by agreements under the International Antitrust Enforcement Assistance Act (15 U.S.C. 6201 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), no material that is marked or otherwise identified as confidential and that is within the scope of § 4.10(a)(8), and no material within the scope of § 4.10(a)(9) that is not otherwise public, will be made available, without the consent of the person who produced the material, to any individual other than a duly authorized officer or employee of the Commission or a consultant or contractor retained by the Commission who has agreed in writing not to disclose the information. All other Commission records may be made available to a requester under the procedures set forth in § 4.11 or may be disclosed by the Commission except where prohibited by law.</P> <P>(e) Except as provided in paragraphs (f) or (g) of this section, in § 4.11 (b), (c), or (d), or as contemplated by agreements under the International Antitrust Enforcement Assistance Act (15 U.S.C. 6201 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), material not within the scope of § 4.10(a)(8) or § 4.10(a)(9) that is received by the Commission and is marked or otherwise identified as confidential may be disclosed only if it <PRTPAGE P="99"/>is determined that the material is not within the scope of § 4.10(a)(2), and the submitter is provided at least ten days’ notice of the intent to disclose the material.</P> <P>(f) Nonpublic material obtained by the Commission may be disclosed to persons other than the submitter in connection with the taking of oral testimony without the consent of the submitter only if the material or transcript is not within the scope of § 4.10(a)(2). If the material is marked confidential, the submitter will be provided 10 days' notice of the intended disclosure or will be afforded an opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order.</P> <P>(g) Material obtained by the Commission:</P> <P>(1) Through compulsory process or voluntarily in lieu thereof, and protected by sections 21 (b) and (f) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 57b-2 (b), (f), and 4.10(d) of this part; or</P> <P>(2) That is designated by the submitter as confidential, and protected by section 21(c) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 57b-2(c), and § 4.10(e) of this part; or</P> <P>(3) That is confidential commercial or financial information protected by section 6(f) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 46(f), and § 4.10(a)(2) of this part, may be disclosed in Commission administrative or court proceedings subject to Commission or court protective or <E T="03">in camera</E> orders as appropriate. See §§ 1.18(b) and 3.45.</P> <FP>Prior to disclosure of such material in a proceeding, the submitter will be afforded an opportunity to seek an appropriate protective or <E T="03">in camera</E> order. All other material obtained by the Commission may be disclosed in Commission administrative or court proceedings at the discretion of the Commission except where prohibited by law.</FP> <SECAUTH>(15 U.S.C. 41 <E T="03">et seq.</E>)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[38 FR 1731, Jan. 18, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 7629, Feb. 21, 1975; 40 FR 23278, May 29, 1975; 42 FR 13540, Mar. 11, 1977; 46 FR 26291, May 12, 1981; 49 FR 30166, July 27, 1984; 54 FR 7399, Feb. 21, 1989; 57 FR 10807, Mar. 31, 1992; 60 FR 37749, July 21, 1995; 63 FR 38473, July 17, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure requests.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Freedom of Information Act requests—</E>(1) <E T="03">Initial requests</E>—(i) <E T="03">Form and contents; time of receipt.</E> (A) A request under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, as amended, for access to Commission records shall be in writing and addressed as follows: Freedom of Information Act Request, Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel, (Management & Access), Office of the General Counsel, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580.</P> <P>(B) Failure to mark the envelope and the request in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(i)(A) of this section, or the filing of a request for expedited treatment under paragraph (a)(1)(i)(E) of this section, will result in the request (or requests, if expedited treatment has been requested) being treated as received on the date that the processing unit in the Office of General Counsel actually receives the request(s).</P> <P>(C) <E T="03">Costs; agreement to pay costs</E>. Requesters will be charged search and duplication costs prescribed by Rule 4.8 for requests under this section. All requests shall include a statement of the information needed to determine fees, as provided by § 4.8(c), and an agreement to pay fees (or a statement that the requester will not pay fees if a fee waiver is denied), as provided by § 4.8(d). Requests may also include an application for a fee waiver, as provided by § 4.8(e). An advance payment may be required in appropriate cases as provided by § 4.8(h).</P> <P>(D) <E T="03">Failure to agree to pay fees</E>. If a request does not include an agreement to pay fees, and if the requester is notified of the estimated costs pursuant to Rule 4.8(d)(3), the request will be deemed not to have been received until the requester agrees to pay such fees. If a requester declines to pay fees and is not granted a fee waiver, the request will be denied.</P> <P>(E) <E T="03">Expedited treatment.</E> Requests may include an application for expedited treatment. Where such an application is not included with an initial request for access to records under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the application may be included in any appeal of that request filed under paragraph (a)(2) of <PRTPAGE P="100"/>this section. Such application, which shall be certified by the requester to be true and correct to the best of such person's knowledge and belief, shall describe the compelling need for expedited treatment, including an explanation as to why a failure to obtain the requested records on an expedited basis could reasonably be expected to pose an imminent threat to the life or physical safety of an individual, or, with respect to a request made by a person primarily engaged in disseminating information, an explanation of the urgency to inform the public concerning actual or alleged Federal Government activity. The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will, within 10 calendar days of receipt of a request for expedited treatment, notify the requester, in writing, of the decision to either grant or deny the request for expedited treatment, and, if the request is denied, advise the requester that this determination may be appealed to the General Counsel.</P> <P>(F) <E T="03">Records for sale at another government agency</E>. If requested materials are available for sale at another government agency, the requester will not be provided with copies of the materials but will be advised to obtain them from the selling agency.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Identifiability.</E> (A) A request for access to Commission records must reasonably describe the records requested to enable Commission personnel to identify and locate them with a reasonable amount of effort. A request should be as specific as possible, and include, where known, information regarding dates, titles, file designations, location, and any other information which may assist the Commission in identifying and locating the records requested.</P> <P>(B) A denial of a request may state that the description required by paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section is insufficient to allow identification and location of the records.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Time limit for initial determination.</E> (A) The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will, within 20 working days of the receipt of a request, either grant or deny, in whole or in part, such request, unless the request has been granted expedited treatment in accordance with this section, in which case the request will be processed as soon as practicable.</P> <P>(B) Except in exceptional circumstances as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(C) of this section, the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee may extend the time limit by not more than 10 working days if such extension is:</P> <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Necessary for locating records or transferring them from physically separate facilities; or</P> <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Necessary to search for, collect, and appropriately examine a voluminous amount of separate and distinct records which are sought in a single or series of closely related requests; or</P> <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Necessary for consultation with another agency having a substantial interest in the determination, or for consultation among two or more components of the Commission having substantial subject matter interest therein.</P> <P>(C) If the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee extends the time limit for initial determination pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, the requester will be notified in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B). In exceptional circumstances, when the request cannot be processed within the extended time limit, the requester will be so notified and provided an opportunity to limit the scope of the request so that it may be processed within such time limit, or to arrange an alternative time frame for processing the request or a modified request. “Exceptional” circumstances will not include delays resulting from a predictable workload of requests under this section. Unwillingness to make reasonable modifications in the scope of the request or to agree to an alternative time frame may be considered as factors in determining whether exceptional circumstances exist and whether the agency has exercised due diligence in responding to the request.</P> <P>(D) If the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee reasonably believes that requests made by a requester, or a group of requesters acting <PRTPAGE P="101"/>in concert, actually constitute a single request that would otherwise involve unusual circumstances, as specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, and the requests involve clearly related matters, those multiple requests may be aggregated.</P> <P>(E) If a request is not granted within the time limits set forth in paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) (A) and (B) of this section, the request shall be deemed to be denied and the requesting party may appeal such denial to the General Counsel in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section.</P> <P>(iv) <E T="03">Initial determination.</E> (A) The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will make reasonable efforts to search, using either manual or electronic means, for the requested records in electronic form or format, except when such efforts would significantly interfere with the operation of the Commission's automated information systems. Access will be granted to requested records, or any portions thereof, that must be made available under the Freedom of Information Act. Access will be denied to records that are exempt under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b), unless the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee determines that such records fall within a category the Commission or the General Counsel has previously authorized to be made available to the public as a matter of policy. Denials will set forth the reasons therefor and advise the requester that this determination may be appealed to the General Counsel if the requester believes either that the records are not exempt, or that the General Counsel should exercise discretion to release such records notwithstanding their exempt status. The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will also provide a reasonable, good-faith estimate of the volume of any materials to which access is denied, unless providing such an estimate would harm an interest protected by an exemption in 5 U.S.C. 552(b) that was cited as a basis for withholding materials.</P> <P>(B) The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee is deemed to be the sole official responsible for all denials of initial requests, except denials of access to materials contained in active investigatory files, in which case the Director or Deputy Director of the Bureau or the Director of the Regional Office responsible for the investigation will be the responsible official.</P> <P>(C) Records to which access has been granted will be made available to the requester in any form or format specified by the requester, if the records are readily reproducible in that form or format, or can be converted to that form or format with a reasonable amount of effort, and they will remain available for inspection and copying for a period not to exceed 30 days from date of notification to the requester unless the requester asks for and receives the consent of the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee to a longer period. Records assembled pursuant to a request will remain available only during this period and thereafter will be refiled. Appropriate fees may be imposed for any new or renewed request for the same records.</P> <P>(D) If a requested record cannot be located from the information supplied, or is known to have been destroyed or otherwise disposed of, the requester shall be so notified.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Appeals to the General Counsel from initial denials—</E>(i) <E T="03">Form and contents; time of receipt.</E> (A)(1) If an initial request for expedited treatment is denied, the requester, at any time before the initial determination of the underlying request for records by the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee (or, if the request for expedited treatment was filed with any appeal filed under paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A)(2) of this section, at any time before the General Counsel's determination on such an appeal), may appeal the denial of expedited treatment to the General Counsel.</P> <P>(2) If an initial request for records is denied in its entirety, the requester may, within 30 days of the date of the <PRTPAGE P="102"/>determination, appeal such denial to the General Counsel. If an initial request is denied in part, the time for appeal will not expire until 30 days after the date of the letter notifying the requester that all records to which access has been granted have been made available.</P> <P>(3) The appeal shall be in writing and should include a copy of the initial request and a copy of the response to that initial request, if any. The appeal shall be addressed as follows: Freedom of Information Act Appeal, Office of the General Counsel, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580.</P> <P>(B) Failure to mark the envelope and the appeal in accordance with paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) of this section will result in the appeal (and any request for expedited treatment filed with that appeal) being treated as received on the actual date of receipt by the Office of General Counsel.</P> <P>(C) Each appeal to the General Counsel which requests him to exercise his discretion to release exempt records shall set forth the interest of the requester in the subject matter and the purpose for which the records will be used if the request is granted.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Time limit for appeal.</E> (A)(1) Regarding appeals from initial denials of a request for expedited treatment, the General Counsel will either grant or deny the appeal expeditiously;</P> <P>(2) Regarding appeals from initial denials of a request for records, the General Counsel will, within 20 working days of the receipt of such an appeal, either grant or deny it, in whole or in part, unless expedited treatment has been granted in accordance with this section, in which case the appeal will be processed as soon as practicable.</P> <P>(B) The General Counsel may, by written notice to the requester in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), extend the time limit for deciding an appeal by not more than 10 working days pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(B) of this section, provided that the amount of any extension utilized during the initial consideration of the request under that paragraph will be subtracted from the amount of additional time otherwise available. Where exceptional circumstances do not permit the processing of the appeal within the extended time limit, the notice and procedures set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(C) of this section shall apply.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Determination of appeal.</E> (A) The General Counsel has the authority to grant or deny all appeals and to release as an exercise of discretion records exempt from mandatory disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552(b). In unusual or difficult cases, the General Counsel may, in his or her sole discretion, refer an appeal to the Commission for determination. A denial of an appeal in whole or in part will set forth the basis for the denial; will include a reasonable, good-faith estimate of the volume of any materials to which access is denied, unless providing such an estimate would harm an interest protected by an exemption in 5 U.S.C. 552(b) that was cited as a basis for withholding materials; and will advise the requester that judicial review of the decision is available by civil suit in the district in which the requester resides, or has his principal place of business, or in which the agency records are situated, or in the District of Columbia.</P> <P>(B) The General Counsel shall be deemed solely responsible for all denials of appeals, except where an appeal is denied by the Commission. In such instances, the Commission shall be deemed solely responsible for the denial.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Requests from congressional committees and subcommittees.</E> Requests from congressional committees and subcommittees for nonpublic material shall be referred to the General Counsel for presentation to the Commission, subject to the provisions in 5 U.S.C. 552(c) and FTC Act 21(b) that neither the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, nor the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 41, <E T="03">et seq.</E>, is authority to withhold information from Congress. Upon receipt of a request from a congressional committee or subcommittee, notice will be given to the submitter of any material marked confidential, or any material within the scope of § 4.10(a)(9), that is responsive to the request that the request has been received. No other notice need be provided prior to granting the request. <PRTPAGE P="103"/>The Commission will inform the committee or subcommittee that the submitter considers such information confidential.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Requests from Federal and State law enforcement agencies.</E> Requests from law enforcement agencies of the Federal government for nonpublic records shall be addressed to the liaison officer for the requesting agency, or if there is none, to the General Counsel. Requests from State agencies for nonpublic records shall be addressed to the General Counsel. With respect to requests under this paragraph, the General Counsel, the General Counsel's designee, or the appropriate liaison officer is delegated the authority to dispose of them. Alternatively, the General Counsel may refer such requests to the Commission for determination, except that requests must be referred to the Commission for determination where the Bureau having the material sought and the General Counsel do not agree on the disposition. Prior to granting access under this section to any material submitted to the Commission, the General Counsel, the General Counsel's designee, or the liaison officer will obtain from the requester a certification that such information will be maintained in confidence and will be used only for official law enforcement purposes. The certificate will also describe the nature of the law enforcement activity and the anticipated relevance of the information to that activity. A copy of the certificate will be forwarded to the submitter of the information at the time the request is granted unless the agency requests that the submitter not be notified. Requests for material pursuant to compulsory process, or for voluntary testimony, in cases or matters in which the Commission is not a party will be treated in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Requests from Federal and State agencies for purposes other than law enforcement.</E> Requests from Federal and State agencies for access to nonpublic records for purposes not related to law enforcement should be addressed to the General Counsel. The General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee is delegated the authority to dispose of requests under this paragraph. Disclosure of nonpublic information will be made consistent with sections 6(f) and 21 of the FTC Act. Requests under this section shall be subject to the fee and fee waiver provisions of § 4.8. Requests for material pursuant to compulsory process, or for voluntary testimony, in cases or matters in which the Commission is not a party will be treated in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Requests for testimony, pursuant to compulsory process or otherwise, and requests for material pursuant to compulsory process, in cases or matters to which the Commission is not a party.</E> (1) The procedures specified in this section will apply to compulsory process and requests for voluntary testimony directed to Commission employees, except special government employees, that relate in any way to the employees’ official duties. These procedures will also apply to compulsory process and requests for voluntary testimony directed to former Commission employees or to current or former special government employees of the Commission that seek nonpublic materials or information acquired during Commission employment. The provisions of paragraph (e)(3) of this section will also apply when requests described above are directed to the Commission. For purposes of this section, the term <E T="03">testimony</E> includes any written or oral statement by a witness, such as depositions, affidavits, declarations, and statements at a hearing or trial; the term <E T="03">nonpublic</E> includes any material or information which, under § 4.10, is not required to be made public; the term <E T="03">employees,</E> except where otherwise specified, includes <E T="03">special government employees</E> and other Commission employees; and the term <E T="03">special government employees</E> includes consultants and other employees as defined by section 202 of title 18 of the United States Code.</P> <P>(2) Any employee or former employee who is served with compulsory process shall promptly advise the General Counsel of its service, the nature of the material or information sought, and all relevant facts and circumstances. This notification requirement also applies to any employee or former employee <PRTPAGE P="104"/>whose testimony is sought on a voluntary basis under the conditions set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.</P> <P>(3) A party who causes compulsory process to be issued to, or who requests testimony by, the Commission or any employee or former employee of the Commission shall furnish a statement to the General Counsel, unless, with respect to a request by a Federal or State agency, the General Counsel determines, as a matter of discretion, to waive this requirement. The statement shall set forth the party's interest in the case or matter, the relevance of the desired testimony or material, and a discussion of whether it is reasonably available from other sources. If testimony is desired, the statement shall also contain a general summary of the testimony and a discussion of whether Commission records could be produced and used in its place. Any authorization for testimony will be limited to the scope of the demand as summarized in such statement.</P> <P>(4) Absent authorization from the General Counsel, the employee or former employee shall respectfully decline to produce requested material or to disclose requested information. The refusal should be based on this paragraph and on <E T="03">United States ex rel. Touhy</E> v. <E T="03">Ragen,</E> 340 U.S. 462 (1951).</P> <P>(5) The General Counsel will consider and act upon compulsory process and requests for voluntary testimony under this section with due regard for statutory restrictions, the Commission's rules and the public interest, taking into account such factors as the need to conserve the time of employees for conducting official business; the need to avoid spending the time and money of the United States for private purposes; the need to maintain impartiality between private litigants in cases where a substantial government interest is not involved; and the established legal standards for determining whether justification exists for the disclosure of confidential information and material.</P> <P>(6) Invitations to testify before Congressional committees or subcommittees or to testify before other government bodies on the possible effects of legislative and regulatory proposals are not subject to paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section.</P> <P>(f) Requests by current or former employees to use nonpublic memoranda as writing samples shall be addressed to the General Counsel. The General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee is delegated the authority to dispose of such requests consistent with applicable nondisclosure provisions, including sections 6(f) and 21 of the FTC Act.</P> <P>(g) Employees are encouraged to engage in teaching, lecturing, and writing that is not prohibited by law, Executive order, or regulation. However, an employee shall not use information obtained as a result of his Government employment, except to the extent that such information has been made available to the general public or will be made available on request, or when the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee gives written authorization for the use of nonpublic information on the basis that the use is in the public interest.</P> <P>(h) The General Counsel (or General Counsel's designee) may authorize a Commission member, other Commission official, or Commission staff to disclose an item or category of information from Commission records not currently available to the public for routine inspection and copying under Rule 4.9(b) where the General Counsel (or General Counsel's designee) determines that such disclosure would facilitate the conduct of official agency business and would not otherwise be prohibited by applicable law, order, or regulation. Requests for such determinations shall be set forth in writing and, in the case of staff requests, shall be forwarded to the General Counsel (or General Counsel's designee) through the relevant Bureau. In unusual or difficult cases, the General <PRTPAGE P="105"/>Counsel may refer the request to the Commission for determination.</P> <SECAUTH>(15 U.S.C. 41 <E T="03">et seq</E>.)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[40 FR 7629, Feb. 21, 1975, as amended at 42 FR 13820, Mar. 14, 1977; 43 FR 5802, Feb. 10, 1978; 46 FR 26292, May 12, 1981; 48 FR 4280, Jan. 31, 1983; 49 FR 20279, May 14, 1984; 49 FR 21048, May 18, 1984; 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985; 55 FR 29839, July 23, 1990; 57 FR 10807, Mar. 31, 1992; 58 FR 15764, Mar. 24, 1993; 60 FR 37750, July 21, 1995; 63 FR 32978, June 17, 1998; 63 FR 45647, Aug. 26, 1998; 64 FR 3013, Jan. 20, 1999; 64 FR 32180, June 16, 1999; 64 FR 35256, June 30, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition of documents submitted to the Commission.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Material submitted to the Commission.</E> (1) Any person who has submitted material to the Commission may obtain, on request, the return of material submitted to the Commission which has not been received into evidence:</P> <P>(i) After the close of the proceeding in connection with which the material was submitted; or</P> <P>(ii) When no proceeding in which the material may be used has been commenced within a reasonable time after completion of the examination and analysis of all such material and other information assembled in the course of the investigation.</P> <P>(2) Such request shall be in writing, addressed to the custodian designated pursuant to § 2.16 or the Secretary of the Commission in all other circumstances, and shall reasonably describe the material requested. A request for return of material may be filed at any time, but material will not be returned nor will commitments to return material be undertaken prior to the time described in this paragraph.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Commission-made copies of documents submitted to the Commission.</E> The Commission will not return to the submitter copies of documents made by the Commission unless, upon a showing of extraordinary circumstances, the Commission determines that return would be required in the public interest.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Disposition of material not returned.</E> Subsequent to the time prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section, the staff will examine all submitted material and Commission-made copies of documents located in a reasonable search of the Commission's files and will determine, consistent with the Federal Records Act, 44 U.S.C. 3301, which materials are appropriate for preservation as evidence of the organization, functions, policies, decisions, procedures, operations, or other activities of the Commission or because of the information value of data in them. The Commission will dispose of all material determined not to be appropriate for preservation in accordance with applicable regulations of the National Archives and Records Administration.</P> <CITA>[46 FR 26292, May 12, 1981, as amended at 60 FR 37751, July 21, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Privacy Act rules.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose and scope.</E> (1) This section is promulgated to implement the Privacy Act of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-579, 5 U.S.C. 552a) by establishing procedures whereby an individual can, as to all systems of records maintained by the Commission except those set forth in § 4.13(m) as exempt from disclosure, (i) Request notification of whether the Commission maintains a record pertaining to him in any system of rec-ords, (ii) request access to such a rec-ord or to an accounting of its disclosure, (iii) request that the record be amended or corrected, and (iv) appeal an initial adverse determination of any such request. This section also establishes those systems of records that are specifically exempt from disclosure and from other requirements.</P> <P>(2) The procedures of this section apply only to requests by an individual as defined in § 4.13(b). Except as otherwise provided, they govern only rec-ords containing personal information in systems of records for which notice has been published by the Commission in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to section 552a(e)(4) of the Privacy Act of 1974 and which are neither exempt from the provisions of this section nor contained in government-wide systems of personnel records for which notice has been published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> by the Office of Personnel Management. Requests for notification, access, and amendment of personnel records which are contained in a system of records for which notice has been given by the Office of Personnel <PRTPAGE P="106"/>Management are governed by the Office of Personnel Management's notices, 5 CFR part 297. Access to rec-ords which are not subject to the requirements of the Privacy Act are governed by §§ 4.8 through 4.11.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> The following definitions apply to this section only:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Individual</E> means a natural person who is a citizen of the United States or an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Record</E> means any item, collection, or grouping of personal information about an individual that is maintained by the Commission, including, but not limited to, his education, financial transactions, medical history, and criminal or employment history and that contains his name, or the identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, such as a finger or voice print or a photograph, but does not include information concerning proprietorships, businesses, or corporations.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">System of records</E> means a group of any records under the control of the Commission from which information is retrieved by the name of the individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual, for which notice has been published by the Commission in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4).</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedures for requests pertaining to individual records in a record system.</E> An individual may request access to his or her records or any information pertaining to that individual in a system of records, and notification of whether and to whom the Commission has disclosed a record for which an accounting of disclosures is required to be kept and made available to the individual, using the procedures of this section. Requests for the disclosure of records under this section or to determine whether a system of records contains records pertaining to an individual or to obtain an accounting of disclosures, shall be in writing and if mailed, addressed as follows: </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Privacy Act Request, Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access), Office of the General Counsel, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580.</FP> </EXTRACT> <FP>If requests are presented in person at the Office of the General Counsel, the individual shall be required to execute a written request. All requests shall name the system of records that is the subject of the request, and shall include any additional information specified in the pertinent system notice as necessary to locate the records requested. If the requester wants another person to accompany him or her to review the records, the request shall so state. Nothing in this section will allow an individual access to any information compiled in reasonable anticipation of a civil action or proceeding.</FP> <P>(d) <E T="03">Times, places, and requirements for identification of individuals making requests.</E> Verification of identity of persons making written requests to the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) ordinarily will not be required. The signature on such requests will be deemed a certification by the signatory that he or she is the individual to whom the record pertains or is the parent or guardian of a minor or the legal guardian of the individual to whom the record pertains. The Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee may require additional verification of a requester's identity when such information is reasonably necessary to assure that records are not improperly disclosed; provided, however, that no verification of identity will be required if the records sought are publicly available under the Freedom of Information Act.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Disclosure of requested information to individuals.</E> Within 10 working days of receipt of a request under § 4.13(c), the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will acknowledge receipt of the request. Within 30 working days of the receipt of a request under § 4.13(c), the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will inform the requester whether a system of records containing retrievable information pertaining to the requester exists, and if so, either that the request has been granted or that the requested records or information is exempt from disclosure pursuant to <PRTPAGE P="107"/>§ 4.13(m). When, for good cause shown, the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee is unable to respond within 30 working days of the receipt of the request, that official will notify the requester and inform him or her approximately when a response will be made.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Special procedures: Medical records.</E> When the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee determines that disclosure of a medical or psychological record directly to a requesting individual could have an adverse effect on the individual, he or she will require the individual to designate a medical doctor to whom the record will be transmitted.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Request for correction or amendment of record.</E> An individual to whom access to his records or any information pertaining to him in a system of records has been granted may request that any portion thereof be amended or corrected because he believes it is not accurate, relevant, timely, or complete. An initial request for correction or amendment of a record shall be in writing whether presented in person or by mail, and if by mail, addressed as in § 4.13(c). In making a request under this subsection, the requesting party shall state the nature of the information in the record the individual believes to be inaccurate, irrelevant, untimely, or incomplete, the correction or amendment desired, and the reasons therefore.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Agency review of request for correction or amendment of record.</E> Whether presented in person or by mail, requests under § 4.13(g) will be acknowledged by the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee within 10 working days of the receipt of the request if action on the request cannot be completed and the individual notified of the results within that time. Thereafter, the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee will promptly either make the requested amendment or correction or inform the requester of his refusal to make the amendment or correction, the reasons for the refusal, and the requester's right to appeal that refusal in accordance with § 4.13(i).</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Appeal of initial adverse agency determination.</E> (1) If an initial request filed under § 4.13(c) or § 4.13(g) is denied, the requester may appeal that denial to the General Counsel. The appeal shall be in writing and addressed as follows: </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Privacy Act Appeal, Office of the General Counsel, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20580.</FP> </EXTRACT> <FP>Within 30 working days of the receipt of the appeal, the General Counsel will notify the requester of the disposition of that appeal, except that the General Counsel may extend the 30-day period for good cause, in which case, the General Counsel will advise the requester of the approximate date on which review will be completed. In unusual or difficult cases, the General Counsel may, in his or her sole discretion, refer an appeal to the Commission for determination.</FP> <P>(2)(i) If the General Counsel refuses to amend or correct the record in accordance with a request under § 4.13(g), the General Counsel will notify the requester of that decision and inform the requester of the right to file with the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) a concise statement setting forth the reasons for the requester's disagreement with the General Counsel's determination and the fact that the requester's statement will be treated as set forth in paragraph (i)(2)(ii) of this section. The General Counsel will also inform the requester that judicial review of the decision is available by a civil suit in the district in which the requester resides, or has his principal place of business, or in which the agency records are situated, or in the District of Columbia.</P> <P>(ii) If the individual files a statement disagreeing with the General Counsel's determination not to amend or correct a record, such disagreement will be clearly noted in the record involved and the individual's statement will be made available to anyone to whom the record has been disclosed after September 27, 1975, or is subsequently disclosed together with, if the General <PRTPAGE P="108"/>Counsel deems it appropriate, a brief statement of his or her reasons for declining to amend the record.</P> <P>(j) <E T="03">Disclosure of record to person other than the individual to whom it pertains.</E> Except as provided by 5 U.S.C. 552a(b), the written request or prior written consent of the individual to whom a record pertains, or of his parent if a minor, or legal guardian if incompetent, shall be required before such record is disclosed. If the individual elects to inspect a record in person and desires to be accompanied by another person, the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee may require the individual to furnish a signed statement authorizing disclosure of his or her record in the presence of the accompanying named person.</P> <P>(k) <E T="03">Fees.</E> No fees will be charged for searching for a record, reviewing it, or for copies of records made by the Commission for its own purposes incident to granting access to a requester. Copies of records to which access has been granted under this section may be obtained by the requester from the Assistant General Counsel for Legal Counsel (Management & Access) or his or her designee on payment of the reproduction fees provided in § 4.8(b)(6).</P> <P>(l) <E T="03">Penalties.</E> Section 552a(i)(3) of the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(i)(3), makes it a misdemeanor, subject to a maximum fine of $5,000, to knowingly and willfully request or obtain any record concerning an individual under false pretenses. Sections 552a(i) (1) and (2) of the Privacy Act, 5 U.S.C. 552a(i) (1) and (2), provide penalties for violations by agency employees of the Privacy Act or regulations established thereunder. Title 18 U.S.C. 1001, Crimes and Criminal Procedures, makes it a criminal offense, subject to a maximum fine of $10,000 or imprisonment for not more than 5 years or both, to knowingly and willfully make or cause to be made any false or fraudulent statements or representations in any matter within the jurisdiction of any agency of the United States.</P> <P>(m) <E T="03">Specific exemptions.</E> (1) Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), investigatory materials maintained by an agency component in connection with any activity relating to criminal law enforcement in the following systems of records are exempt from all subsections of 5 U.S.C. 552a, except (b), (c) (1) and (2), (e)(4) (A) through (F), (e) (6), (7), (9), (10), and (11), and (i), and from the provisions of this section, except as otherwise provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2): </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Office of Inspector General Investigative Files—FTC</FP> </EXTRACT> <P>(2) Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2), investigatory materials compiled for law enforcement purposes in the following systems of records are exempt from subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, and from the provisions of this section, except as otherwise provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2): </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Investigational, Legal, and Public Records—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Disciplinary Action Investigatory Files—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Clearance to Participate Applications and the Commission's Responses Thereto, and Related Documents—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Management Information System—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Office of the Secretary Control and Reporting System—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Office of Inspector General Investigative Files—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Stenographic Reporting Service Requests—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Identity Theft Complaint Management System—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Freedom of Information Act Requests and Appeals—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Privacy Act Requests and Appeals—FTC</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Information Retrieval and Indexing System—FTC</FP> </EXTRACT> <P>(3) Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5), investigatory materials compiled to determine suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment, military service, Federal contracts, or access to classified information, but only where disclosure would reveal the identity of a confidential source of information, in the following systems of records are exempt from subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4) (G), (H), and (I), and (f) of 5 U.S.C. 552a, and from the provisions of this section, except as otherwise provided in 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(5): </P> <EXTRACT> <PRTPAGE P="109"/> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Personnel Security File—FTC</FP> </EXTRACT> <CITA>[40 FR 40780, Sept. 3, 1975, as amended at 46 FR 26292, May 12, 1981; 48 FR 4280, Jan. 31, 1983; 55 FR 37700, Sept. 13, 1990; 55 FR 38801, Sept. 21, 1990; 57 FR 10808, Mar. 31, 1992; 58 FR 7047, Feb. 4, 1993; 63 FR 45648, Aug. 26, 1998; 64 FR 3014, Jan. 20, 1999; 64 FR 69397, Dec. 13, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Conduct of business.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Matters before the Commission for consideration may be resolved either at a meeting under § 4.15 or by written circulation. Any Commissioner may direct that a matter presented for consideration be placed on the agenda of a Commission meeting.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Quorum.</E> A majority of the members of the Commission, constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.</P> <P>(c) Any Commission action, either at a meeting or by written circulation, may be taken only with the affirmative concurrence of a majority of the participating Commissioners, except where a greater majority is required by statute or rule or where the action is taken pursuant to a valid delegation of authority. No Commissioner may delegate the authority to determine his or her vote in any matter requiring Commission action, but authority to report a Commissioner's vote on a particular matter resolved either by written circulation, or at a meeting held in the Commissioner's absence, may be vested in a member of the Commissioner's staff.</P> <CITA>[42 FR 13540, Mar. 11, 1977, as amended at 50 FR 53306, Dec. 31, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commission meetings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> (1) Meetings of the Commission, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552b(a)(2), are held at the principal office of the Commission, unless otherwise directed.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Initial announcements of meetings.</E> For each meeting, the Commission shall announce:</P> <P>(i) The time, place and subject matter of the meeting,</P> <P>(ii) Whether the meeting will be open or closed to the public, and</P> <P>(iii) The name and phone number of the official who will respond to requests for information about the meeting.</P> <FP>Such announcement shall be made at least one week before the meeting except that where the agency determines pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b(e)(1) to call the meeting on less than one week's notice, or where the agency determines to close the meeting pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the announcement shall be made at the earliest practicable time.</FP> <P>(3) <E T="03">Announcements of changes in meetings.</E> Following the announcement of a meeting, any change in the time, place or subject matter will be announced at the earliest practicable time, and, except with respect to meetings closed under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, any change in the subject matter or decision to open or close a meeting shall be made only as provided in 5 U.S.C. 552b(e)(2).</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Deletions from announcements.</E> The requirements of paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section do not require the disclosure of any information pertaining to a portion of a closed meeting where such disclosure is likely to concern a matter within the scope of 5 U.S.C. 552b(c).</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Dissemination of notices.</E> Notices required under paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section will be posted at the principal office of the Commission, recorded on a telephone message device, and, except as to notices of meetings closed under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, submitted to the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for publication. In addition, notices issued under paragraph (a)(2) of this section one week in advance of the meeting will be sent to all persons and organizations who have requested inclusion on a meeting notice mailing list, and will be issued as a press release to interested media.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Open meetings.</E> (1) Commission meetings shall be open to public observation unless the Commission determines that portions may be closed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b(c).</P> <P>(2) Any person whose interest may be directly affected if a portion of a meeting is open, may request that the Commission close that portion for any of the reasons described in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c). The Commission shall vote on such requests if at least one member desires to do so. Such requests shall be <PRTPAGE P="110"/>in writing, filed at the earliest practicable time, and describe how the matters to be discussed will have any of the effects enumerated in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c). Requests shall be addressed as follows: </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Closed Meeting Request, Office of the General Counsel, Federal Trade Commission, 6th Street and Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20580.</FP> </EXTRACT> <P>(3) The Commissioner to whom a matter has been assigned for presentation to the Commission shall have the authority to make available to the public, prior to consideration of that matter at an open meeting, material sufficient to inform the public of the issues likely to be discussed in connection with that matter.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Closed meetings.</E> (1) Whenever the Commission votes to close a meeting or series of meetings under these rules, it shall make publicly available within one day notices both of such vote and the General Counsel's determination regarding certification under 5 U.S.C. 552b(f)(1). Such determination by the General Counsel shall be made prior to the Commission vote to close a meeting or series of meetings. Further, except with respect to meetings closed under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the Commission shall make publicly available within one day a full written explanation of its action in closing any meeting, and a list specifying the names and affiliations of all persons expected to attend, except Commission employees and consultants and any stenographer or court reporter attending for the sole purpose of preparing a verbatim transcript. All Commission employees and consultants may attend nonadjudicative portions of any closed meeting and members of Commissioners' personal staffs, the General Counsel and his staff, and the Secretary and his staff may attend the adjudicative portions of any closed meeting except to the extent the notice of a particular closed meeting otherwise specifically provides. Stenographers or court reporters may attend any closed meeting at which their services are required by the Commission.</P> <P>(2) If a Commission meeting, or portions thereof, may be closed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(10), the Commission may, by vote recorded at the beginning of the meeting, or portion thereof, close the portion or portions of the meeting so exempt.</P> <P>(3) Closed meeting transcripts or minutes required by 5 U.S.C. 552b(f)(1) will be released to the public insofar as they contain information that either is not exempt from disclosure under 5 U.S.C. 552b(c), or, although exempt, should be disclosed in the public interest. The Commission will determine whether to release, in whole or in part, the minutes of its executive sessions to consider oral arguments. With regard to all other closed meetings, the General Counsel or the General Counsel's designee shall determine, in accordance with § 4.9(c), which portions of the transcripts or minutes may be released.</P> <P>(d) The presiding officer shall be responsible for preserving order and decorum at meetings and shall have all powers necessary to that end.</P> <CITA>[42 FR 13541, Mar. 11, 1977; 42 FR 15409, Mar. 22, 1977, as amended at 42 FR 62912, Dec. 14, 1977: 43 FR 1937, Jan. 13, 1978; 43 FR 35684, Aug. 11, 1978; 63 FR 32978, June 17, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Privilege against self-incrimination.</SUBJECT> <P>Section 2.11 of Pub. L. 91-462 specifically repeals paragraph 7 of section 9 of the Federal Trade Commission Act. Title 18, section 6002, of the United States Code provides that whenever a witness refuses, on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination, to testify or provide other information in a proceeding before or ancillary to:</P> <P>(a) A court or grand jury of the United States,</P> <P>(b) An agency of the United States, or</P> <P>(c) Either House of Congress, a joint committee of the two Houses, or a committee or a subcommittee of either House, and the person presiding over the proceeding communicates to the witness an order issued under section 6004, the witness may not refuse to comply with the order on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination; but no testimony or other information compelled under the order (or any information directly or indirectly derived from such testimony or other information) may be used against the witness in any criminal case, except a <PRTPAGE P="111"/>prosecution for perjury, giving a false statement, or otherwise failing to comply with the order. Title 18, section 6004, of the United States Code provides that: (1) In the case of any individual who has been or who may be called to testify or provide other information at any proceeding before an agency of the United States, the agency may, with the approval of the Attorney General, issue, in accordance with subsection (b) of section 6004, an order requiring the individual to give testimony or provide other information which he refused to give or provide on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination, such order to become effective as provided in title 18, section 6002, of the United States Code; (2) an agency of the United States may issue an order under subsection (a) of section 6004 only if in its judgment (i) the testimony or other information from such individual may be necessary to the public interest; and (ii) such individual has refused or is likely to refuse to testify or provide other information on the basis of his privilege against self-incrimination.</P> <SECAUTH>(18 U.S.C. 6002, 6004)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[37 FR 5017, Mar. 9, 1972. Redesignated at 45 FR 36345, May 29, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 4.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disqualification of Commissioners.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> This section applies to all motions seeking the disqualification of a Commissioner from any adjudicative or rulemaking proceeding.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> (1) Whenever any participant in a proceeding shall deem a Commissioner for any reason to be disqualified from participation in that proceeding, such participant may file with the Secretary a motion to the Commission to disqualify the Commissioner, such motion to be supported by affidavits and other information setting forth with particularity the alleged grounds for disqualification.</P> <P>(2) Such motion shall be filed at the earliest practicable time after the participant learns, or could reasonably have learned, of the alleged grounds for disqualification.</P> <P>(3)(i) Such motion shall be addressed in the first instance by the Commissioner whose disqualification is sought.</P> <P>(ii) In the event such Commissioner declines to recuse himself or herself from further participation in the proceeding, the Commission shall determine the motion without the participation of such Commissioner.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Standards.</E> Such motion shall be determined in accordance with legal standards applicable to the proceeding in which such motion is filed.</P> <SECAUTH>(15 U.S.C. 46(g))</SECAUTH> <CITA>[46 FR 45750, Sept. 15, 1981]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 5</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—STANDARDS OF CONDUCT</HD> <CONTENTS> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Employee Conduct Standards and Financial Conflicts of Interest</HD> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>5.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cross-reference to executive branch-wide regulations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Exemption of insubstantial financial conflicts.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Financial Disclosure Requirements</HD> <SECTNO>5.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cross-reference to executive branch-wide regulations.</SUBJECT> <RESERVED>Subparts C-D [Reserved]</RESERVED> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Disciplinary Actions Concerning Postemployment Conflict of Interest</HD> <SECTNO>5.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and applicability.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.52</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nonpublic proceedings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.53</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initiation of investigation.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.54</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Referral to the Office of Government Ethics and to the Department of Justice.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.55</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Conduct of investigation.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.56</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.57</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Order to show cause.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.58</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Answer and request for a hearing.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.59</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Presiding official.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.60</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scheduling of hearing.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.61</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Prehearing procedures; motions; interlocutory appeals; summary decision; discovery; compulsory process.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.62</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Hearing rights of respondent.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.63</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Evidence; transcript; <E T="03">in camera</E> orders; proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.64</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initial decision.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.65</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Review of initial decision.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.66</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commission decision and reconsideration.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.67</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Sanctions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>5.68</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Judicial review.</SUBJECT> </SUBPART> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>5 U.S.C. 7301; 5 U.S.C. App. (Ethics in Government Act of 1978); 15 U.S.C. 46(g); E.O. 12674, 54 FR 15159, 3 CFR, 1989 Comp., p. 215, as modified by E.O. 12731, 55 FR 42547, 3 CFR, 1990 Comp., p. 306; 5 CFR part 2635, unless otherwise noted.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <PRTPAGE P="112"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>32 FR 13272, Sept. 20, 1967, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 41 FR 54483, Dec. 14, 1976.</P> </SOURCE> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Employee Conduct Standards and Financial Conflicts of Interest</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cross-reference to executive branch-wide regulations.</SUBJECT> <P>Commissioners and employees, including special government employees, of the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) are subject to and should refer to the “Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch” at 5 CFR part 2635 (“executive branch-wide Standards of Conduct”) and to the FTC regulations at 5 CFR 5701 that supplement the executive branch-wide Standards of Conduct.</P> <CITA>[58 FR 15764, Mar. 24, 1993, as amended at 64 FR 42594, Aug. 5, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Exemption of insubstantial financial conflicts.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) An employee or special Government employee will not be subject to remedial or disciplinary action or to criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 208(a), if he makes a full disclosure in writing to the official responsible for his appointment of the nature and circumstances of the particular matter involved and of his conflicting financial interest relating thereto, and receives in advance a written determination made by such official that the interest is not so substantial as to be deemed likely to affect the integrity of the services which the Government may expect from the employee or special Government employee.</P> <P>(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the “official responsible for appointment” shall be the Executive Director in all cases where the employee is classified at grade GS-15 or below, or at a comparable pay level, except that each Commissioner shall be the “official responsible for appointment” of advisors in the Commissioner's immediate office.</P> <P>(c) In all other cases, the Chairman shall be the “official responsible for appointment.”</P> <P>(d) Pursuant to 5 CFR part 2640, certain financial interests are exempted from the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 208(a) as being too remote too inconsequential to affect the integrity of an employee's services.</P> <CITA>[58 FR 15764, Mar. 24, 1993, as amended at 63 FR 35130, June 29, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Financial Disclosure Requirements</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cross-reference to executive branch-wide regulations.</SUBJECT> <P>Commissioners and employees, including special government employees, of the Federal Trade Commission are subject to and should refer to the executive branch-wide financial disclosure regulations at 5 CFR part 2634, and to the procedures for filing and review of financial disclosure reports found in Chapter 3 of the FTC <E T="03">Administrative Manual.</E> </P> <CITA>[58 FR 15765, Mar. 24, 1993]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <RESERVED>Subparts C-D—[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SUBPART> <SUBPART> <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Disciplinary Actions Concerning Postemployment Conflict of Interest</HD> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 41 <E T="03">et seq.</E> </P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>46 FR 26050, May 11, 1981, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.51</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and applicability.</SUBJECT> <P>These regulations establish procedures for investigating and determining alleged violations of 18 U.S.C. 207 (postemployment restrictions applicable to federal employees) or regulations issued by the Office of Government Ethics, set forth in 5 CFR parts 2637 and 2641, reflecting the views of the Office of Government Ethics and the Department of Justice as to the requirements of 18 U.S.C. 207.</P> <CITA>[58 FR 15765, Mar. 24, 1993]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.52</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Nonpublic proceedings.</SUBJECT> <P>Any investigation or proceedings held under this part shall be nonpublic unless the respondent specifically requests otherwise, except to the extent required by the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) or by the Sunshine Act (5 U.S.C. 552b). However, the presiding official's initial decision and <PRTPAGE P="113"/>any final decision of the Commission shall be placed on the public record, except that information may be designated <E T="03">in camera</E> in accordance with § 3.45 of the Commission's Rules of Practice.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.53</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initiation of investigation.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Investigations under this part may be initiated upon the submission by any person of a written statement to the Secretary setting forth sufficient information to indicate a possible violation of 18 U.S.C. 207 or by the Commission on its own initiative when a possible violation is indicated by information within the Commission's possession.</P> <P>(b) At the direction of the Commission, the General Counsel shall investigate any alleged violation of 18 U.S.C. 207.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.54</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Referral to the Office of Government Ethics and to the Department of Justice.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The General Counsel shall make a preliminary determination of whether the matter appears frivolous and, if not, shall expeditiously transmit any available information to the Director of the Office of Government Ethics and to the Criminal Division, Department of Justice.</P> <P>(b) Unless the Department of Justice communicates to the Commission that it does not intend to initiate criminal prosecution, the General Counsel shall coordinate any investigation or proceeding under this part with the Department of Justice in order to avoid prejudicing criminal proceedings.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.55</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Conduct of investigation.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The General Counsel may (1) exercise the authority granted in § 2.5 of the Commission's Rules of Practice to administer oaths and affirmations; and (2) conduct investigational hearings pursuant to part 2 of these rules. He may also recommend that the Commission issue compulsory process in connection with an investigation under this section.</P> <P>(b) Witnesses in investigations shall have the rights set forth in § 2.9 of the Commission's Rules of Practice.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.56</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disposition.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Upon the conclusion of an investigation under this part, the General Counsel shall forward to the Commission a summary of the facts disclosed by the investigation along with a recommendation as to whether the Commission should issue an order to show cause pursuant to § 5.57.</P> <P>(b) When the former government employee involved is an attorney, the General Counsel shall also recommend whether the matter should be referred to the disciplinary committee of the bar(s) of which the attorney is a member.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.57</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Order to show cause.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Upon a Commission determination that there exists reasonable cause to believe a former government employee has violated 18 U.S.C. 207, the Commission may issue an order requiring the former employee to show cause why sanctions should not be imposed.</P> <P>(b) The show cause order shall contain:</P> <P>(1) The statutory provisions alleged to have been violated and a clear and concise description of the acts of the former employee that are alleged to constitute the violation;</P> <P>(2) Notice of the respondent's right to submit an answer and request a hearing, and the time and manner in which the request is to be made; and</P> <P>(3) A statement of the sanctions that may be imposed pursuant to § 5.67 of this part.</P> <P>(c) Subsequent to the issuance of an order to show cause, any communications to or from the Commission or any member of the Commission shall be governed by the <E T="03">ex parte</E> provisions of § 4.7 of the Commission's Rules of Practice. 16 CFR 4.7.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.58</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Answer and request for a hearing.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) An answer and request for a hearing must be filed with the Secretary of the Commission within thirty (30) days after service of the order to show cause.</P> <P>(b) In the absence of good cause shown, failure to file an answer and request for a hearing within the specified time limit:<PRTPAGE P="114"/> </P> <P>(1) Will be deemed a waiver of the respondent's right to contest the allegations of the show cause order or request a hearing and</P> <P>(2) Shall authorize the Commission to find the facts to be as alleged in the show cause order and enter a final decision providing for the imposition of such sanctions specified in § 5.67 as the Commission deems appropriate.</P> <P>(c) An answer shall contain (1) a concise statement of the facts or law constituting each ground of defense and (2) specific admission, denial, or explanation of each fact alleged in the show cause order or, if the respondent is without knowledge thereof, a statement to that effect. Any allegations of a complaint not answered in this manner will be deemed admitted.</P> <P>(d) Hearings shall be deemed waived as to any facts in the show cause order that are specifically admitted or deemed to be admitted as a result of respondent's failure to deny them. Those portions of respondent's answer, together with the show cause order, will provide a record basis for initial decision by the Administrative Law Judge or for final decision by the Commission.</P> <P>(e) If all material factual allegations of the show cause order are specifically admitted or have been deemed admitted in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the Commission will decide the matter on the basis of the allegations set forth in the show cause order and respondent's answer.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.59</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Presiding official.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Upon the receipt of an answer and request for a hearing, the Secretary shall refer the matter to the Chief Administrative Law Judge, who shall appoint an Administrative Law Judge to preside over the hearing and shall notify the respondent and the General Counsel as to the person selected.</P> <P>(b) The powers and duties of the presiding official shall be as set forth in § 3.42(b) through (h) of the Commission's Rules of Practice.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.60</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scheduling of hearing.</SUBJECT> <P>The presiding official shall fix the date, time and place of the hearing. The hearing shall not be scheduled earlier than fifteen days after receipt of the respondent's answer and request for a hearing. In fixing the time, date and place of the hearing, the presiding official shall give due regard to the respondent's need for adequate time to prepare a defense and an expeditious resolution of allegations that may be damaging to his or her reputation.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.61</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Prehearing procedures; motions; interlocutory appeals; summary decision; discovery; compulsory process.</SUBJECT> <P>Because of the nature of the issues involved in proceedings under this part, the Commission anticipates that extensive motions, prehearing proceedings and discovery will not be required in most cases. For this reason, detailed procedures will not be established under this part. However, to the extent deemed warranted by the presiding official, prehearing conferences, motions, interlocutory appeals, summary decisions, discovery and compulsory process shall be permitted and shall be governed, where appropriate, by the provisions set forth in subparts C and D, part 3, of the Commission's Rules of Practice.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.62</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Hearing rights of respondent.</SUBJECT> <P>In any hearing under this subpart, the respondent shall have the right:</P> <P>(a) To be represented by counsel;</P> <P>(b) To present and cross-examine witnesses and submit evidence;</P> <P>(c) To present objections, motions, and arguments, oral or written; and</P> <P>(d) To obtain a transcript of the proceedings on request.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.63</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Evidence; transcript; in camera orders; proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law.</SUBJECT> <P>Sections 3.43, 3.44, 3.45, and 3.46 of the Commission's Rules of Practice shall govern, respectively, the receipt and objections to admissibility of evidence, the transcript of the hearing, <E T="03">in camera</E> orders and the submission and consideration of proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law except that (a) a copy of the hearing transcript shall be provided the respondent; and (b) the <PRTPAGE P="115"/>Commission has the burden of establishing, by a preponderance of the evidence on the record as a whole, the allegations stated in the order to show cause.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.64</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initial decision.</SUBJECT> <P>Section 3.51 of the Commission's Rules of Practice shall govern the initial decision in proceedings under this subpart, except that the determination of the Administrative Law Judge must be supported by a preponderance of the evidence.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.65</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Review of initial decision.</SUBJECT> <P>Appeals from the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge or review by the Commission in the absence of an appeal shall be governed by §§ 3.52 and 3.53 of the Commission's Rules of Practice except that oral arguments shall be nonpublic subject to the exceptions stated in § 3.52 of this part.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.66</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commission decision and reconsideration.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission's decision and any reconsideration or reopening of the proceeding shall be governed by §§ 2.51, 3.54, 3.55, 3.71 and 3.72 of the Commission's Rules of Practice, except that (a) if the initial decision is modified or reversed, the Commission shall specify such findings of fact and conclusions of law as are different from those of the presiding official; and (b) references therein to “court of appeals” shall be deemed for purposes of proceedings under this part to refer to “district court.”</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.67</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Sanctions.</SUBJECT> <P>In the case of any respondent who fails to request a hearing after receiving adequate notice of the allegations pursuant to § 5.57 or who is found in the Commission's final decision to have violated 18 U.S.C. 207 (a), (b), or (c), the Commission may order such disciplinary action as it deems warranted, including:</P> <P>(a) Reprimand;</P> <P>(b) Suspension from participating in a particular matter or matters before the Commission; or</P> <P>(c) Prohibiting the respondent from making, with the intent to influence, any formal or informal appearance before, or any oral or written communication to, the Commission or its staff on any matter or business on behalf of any other person (except the United States) for a period not to exceed five (5) years.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 5.68</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Judicial review.</SUBJECT> <P>A respondent against whom the Commission has issued an order imposing disciplinary action under this part may seek judicial review of the Commission's determination in an appropriate United States District Court by filing a petition for such review within sixty (60) days of receipt of notice of the Commission's final decision.</P> </SECTION> </SUBPART> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 6</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 6—ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>6.101</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.102</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Application.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.103</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.104-6.109</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.110</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Self-evaluation.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.111</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.112-6.129</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.130</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General prohibitions against discrimination.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.131-6.139</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.140</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Employment.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.141-6.148</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.149</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.150</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.151</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.152-6.159</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.160</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Communications.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.161-6.169</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.170</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compliance procedures.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>6.171-6.999</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>29 U.S.C. 794.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>52 FR 45628, Dec. 1, 1987, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.101</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT> <P>This part effectuates section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which <PRTPAGE P="116"/>amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States Postal Service.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.102</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Application.</SUBJECT> <P>This part applies to all programs or activities conducted by the Commission except for programs or activities conducted outside the United States that do not involve individuals with handicaps in the United States.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.103</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>For purposes of this part, the term—</P> <P> <E T="03">Auxiliary aids</E> means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and to enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the Commission. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials, audio recordings, and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices.</P> <P> <E T="03">Commission</E> means the Federal Trade Commission.</P> <P> <E T="03">Complete complaint</E> means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the Commission's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the Commission of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.</P> <P> <E T="03">Facility</E> means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property.</P> <P> <E T="03">Individual with handicaps</E> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment. As used in this definition, the phrase:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Physical or mental impairment</E> includes—</P> <P>(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or</P> <P>(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term <E T="03">physical or mental impairment</E> includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, and drug addiction and alcoholism.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Major life activities</E> includes functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Has a record of such an impairment</E> means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Is regarded as having an impairment</E> means—</P> <P>(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the Commission as constituting such a limitation;</P> <P>(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or</P> <P>(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the Commission as having such an impairment.</P> <P> <E T="03">Qualified individual with handicaps</E> means—<PRTPAGE P="117"/> </P> <P>(1) With respect to any Commission program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the Commission can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature; and</P> <P>(2) With respect to any other program or activity, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Qualified handicapped person</E> as that term is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702 (f), which is made applicable to this part by § 6.140.</P> <P> <E T="03">Section 504</E> means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617); the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955) and the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-506, 100 Stat. 1810). As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.104-6.109</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.110</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Self-evaluation.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission shall, by February 1, 1989, evaluate its current policies and practices, and the effects thereof, that do not or may not meet the requirements of this part, and, to the extent modification of any such policies and practices is required, the Commission shall proceed to make the necessary modifications.</P> <P>(b) The Commission shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the self-evaluation process by submitting comments (both oral and written).</P> <P>(c) The Commission shall, for at least three years following completion of the self-evaluation required under paragraph (a) of this section, maintain on file and make available for public inspection:</P> <P>(1) A description of areas examined and any problems identified, and</P> <P>(2) A description of any modifications made.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.111</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the Commission, and make such information available to them in such manner as the Chairman or his or her designee finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured to them by section 504 and this regulation.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.112-6.129</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.130</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General prohibitions against discrimination.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the Commission.</P> <P>(b)(1) The Commission, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap—</P> <P>(i) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service;</P> <P>(ii) Afford a qualified individual with handicaps an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others;</P> <P>(iii) Provide a qualified individual with handicaps with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others;<PRTPAGE P="118"/> </P> <P>(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to individuals with handicaps or to any class of individuals with handicaps than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified individuals with handicaps with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others;</P> <P>(v) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or</P> <P>(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified individual with handicaps in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service.</P> <P>(2) The Commission may not deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are not separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities.</P> <P>(3) The Commission may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would—</P> <P>(i) Subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or</P> <P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps.</P> <P>(4) The Commission may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would—</P> <P>(i) Exclude individuals with handicaps from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the Commission; or</P> <P>(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps.</P> <P>(5) The Commission, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap.</P> <P>(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to individuals with handicaps or the exclusion of a specific class of individuals with handicaps from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of individuals with handicaps is not prohibited by this part.</P> <P>(d) The Commission shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified individuals with handicaps.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.131-6.139</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.140</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Employment.</SUBJECT> <P>No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the Commission. The definitions, requirements and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.141-6.148</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.149</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.</SUBJECT> <P>Except as otherwise provided in § 6.150, no qualified individuals with handicaps shall, because the Commission's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by individuals with handicaps, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the Commission.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.150</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Program accessibility: Existing facilities.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The Commission shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. This paragraph does not—</P> <P>(1) Necessarily require the Commission to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps, or</P> <P>(2) Require the Commission to take any action that it can demonstrate <PRTPAGE P="119"/>would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where Commission personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the Commission has the burden of proving that compliance with § 6.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the Chairman or his or her designee after considering all Commission resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the Commission shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens, but would, nevertheless, ensure that individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Methods.</E> The Commission may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The Commission is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The Commission, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157) and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the Commission shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified individuals with handicaps in the most integrated setting appropriate.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Time period for compliance.</E> The Commission shall comply with the obligations established under this section by April 1, 1988, except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made by February 1, 1991, but in any event as expeditiously as possible.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Transition plan.</E> In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the Commission shall develop, by August 1, 1988, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The Commission shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—</P> <P>(1) Identify physical obstacles in the Commission's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to individuals with handicaps;</P> <P>(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;</P> <P>(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period;</P> <P>(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan; and</P> <P>(5) Identify the persons or groups with whose assistance the plan was prepared.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.151</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.</SUBJECT> <P>Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the Commission shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 to 101-19.607, <PRTPAGE P="120"/>apply to buildings covered by this section.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.152-6.159</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.160</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Communications.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.</P> <P>(1) The Commission shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford an individual with handicaps an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the Commission.</P> <P>(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the Commission shall give primary consideration to the requests of the individual with handicaps.</P> <P>(ii) The Commission need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature.</P> <P>(2) Where the Commission communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's), or equally effective telecommunication systems shall be used.</P> <P>(b) The Commission shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.</P> <P>(c) The Commission shall provide signs at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.</P> <P>(d) This section does not require the Commission to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity, or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where Commission personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the Commission has the burden of proving that compliance with § 6.160 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the Chairman or his or her designee after considering all Commission resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the Commission shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.161-6.169</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 6.170</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compliance procedures.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by the Commission.</P> <P>(b) The Commission shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1613 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).</P> <P>(c) Responsibility for implementation and operation of this section is vested in the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity.</P> <P>(d)(1) A complete complaint under this section may be filed by any person who believes that he or she or any specific class of persons of which he or she is a member has been subjected to discrimination prohibited by this part. The complaint may also be filed by an authorized representative of any such person.</P> <P>(2) The complaint must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination unless the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity extends the time period for good cause.<PRTPAGE P="121"/> </P> <P>(3) The complaint must be addressed to the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity, Federal Trade Commission, 6th and Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20580.</P> <P>(e) If the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity receives a complaint over which the Commission does not have jurisdiction, he or she shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate Government entity.</P> <P>(f) The Director of Equal Employment Opportunity shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157) is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps.</P> <P>(g)(1) The Director of Equal Employment Opportunity shall accept and investigate a complete complaint that is filed in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section and over which the Commission has jurisdiction.</P> <P>(2) If the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity receives a complaint that is not complete (see § 6.103), he or she shall, within 30 days thereafter, notify the complainant that additional information is needed. If the complainant fails to complete the complaint within 30 days of the date of the Director's notice, the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity may dismiss the complaint without prejudice.</P> <P>(h) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint over which the Commission has jurisdiction, the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—</P> <P>(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law;</P> <P>(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and</P> <P>(3) A notice of the right to appeal to the Commission's General Counsel.</P> <P>(i)(1) An appeal under this section must be filed within 90 days of the complainant's receipt of the letter under paragraph (h) of this section unless the General Counsel extends the time period for good cause.</P> <P>(2) The appeal must be addressed to the General Counsel, Federal Trade Commission, 6th and Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20580.</P> <P>(3) The appeal shall specify the questions raised by the appeal and the arguments on the points of fact and law relied upon in support of the position taken on each question; and it shall include copies of the complaint filed under paragraph (d) of this section and the letter by the Director of Equal Employment Opportunity under paragraph (h) of this section as well as any other material relied upon in support of the appeal.</P> <P>(j) The General Counsel shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the appeal. If the General Counsel determines that additional information is needed from the complainant, the General Counsel shall have 60 days from the date of receipt of the additional information to make a final determination on the appeal. The General Counsel may submit the appeal to the Commission for final determination provided that any final determination of the appeal is made by the Commission within the 60-day period specified by this paragraph.</P> <P>(k) The time limits specified by paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section may be extended by the Chairman for good cause.</P> <P>(l) The Commission may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§§ 6.171-6.999</SECTNO> <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 14</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 14—ADMINISTRATIVE INTERPRETATIONS, GENERAL POLICY STATEMENTS, AND ENFORCEMENT POLICY STATEMENTS</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>14.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Requirements concerning clear and conspicuous disclosures in foreign language advertising and sales materials.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>14.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of secret coding in marketing research.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>14.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>In regard to comparative advertising.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>14.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interpretation of Truth-in-Lending Orders consistent with amendments to the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <PRTPAGE P="122"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 41-58.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 14.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Requirements concerning clear and conspicuous disclosures in foreign language advertising and sales materials.</SUBJECT> <P>The Federal Trade Commission has noted that, with increasing intensity, advertisers are making special efforts to reach foreign language-speaking consumers. As part of this special effort, advertisements, brochures and sales documents are being printed in foreign languages. In recent years the Commission has issued various cease-and-desist orders as well as rules, guides and other statements, which require affirmative disclosures in connection with certain kinds of representations and business activities. Generally, these disclosures are required to be “clear and conspicuous.” Because questions have arisen as to the meaning and application of the phrase “clear and conspicuous” with respect to foreign language advertisements and sales materials, the Commission deems it appropriate to set forth the following enforcement policy statement:</P> <P>(a) Where cease-and-desist orders as well as rules, guides and other statements require “clear and conspicuous” disclosure of certain information in an advertisement or sales material in a newspaper, magazine, periodical, or other publication that is not in English, the disclosure shall appear in the predominant language of the publication in which the advertisement or sales material appears. In the case of any other advertisement or sales material, the disclosure shall appear in the language of the target audience (ordinarily the language principally used in the advertisement or sales material).</P> <P>(b) Any respondent who fails to comply with this requirement may be the subject of a civil penalty or other law enforcement proceeding for violating the terms of a Commission cease-and-desist order or rule.</P> <SECAUTH>(Sec. 5, 38 Stat. 719, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 45)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[38 FR 21494, Aug. 9, 1973, as amended at 63 FR 34808, June 26, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 14.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of secret coding in marketing research.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Federal Trade Commission has determined to close its industry-wide investigation of marketing research firms that was initiated in November 1975, to determine if the firms were using questionnaires with invisible coding that could be used to reveal a survey respondent's identity. After a thorough investigation, the Commission has determined that invisible coding has been used by the marketing research industry, but it is neither a commonly used nor widespread practice. Moreover, use of the practice appears to have diminished in recent years. For these reasons, the Commission has determined that further action is not warranted at this time.</P> <P>(b) However, for the purpose of providing guidance to the marketing research industry, the Commission is issuing the following statement with regard to its future enforcement intentions. The Commission has reason to believe that it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice, violative of section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 45) to induce consumers to provide information about themselves by expressly or implicitly promising that such information is being provided anonymously, when, in fact, a secret or invisible code is used on the survey form or return envelope that allows identification of the consumer who has provided the information.</P> <P>(c) While the Commission has made no final determination regarding the legality of the foregoing practice, the Commission will take appropriate enforcement action should it discover the practice to be continuing in the future, and in the event that it may be causing substantial consumer injury. Among the circumstances in which the Commission believes that the use of secret coding may cause significant consumer harm are those in which:</P> <P>(1) A misleading promise of anonymity is used to obtain highly sensitive information about a consumer that such consumer would not choose to disclose if he or she were informed that a code was being used that would allow his or her name to be associated with the response; and</P> <P>(2) Information of any sort is used for purposes other than those of the market survey.</P> <CITA>[43 FR 42742, Sept. 21, 1978]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="123"/> <SECTNO>§ 14.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>In regard to comparative advertising.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Introduction.</E> The Commission's staff has conducted an investigation of industry trade associations and the advertising media regarding their comparative advertising policies. In the course of this investigation, numerous industry codes, statements of policy, interpretations and standards were examined. Many of the industry codes and standards contain language that could be interpreted as discouraging the use of comparative advertising. This Policy Statement enunciates the Commission's position that industry self-regulation should not restrain the use by advertisers of truthful comparative advertising.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Policy Statement.</E> The Federal Trade Commission has determined that it would be of benefit to advertisers, advertising agencies, broadcasters, and self-regulation entities to restate its current policy concerning comparative advertising. <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> Commission policy in the area of comparative advertising encourages the naming of, or reference to competitiors, but requires clarity, and, if necessary, disclosure to avoid deception of the consumer. Additionally, the use of truthful comparative advertising should not be restrained by broadcasters or self-regulation entities.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> For purposes of this Policy Statement, comparative advertising is defined as advertising that compares alternative brands on objectively measurable attributes or price, and identifies the alternative brand by name, illustration or other distinctive information.</P> </FTNT> <P>(c) The Commission has supported the use of brand comparisions where the bases of comparision are clearly identified. Comparative advertising, when truthful and nondeceptive, is a source of important information to consumers and assists them in making rational purchase decisions. Comparative advertising encourages product improvement and innovation, and can lead to lower prices in the marketplace. For these reasons, the Commission will continue to scrutinize carefully restraints upon its use.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Disparagement.</E> Some industry codes which prohibit practices such as “disparagement,” “disparagement of competitors,” “improper disparagement,” “unfairly attaching,” “discrediting,” may operate as a restriction on comparative advertising. The Commission has previously held that disparaging advertising is permissible so long as it is truthful and not deceptive. In <E T="03">Carter Products, Inc.,</E> 60 F.T.C. 782, <E T="03">modified,</E> 323 F.2d 523 (5th Cir. 1963), the Commission narrowed an order recommended by the hearing examiner which would have prohibited respondents from disparaging competing products through the use of false or misleading pictures, depictions, or demonstrations, “or otherwise” disparaging such products. In explaining why it eliminated “or otherwise” from the final order, the Commission observed that the phrase would have prevented: </P> <EXTRACT> <P>respondents from making truthful and non-deceptive statements that a product has certain desirable properties or qualities which a competing product or products do not possess. Such a comparison may have the effect of disparaging the competing product, but we know of no rule of law which prevents a seller from honestly informing the public of the advantages of its products as opposed to those of competing products. 60 F.T.C. at 796.</P> </EXTRACT> <FP>Industry codes which restrain comparative advertising in this manner are subject to challenge by the Federal Trade Commission.</FP> <P>(2) <E T="03">Substantiation.</E> On occasion, a higher standard of substantiation by advertisers using comparative advertising has been required by self-regulation entities. The Commission evaluates comparative advertising in the same manner as it evaluates all other advertising techniques. The ultimate question is whether or not the advertising has a tendency or capacity to be false or deceptive. This is a factual issue to be determined on a case-by-case basis. However, industry codes and interpretations that impose a higher standard of substantiation for comparative claims than for unilateral claims are inappropriate and should be revised.</P> <SECAUTH>(Sec. 5, 38 Stat. 719, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 45)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[44 FR 47328, Aug. 13, 1979]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="124"/> <SECTNO>§ 14.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interpretation of Truth-in-Lending Orders consistent with amendments to the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z.</SUBJECT> <HD SOURCE="HD2">Introduction</HD> <P>The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has determined that there is a need to clarify the compliance responsibilities under the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA) (Title I, Consumer Credit Protection Act, 15 U.S.C. 1601 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), as amended by the Truth-in-Lending Simplification and Reform Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-221, 94 Stat. 168), and under revised Regulation Z (12 CFR part 226, 46 FR 20848), and subsequent amendments to the TILA and Regulation Z, of those creditors and advertisers who are subject to final cease and desist orders that require compliance with provisions of the Truth-in-Lending statute or Regulation Z. Clarification is necessary because the Truth-in-Lending Simplification and Reform Act and revised Regulation Z significantly relaxed prior Truth-in-Lending requirements on which provisions of numerous outstanding orders were based. The Policy Statement provides that the Commission will interpret and enforce Truth-in-Lending provisions of all orders so as to impose no greater or different disclosure obligations on creditors and advertisers named in such orders than are required generally of creditors and advertisers under the TILA and Regulation Z, and subsequent amendments to the TILA and Regulation Z.</P> <HD SOURCE="HD2">Policy Statement</HD> <P>(a) All cease and desist orders issued by the FTC that require compliance with provisions of the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z (12 CFR part 226) will be interpreted and enforced consistent with the amendments to the TILA incorporated by the Truth-in-Lending Simplification and Reform Act of 1980, and the revision of Regulation Z implementing the same, promulgated on April 1, 1981 by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (46 FR 20848), and by subsequent amendments to the TILA and Regulation Z. Likewise, the Federal Reserve Board staff commentary to revised Regulation Z (46 FR 50288, October 9, 1981), and subsequent revisions to the Federal Reserve Board staff commentary to Regulation Z, will be considered in interpreting the requirements of existing orders.</P> <P>(b) After an amendment to Regulation Z becomes effective, compliance with the revised credit disclosure requirements will be considered compliance with the existing order, and:</P> <P>(1) To the extent that revised Regulation Z deletes disclosure requirements imposed by any Commission order, compliance with these requirements will no longer be required; however,</P> <P>(2) To the extent that revised Regulation Z imposes additional disclosure or format requirements, a failure to comply with the added requirements will be considered a violation of the TILA.</P> <P>(c) A creditor or advertiser must continue to comply with all provisions of the order which do not relate to Truth-in-Lending Act requirements or are unaffected by Regulation Z. These provisions are not affected by this policy statement and will remain in full force and effect.</P> <HD SOURCE="HD2">Staff Clarifications</HD> <P>The Commission intends that this Enforcement Policy Statement obviate the need for any creditor or advertiser to file a petition to reopen and modify any affected order under section 2.51 of the Commission's rules of practice (16 CFR 2.51). However, the Commission recognizes that the policy statement may not provide clear guidance to every creditor or advertiser under order. The staff of the Division of Enforcement, Bureau of Consumer Protection, will respond to written requests for clarification of any order affected by this policy statement.</P> <CITA>[60 FR 42033, Aug. 15, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 16</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 16—ADVISORY COMMITTEE MANAGEMENT</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>16.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advisory Committee Management Officer.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Establishment of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Charter.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Meetings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Closed meetings.<PRTPAGE P="125"/> </SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice of meetings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Minutes and transcripts of meetings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Annual comprehensive review.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Termination of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Renewal of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amendments.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reports of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>16.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compensation.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. I Section 8(a).</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>51 FR 30055, Aug. 22, 1986, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The regulations in this part implement the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. I.</P> <P>(b) These regulations shall apply to any advisory committee, as defined in paragraph (b) of § 16.2 of this part. However, to the extent that an advisory committee is subject to particular statutory provisions that are inconsistent with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, these regulations do not apply.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>For purposes of this part:</P> <P>(a) <E T="03">Administrator</E> means the Administrator of the General Services Administration.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Advisory committee,</E> subject to exclusions described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, means any committee, board, commission, council, panel, task force, or other similar group, or any subcommittee or other subgroup thereof, which is established or utilized by the Commission for the purpose of obtaining advice or recommendations for the Commission or other agency or officer of the Federal Government on matters that are within the scope of the Commission's jurisdiction.</P> <P>(1) Where a group provides some advice to the Commission but the group's advisory function is incidental and inseparable from other (e.g., operational or management) functions, the provisions of this part do not apply. However, if the advisory function is separable, the group is subject to this part to the extent that the group operates as an advisory committee.</P> <P>(2) Groups excluded from the effect of the provisions of this part include:</P> <P>(i) Any committee composed wholly of full-time officers or employees of the Federal Government;</P> <P>(ii) Any committee, subcommittee or subgroup that is exclusively operational in nature (e.g., has functions that include making or implementing decisions, as opposed to the offering of advice or recommendations);</P> <P>(iii) Any inter-agency advisory committee unless specifically made applicable by the establishing authority.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Commission</E> means the Federal Trade Commission.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">GSA</E> means the General Services Administration.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Secretariat</E> means the Committee Management Secretariat of the General Services Administration.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Sunshine Act</E> means the Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission's policy shall be to:</P> <P>(1) Establish an advisory committee only when it is essential to the conduct of agency business;</P> <P>(2) Insure that adequate information is provided to the Congress and the public regarding advisory committees, and that there are adequate opportunities for access by the public to advisory committee meetings;</P> <P>(3) Insure that the membership of the advisory committee is balanced in terms of the points of view represented and the functions to be performed; and</P> <P>(4) Terminate an advisory committee whenever the stated objectives of the committee have been accomplished; the subject matter or work of the advisory committee has become obsolete; the cost of operating the advisory committee is excessive in relation to the benefits accruing to the Commission; or the advisory committee is otherwise no longer a necessary or appropriate means to carry out the purposes for which it was established.</P> <P>(b) No advisory committee may be used for functions that are not solely advisory unless specifically authorized to do so by law. The Commission shall be solely responsible for making policy decisions and determining action to be taken with respect to any matter considered by an advisory committee.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="126"/> <SECTNO>§ 16.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advisory Committee Management Officer.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission shall designate the Executive Director as the Advisory Committee Management Officer who shall:</P> <P>(1) Exercise control and supervision over the establishment, procedures, and accomplishments of the advisory committees established by the Commission;</P> <P>(2) Assemble and maintain the reports, records, and other papers of any advisory committee during its existence;</P> <P>(3) Carry out, on behalf of the Commission, the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, with respect to such reports, records, and other papers;</P> <P>(4) Maintain in a single location a complete set for the charters and membership lists of each of the Commission's advisory committees;</P> <P>(5) Maintain information on the nature, functions, and operations of each of the Commission's advisory committees; and</P> <P>(6) Provide information on how to obtain copies of minutes of meetings and reports of each of the Commission's advisory committees.</P> <P>(b) The name of the Advisory Committee Management Officer designated in accordance with this part, and his or her agency address and telephone number, shall be provided to the Secretariat.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Establishment of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) No advisory committee shall be established under this part unless such establishment is:</P> <P>(1) Specifically authorized by statute; or</P> <P>(2) Determined as a matter of formal record by the Commission, after consultation with the Administrator, to be in the public interest in connection with the performance of duties imposed on the Commission by law.</P> <P>(b) In establishing an advisory committee, the Commission shall:</P> <P>(1) Prepare a proposed charter for the advisory committee in accordance with § 16.6 of this part; and</P> <P>(2) Submit an original and one copy of a letter to the Administrator requesting concurrence in the Commission's proposal to establish an advisory committee. The letter from the Commission shall describe the nature and purpose of the proposed advisory committee, including an explanation of why establishment of the advisory committee is essential to the conduct of agency business and in the public interest and why the functions of the proposed committee could not be performed by the Commission, by an existing committee, or through other means. The letter shall also describe the Commission's plan to attain balanced membership on the proposed advisory committee in terms of points of view to be represented and functions to be performed. The letter shall be accompanied by two copies of the proposed charter.</P> <P>(c) Upon the receipt of notification from the Administrator of his or her concurrence or nonconcurrence, the Commission shall notify the Administrator in writing that either:</P> <P>(1) The advisory committee is being established. The filing of an advisory committee charter as specified in § 16.6 of this part shall be deemed appropriate written notification in this instance; or</P> <P>(2) The advisory committee is not being established.</P> <P>(d) If the Commission determines that an advisory committee should be established in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the Commission shall publish notice to that effect in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> at least fifteen days prior to the filing of the advisory committee's charter unless the Administrator authorizes publication of such notice within a shorter period of time. The notice shall identify the name and purpose of the advisory committee, state that the committee is necessary and in the public interest, and identify the name and address of the Commission official to whom the public may submit comments.</P> <P>(e) The Commission may issue regulations or guidelines as may be necessary to operate and oversee a particular advisory committee.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="127"/> <SECTNO>§ 16.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Charter.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) No advisory committee established, utilized, reestablished or renewed by the Commission under this part shall meet or take any action until its charter has been filed by the Commission with the standing committees of the Senate and House of Representatives having legislative jurisdiction over the Commission.</P> <P>(b) The charter required by paragraph (a) of this section shall include the following information:</P> <P>(1) The committee's official designation;</P> <P>(2) The committee's objectives and the scope of its activity;</P> <P>(3) The period of time necessary for the committee to carry out its purposes;</P> <P>(4) The Commission component or official to whom the committee reports;</P> <P>(5) The agency or official responsible for providing the necessary support for the committee;</P> <P>(6) A description of the duties for which the committee is responsible, and, if such duties are not solely advisory, a specification of the authority for such functions;</P> <P>(7) The estimated annual operating cost in dollars and man-years for the committee;</P> <P>(8) The estimated number and frequency of committee meetings;</P> <P>(9) The committee's termination date, if less than two years from the date of committee's establishment; and</P> <P>(10) The date the charter is filed.</P> <P>(c) A copy of the charter required by paragraph (a) of this section shall also be furnished at the time of filing to the Secretariat and the Library of Congress.</P> <P>(d) The requirements of this section shall also apply to committees utilized as advisory committees, even though not expressly established for that purpose.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Meetings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission shall designate an officer or employee of the Federal Government as the Designated Federal Officer for the advisory committee. The Designated Federal Officer shall attend the meetings of the advisory committee, and shall adjourn committee meetings whenever he or she determines that adjournment is in the public interest. The Commission, in its discretion, may authorize the Designated Federal Officer to chair meetings of the advisory committee.</P> <P>(b) No meeting of any advisory committee shall be held except at the call of, or with the advance approval of, the Designated Federal Officer and with an agenda approved by such official.</P> <P>(c) The agenda required by paragraph (b) of this section shall identify, in general terms, matters to be considered at the meeting and shall indicate whether any part of the meeting will concern matters that the General Counsel has determined to be covered by one or more of the exemptions of the Sunshine Act.</P> <P>(d) Timely notice of each meeting of the advisory committee shall be provided in accordance with § 16.9 of this part.</P> <P>(e) Subject to the provisions of § 16.8 of this part, each meeting of an advisory committee as defined in § 16.2(b) of this part shall be open to the public. Subcommittees and subgroups that are not utilized by the Commission for the purpose of obtaining advice or recommendations do not constitute advisory committees within the meaning of § 16.2(b) and are not subject to the meeting and other requirements of this part.</P> <P>(f) Meetings that are completely or partly open to the public shall be held at reasonable times and at places that are reasonably accessible to members of the public. The size of the meeting room shall be sufficient to accommodate members of the public who can reasonably be expected to attend.</P> <P>(g) Any member of the public shall be permitted to file a written statement with the committee concerning any matter to be considered in a meeting. Interested persons may be permitted by the committee chairman to speak at such meetings in accordance with procedures established by the committee and subject to the time constraints under which the meeting is to be conducted.</P> <P>(h) No meeting of any advisory committee shall be held in the absence of a quorum. Unless otherwise established <PRTPAGE P="128"/>by statute or in the charter of the committee, a quorum shall consist of a majority of the committee's authorized membership.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Closed meetings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of § 16.7 of this part, which require that meetings shall be open to the public and that the public shall be afforded an opportunity to participate in such meetings, shall not apply to any advisory committee meeting (or any portion thereof) which the Commission determines is concerned with any matter covered by one or more of the exemptions set forth in paragraph (c) of the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. section 552b(c).</P> <P>(b) An advisory committee that seeks to have all or part of its meeting closed shall notify the Commission at least thirty days before the scheduled date of the meeting. The notification shall be in writing and shall identify the specific provisions of the Sunshine Act which justify closure. The Commission may waive the thirty-day requirement when a lesser period of time is requested and justified by the advisory committee.</P> <P>(c) The General Counsel shall review all requests to close meetings and shall advise the Commission on the disposition of each such request.</P> <P>(d) If the Commission determines that the request is consistent with the policies of the Sunshine Act and the Federal Advisory Committee Act, it shall issue a determination that all or part of the meeting may be closed. A copy of the Commission's determination shall be made available to the public upon request.</P> <P>(e) The advisory committee shall issue, on an annual basis, a report that sets forth a summary of its activities in meetings closed pursuant to this section, addressing those related matters as would be informative to the public and consistent with the policy of the Sunshine Act and of this part. Notice of the availability of such annual reports shall be published in accordance with § 16.15 of this part.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Notice of meetings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Notice of each advisory committee meeting, whether open or closed to the public, shall be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> at least 15 days before the meeting date. Such notice shall include the exact name of the advisory committee as chartered; the time, date, place and purpose of the meeting; and a summary of the meeting agenda. Notice shall also state that the meeting is open to the public or closed in whole or in part, and, if closed, cite the specific exemptions of the Sunshine Act as the basis for closure. The Commission may permit the advisory committee to provide notice of less than fifteen days in extraordinary situations, provided that the reasons for doing so are included in the meeting notice.</P> <P>(b) In addition to the notice required by paragraph (a) of this section, other forms of notice such as press releases and notices in professional journals may be used to inform interested members of the public of advisory committee meetings.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Minutes and transcripts of meetings.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Detailed minutes of each advisory committee meeting shall be kept. The minutes shall reflect the time, date and place of the meeting; and accurate summary of each matter that was discussed and each conclusion reached; and a copy of each report or other document received, issued, or approved by the advisory committee. In addition, the minutes shall include a list of advisory committee members and staff and full-time Federal employees who attended the meeting; a list of members of the public who presented oral or written statements; and an estimated number of members of the public who were present at the meeting. The minutes shall describe the extent to which the meeting was open to the public and the nature and extent of any public participation. If it is impracticable to attach to the minutes of the meeting any document received, issued, or approved by the advisory committee, then the minutes shall describe the document in sufficient detail to enable any person who may request the document to identify it readily.</P> <P>(b) The accuracy of all minutes shall be certified to by the chairperson of the advisory committee.<PRTPAGE P="129"/> </P> <P>(c) Minutes need not be kept if a verbatim transcript is made.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Annual comprehensive review.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission shall conduct an annual comprehensive review of the activities and responsibilities of each advisory committee to determine:</P> <P>(1) Whether such committee is carrying out its purpose;</P> <P>(2) Whether, consistent with the provisions of applicable statutes, the responsibilities assigned to it should be revised;</P> <P>(3) Whether it should be merged with any other advisory committee or committees; or</P> <P>(4) Whether it should be abolished.</P> <P>(b) Pertinent factors to be considered in the comprehensive review required by paragraph (a) of this section include the following:</P> <P>(1) The number of times the committee has met in the past year;</P> <P>(2) The number of reports or recommendations submitted by the committee;</P> <P>(3) An evaluation of the substance of the committee's reports or recommendations with respect to the Commission's programs or operations;</P> <P>(4) An evaluation (with emphasis on the preceding twelve month period of the committee's work) of the history of the Commission's utilization of the committee's recommendations in policy formulation, program planning, decision making, more effective achievement of program objectives, and more economical accomplishment of programs in general.</P> <P>(5) Whether information or recommendations could be obtained from sources within the Commission or from another advisory committee already in existence;</P> <P>(6) The degree of duplication of effort by the committee as compared with that of other parts of the Commission or other advisory committees; and</P> <P>(7) The estimated annual cost of the committee.</P> <P>(c) The annual review required by this section shall be conducted on a fiscal year basis, and results of the review shall be included in the annual report to the GSA required by § 16.15 of this part. The report shall contain a justification of each advisory committee which the Commission determines should be continued, making reference, as appropriate, to the factors specified in paragraph (b) of this section.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Termination of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <P>Any advisory committee shall automatically terminate not later than two years after it is established, reestablished, or renewed, unless:</P> <P>(a) Its duration is otherwise provided by law;</P> <P>(b) It is renewed in accordance with § 16.13 of this part; or</P> <P>(c) The Commission terminates it before that time.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Renewal of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Any advisory committee established under this part may be renewed by appropriate action of the Commission and the filing of a new charter. An advisory committee may be continued by such action for successive two-year periods.</P> <P>(b) Before it renews an advisory committee in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the Commission will inform the Administrator by letter, not more than sixty days nor less than thirty days before the committee expires, of the following:</P> <P>(1) Its determination that a renewal is necessary and in the public interest;</P> <P>(2) The reasons for its determination;</P> <P>(3) The Commission's plan to maintain balanced membership on the committee;</P> <P>(4) An explanation of why the committee's functions cannot be performed by the Commission or by an existing advisory committee.</P> <P>(c) Upon receipt of the Administrator's notification of concurrence or nonconcurrence, the Commission shall publish a notice of the renewal in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> which shall certify that the renewal of the advisory committee is in the public interest and shall include all the matters set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. The Commission shall cause a new charter to be prepared and filed in accordance with the provisions of §§ 16.5 and 16.6 of this part.</P> <P>(d) No advisory committee that is required under this section to file a new <PRTPAGE P="130"/>charter for the purpose of renewal shall take any action, other than preparation and filing of such charter, between the date the new charter is required and the date on which such charter is actually filed.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Amendments.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The charter of an advisory committee may be amended when the Commission determines that the existing charter no longer accurately describes the committee itself or its goals or procedures. Changes may be minor, such as revising the name of the advisory committee, or may be major, to the extent that they deal with the basic objectives or composition of the committee.</P> <P>(1) To make a minor amendment to an advisory committee charter, the Commission shall:</P> <P>(i) Amend the charter language as necessary; and</P> <P>(ii) File the amended charter in accordance with the provisions of § 16.6 of this part.</P> <P>(2) To make a major amendment to an advisory committee charter, the Commission shall:</P> <P>(i) Amend the charter language as necessary;</P> <P>(ii) Submit the proposed amended charter with a letter to the Administrator requesting concurrence in the amended language and an explanation of why the changes are essential and in the public interest; and</P> <P>(iii) File the amended charter in accordance with the provisions of § 16.6 of this part.</P> <P>(b) Amendment of an existing charter does not constitute renewal of the advisory committee under § 16.13 of this part.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reports of advisory committees.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission shall furnish, on a fiscal year basis, a report of the activities of each of its advisory committees to the GSA.</P> <P>(b) Results of the annual comprehensive review of the advisory committee made under § 16.11 shall be included in the annual report.</P> <P>(c) The Commission shall notify the GSA, by letter, of the termination of, changes in the membership of, or other significant developments with respect to, an advisory committee.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 16.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Compensation.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Committee members.</E> Unless otherwise provided by law, the Commission shall not compensate advisory committee members for their service on an advisory committee. In the exceptional case where the Commission is unable to meet the need for technical expertise or the requirement for balanced membership solely through the appointment of noncompensated members, the Commission may contract for or authorize the advisory committee to contract for the services of a specific consultant who may be appointed as a member of the advisory committee. In such a case, the Commission shall follow the procedures set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Consultants.</E> Prior to hiring or authorizing the advisory committee to hire a consultant to an advisory committee, the Commission shall determine that the expertise or viewpoint to be offered by the consultant is not otherwise available without cost to the Commission. The compensation to be paid to such consultant may not exceed the maximum rate of pay authorized by 5 U.S.C. section 3109. Hiring of consultants shall be in accordance with OMB Circular A-120 and applicable statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Staff members.</E> The Commission may fix the pay of each advisory committee staff member at a rate of the General Schedule, General Management Schedule, or Senior Executive Service in which the Staff member's position would appropriately be placed (5 U.S.C. chapter 51). The Commission may not fix the pay of a staff member at a rate higher than the daily equivalent of the maximum rate for GS-15, unless the Commission has determined that under the General Schedule, General Management Schedule, or Senior Executive Service classification system, the staff member's position would appropriately be placed at a grade higher than GS-15. The Commission shall review this determination annually.</P> </SECTION> </PART> </SUBCHAP> <SUBCHAP TYPE="P"> <PRTPAGE P="131"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER B—GUIDES AND TRADE PRACTICE RULES</HD> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 17</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—APPLICATION OF GUIDES IN PREVENTING UNLAWFUL PRACTICES</HD> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Industry guides are administrative interpretations of laws administered by the Commission for the guidance of the public in conducting its affairs in conformity with legal requirements. They provide the basis for voluntary and simultaneous abandonment of unlawful practices by members of industry. Failure to comply with the guides may result in corrective action by the commission under applicable statutory provisions. Guides may relate to a practice common to many industries or to specific practices of a particular industry.</P> </NOTE> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">(Authority:</HD> <P> Sec. 6(g), 38 Stat. 722; (15 U.S.C. 46(g))</P> </AUTH> <CITA>[44 FR 11176, Feb. 27, 1979]</CITA> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 18</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 18—GUIDES FOR THE NURSERY INDUSTRY</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>18.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception (general).</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception through use of names.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Substitution of products.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Size and grade designations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to blooming, fruiting, or growing ability.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Plants collected from the wild state.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to character of business.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>18.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to origin or source of industry products.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 5, 6 FTC Act; 38 Stat. 719, 721; 15 U.S.C. 45, 46.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P> <E T="03">Industry products.</E> As used in this part, the term <E T="03">industry products</E> includes all types of trees, small fruit plants, shrubs, vines, ornamentals, herbaceous annuals, biennials and perennials, bulbs, corms, rhizomes, and tubers which are offered for sale or sold to the general public. Included are products propagated sexually or asexually and whether grown in a commercial nursery or collected from the wild state. Such products are customarily used for outdoor planting. Not included are florists' or greenhouse plants solely for inside culture or use and annual vegetable plants.</P> <P> <E T="03">Industry members.</E> Any person, firm, corporation, or organization engaged in the sale, offering for sale, or distribution in commerce of industry products, as defined above.</P> <P> <E T="03">Lining-out stock.</E> Includes all plant material coming from propagating houses, beds, or frames, and young material such as seedlings rooted or unrooted cuttings, grafts or layers, of suitable size to transplant either in the nursery row or in containers for “growing on.”</P> <P> <E T="03">Nursery-propagated.</E> Reproduced and grown under cultivation, including reproduced and grown under cultivation from plants, seeds or cuttings lawfully collected from the wild state.</P> <P> <E T="03">Propagated.</E> Reproduced from seeds, cuttings, callus or other plant tissue, spores or other propagules under a controlled environment that is intensely manipulated by human intervention for the purpose of producing selected species or hybrids.</P> <CITA>[44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception (general).</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is an unfair or deceptive act or practice to sell, offer for sale, or distribute industry products by any method or under any circumstance or condition that misrepresents directly or by implication to purchasers or prospective purchasers the products with respect to quantity, size, grade, kind, species, age, maturity, condition, vigor, hardiness, number of times transplanted, growth ability, growth characteristics, rate of growth or time required before flowering or fruiting, price, origin or place where grown, or any other material aspect of the industry product.</P> <P>(b) The inhibitions of this section shall apply to every type of advertisement or method of representation, whether in newspaper, periodical, sales catalog, circular, by tag, label or insignia, by radio or television, by sales representatives, or otherwise.<PRTPAGE P="132"/> </P> <P>(c) Among practices inhibited by the foregoing are direct or indirect representations:</P> <P>(1) That plants have been propagated by grafting or bud selection methods, when such is not the fact.</P> <P>(2) That industry products are healthy, will grow anywhere without the use of fertilizer, or will survive and produce without special care, when such is not the fact.</P> <P>(3) That plants will bloom the year round, or will bear an extraordinary number of blooms of unusual size or quality, when such is not the fact.</P> <P>(4) That an industry product is a new variety, when in fact it is a standard variety to which the industry member has given a new name.</P> <P>(5) That an industry product cannot be purchased through usual retail outlets, or that there are limited stocks available, when such is not the fact.</P> <P>(6) That industry products offered for sale will be delivered in time for the next (or any specified) seasonal planting when the industry member is aware of factors which make such delivery improbable.</P> <P>(7) That the appearance of an industry product as to size, color, contour, foliage, bloom, fruit or other physical characteristic is normal or usual when the appearance so represented is in fact abnormal or unusual.</P> <P>(8) That the root system of any plant is larger in depth or diameter than that which actually exists, whether accomplished by excessive packaging material, or excessive balling, or other deceptive or misleading practice.</P> <P>(9) That bublets are bulbs.</P> <P>(10) That an industry product is a rare or unusual item when such is not the fact. [Guide 1]</P> <CITA>[44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception through use of names.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In the sale, offering for sale, or distribution of an industry product, it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for any industry member to use a name for such product that misrepresents directly or by implication to purchasers or prospective purchasers its true identity.</P> <P>(b) Subject to the foregoing:</P> <P>(1) When an industry product has a generally recognized and well-established common name, it is proper to use such name as a designation therefor, either alone or in conjunction with the correct botanical name of the product.</P> <P>(2) When an industry product has a generally recognized and well-established common name, it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for an industry member to adopt and use a new name for the product unless such new name is immediately accompanied by the generally recognized and well-established common name, or by the correct botanical name, or by a description of the nature and properties of the product which is of sufficient detail to prevent confusion and deception of purchasers or prospective purchasers as to the true identity of the product.</P> <P>(3) When an industry product does not have a generally recognized and well-established common name, and a name other than the correct botanical name of the product is applied thereto, such other name shall be immediately accompanied by either the correct botanical name of the product, or a description of the nature and properties of the product which is of sufficient detail as to prevent confusion and deception of purchasers and prospective purchasers as to the true identity of the product. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P> <E T="03">Industry recommendation.</E> The industry recommends that in administering the guide in this section the Commission give consideration to the use of plant names listed in such works as Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California, 1977, University of California; Hillier's Manual of Trees and Shrubs, 1971, Hillier & Sons; Manual of Cultivated Conifers, 1965, P. Den Ouden & B. K. Boom; Hortus III, 1976, L. H. Bailey Hortorium; Naming and Registering New Cultivars, 1974, American Association of Nurserymen, Inc.; and to plant name lists periodically published by the plant societies and the horticultural organizations selected as international and national cultivar registration authorities as enumerated in Appendix of Naming and Registering New Cultivars.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 2]</FP> <CITA>[44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="133"/> <SECTNO>§ 18.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Substitution of products.</SUBJECT> <P>With respect to industry products offered for sale by an industry member, it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for any member of the industry:</P> <P>(a) To ship or deliver industry products which do not conform to representations made prior to securing the order or to specifications upon which the sale is consummated, without advising the purchaser of the substitution and obtaining the purchaser's consent thereto prior to making shipment or delivery, where failure to advise would be misleading to purchasers; or</P> <P>(b) To falsely represent the reason for making a substitution: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That nothing in this section is intended to inhibit the shipment of products different from those ordered, prior to obtaining the purchaser's consent to such substitution, when the order is received by the industry member near the close of the planting season for the products ordered and the substitution involved relates but to a product or products the total price of which is comparatively small, and when:</P> <P>(1) At the commencement of the planting season for the products ordered the industry member had a supply of such products sufficient to meet normal and reasonably expected orders therefor, and such supply has been exhausted; and</P> <P>(2) The products substituted are of similar variety and of equal or greater value to those ordered by the purchaser and no additional charge is made therefor; and</P> <P>(3) Notice of the substitution, with adequate identification of the substituted item or items, and with commitment of the industry member to refund any purchase price received for the substituted products if such products are not acceptable to the purchaser and to compensate the purchaser for any expense involved in the return of the substituted products if refund is conditioned on the return thereof, is given the purchaser at the time of his receipt of such products: <E T="03">And provided further,</E> That nothing in this section is to be construed as sanctioning the dissemination of an advertisement of an industry product or products or the personal solicitation of orders therefor unless at the time of such dissemination or solicitation the industry member has a supply of such product or products sufficient to meet normal and reasonably expected orders therefor. [Guide 3]</P> <CITA>[44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Size and grade designations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In the sale, offering for sale, or distribution of industry products, it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for an industry member to use any term, designation, number, letter, mark, or symbol as a size or grade designation for any industry product in a manner or under any circumstance that misrepresents directly or by implication to purchasers or prospective purchasers the actual size or grade of such products.</P> <P>(b) Under this section industry members offering lining-out stock for sale shall specify conspicuously and accurately the size and age of such stock when failure to do so may misrepresent directly or by implication such stock to purchasers or prospective purchasers.</P> <P>(c) Nothing in this section is to be construed as inhibiting the designation of the size or grade of an industry product by use of a size or grade designation for which a standard has been established which is generally recognized in the industry when the identity of such standard is conjunctively disclosed, the product qualifies for the designation under such standard, and no deception of purchasers or prospective purchasers results in the use of such designation. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>It is the consensus of the industry that the grade and size standard set forth in the current edition of American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI Z60.1, as approved by the American National Standard Institute, Inc., is generally recognized in the industry, and that use of the size and grade designation therein set forth, in accordance with the requirements of the standard for the designations, in the marketing of industry products to which such standard relates, will prevent deception and confusion of purchasers and prospective purchasers of such products. [Guide 4]</P> </NOTE> <CITA>[44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="134"/> <SECTNO>§ 18.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to blooming, fruiting, or growing ability.</SUBJECT> <P>In the sale, offering for sale, or distribution of industry products, it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for any industry member to misrepresent directly or by implication to purchasers or prospective purchasers the ability of such products:</P> <P>(a) To bloom, flower, or fruit within a specified period of time; or</P> <P>(b) To produce crops within a specified period of time, or to give multiple crops each year, or to produce crops in unfavorable climatic regions; or</P> <P>(c) To bear fruit through self-pollinization; or</P> <P>(d) To grow, flourish, and survive irrespective of the climatic conditions, the care exercised in or after planting, or the soil characteristics of the locality in which they are to be planted. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD> <P>Under this section, when flower bulbs are of such immaturity as not reasonably to be expected to bloom and flower the first season of their planting, such fact shall be clearly and conspicuously disclosed in all advertisements and sales promotional literature relating to such products: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That such disclosure need not be made when sales are confined to nurseries and commercial growers for their use as planting stock.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD> <P>Under this section, in order to avoid deception of purchasers and prospective purchasers thereof, when rose bushes have been used in a greenhouse for the commercial production of cut flowers, they shall be tagged or labeled so as to clearly, adequately and conspicuously disclose such fact, and such tags and labels shall be so attached thereto as to remain thereon until consummation of consumer sale. A similar disclosure shall be made in all advertising and sales promotional literature relating to such products. And when, by reason of such previous greenhouse use or their condition at the time of removal therefrom or their handling during or subsequent thereto, there is probability that such rose bushes will not satisfactorily thrive and produce flowers when replanted outdoors, or will satisfactorily thrive and produce flowers outdoors only if given special treatment and attention during and after their replanting, such fact shall also be clearly, conspicuously, and nondeceptively disclosed in close conjunction with, and in the same manner as, the aforesaid required disclosure that such products have been used in a greenhouse for the commercial production of cut flowers.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 5]</FP> <CITA>[44 FR 11177, Feb. 27, 1979, as amended at 59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Plants collected from the wild state.</SUBJECT> <P>It is an unfair or deceptive act or practice to sell, offer for sale, or distribute industry products collected from the wild state without disclosing that they were collected from the wild state; <E T="03">provided, however,</E> that plants propagated in nurseries from plants lawfully collected from the wild state may be designated as “nursery-propagated.” [Guide 6]</P> <CITA>[59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to character of business.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In the sale, offering for sale, or distribution of industry products, it is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for any industry member to represent itself directly or by implication to be a grower or propagator of such products, or any portion thereof, or to have any other experience or qualification either relating to the growing or propagation of such products or enabling the industry member to be of assistance to purchasers or prospective purchasers in the selection by them of the kinds or types of products, or the placement thereof, when such is not the fact, or in any other manner to misrepresent directly or by implication the character, nature, or extent of the industry member's business. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Among practices subject to the inhibitions of this section is a representation by an industry member to the effect that he is a landscape architect when his training, experience, and knowledge do not qualify him for such representation.</P> </NOTE> <P>(b) It is also an unfair or deceptive act or practice for an industry member to use the word “guild,” “club,” “association,” “council,” “society,” “foundation,” or any other word of similar import or meaning, as part of a trade name, or otherwise, in such a manner or under such circumstances as to indicate or imply that its business is other than a commercial enterprise operated for profit, unless such be true in fact, <PRTPAGE P="135"/>or so as to deceive purchasers or prospective purchasers in any other material respect. [Guide 7]</P> <CITA>[59 FR 64549, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 18.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to origin or source of industry products.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is an unfair or deceptive act or practice to sell, offer for sale, or advertise an industry product by misrepresenting directly or by implication the origin or source of such product to purchasers or prospective purchasers (e.g., by use of the term <E T="03">Holland</E> to describe bulbs grown in the U.S.A.); <E T="03">provided, however,</E> that when a plant has an accepted common name that incorporates a geographical term and such term has lost its geographical significance as so used, the mere use of such common names does not constitute a misrepresentation as to source or origin (e.g., “Colorado Blue Spruce,” “Arizona Cypress,” “Black Hills Spruce,” “California Privet,” “Japanese Barberry,” etc.).</P> <P>(b) It is also an unfair or deceptive act or practice to advertise, sell, or offer for sale an industry product of foreign origin without adequate and non-deceptive disclosure of the name of the foreign country from which it came, where the failure to make such disclosure would be misleading to purchasers or prospective purchasers. [Guide 8]</P> <CITA>[59 FR 64550, Dec. 14, 1994]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 20</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 20—GUIDES FOR THE REBUILT, RECONDITIONED AND OTHER USED AUTOMOBILE PARTS INDUSTRY</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>20.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>20.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to previous use of products.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>20.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to identity of rebuilder, remanufacturer, reconditioner or reliner.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>20.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to condition of products and misuse of the terms “rebuilt,” “factory rebuilt,” “remanufactured,” etc.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 6, 5, 38 Stat. 721, 719; 15 U.S.C. 46, 45.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>44 FR 11182, Feb. 27, 1979, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 20.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P> <E T="03">Industry member.</E> Any person, firm, corporation or organization engaged in the sale or distribution of any industry product as defined below.</P> <P> <E T="03">Industry products.</E> Industry products are automotive parts and automotive assemblies which have been used or which contain used parts, whether such parts or assemblies have been rebuilt, remanufactured, reconditioned, relined, or otherwise. The term <E T="03">automotive assemblies</E> as herein used mean any part or assembly designed for an automobile, truck, motorcycle, tractor or similar self-propelled vehicle. Industry products include, but are not limited to, armatures, generators, starters, carburetors, clutches, distributors, connecting rods, crankshafts, cylinder blocks, engine assemblies, fuel pumps, brakes, master and wheel brake cylinders, power brakes, shock absorbers, starter drives, solenoids, automatic transmissions, regulators, spark plugs, springs, windshield wiper motors and water pumps. Automobile tires are not products of the industry.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 20.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to previous use of products.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is an unfair trade practice to represent, directly or by implication, that any industry product is new or unused, or that any part of an industry product is new or unused when such is not the fact, or to misrepresent the extent of previous use thereof.</P> <P>(b) It is an unfair trade practice for an industry member to offer for sale or sell any industry product unless a clear and conspicuous disclosure that such product has been used or contains used parts is made in all the industry member's advertising, sales promotional literature and invoices concerning the product, on the container in which the product is packed and if the product has been rebuilt, remanufactured, reconditioned or has the appearance of being new, on the product with sufficient permanency to remain thereon after installation for a reasonable period of time under ordinary conditions of use, and in such manner that said disclosure cannot be easily removed or obliterated.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Form of disclosure.</E> The disclosure that an industry product has been used <PRTPAGE P="136"/>or contains used parts as required by this section may be made by use of a word such as, but not limited to, “Used,” “Secondhand,” “Repaired,” “Remanufactured,” “Reconditioned,” “Rebuilt,” or “Relined,” whichever is applicable to the product involved. On invoices to the trade only the disclosure required by this section may be made by use of any number, mark, or other symbol which is clearly understood by all purchasers receiving such invoices as meaning that the products, or parts thereof, identified on the invoices have been used.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Conspicuousness of disclosure.</E> The disclosure required by this section shall be of such size or color contrast and so placed as to be readily noticeable to purchasers or prospective purchasers reading advertising, sales promotional literature, or invoices containing same, or reading any representation as to content on the container in which an industry product is packed, or inspecting an industry product before installation, or with a minimum of disassembly after installation.</P> <P>(c) It is an unfair trade practice to place any means or instrumentality in the hands of others whereby they may mislead purchasers or prospective purchasers as to the previous use of -industry products or parts thereof. [Guide 1]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 20.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to identity of rebuilder, remanufacturer, reconditioner or reliner.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is an unfair trade practice to misrepresent the identity of the rebuilder, remanufacturer, reconditioner or reliner of an industry product.</P> <P>(b) In connection with the sale or offering for sale of an industry product if the identity of the original manufacturer of the product, or the identity of the manufacturer for which the product was originally made, is revealed and the product was rebuilt, remanufactured, reconditioned or relined by other than the manufacturer so identified, it is an unfair trade practice to fail to disclose such fact wherever either of said manufacturers is identified in advertising and sales promotional literature concerning the product, on the container in which the product is packed, and on the product, in close conjunction with, and of the same permanency and conspicuousness as, the disclosure of previous use of the product required by this section. Examples of disclosures considered to be in compliance with the requirements of this section are as follows:</P> <P>(1) Disclosure of the identity of the rebuilder as, for example:</P> <EXTRACT> <HD SOURCE="HD3">Rebuilt by John Doe Co.</HD> </EXTRACT> <P>(2) Disclosure that the product was rebuilt by an independent rebuilder as, for example:</P> <EXTRACT> <HD SOURCE="HD3">Rebuilt by an Independent Rebuilder</HD> </EXTRACT> <P>(3) Disclosure that the product was rebuilt by other than the manufacturer so identified as, for example:</P> <EXTRACT> <HD SOURCE="HD3">Rebuilt by other than XYZ Motors</HD> </EXTRACT> <P>(4) Disclosure that the product was rebuilt for the identified manufacturer, if such is the case, as for example:</P> <EXTRACT> <HD SOURCE="HD3">Rebuilt for XYZ Motors</HD> </EXTRACT> <FP>[Guide 2]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 20.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to condition of products and misuse of the terms “rebuilt,” “factory rebuilt,” “remanufactured,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is an unfair trade practice to use, or cause or promote the use of, any statement or representation in advertising, on containers, on industry products, or elsewhere, which has the capacity and tendency or effect of misleading or deceiving purchasers or prospective purchasers as to the condition of an industry product, or the extent that an industry product has been repaired or reconstructed.</P> <P>(b) It is an unfair trade practice to use the words “Rebuilt,” “Remanufactured,” or words of similar import, as descriptive of an industry product which, since it was last subjected to any use, has not been dismantled and reconstructed as necessary, all of its internal and external parts cleaned and made free from rust and corrosion, all impaired, defective or substantially worn parts restored to a sound condition or replaced with new, rebuilt <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> or unimpaired used parts, all missing parts replaced with new, rebuilt <SU>1</SU> or <PRTPAGE P="137"/>unimpaired used parts, and such rewinding or machining and other operations performed as are necessary to put the industry product in sound working condition.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> In accord with the provisions of this paragraph (b).</P> </FTNT> <P>(c) It is an unfair trade practice to represent an industry product as “Factory Rebuilt” unless the product was rebuilt as described in paragraph (b) of this section at a factory generally engaged in the rebuilding of such products. (See also § 20.2) [Guide 3]</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 23</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 23—GUIDES FOR THE JEWELRY, PRECIOUS METALS, AND PEWTER INDUSTRIES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>23.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception (general).</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misleading illustrations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the terms “hand-made,” “hand-polished,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to gold content.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the word “vermeil.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to silver content.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “platinum,” “iridium,” “palladium,” “ruthenium,” “rhodium,” and “osmium.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to content of pewter.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Additional guidance for the use of quality marks.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of “corrosion proof,” “noncorrosive,” “corrosion resistant,” “rust proof,” “rust resistant,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition and misuse of the word “diamond.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “flawless,” “perfect,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosing existence of artificial coloring, infusing, etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the term “blue white.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the term “properly cut,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “brilliant” and “full cut.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation of weight and “total weight.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions of various pearls.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the word “pearl.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.20</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of terms such as “cultured pearl,” “seed pearl,” “Oriental pearl,” “natura,” “kultured,” “real,” “gem,” “synthetic,” and regional designations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to cultured pearls.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to gemstones.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “ruby,” “sapphire,” “emerald,” “topaz,” “stone,” “birthstone,” “gemstone,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “real,” “genuine,” “natural,” “precious,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the word “gem.”</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>23.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “flawless,” “perfect,” etc.</SUBJECT> <APP>Appendix to Part 23—Exemptions Recognized in the Assay for Quality of Gold Alloy, Gold Filled, Gold Overlay, Rolled Gold Plate, Silver, and Platinum Industry Products</APP> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Sec. 6, 5, 38 Stat. 721, 719; 15 U.S.C. 46, 45.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>61 FR 27212, May 30, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) These guides apply to jewelry industry products, which include, but are not limited to, the following: gem-stones and their laboratory-created and imitation substitutes; natural and cultured pearls and their imitations; and metallic watch bands not permanently attached to watches. These guides also apply to articles, including optical frames, pens and pencils, flatware, and hollowware, fabricated from precious metals (gold, silver and platinum group metals), precious metal alloys, and their imitations. These guides also apply to all articles made from pewter. For the purposes of these guides, all articles covered by these guides are defined as “industry products.”</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU>[Reserved]</P> </FTNT> <P>(b) These guides apply to persons, partnerships, or corporations, at every level of the trade (including but not limited to manufacturers, suppliers, and retailers) engaged in the business of offering for sale, selling, or distributing industry products. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (b):</HD> <P>To prevent consumer deception, persons, partnerships, or corporations in the business of appraising, identifying, or grading industry products should utilize the terminology and standards set forth in the guides.</P> </NOTE> <P>(c) These guides apply to claims and representations about industry products included in labeling, advertising, promotional materials, and all other forms of marketing, whether asserted directly or by implication, through words, symbols, emblems, logos, illustrations, depictions, product brand names, or through any other means.</P> <CITA>[61 FR 27212, May 30, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 33194, June 22, 1999]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="138"/> <SECTNO>§ 23.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception (general).</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent the type, kind, grade, quality, quantity, metallic content, size, weight, cut, color, character, treatment, substance, durability, serviceability, origin, price, value, preparation, production, manufacture, distribution, or any other material aspect of an industry product. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to § 23.1:</HD> <P>If, in the sale or offering for sale of an industry product, any representation is made as to the grade assigned the product, the identity of the grading system used should be disclosed.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to § 23.1:</HD> <P>To prevent deception, any qualifications or disclosures, such as those described in the guides, should be sufficiently clear and prominent. Clarity of language, relative type size and proximity to the claim being qualified, and an absence of contrary claims that could undercut effectiveness, will maximize the likelihood that the qualifications and disclosures are appropriately clear and prominent.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misleading illustrations.</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to use, as part of any advertisement, packaging material, label, or other sales promotion matter, any visual representation, picture, televised or computer image, illustration, diagram, or other depiction which, either alone or in conjunction with any accompanying words or phrases, misrepresents the type, kind, grade, quality, quantity, metallic content, size, weight, cut, color, character, treatment, substance, durability, serviceability, origin, preparation, production, manufacture, distribution, or any other material aspect of an industry product. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to § 23.2:</HD> <P>An illustration or depiction of a diamond or other gemstone that portrays it in greater than its actual size may mislead consumers, unless a disclosure is made about the item's true size.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the terms “hand-made,” “hand-polished,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to represent, directly or by implication, that any industry product is hand-made or hand-wrought unless the entire shaping and forming of such product from raw materials and its finishing and decoration were accomplished by hand labor and manually-controlled methods which permit the maker to control and vary the construction, shape, design, and finish of each part of each individual product. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (a):</HD> <P>As used herein, “raw materials” include bulk sheet, strip, wire, and similar items that have not been cut, shaped, or formed into jewelry parts, semi-finished parts, or blanks.</P> </NOTE> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to represent, directly or by implication, that any industry product is hand-forged, hand-engraved, hand-finished, or hand-polished, or has been otherwise hand-processed, unless the operation described was accomplished by hand labor and manually-controlled methods which permit the maker to control and vary the type, amount, and effect of such operation on each part of each individual product.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to gold content.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent the presence of gold or gold alloy in an industry product, or the quantity or karat fineness of gold or gold alloy contained in the product, or the karat fineness, thickness, weight ratio, or manner of application of any gold or gold alloy plating, covering, or coating on any surface of an industry product or part thereof.</P> <P>(b) The following are examples of markings or descriptions that may be misleading: <SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> See § 23.4(c) for examples of acceptable markings and descriptions.</P> </FTNT> <P>(1) Use of the word “Gold” or any abbreviation, without qualification, to describe all or part of an industry product, which is not composed throughout of fine (24 karat) gold.</P> <P>(2) Use of the word “Gold” or any abbreviation to describe all or part of an industry product composed throughout of an alloy of gold, unless a correct designation of the karat fineness of the alloy immediately precedes the word “Gold” or its abbreviation, and such fineness designation is of at least equal conspicuousness.</P> <P>(3) Use of the word “Gold” or any abbreviation to describe all or part of an industry product that is not composed throughout of gold or a gold alloy, but is surface-plated or coated with gold <PRTPAGE P="139"/>alloy, unless the word “Gold” or its abbreviation is adequately qualified to indicate that the product or part is only surface-plated.</P> <P>(4) Use of the term “Gold Plate,” “Gold Plated,” or any abbreviation to describe all or part of an industry product unless such product or part contains a surface-plating of gold alloy, applied by any process, which is of such thickness and extent of surface coverage that reasonable durability is assured.</P> <P>(5) Use of the terms “Gold Filled,” “Rolled Gold Plate,” “Rolled Gold Plated,” “Gold Overlay,” or any abbreviation to describe all or part of an industry product unless such product or part contains a surface-plating of gold alloy applied by a mechanical process and of such thickness and extent of surface coverage that reasonable durability is assured, and unless the term is immediately preceded by a correct designation of the karat fineness of the alloy that is of at least equal conspicuousness as the term used.</P> <P>(6) Use of the terms “Gold Plate,” “Gold Plated,” “Gold Filled,” “Rolled Gold Plate,” “Rolled Gold Plated,” “Gold Overlay,” or any abbreviation to describe a product in which the layer of gold plating has been covered with a base metal (such as nickel), which is covered with a thin wash of gold, unless there is a disclosure that the primary gold coating is covered with a base metal, which is gold washed.</P> <P>(7) Use of the term “Gold Electroplate,” “Gold Electroplated,” or any abbreviation to describe all or part of an industry product unless such product or part is electroplated with gold or a gold alloy and such electroplating is of such karat fineness, thickness, and extent of surface coverage that reasonable durability is assured.</P> <P>(8) Use of any name, terminology, or other term to misrepresent that an industry product is equal or superior to, or different than, a known and established type of industry product with reference to its gold content or method of manufacture.</P> <P>(9) Use of the word “Gold” or any abbreviation, or of a quality mark implying gold content (e.g., 9 karat), to describe all or part of an industry product that is composed throughout of an alloy of gold of less than 10 karat fineness. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (b) § 23.4:</HD> <P>The provisions regarding the use of the word “Gold,” or any abbreviation, as described above, are applicable to “Duragold,” “Diragold,” “Noblegold,” “Goldine,” “Layered Gold,” or any words or terms of similar meaning.</P> </NOTE> <P>(c) The following are examples of markings and descriptions that are consistent with the principles described above:</P> <P>(1) An industry product or part thereof, composed throughout of an alloy of gold of not less than 10 karat fineness, may be marked and described as “Gold” when such word “Gold,” wherever appearing, is immediately preceded by a correct designation of the karat fineness of the alloy, and such karat designation is of equal conspicuousness as the word “Gold” (for example, “14 Karat Gold,” “14 K. Gold,” or “14 Kt. Gold”). Such product may also be marked and described by a designation of the karat fineness of the gold alloy unaccompanied by the word “Gold” (for example, “14 Karat,” “14 Kt.,” or “14 K.”). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (c)(1):</HD> <P>Use of the term “Gold” or any abbreviation to describe all or part of a product that is composed throughout of gold alloy, but contains a hollow center or interior, may mislead consumers, unless the fact that the product contains a hollow center is disclosed in immediate proximity to the term “Gold” or its abbreviation (for example, “14 Karat Gold-Hollow Center,” or “14 K. Gold Tubing,” when of a gold alloy tubing of such karat fineness). Such products should not be marked or described as “solid” or as being solidly of gold or of a gold alloy. For example, when the composition of such a product is 14 karat gold alloy, it should not be described or marked as either “14 Kt. Solid Gold” or as “Solid 14 Kt. Gold.”</P> </NOTE> <P>(2) An industry product or part thereof, on which there has been affixed on all significant surfaces, by any process, a coating, electroplating, or deposition by any means, of gold or gold alloy of not less than 10 karat fineness that is of substantial thickness, <SU>3</SU> <FTREF/> and the minimum thickness throughout of which is <PRTPAGE P="140"/>equivalent to one-half micron (or approximately 20 millionths of an inch) of fine gold, <SU>4</SU> <FTREF/> may be marked or described as “Gold Plate” or “Gold Plated,” or abbreviated, as, for example, G.P. The exact thickness of the plate may be marked on the item, if it is immediately followed by a designation of the karat fineness of the plating which is of equal conspicuousness as the term used (as, for example, “2 microns 12 K. gold plate” or “2μ 12 K. G.P.” for an item plated with 2 microns of 12 karat gold.)</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>3</SU> The term <E T="03">substantial thickness</E> means that all areas of the plating are of such thickness as to assure a durable coverage of the base <PRTPAGE/>metal to which it has been affixed. Since industry products include items having surfaces and parts of surfaces that are subject to different degrees of wear, the thickness of plating for all items or for different areas of the surface of individual items does not necessarily have to be uniform.</P> </FTNT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>4</SU> A product containing 1 micron (otherwise known as 1μ) of 12 karat gold is equivalent to one-half micron of 24 karat gold.</P> </FTNT> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note paragraph (c)(2) to paragraph (b):</HD> <P>If an industry product has a thicker coating or electroplating of gold or gold alloy on some areas than others, the minimum thickness of the plate should be marked.</P> </NOTE> <P>(3) An industry product or part thereof on which there has been affixed on all significant surfaces by soldering, brazing, welding, or other mechanical means, a plating of gold alloy of not less than 10 karat fineness and of substantial thickness <SU>5</SU> <FTREF/> may be marked or described as “Gold Filled,” “Gold Overlay,” “Rolled Gold Plate,” or an adequate abbreviation, when such plating constitutes at least <FR>1/20</FR>th of the weight of the metal in the entire article and when the term is immediately preceded by a designation of the karat fineness of the plating which is of equal conspicuousness as the term used (for example, “14 Karat Gold Filled,” “14 Kt. Gold Filled,” “14 Kt. G.F.,” “14 Kt. Gold Overlay,” or “14K. R.G.P.”). When conforming to all such requirements except the specified minimum of <FR>1/20</FR>th of the weight of the metal in the entire article, the terms “Gold Overlay” and “Rolled Gold Plate” may be used when the karat fineness designation is immediately preceded by a fraction accurately disclosing the portion of the weight of the metal in the entire article accounted for by the plating, and when such fraction is of equal conspicuousness as the term used (for example, “<FR>1/40</FR>th 12 Kt. Rolled Gold Plate” or “<FR>1/40</FR> 12 Kt. R.G.P.”).</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>5</SU> See footnote 3.</P> </FTNT> <P>(4) An industry product or part thereof, on which there has been affixed on all significant surfaces by an electrolytic process, an electroplating of gold, or of a gold alloy of not less than 10 karat fineness, which has a minimum thickness throughout equivalent to .175 microns (approximately <SU>7</SU>/<E T="52">1,000,000</E>ths of an inch) of fine gold, may be marked or described as “Gold Electroplate” or “Gold Electroplated,” or abbreviated, as, for example, “G.E.P.” When the electroplating meets the minimum fineness but not the minimum thickness specified above, the marking or description may be “Gold Flashed” or “Gold Washed.” When the electroplating is of the minimum fineness specified above and of a minimum thickness throughout equivalent to two and one half (2<FR>1/2</FR>) microns (or approximately <SU>100</SU>/<E T="52">1,000,000</E>ths of an inch) of fine gold, the marking or description may be “Heavy Gold Electroplate” or “Heavy Gold Electroplated.” When electroplatings qualify for the term “Gold Electroplate” (or “Gold Electroplated”), or the term “Heavy Gold Electroplate” (or “Heavy Gold Electroplated”), and have been applied by use of a particular kind of electrolytic process, the marking may be accompanied by identification of the process used, as for example, “Gold Electroplated (X Process)” or “Heavy Gold Electroplated (Y Process).”</P> <P>(d) The provisions of this section relating to markings and descriptions of industry products and parts thereof are subject to the applicable tolerances of the National Stamping Act or any amendment thereof. <SU>6</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>6</SU> Under the National Stamping Act, articles or parts made of gold or of gold alloy that contain no solder have a permissible tolerance of three parts per thousand. If the part tested contains solder, the permissible tolerance is seven parts per thousand. For full text, see 15 U.S.C. 295, <E T="03">et seq</E>.</P> </FTNT> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 4 to paragraph (d):</HD> <P>Exemptions recognized in the assay of karat gold industry products and in the assay of gold filled, gold overlay, and rolled gold plate industry products, and not to be considered in any assay for quality, are listed in the appendix.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="141"/> <SECTNO>§ 23.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the word “vermeil.”</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to represent, directly or by implication, that an industry product is “vermeil” if such mark or description misrepresents the product's true composition.</P> <P>(b) An industry product may be described or marked as “vermeil” if it consists of a base of sterling silver coated or plated on all significant surfaces with gold, or gold alloy of not less than 10 karat fineness, that is of substantial thickness <SU>7</SU> <FTREF/> and a minimum thickness throughout equivalent to two and one half (2<FR>1/2</FR>) microns (or approximately <SU>100</SU>/<E T="52">1,000,000</E>ths of an inch) of fine gold.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>7</SU> See footnote 3.</P> </FTNT> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to § 23.5:</HD> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “vermeil” to describe a product in which the sterling silver has been covered with a base metal (such as nickel) plated with gold unless there is a disclosure that the sterling silver is covered with a base metal that is plated with gold.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to § 23.5:</HD> <P>Exemptions recognized in the assay of gold filled, gold overlay, and rolled gold plate industry products are listed in the appendix.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to silver content.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent that an industry product contains silver, or to misrepresent an industry product as having a silver content, plating, electroplating, or coating.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to mark, describe, or otherwise represent all or part of an industry product as “silver,” “solid silver,” “Sterling Silver,” “Sterling,” or the abbreviation “Ster.” unless it is at least <SU>925</SU>/<E T="52">1,000</E>ths pure silver.</P> <P>(c) It is unfair or deceptive to mark, describe, or otherwise represent all or part of an industry product as “coin” or “coin silver” unless it is at least <SU>900</SU>/<E T="52">1,000</E>ths pure silver.</P> <P>(d) It is unfair or deceptive to mark, describe, or otherwise represent all or part of an industry product as being plated or coated with silver unless all significant surfaces of the product or part contain a plating or coating of silver that is of substantial thickness. <SU>8</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>8</SU> See footnote 3.</P> </FTNT> <P>(e) The provisions of this section relating to markings and descriptions of industry products and parts thereof are subject to the applicable tolerances of the National Stamping Act or any amendment thereof. <SU>9</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>9</SU> Under the National Stamping Act, sterling silver articles or parts that contain no solder have a permissible tolerance of four parts per thousand. If the part tested contains solder, the permissible tolerance is ten parts per thousand. For full text, see 15 U.S.C. 294, <E T="03">et seq</E>.</P> </FTNT> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to § 23.6:</HD> <P>The National Stamping Act provides that silverplated articles shall not “be stamped, branded, engraved or imprinted with the word ‘sterling’ or the word ‘coin,’ either alone or in conjunction with other words or marks.” 15 U.S.C. 297(a).</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to § 23.6:</HD> <P>Exemptions recognized in the assay of silver industry products are listed in the appendix.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “platinum,” “iridium,” “palladium,” “ruthenium,” “rhodium,” and “osmium.”</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the words “platinum,” “iridium,” “palladium,” “ruthenium,” “rhodium,” and “osmium,” or any abbreviation to mark or describe all or part of an industry product if such marking or description misrepresents the product's true composition. The Platinum Group Metals (PGM) are Platinum, Iridium, Palladium, Ruthenium, Rhodium, and Osmium.</P> <P>(b) The following are examples of markings or descriptions that may be misleading: <SU>10</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>10</SU> See paragraph (c) of this section for examples of acceptable markings and descriptions.</P> </FTNT> <P>(1) Use of the word “Platinum” or any abbreviation, without qualification, to describe all or part of an industry product that is not composed throughout of 950 parts per thousand pure Platinum.</P> <P>(2) Use of the word “Platinum” or any abbreviation accompanied by a number indicating the parts per thousand of pure Platinum contained in the product without mention of the number of parts per thousand of other PGM contained in the product, to describe all or part of an industry product that is not composed throughout of at least 850 parts per thousand pure platinum, for example, “600Plat.”<PRTPAGE P="142"/> </P> <P>(3) Use of the word “Platinum” or any abbreviation thereof, to mark or describe any product that is not composed throughout of at least 500 parts per thousand pure Platinum.</P> <P>(c) The following are examples of markings and descriptions that are not considered unfair or deceptive:</P> <P>(1) The following abbreviations for each of the PGM may be used for quality marks on articles: “Plat.” or “Pt.” for Platinum; “Irid.” or “Ir.” for Iridium; “Pall.” or “Pd.” for Palladium; “Ruth.” or “Ru.” for Ruthenium; “Rhod.” or “Rh.” for Rhodium; and “Osmi.” or “Os.” for Osmium.</P> <P>(2) An industry product consisting of at least 950 parts per thousand pure Platinum may be marked or described as “Platinum.”</P> <P>(3) An industry product consisting of 850 parts per thousand pure Platinum, 900 parts per thousand pure Platinum, or 950 parts per thousand pure Platinum may be marked “Platinum,” provided that the Platinum marking is preceded by a number indicating the amount in parts per thousand of pure Platinum (for industry products consisting of 950 parts per thousand pure Platinum, the marking described in § 23.7(b)(2) above is also appropriate). Thus, the following markings may be used: “950Pt.,” “950Plat.,” “900Pt.,” “900Plat.,” “850Pt.,” or “850Plat.”</P> <P>(4) An industry product consisting of at least 950 parts per thousand PGM, and of at least 500 parts per thousand pure Platinum, may be marked “Platinum,” provided that the mark of each PGM constituent is preceded by a number indicating the amount in parts per thousand of each PGM, as for example, “600Pt.350Ir.,” “600Plat.350Irid.,” or “550Pt.350Pd.50Ir.,” “550Plat.350Pall.50Irid.” </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to § 23.7:</HD> <P>Exemptions recognized in the assay of platinum industry products are listed in appendix A of this part.</P> </NOTE> <CITA>[62 FR 16675, Apr. 8, 1997]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to content of pewter.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to mark, describe, or otherwise represent all or part of an industry product as “Pewter” or any abbreviation if such mark or description misrepresents the product's true composition.</P> <P>(b) An industry product or part thereof may be described or marked as “Pewter” or any abbreviation if it consists of at least 900 parts per 1000 Grade A Tin, with the remainder composed of metals appropriate for use in pewter.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Additional guidance for the use of quality marks.</SUBJECT> <P>As used in these guides, the term <E T="03">quality mark</E> means any letter, figure, numeral, symbol, sign, word, or term, or any combination thereof, that has been stamped, embossed, inscribed, or otherwise placed on any industry product and which indicates or suggests that any such product is composed throughout of any precious metal or any precious metal alloy or has a surface or surfaces on which there has been plated or deposited any precious metal or precious metal alloy. Included are the words “gold,” “karat,” “carat,” “silver,” “sterling,” “vermeil,” “platinum,” “iridium,” “palladium,” “ruthenium,” “rhodium,” or “osmium,” or any abbreviations thereof, whether used alone or in conjunction with the words “filled,” “plated,” “overlay,” or “electroplated,” or any abbreviations thereof. Quality markings include those in which the words or terms “gold,” “karat,” “silver,” “vermeil,” “platinum” (or platinum group metals), or their abbreviations are included, either separately or as suffixes, prefixes, or syllables.</P> <P>(a) <E T="03">Deception as to applicability of marks.</E> (1) If a quality mark on an industry product is applicable to only part of the product, the part of the product to which it is applicable (or inapplicable) should be disclosed when, absent such disclosure, the location of the mark misrepresents the product or part's true composition.</P> <P>(2) If a quality mark is applicable to only part of an industry product, but not another part which is of similar surface appearance, each quality mark should be closely accompanied by an identification of the part or parts to which the mark is applicable.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Deception by reason of difference in the size of letters or words in a marking or markings.</E> It is unfair or deceptive to place a quality mark on a product in which the words or letters appear in <PRTPAGE P="143"/>greater size than other words or letters of the mark, or when different markings placed on the product have different applications and are in different sizes, when the net impression of any such marking would be misleading as to the metallic composition of all or part of the product. (An example of improper marking would be the marking of a gold electroplated product with the word “electroplate” in small type and the word “gold” in larger type, with the result that purchasers and prospective purchasers of the product might only observe the word “gold.”) </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to § 23.9:</HD> <P>Legibility of markings. If a quality mark is engraved or stamped on an industry product, or is printed on a tag or label attached to the product, the quality mark should be of sufficient size type as to be legible to persons of normal vision, should be so placed as likely to be observed by purchasers, and should be so attached as to remain thereon until consumer purchase.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to § 23.9:</HD> <P>Disclosure of identity of manufacturers, processors, or distributors. The National Stamping Act provides that any person, firm, corporation, or association, being a manufacturer or dealer subject to section 294 of the Act, who applies or causes to be applied a quality mark, or imports any article bearing a quality mark “which indicates or purports to indicate that such article is made in whole or in part of gold or silver or of an alloy of either metal” shall apply to the article the trademark or name of such person. 15 U.S.C. 297.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of “corrosion proof,” “noncorrosive,” “corrosion resistant,” “rust proof,” “rust resistant,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to:</P> <P>(1) Use the terms “corrosion proof,” “noncorrosive,” “rust proof,” or any other term of similar meaning to describe an industry product unless all parts of the product will be immune from rust and other forms of corrosion during the life expectancy of the product; or</P> <P>(2) Use the terms “corrosion resistant,” “rust resistant,” or any other term of similar meaning to describe an industry product unless all parts of the product are of such composition as to not be subject to material damage by corrosion or rust during the major portion of the life expectancy of the product under normal conditions of use.</P> <P>(b) Among the metals that may be considered as corrosion (and rust) resistant are: Pure nickel; Gold alloys of not less than 10 Kt. fineness; and Austenitic stainless steels.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition and misuse of the word “diamond.”</SUBJECT> <P>(a) A diamond is a natural mineral consisting essentially of pure carbon crystallized in the isometric system. It is found in many colors. Its hardness is 10; its specific gravity is approximately 3.52; and it has a refractive index of 2.42.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the unqualified word “diamond” to describe or identify any object or product not meeting the requirements specified in the definition of diamond provided above, or which, though meeting such requirements, has not been symmetrically fashioned with at least seventeen (17) polished facets. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to paragraph (b):</HD> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to represent, directly or by implication, that industrial grade diamonds or other non-jewelry quality diamonds are of jewelry quality.</P> </NOTE> <P>(c) The following are examples of descriptions that are not considered unfair or deceptive:</P> <P>(1) The use of the words “rough diamond” to describe or designate uncut or unfaceted objects or products satisfying the definition of diamond provided above; or</P> <P>(2) The use of the word “diamond” to describe or designate objects or products satisfying the definition of diamond but which have not been symmetrically fashioned with at least seventeen (17) polished facets when in immediate conjunction with the word “diamond” there is either a disclosure of the number of facets and shape of the diamond or the name of a type of diamond that denotes shape and that usually has less than seventeen (17) facets (e.g., “rose diamond”). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to paragraph (c):</HD> <P>Additional guidance about imitation and laboratory-created diamond representations and misuse of words “gem,” “real,” “genuine,” “natural,” etc., are set forth in §§ 23.23, 23.24, and 23.25.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="144"/> <SECTNO>§ 23.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “flawless,” “perfect,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “flawless” to describe any diamond that discloses flaws, cracks, inclusions, carbon spots, clouds, internal lasering, or other blemishes or imperfections of any sort when examined under a corrected magnifier at 10-power, with adequate illumination, by a person skilled in diamond grading.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “perfect,” or any representation of similar meaning, to describe any diamond unless the diamond meets the definition of “flawless” and is not of inferior color or make.</P> <P>(c) It is unfair or deceptive to use the words “flawless” or “perfect” to describe a ring or other article of jewelry having a “flawless” or “perfect” principal diamond or diamonds, and supplementary stones that are not of such quality, unless there is a disclosure that the description applies only to the principal diamond or diamonds.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosing existence of artificial coloring, infusing, etc.</SUBJECT> <P>If a diamond has been treated by artificial coloring, tinting, coating, irradiating, heating, by the use of nuclear bombardment, or by the introduction or the infusion of any foreign substance, it is unfair or deceptive not to disclose that the diamond has been treated and that the treatment is not or may not be permanent.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the term “blue white.”</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “blue white” or any representation of similar meaning to describe any diamond that under normal, north daylight or its equivalent shows any color or any trace of any color other than blue or bluish.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the term “properly cut,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to use the terms “properly cut,” “proper cut,” “modern cut,” or any representation of similar meaning to describe any diamond that is lopsided, or is so thick or so thin in depth as to detract materially from the brilliance of the stone. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to § 23.15:</HD> <P>Stones that are commonly called “fisheye” or “old mine” should not be described as “properly cut,” “modern cut,” etc.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “brilliant” and “full cut.”</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to use the unqualified expressions “brilliant,” “brilliant cut,” or “full cut” to describe, identify, or refer to any diamond except a round diamond that has at least thirty-two (32) facets plus the table above the girdle and at least twenty-four (24) facets below. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to § 23.16:</HD> <P>Such terms should not be applied to single or rose-cut diamonds. They may be applied to emerald-(rectangular) cut, pear-shaped, heart-shaped, oval-shaped, and marquise-(pointed oval) cut diamonds meeting the above-stated facet requirements when, in immediate conjunction with the term used, the form of the diamond is disclosed.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation of weight and “total weight.”</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent the weight of a diamond.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “point” or any abbreviation in any representation, advertising, marking, or labeling to describe the weight of a diamond, unless the weight is also stated as decimal parts of a carat (e.g., 25 points or .25 carat). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to paragraph (b):</HD> <P>A carat is a standard unit of weight for a diamond and is equivalent to 200 milligrams (<FR>1/5</FR> gram). A point is one one hundredth (<FR>1/100</FR>) of a carat.</P> </NOTE> <P>(c) If diamond weight is stated as decimal parts of a carat (e.g., .47 carat), the stated figure should be accurate to the last decimal place. If diamond weight is stated to only one decimal place (e.g., .5 carat), the stated figure should be accurate to the second decimal place (e.g., “.5 carat” could represent a diamond weight between .495-.504).</P> <P>(d) If diamond weight is stated as fractional parts of a carat, a conspicuous disclosure of the fact that the diamond weight is not exact should be made in close proximity to the fractional representation and a disclosure of a reasonable range of weight for each fraction (or the weight tolerance being used) should also be made. </P> <NOTE> <PRTPAGE P="145"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (d):</HD> <P>When fractional representations of diamond weight are made, as described in paragraph d of this section, in catalogs or other printed materials, the disclosure of the fact that the actual diamond weight is within a specified range should be made conspicuously on every page where a fractional representation is made. Such disclosure may refer to a chart or other detailed explanation of the actual ranges used. For example, “Diamond weights are not exact; see chart on p.X for ranges.”</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions of various pearls.</SUBJECT> <P>As used in these guides, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:</P> <P>(a) <E T="03">Pearl:</E> A calcareous concretion consisting essentially of alternating concentric layers of carbonate of lime and organic material formed within the body of certain mollusks, the result of an abnormal secretory process caused by an irritation of the mantle of the mollusk following the intrusion of some foreign body inside the shell of the mollusk, or due to some abnormal physiological condition in the mollusk, neither of which has in any way been caused or induced by humans.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Cultured Pearl:</E> The composite product created when a nucleus (usually a sphere of calcareous mollusk shell) planted by humans inside the shell or in the mantle of a mollusk is coated with nacre by the mollusk.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Imitation Pearl:</E> A manufactured product composed of any material or materials that simulate in appearance a pearl or cultured pearl.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Seed Pearl:</E> A small pearl, as defined in (a), that measures approximately two millimeters or less.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the word “pearl.”</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the unqualified word “pearl” or any other word or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer to any object or product that is not in fact a pearl, as defined in § 23.18(a).</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “pearl” to describe, identify, or refer to a cultured pearl unless it is immediately preceded, with equal conspicuousness, by the word “cultured” or “cultivated,” or by some other word or phrase of like meaning, so as to indicate definitely and clearly that the product is not a pearl.</P> <P>(c) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “pearl” to describe, identify, or refer to an imitation pearl unless it is immediately preceded, with equal conspicuousness, by the word “artificial,” “imitation,” or “simulated,” or by some other word or phrase of like meaning, so as to indicate definitely and clearly that the product is not a pearl.</P> <P>(d) It is unfair or deceptive to use the terms “faux pearl,” “fashion pearl,” “Mother of Pearl,” or any other such term to describe or qualify an imitation pearl product unless it is immediately preceded, with equal conspicuousness, by the word “artificial,” “imitation,” or “simulated,” or by some other word or phrase of like meaning, so as to indicate definitely and clearly that the product is not a pearl.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.20</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of terms such as “cultured pearl,” “seed pearl,” “Oriental pearl,” “natura,” “kultured,” “real,” “gem,” “synthetic,” and regional designations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “cultured pearl,” “cultivated pearl,” or any other word, term, or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer to any imitation pearl.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “seed pearl” or any word, term, or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer to a cultured or an imitation pearl, without using the appropriate qualifying term “cultured” (e.g., “cultured seed pearl”) or “simulated,” “artificial,” or “imitation” (e.g., “imitation seed pearl”).</P> <P>(c) It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “Oriental pearl” or any word, term, or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer to any industry product other than a pearl taken from a salt water mollusk and of the distinctive appearance and type of pearls obtained from mollusks inhabiting the Persian Gulf and recognized in the jewelry trade as Oriental pearls.</P> <P>(d) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “Oriental” to describe, identify, or refer to any cultured or imitation pearl.</P> <P>(e) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “natura,” “natural,” “nature's,” or any word, term, or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer <PRTPAGE P="146"/>to a cultured or imitation pearl. It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “organic” to describe, identify, or refer to an imitation pearl, unless the term is qualified in such a way as to make clear that the product is not a natural or cultured pearl.</P> <P>(f) It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “kultured,” “semi-cultured pearl,” “cultured-like,” “part-cultured,” “pre-mature cultured pearl,” or any word, term, or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer to an imitation pearl.</P> <P>(g) It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “South Sea pearl” unless it describes, identifies, or refers to a pearl that is taken from a salt water mollusk of the Pacific Ocean South Sea Islands, Australia, or Southeast Asia. It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “South Sea cultured pearl” unless it describes, identifies, or refers to a cultured pearl formed in a salt water mollusk of the Pacific Ocean South Sea Islands, Australia, or Southeast Asia.</P> <P>(h) It is unfair or deceptive to use the term “Biwa cultured pearl” unless it describes, identifies, or refers to cultured pearls grown in fresh water mollusks in the lakes and rivers of Japan.</P> <P>(i) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “real,” “genuine,” “precious,” or any word, term, or phrase of like meaning to describe, identify, or refer to any imitation pearl.</P> <P>(j) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “gem” to describe, identify, or refer to a pearl or cultured pearl that does not possess the beauty, symmetry, rarity, and value necessary for qualification as a gem. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (j):</HD> <P>Use of the word “gem” with respect to cultured pearls should be avoided since few cultured pearls possess the necessary qualifications to properly be termed “gems.” Imitation pearls should not be described as “gems.”</P> </NOTE> <P>(k) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “synthetic” or similar terms to describe cultured or imitation pearls.</P> <P>(l) It is unfair or deceptive to use the terms “Japanese Pearls,” “Chinese Pearls,” “Mallorca Pearls,” or any regional designation to describe, identify, or refer to any cultured or imitation pearl, unless the term is immediately preceded, with equal conspicuousness, by the word “cultured,” “artificial,” “imitation,” or “simulated,” or by some other word or phrase of like meaning, so as to indicate definitely and clearly that the product is a cultured or imitation pearl.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to cultured pearls.</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent the manner in which cultured pearls are produced, the size of the nucleus artificially inserted in the mollusk and included in cultured pearls, the length of time that such products remained in the mollusk, the thickness of the nacre coating, the value and quality of cultured pearls as compared with the value and quality of pearls and imitation pearls, or any other material matter relating to the formation, structure, properties, characteristics, and qualities of cultured pearls.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to gemstones.</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to fail to disclose that a gemstone has been treated in any manner that is not permanent or that creates special care requirements, and to fail to disclose that the treatment is not permanent, if such is the case. The following are examples of treatments that should be disclosed because they usually are not permanent or create special care requirements: coating, impregnation, irradiating, heating, use of nuclear bombardment, application of colored or colorless oil or epoxy-like resins, wax, plastic, or glass, surface diffusion, or dyeing. This disclosure may be made at the point of sale, except that disclosure should be made in any solicitation where the product can be purchased without viewing (e.g., direct mail catalogs, on-line services), and in the case of televised shopping programs, on the air. If special care requirements for a gemstone arise because the gemstone has been treated, it is recommended that the seller disclose the special care requirements to the purchaser.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “ruby,” “sapphire,” “emerald,” “topaz,” “stone,” “birthstone,” “gemstone,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the unqualified words “ruby,” “sapphire,” “emerald,” “topaz,” or the name of <PRTPAGE P="147"/>any other precious or semi-precious stone to describe any product that is not in fact a natural stone of the type described.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “ruby,” “sapphire,” “emerald,” “topaz,” or the name of any other precious or semi-precious stone, or the word “stone,” “birthstone,” “gemstone,” or similar term to describe a laboratory-grown, laboratory-created, [manufacturer name]-created, synthetic, imitation, or simulated stone, unless such word or name is immediately preceded with equal conspicuousness by the word “laboratory-grown,” “laboratory-created,” “[manufacturer name]-created,” “synthetic,” or by the word “imitation” or “simulated,” so as to disclose clearly the nature of the product and the fact it is not a natural gemstone. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (h):</HD> <P>The use of the word “faux” to describe a laboratory-created or imitation stone is not an adequate disclosure that the stone is not natural.</P> </NOTE> <P>(c) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “laboratory-grown,” “laboratory-created,” “[manufacturer name]-created,” or “synthetic” with the name of any natural stone to describe any industry product unless such industry product has essentially the same optical, physical, and chemical properties as the stone named.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “real,” “genuine,” “natural,” “precious,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “real,” “genuine,” “natural,” “precious,” “semi-precious,” or similar terms to describe any industry product that is manufactured or produced artificially.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the word “gem.”</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “gem” to describe, identify, or refer to a ruby, sapphire, emerald, topaz, or other industry product that does not possess the beauty, symmetry, rarity, and value necessary for qualification as a gem.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “gem” to describe any laboratory-created industry product unless the product meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and unless such word is immediately accompanied, with equal conspicuousness, by the word “laboratory-grown,” “laboratory-created,” or “[manufacturer-name]-created,” “synthetic,” or by some other word or phrase of like meaning, so as to clearly disclose that it is not a natural gem. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to § 23.25:</HD> <P>In general, use of the word “gem” with respect to laboratory-created stones should be avoided since few laboratory-created stones possess the necessary qualifications to properly be termed “gems.” Imitation diamonds and other imitation stones should not be described as “gems.” Not all diamonds or natural stones, including those classified as precious stones, possess the necessary qualifications to be properly termed “gems.”</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 23.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the words “flawless,” “perfect,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “flawless” as a quality description of any gemstone that discloses blemishes, inclusions, or clarity faults of any sort when examined under a corrected magnifier at 10-power, with adequate illumination, by a person skilled in gemstone grading.</P> <P>(b) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “perfect” or any representation of similar meaning to describe any gemstone unless the gemstone meets the definition of “flawless” and is not of inferior color or make.</P> <P>(c) It is unfair or deceptive to use the word “flawless,” “perfect,” or any representation of similar meaning to describe any imitation gemstone.</P> </SECTION> <APPENDIX> <EAR>Pt. 23, App.</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix to Part 23—Exemptions Recognized in the Assay for Quality of Gold Alloy, Gold Filled, Gold Overlay, Rolled Gold Plate, Silver, and Platinum Industry Products</HD> <P>(a) Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of a karat gold industry product include springs, posts, and separable backs of lapel buttons, posts and nuts for attaching interchangeable ornaments, metallic parts completely and permanently encased in a nonmetallic covering, field pieces and bezels for lockets, <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> and wire pegs or rivets used for <PRTPAGE P="148"/>applying mountings and other ornaments, which mountings or ornaments shall be of the quality marked.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> Field pieces of lockets are those inner portions used as frames between the inside <PRTPAGE/>edges of the locket and the spaces for holding pictures. Bezels are the separable inner metal rings to hold the pictures in place.</P> </FTNT> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of a karat gold optical product include: the hinge assembly (barrel or other special types such as are customarily used in plastic frames); washers, bushings, and nuts of screw assemblies; dowels; springs for spring shoe straps; metal parts permanently encased in a non-metallic covering; and for oxfords, <SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> coil and joint springs.</P> </NOTE> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> Oxfords are a form of eyeglasses where a flat spring joins the two eye rims and the tension it exerts on the nose serves to hold the unit in place. Oxfords are also referred to as pince nez.</P> </FTNT> <P>(b) Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of a gold filled, gold overlay and rolled gold plate industry product, other than watchcases, include joints, catches, screws, pin stems, pins of scarf pins, hat pins, etc., field pieces and bezels for lockets, posts and separate backs of lapel buttons, bracelet and necklace snap tongues, springs, and metallic parts completely and permanently encased in a nonmetallic covering. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of a gold filled, gold overlay and rolled gold plate optical product include: screws; the hinge assembly (barrel or other special types such as are customarily used in plastic frames); washers, bushings, tubes and nuts of screw assemblies; dowels; pad inserts; springs for spring shoe straps, cores and/or inner windings of comfort cable temples; metal parts permanently encased in a non-metallic covering; and for oxfords, the handle and catch.</P> </NOTE> <P>(c) Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of a silver industry product include screws, rivets, springs, spring pins for wrist watch straps; posts and separable backs of lapel buttons; wire pegs, posts, and nuts used for applying mountings or other ornaments, which mountings or ornaments shall be of the quality marked; pin stems (e.g., of badges, brooches, emblem pins, hat pins, and scarf pins, etc.); levers for belt buckles; blades and skeletons of pocket knives; field pieces and bezels for lockets; bracelet and necklace snap tongues; any other joints, catches, or screws; and metallic parts completely and permanently encased in a nonmetallic covering.</P> <P>(d) Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of an industry product of silver in combination with gold include joints, catches, screws, pin stems, pins of scarf pins, hat pins, etc., posts and separable backs of lapel buttons, springs, and metallic parts completely and permanently encased in a nonmetallic covering.</P> <P>(e) Exemptions recognized in the industry and not to be considered in any assay for quality of a platinum industry product include springs, winding bars, sleeves, crown cores, mechanical joint pins, screws, rivets, dust bands, detachable movement rims, hat-pin stems, and bracelet and necklace snap tongues. In addition, the following exemptions are recognized for products marked in accordance with section 23.8(b)(5) of these Guides (i.e., products that are less than 500 parts per thousand platinum): pin tongues, joints, catches, lapel button backs and the posts to which they are attached, scarf-pin stems, hat pin sockets, shirt-stud backs, vest-button backs, and ear-screw backs, provided such parts are made of the same quality platinum as is used in the balance of the article.</P> </APPENDIX> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 24</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 24—GUIDES FOR SELECT LEATHER AND IMITATION LEATHER PRODUCTS</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>24.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and purpose of guides.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>24.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception (general).</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>24.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to composition.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>24.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the terms “waterproof,” “dustproof,” “warpproof,” “scuffproof,” “scratchproof,” “scuff resistant,” or “scratch resistant.”</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 45, 46.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>61 FR 51583, Oct. 3, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 24.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and purpose of guides.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Guides in this part apply to the manufacture, sale, distribution, marketing, or advertising of all kinds or types of leather or simulated-leather trunks, suitcases, traveling bags, sample cases, instrument cases, brief cases, ring binders, billfolds, wallets, key cases, coin purses, card cases, French purses, dressing cases, stud boxes, tie cases, jewel boxes, travel kits, gadget bags, camera bags, ladies' handbags, shoulder bags, purses, pocketbooks, footwear, belts (when not sold as part of a garment) and similar articles (hereinafter, “industry products”).<PRTPAGE P="149"/> </P> <P>(b) These Guides represent administrative interpretations of laws administered by the Federal Trade Commission for the guidance of the public in conducting its affairs in conformity with legal requirements. These Guides specifically address the application of section 5 of the FTC Act (15 U.S.C. 45) to the manufacture, sale, distribution, marketing, and advertising of industry products listed in paragraph (a) of this section. They provide the basis for voluntary compliance with such laws by members of industry. Conduct inconsistent with the positions articulated in these Guides may result in corrective action by the Commission under section 5 if, after investigation, the Commission has reason to believe that the behavior falls within the scope of conduct declared unlawful by the statute.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 24.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception (general).</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, the kind, grade, quality, quantity, material content, thickness, finish, serviceability, durability, price, origin, size, weight, ease of cleaning, construction, manufacture, processing, distribution, or any other material aspect of an industry product.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 24.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to composition.</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, the composition of any industry product or part thereof. It is unfair or deceptive to use the unqualified term “leather” or other unqualified terms suggestive of leather to describe industry products unless the industry product so described is composed in all substantial parts of leather. <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> This section includes, but is not limited to, the following:</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> For purposes of these Guides, footwear is composed of three parts: the upper, the lining and sock, and the outersole. These three parts are defined as follows: (1) The upper is the outer face of the structural element which is attached to the outersole; (2) the lining and sock are the lining of the upper and the insole, constituting the inside of the footwear article; and (3) the outersole is the bottom part of the footwear article subjected to abrasive wear and attached to the upper.</P> </FTNT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Imitation or simulated leather</E>. If all or part of an industry product is made of non-leather material that appears to be leather, the fact that the material is not leather, or the general nature of the material as something other than leather, should be disclosed. For example: Not leather; Imitation leather; Simulated leather; Vinyl; Vinyl coated fabric; or Plastic.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Embossed or processed leather</E>. The kind and type of leather from which an industry product is made should be disclosed when all or part of the product has been embossed, dyed, or otherwise processed so as to simulate the appearance of a different kind or type of leather. For example:</P> <P>(1) An industry product made wholly of top grain cowhide that has been processed so as to imitate pigskin may be represented as being made of Top Grain Cowhide.</P> <P>(2) Any additional representation concerning the simulated appearance of an industry product composed of leather should be immediately accompanied by a disclosure of the kind and type of leather in the product. For example: Top Grain Cowhide With Simulated Pigskin Grain.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Backing material</E>. (1) The backing of any material in an industry product with another kind of material should be disclosed when the backing is not apparent upon casual inspection of the product, or when a representation is made which, absent such disclosure, would be misleading as to the product's composition. For example: Top Grain Cowhide Backed With Vinyl.</P> <P>(2) The composition of the different backing material should be disclosed if it is visible and consists of non-leather material with the appearance of leather, or leather processed so as to simulate a different kind of leather.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Misuse of trade names, etc.</E> A trade name, coined name, trademark, or other word or term, or any depiction or device should not be used if it misrepresents, directly or by implication, that an industry product is made in whole or in part from animal skin or hide, or that material in an industry product is leather or other material. This includes, among other practices, the use of a stamp, tag, label, card, or other device in the shape of a tanned hide or skin or in the shape of a silhouette of an animal, in connection <PRTPAGE P="150"/>with any industry product that has the appearance of leather but that is not made wholly or in substantial part from animal skin or hide.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Misrepresentation that product is wholly of a particular composition</E>. A misrepresentation should not be made, directly or by implication, that an industry product is made wholly of a particular composition. A representation as to the composition of a particular part of a product should clearly indicate the part to which the representation applies.<SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> Where a product is made principally of leather but has certain non-leather parts that appear to be leather, the product may be described as made of leather so long as accompanied by clear disclosure of the non-leather parts. For example:</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> With regard to footwear, it is sufficient to disclose the presence of non-leather materials in the upper, the lining and sock, or the outersole, provided that the disclosure is made according to predominance of materials. For example, if the majority of the upper is composed of manmade material: Upper of manmade materials and leather.</P> </FTNT> <P>(1) An industry product made of top grain cowhide except for frame covering, gussets, and partitions that are made of plastic but have the appearance of leather may be described as: Top Grain Cowhide With Plastic Frame Covering, Gussets and Partitions; or Top Grain Cowhide With Gussets, Frame Covering and Partitions Made of Non-Leather Material.</P> <P>(2) An industry product made throughout, except for hardware, of vinyl backed with cowhide may be described as: Vinyl Backed With Cowhide (See also disclosure provision concerning use of backing material in paragraph (c) of this section).</P> <P>(3) An industry product made of top grain cowhide except for partitions and stay, which are made of plastic-coated fabric but have the appearance of leather, may be described as: Top Grain Cowhide With Partitions and Stay Made of Non-leather Material; or Top Grain Cowhide With Partitions and Stay Made of Plastic-Coated Fabric.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Ground, pulverized, shredded, reconstituted, or bonded leather</E>. A material in an industry product that contains ground, pulverized, shredded, reconstituted, or bonded leather and thus is not wholly the hide of an animal should not be represented, directly or by implication, as being leather. This provision does not preclude an accurate representation as to the ground, pulverized, shredded, reconstituted, or bonded leather content of the material. However, if the material appears to be leather, it should be accompanied by either:</P> <P>(1) An adequate disclosure as described by paragraph (a) of this section; or</P> <P>(2) If the terms “ground leather,” “pulverized leather,” “shredded leather,” “reconstituted leather,” or “bonded leather” are used, a disclosure of the percentage of leather fibers and the percentage of non-leather substances contained in the material. For example: An industry product made of a composition material consisting of 60% shredded leather fibers may be described as: Bonded Leather Containing 60% Leather Fibers and 40% Non-leather Substances.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Form of disclosures under this section</E>. All disclosures described in this section should appear in the form of a stamping on the product, or on a tag, label, or card attached to the product, and should be affixed so as to remain on or attached to the product until received by the consumer purchaser. All such disclosures should also appear in all advertising of such products irrespective of the media used whenever statements, representations, or depictions appear in such advertising which, absent such disclosures, serve to create a false impression that the products, or parts thereof, are of a certain kind of composition. The disclosures affixed to products and made in advertising should be of such conspicuousness and clarity as to be noted by purchasers and prospective purchasers casually inspecting the products or casually reading, or listening to, such advertising. A disclosure necessitated by a particular representation should be in close conjunction with the representation.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 24.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the terms “waterproof,” “dustproof,” “warpproof,” “scuffproof,” “scratchproof,” “scuff resistant,” and “scratch resistant.”</SUBJECT> <P>It is unfair or deceptive to:<PRTPAGE P="151"/> </P> <P>(a) Use the term “Waterproof” to describe all or part of an industry product unless the designated product or material prevents water from contact with its contents under normal conditions of intended use during the anticipated life of the product or material.</P> <P>(b) Use the term “Dustproof” to describe an industry product unless the product is so constructed that when it is closed dust cannot enter it.</P> <P>(c) Use the term “Warpproof” to describe all or part of an industry product unless the designated product or part is such that it cannot warp.</P> <P>(d) Use the term “Scuffproof,” “Scratchproof,” or other terms indicating that the product is not subject to wear in any other respect, to describe an industry product unless the outside surface of the product is immune to scratches or scuff marks, or is not subject to wear as represented.</P> <P>(e) Use the term “Scuff Resistant,” “Scratch Resistant,” or other terms indicating that the product is resistant to wear in any other respect, unless there is a basis for the representation and the outside surface of the product is meaningfully and significantly resistant to scuffing, scratches, or to wear as represented.</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <RESERVED>PARTS 25-227 [RESERVED]</RESERVED> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 228</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 228—TIRE ADVERTISING AND LABELING GUIDES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>228.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Industry Product” and “Industry Member” defined.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.0-1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of guide principles.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Tire description.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Designations of grade, line, level, or quality.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive designations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Original equipment.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Comparative quality and performance claims.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ply count, plies, ply rating.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cord materials.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Change-Overs,” “New Car Take Offs,” etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Retreaded and used tires.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure that products are obsolete or discontinued models.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Blemished, imperfect, defective, etc., products.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Pictorial misrepresentations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Racing claims.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bait advertising.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive pricing.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Guarantees.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Safety or performance features.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Other claims and representations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>228.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Snow tire advertising.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 5, 6, 38 Stat. 719, as amended, 721; 15 U.S.C. 45, 46.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>32 FR 15525, Nov. 8, 1967, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Industry Product” and “Industry Member” defined.</SUBJECT> <P>As used in this part, the terms <E T="03">Industry Product</E> or <E T="03">Product</E> shall mean pneumatic tires for use on passenger automobiles, station wagons, and similar vehicles, or the materials used therein. The term <E T="03">Industry Member</E> shall mean: All persons or firms who are engaged in the manufacture, sale or distribution of industry products as above defined whether under the manufacturer's or a private brand; and the manufacturers of passenger automobiles, station wagons, and similar vehicles for which industry products are provided as original equipment.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.0-1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of guide principles.</SUBJECT> <P>The following general principles will be used in determining whether terminology and other direct or indirect representations subject to the Commission's jurisdiction regarding industry products conform to laws administered by the Commission.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Tire description.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The purchase of tires for a motor vehicle is an extremely important matter to the consumer. Not only are substantial economic factors involved, but in most instances the purchaser will entrust the safety of himself and others to the performance of the product.</P> <P>(b) To avoid being deceived, the consumer must have certain basic information. Certain of this information should be provided before the purchaser makes his choice but other is essential throughout the life of the tire.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Disclosure before the sale.</E> The following information should be disclosed in point of sale material which is prominently displayed and of easy access, on the premises where the purchase is to be made in order to appraise the consumer:<PRTPAGE P="152"/> </P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Load-carrying capacity of the tire.</E> This information is essential to assure the purchaser that the tires he selects are capable of safely carrying the intended load. This information should consist of the maximum load-carrying capacity as related to various recommended air pressures and may include data which indicates the effect such varying pressures will have on the operation of the automobile. All such information shall be based on actual tests utilizing adequate and technically sound procedures. The test procedures and results shall be in writing and available for inspection.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Generic name of cord material.</E> Different cord materials can have performance characteristics that will affect the consumer's selection of tires. These various characteristics are widely advertised, and the consumer is aware of the distinctions. Without a disclosure of the generic name of the cord material, the consumer is unable to consider this factor in his purchase.</P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Actual number of plies.</E> Consumers have preference for industry products of a stated type of construction (e.g., 2 ply v. 4 ply). Without adequate disclosure the consumer is denied the basis for considering this factor in his selection. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Where the tire is of radial construction the ply count disclosure will be satisfied by the statement “radial ply.”</P> </NOTE> <P>(2) <E T="03">Disclosure on the tire.</E> The following information should be clearly disclosed in a permanent manner on the outside wall of the tire:</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Size.</E> Size is extremely important not only to insure that the tire will fit the vehicle wheel, but because it also is a determining factor as to the load-carrying capacity of the vehicle.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Whether tire is tubeless or tube type.</E> </P> <P>(iii) <E T="03">Actual number of plies.</E> </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Where the tire is of radial construction the ply count disclosure will be satisfied by the statement “radial ply.”</P> </NOTE> <P>(3) <E T="03">Other disclosures—</E>(i) <E T="03">Generic name of cord material used in ply.</E> A disclosure of the generic name of the cord material used in the ply of the tire should be made on a label or tag prominently displayed on the tire itself, and affixed in such a fashion that it cannot be easily removed prior to sale.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Load-carrying capacity and inflation pressure.</E> One of the most important factors in obtaining tire performance is proper care and use. Included in such care is inflating the tire to the required level as related to load-carrying capacity and use. To insure that such pressures are maintained by the user and the tire is not overloaded beyond its safe capacity, a table or chart should be provided for retention by the purchaser. This will apprise the purchaser of the load-carrying capacity of the tires as related to the range of recommended air pressures and use. It may also supply data which indicate the effect such varying pressures will have on the operation of the automobile. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Automobile manufacturers who provide tires as original equipment with new automobiles should incorporate such information in the owner's manual given to new car purchasers.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 1]</FP> <CITA>[32 FR 15525, Nov. 8, 1967, as amended at 33 FR 982, Jan. 26, 1968]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Designations of grade, line, level, or quality.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) There exists today no industrywide, government or other accepted system of quality standards or grading of industry products. Within the industry, however, a variety of trade terminology has developed which, when used in conjunction with consumer transactions, has the tendency to suggest that a system of quality standards or grading does in fact exist. Typical of such terminology are the expressions “line,” “level,” and “premium.” The exact meaning of such terminology may vary from one industry member to another. Therefore, the “1st line” or “100 level” or “premium” tire of one industry member may be grossly inferior to the “1st line” or “100 level” or “premium” tire of another member since in the absence of an accepted system of grading or quality standards, each member can determine what “line,” “level,” or “premium” classification to attach to a tire.</P> <P>(b) The consumer does not understand the significance of the absence of accepted grading or quality standards <PRTPAGE P="153"/>and is likely to assume that the expressions “line,” “level,” and “premium” connote valid criteria. Since the consumer is likely to misinterpret the meaning of such terminology, he may be deceived into purchasing an inferior product because it has been given such designation.</P> <P>(c) In the absence of an accepted system of grading or quality standards for industry products, it is improper to represent, either through the use of such expressions as “line,” “level,” “premium” or in any other manner, that such a system exists, unless the representation is accompanied by a clear and conspicuous disclosure:</P> <P>(1) That no industrywide or other accepted system of quality standards or grading of industry products currently exists, and</P> <P>(2) That representations as to grade, line, level, or quality, relate only to the private standard of the marketer of the tire so described (e.g., “XYZ first line”).</P> <P>(d) Additionally, products should not be described as being “first line” unless the products so described are the best products, exclusive of premium quality products embodying special features, of the manufacturer or brand name distributor applying such designation. [Guide 2]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive designations.</SUBJECT> <P>In the advertising or labeling of products, industry members should not use designations for grades of products they offer to the public:</P> <P>(a) Which have the capacity to deceive purchasers into believing that such products are equal or superior to a better grade or grades of their products when such conclusion would be contrary to fact (for example, if the “first line” tire of a manufacturer is designated as “Standard,” “High Standard,” or “Deluxe High Standard,” the tires of that manufacturer which are of lesser quality should not be designated or described as “Super Standard,” “Supreme High Standard,” “Super Deluxe High Standard,” or “Premium”), or</P> <P>(b) Which are otherwise false or misleading. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>When a manufacturer applies a designation to a product which falsely represents or implies the product is equal or superior in quality to its better grade or grades of products, it is responsible for any resulting deception whether it is a direct result of the designation or a result of the placing in the hands of others a means and instrumentality for the creation by them of a false and deceptive impression with respect to the comparative quality of products made by that manufacturer.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 3]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Original equipment.</SUBJECT> <P>Original equipment tires are understood to mean the same brand and quality tires used generally as original equipment on new current models of vehicles of domestic manufacture. A tire which was formerly but is not currently used as “Original Equipment,” should not be described as “Original Equipment” without clear and conspicuous disclosure in close conjunction with the term, of the latest actual year such tire was used as “Original Equipment.” [Guide 4]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Comparative quality and performance claims.</SUBJECT> <P>Representations and claims made by industry members that their products are superior in quality or performance to other products should not be made unless:</P> <P>(a) The representation or claim is based on an actual test utilizing adequate and technically sound procedures of the performance of the advertised product and of the product with which it is compared; the test procedure, results of which are in writing and available for inspection; and</P> <P>(b) The basis of the comparison is clearly stated and the comparison is based on identical conditions of use. Dangling comparatives should not be used.</P> <P>(c) Claims or representations that one tire is comparable or identical to another should not be used unless the advertiser is able to establish that such tires are comparable not only as respects the molds in which the tires are made, but also as respects all significant materials used in their construction.[Guide 5]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="154"/> <SECTNO>§ 228.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ply count, plies, ply rating.</SUBJECT> <P>A ply is a layer of rubberized fabric contained in the body of the tire and extending from one bead of the tire to the other bead of the tire. The consumer is interested in, and is entitled to know, certain information in regard to plies in tires. However, a great deal of terminology connected with plies which is utilized in advertising has the tendency to confuse and deceive the public and is accordingly inappropriate.</P> <P>(a) It is improper to utilize any statement or depiction which denotes or implies that tires possess more plies than they in fact actually possess. Phrases such as “Super 6” or “Deluxe 8” as descriptive of tires of less than 6 or 8 plies, respectively, should not be used.</P> <P>(b) The actual number of plies in a tire is not necessarily determinative of the ultimate strength, performance or quality of the product. Variations in the amount and type of fabric utilized in the ply and other construction features of the tire will determine the ultimate strength, performance or quality of the product. Through variations in these construction aspects, a tire of a stated number of plies may be inferior in strength, quality, and performance to another tire of lesser actual ply count. Accordingly, it is improper to represent in advertising, or otherwise, that solely because a product has more plies than another, it is superior.</P> <P>(c)(1) The expression “ply rating” as used in the trade is an index of tire strength. Each manufacturer, however, has his own system of computing “ply rating.” Thus, a product of one industry member of a stated “ply rating” is not necessarily of the same strength as the product of another member with the identical rating. While the expression “ply rating” may have significance to industry members, in the absence of a publicized system of standardized ratings, the use of such expressions in connection with sales to the general public may be deceptive.</P> <P>(2) To avoid deception, the expression “ply rated” or “ply rating” or any similar language should not be used unless said claim is based on actual tests utilizing adequate and technically sound procedures, the results of which are in writing and available for inspection. Further, certain disclosures must be made when such expressions are used in connection with consumer transactions.</P> <P>(3) When ply rating is stated on the tire itself, it must be accompanied in immediate conjunction therewith, and in identical size letters, the disclosure of the actual ply count. In addition, there must be a tag or label attached to the tire or its packaging, of such permanency that it cannot easily be removed prior to sale to the consumer, which tag or label contains a clear and conspicuous disclosure:</P> <P>(i) That there is no industrywide definition of ply rating; and</P> <P>(ii) Of the basis of comparison of the claimed rating. (For example, “2-ply tire, 4-ply rating means this 2-ply tire is equivalent to our current or most recent 4-ply nylon cord tire.”)</P> <P>(4) When ply rating is used in advertising or in other sales or promotional materials, in addition to the disclosure of actual ply count as indicated, it must be accompanied by the disclosure:</P> <P>(i) That there is no industrywide definition of ply rating; and</P> <P>(ii) Of the basis of comparison of the claimed rating. (For example, “2-ply tire, 4-ply rating means this 2-ply tire is equivalent to our current or most recent 4-ply nylon cord tire.”) [Guide 6]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cord materials.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The fabric that is utilized in the ply is known as the cord material. The use of a particular type of cord material may be determined by the use to which the tire will be placed. One type of cord material may provide one desired characteristic, but not be used because of other characteristics which may be unfavorable.</P> <P>(b) The type of cord material utilized in a tire is not necessarily determinative of its ultimate quality, performance or strength. Through variations in the denier of the material, the amount to be used and other construction aspects of the tire, the ultimate quality, performance, and strength is determined.</P> <P>(c) It is improper to represent in advertising, or otherwise, that solely because a particular type of cord material is utilized in the construction of a tire, it is superior to tires constructed <PRTPAGE P="155"/>with other types of cord material. Such advertising is deceptive for it creates that impression in the consumer's mind whereas in fact it does not take into consideration the other variable aspects of tire construction.</P> <P>(d) When the type of cord material is referred to in advertising, it must be made clear that it is only the cord that is of the particular material and not the entire tire. For example, it would be improper to refer to a product as “Nylon Tire.” The proper description is “Nylon Cord Tire.” Similarly, when the manufacturer of the cord material is mentioned, it should be made clear that he did not manufacture the tire. For example, a tire should be described as “Brand X Nylon Cord Material” and not “Brand X Nylon Tire.”</P> <P>(e) Cord material should be identified by its generic name when referred to in advertising. [Guide 7]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Change-Overs,” “New Car Take Offs,” etc.</SUBJECT> <P>Industry products should not be represented as “Change-Overs” or “New Car Take Offs” unless the products so described have been subjected to but insignificant use necessary in moving new vehicles prior to delivery of such vehicles to franchised distributor or retailer. “Change-Overs” or “New Car Take Offs” should not be described as new. Advertisements of such products should include a clear and conspicuous disclosure that “Change-Overs” or “New Car Take Offs” have been subjected to previous use. [Guide 8]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Retreaded and used tires.</SUBJECT> <P>Advertisements of used or retreaded products should clearly and conspicuously disclose that same are not new products. Unexplained terms, such as “New Tread,” “Nu-Tread” and “Snow Tread” as descriptive of such tires do not constitute adequate disclosure that tires so described are not new. Any terms disclosing that tires are not new also shall not misrepresent the performance, the type of manufacture, or any other attribute of such tires. See § 228.18. [Guide 9]</P> <CITA>[32 FR 15525, Nov. 8, 1967, as amended at 58 FR 64882, Dec. 10, 1993]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure that products are obsolete or discontinued models.</SUBJECT> <P>Advertisements should clearly and conspicuously disclose that the products offered are discontinued models or designs or are obsolete when such is the fact. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>The words “model” and “design” used in connection with tires include width, depth, and pattern of the tread as well as other aspects of their construction.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 10]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Blemished, imperfect, defective, etc., products.</SUBJECT> <P>Advertisements of products which are blemished, imperfect, or which for any reason are defective, should contain conspicuous disclosure of that fact. In addition, such products should have permanently stamped or molded thereon or affixed thereto and to the wrappings in which they are encased a plain and conspicuous legend or statement to the effect that such products are blemished, imperfect, or defective. Such markings by a legend such as “XX” or by a color marking or by any other code designation which is not generally understood by the public are not considered to be an adequate disclosure. [Guide 11]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Pictorial misrepresentations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is improper to utilize in advertising, any picture or depiction of an industry product other than the product offered for sale. Where price is featured in advertising, any picture or depiction utilized in connection therewith should be the exact tire offered for sale at the advertised price.</P> <P>(b) For example, it would be improper to depict a white side wall tire with a designated price when the price is applicable to black wall tires. Such practice would be improper even if a disclosure is made elsewhere in the advertisement that the featured price is not for the depicted whitewalls. [Guide 12]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Racing claims.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Advertising in connection with racing, speed records, or similar events should clearly and conspicuously disclose that the tires on the vehicle are not generally available all purpose tires, unless such is the fact.<PRTPAGE P="156"/> </P> <P>(b) The requirement of this section is applicable also to special purpose racing tires, which although available for such special purpose, are not the advertiser's general purpose product.</P> <P>(c) Similarly, designations should not be utilized in conjunction with any industry product which falsely suggest, directly or indirectly, that such product is the identical one utilized in racing events or in a particular event. [Guide 13]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bait advertising.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Bait advertising is an alluring but insincere offer to sell a product which the advertiser in truth does not intend or want to sell. Its purpose is to obtain leads as to persons interested in buying industry products and to induce them to visit the member's premises. After the person visits the premises, the primary effort is to switch him from buying the advertised product in order to sell something else, usually at a higher price.</P> <P>(b) No advertisement containing an offer to sell a product should be published when the offer is not a bona fide effort to sell the advertised product. Among the acts and practices which will be considered in determining if an advertisement is bona fide are:</P> <P>(1) The advertising of a product at a price applicable only to unusual or off size tires or for special purpose tires;</P> <P>(2) The refusal to show or sell the product offered in accordance with the terms of the offer;</P> <P>(3) The failure to have available at all outlets listed in the advertisement a sufficient quantity of the advertised product to meet reasonably anticipated demands, unless the advertisement clearly and adequately discloses that the supply is limited and/or the merchandise is available only at designated outlets;</P> <P>(4) The disparagement by acts or words of the advertised product or the disparagement of the guarantee, credit terms, or in any other respect in connection with it;</P> <P>(5) Use of a sales plan or method of compensation for salesmen or penalizing salesmen, designed to prevent or discourage them from selling the advertised product. [Guide 14]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive pricing.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Former price comparisons.</E> One form of advertising in the replacement market is the offering of reductions or savings from the advertiser's former price. This type of advertising may take many forms, of which the following are examples: </P> <EXTRACT> <FP>Formerly $_____ Reduced to $____. 50% Off—Sale Priced at $____.</FP> </EXTRACT> <FP>Such advertising is valid where the basis of comparison, that is, the price on which the represented savings are based, is the actual bona fide price at which the advertiser recently and regularly sold the advertised tire to the public for a reasonably substantial period of time prior to the advertised sale. However, where the basis of comparison (1) is not the advertiser's actual selling price, (2) is a price which was not used in the recent past but at some remote period in the past, or (3) is a price which has been used for only a short period of time and a reduction is claimed therefrom, the claimed savings or reduction is fictitious and the purchaser deceived. Following are examples illustrating the application of this provision:</FP> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1.</HD> <P>Dealer A advertises a tire as follows: “Memorial Day Sale—Regular price of tire, $15.95—Reduced to $13.95.” During the preceding 6 months Dealer A has conducted numerous “sales” at which the tire was sold in large quantities at the $13.95 price. The tire was sold at $15.95 only during periods between the so-called “sales.” In these circumstances, the advertised reduction from a “regular” price of $15.95 would be improper, since that was not the price at which the tire was recently and regularly sold to the public for a reasonably substantial period of time prior to the advertised sale.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2.</HD> <P>Dealer B engaged in sale advertising weekly on the last 3 days of the week. It was his practice during the selling week to offer a particular line of tires at $24.95 on Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, and advertise the same line as “Sale Priced $19.95” on the final 3 days of the selling week. Use of the price for only 3 days prior to the reduction, even though the higher price is resumed after 3 days of “sale” advertising would not constitute a basis for claiming a price reduction. The higher price was not the regular selling price for a reasonably substantial period of time. Furthermore, when the higher price is used only for the first 3 days of the week and another price is used for the final 3 days, the higher price has not <PRTPAGE P="157"/>been established as a regular price, especially when most sales are made at the lower price during the final 3-day period.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(b) <E T="03">Trade area price comparisons.</E> (1) Another recognized form of bargain advertising is to offer tires at prices lower than those being charged by others for the same tires in the area where the advertiser is doing business. Examples of this type of advertising where used in connection with the advertiser's own price are: </P> <EXTRACT> <FP>Sold Elsewhere at $____.</FP> <FP>Retail Value $____.</FP> </EXTRACT> <P>(2) The tire market, because of its nature, requires that special care and precaution be exercised before this type of advertising is used. Trade area price comparisons are understood by purchasers to mean that the represented bargain is a reduction or saving from the price being charged by representative retail outlets for the same tires at the time of the advertisement.</P> <P>(3) If a tire manufacturer decides to conduct a promotion of a particular tire, reduces the price in his wholly owned stores and independent dealers follow the promotion price, the “sale” price has become the retail price in the area and it would be deceptive to represent that this “sale” price is reduced from that charged by others. In most circumstances where a promotion is sponsored by the manufacturer and is followed by the wholly owned stores and most of the independent dealers in the area, such trade area price comparisons would be improper.</P> <P>(4) A trade area price comparison would be valid where an individual dealer, acting on his own, decides to lower the price of a tire significantly below that being charged by others in his area. In this situation, he would be honestly offering a genuine reduction from the price charged by others in his area.</P> <P>(5) When using a retail price comparison great care should be exercised to make the advertising clear that the basis of the reduction or saving is the price being charged by others and not the advertiser's own former selling price.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Substantiality of reduction or savings.</E> In order for an advertiser to represent that a price is reduced or offers savings to purchasers without specifying the extent thereof, it is necessary that the represented reduction or savings be significant. When the amount of the reduction or savings is not stated in advertising and is not substantial enough to attract and influence prospective purchasers if they knew the true facts, the representation is deceptive. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example</HD> <P>Dealer C advertises a Fourth of July sale featuring X brand tires at a claimed reduction in price. The sale price in the advertisement is stated as $14.75 per tire. The advertisement does not state the former price of the tire. The tire previously had been sold at $14.95. Under the circumstances, the advertisement would be deceptive. The 20-cent reduction in price is insignificant when compared with the actual selling price of the tire. Purchasers generally, if they knew the amount of the reduction, would not be influenced sufficiently thereby to cause them to purchase the tire at the reduced price.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(d) <E T="03">Representations of specific price reductions and savings.</E> (1) Advertisements which offer a specified amount or percentage of price reduction or savings should not be used where there is no determinable regular selling price, whether it be the advertiser's former price or the retail price in the area.</P> <P>(2) The lack of a determinable actual selling price does not preclude all “sale” advertising. For example, if a dealer desires to offer a tire at a price which represents a significant reduction from the lowest price in the range of prices at which he has actually sold the tire in the recent regular course of his business, it would not be deceptive to advertise the tire with such representations as “Sale Priced,” “Reduced” or “Save.”</P> <P>(3) However, an advertiser is not precluded from offering specific savings from the lowest price at which he has actually sold tires, provided that the advertising clearly states that the offered savings are a reduction from the lowest previous selling price and not from the advertiser's regular selling price.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">No trade-in prices.</E> (1) The most common device used in advertising is to offer a purported reduction or savings from a so-called “no trade-in” price. Prospective purchasers are entitled to believe this to mean that they <PRTPAGE P="158"/>would realize a savings from the price they would have had to pay for the tire prior to the “Sale,” either in cash or in cash plus the fair value of a traded-in tire. If this is not true, purchasers are deceived. Where a significant number of sales in relation to a seller's total sales is not made at the so-called “no trade-in” price and such price appreciably exceeds the price purchasers would normally pay the seller (including the fair value of any trade-in), use of the price as a basis for claiming a reduction or savings would be deceptive and contrary to this part.</P> <P>(2) Representations of high trade-in allowances are sometimes used in combination with fictitious “no trade-in” prices to deceive purchasers. These may take the form of direct representations that a specified amount (usually significantly higher than the value of the tire carcass) will be allowed for a trade-in tire, or, representations of specific savings in the purchase of a new tire when a tire is traded in during a “sale.” In either case, the purchaser is given the illusion of a bargain in the guise of a high trade-in allowance which he does not in fact receive if the amount of the allowance is deducted from a fictitiously high “no trade-in” price. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1.</HD> <P>An advertisement offers a 25 percent reduction during a May tire sale. The body of the advertisement sets forth a “no trade-in” price as the price from which the represented 25 percent reduction is made. However, such price represents the price at which only 15 percent of the advertiser's total sales were made and which was appreciably higher than the price at which the tire usually sold with a trade-in even with the addition of an amount representing a reasonable, bona fide trade-in allowance. Use of the “no trade-in” price in the advertisement is deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2.</HD> <P>Dealer D advertises, “Now Get $4 to $10 Per Tire Trade-In Allowance” in connection with the sale of a certain tire. Dealer D has regularly sold the tire for $12 to customers having a good recappable tire to offer in trade. During the regular course of Dealer D's business he has granted allowances ranging from 50 cents to $3, depending upon the condition of the tire taken in trade. During the advertised sale, however, Dealer D sells all of the tires at the manufacturer's suggested “no trade-in” price of $22 and deducts from that price the inflated trade-in allowances. Under the circumstances, the advertisement would be deceptive. Dealer D has not granted the allowances in connection with his regular selling price but has used instead the fictitious “no trade-in” price as a basis for offering the inflated allowances. The consumer has been led to believe that his old tire is worth far more than its actual value and Dealer D receives what has been his regular selling price or, in some instances, an amount in excess of the regular price, depending upon the allowance granted.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(f) <E T="03">Combination offers.</E> (1) Frequent use is made in the tire market of purported bargain advertising which offers “free” or at a represented reduced price a tire, some other article of merchandise or a service, with the purchase of one or more tires at a specified price. The following are typical examples of this type of offer: </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Buy 3, get four at no additional cost.</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Buy one tire at $__, get second tire at 50% off.</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Get a wheel free with purchase of each snow tire.</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Free wheel alignment with purchase of two new tires.</FP> </EXTRACT> <FP>Such advertising is understood by purchasers to mean that the price charged by the advertiser for the initial tire or tires to be purchased is the price at which they have been regularly sold by the advertiser for a reasonably substantial period of time prior to the sale, and that the amount of the purported reduction or the value of the so-called “free” article or service represents actual savings. If the price of the tires to be purchased is not the advertiser's regular selling price, purchasers are deceived.</FP> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example.</HD> <P>Dealer E advertises “2nd Tire <FR>1/2</FR> Off When You Buy First Tire At Price Listed Below—No Trade-In Needed!” In the body of the advertisement the first tire is listed as costing $25.15 and the second tire $12.57. The figure listed as the price for the first tire is not Dealer E's regular selling price, but the manufacturer's suggested “no trade-in” price. E's regular selling price prior to the so-called sale had been $18.85 per tire. Under the circumstances, the “<FR>1/2</FR> Off” offer would be deceptive. The basis for the advertised offer is not the advertiser's actual selling price for the tire. While consumers are led to believe that they are being afforded substantial savings by purchasing a second tire, in fact they are paying Dealer E's regular selling price for two tires.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(g) <E T="03">Federal Excise Tax.</E> Since the Federal Excise Tax on tires is assessed on the manufacturer and is based on the <PRTPAGE P="159"/>weight of the materials used and not the retail selling price, the tax should be included in the price quoted for a particular tire, or the amount of the tax set out in immediate conjunction with the tire price. For example, assuming the tax on a particular tire to be $1 and the advertised selling price $9.95, the price should be stated as “$10.95” or “$9.95 plus $1 Federal Excise Tax” and not “$9.95 plus Federal Excise Tax.”</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Advertising furnished by tire manufacturers.</E> It is the practice of some tire manufacturers to supply advertising to independent as well as to wholly owned retail outlets in local trade areas. A tire manufacturer providing advertising material to be used in local trade areas by either wholly owned or independent outlets is responsible for the representations made in such advertising and should base price and savings claims on conditions actually existing in the particular areas. In view of price fluctuations at the local level, the general dissemination (i.e., in more than one trade area) to independent retail outlets of advertising material containing stated prices or reduction claims results in deception <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> and is, accordingly, contrary to this part. [Guide 15]</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> This part does not deal with the question of whether such practice may be improper as contributing to unlawful restraints of trade connected with the enforcement of the Antitrust Laws and the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> </FTNT> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Guarantees.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) In general, any advertising containing a guarantee representation shall clearly and conspicuously disclose:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">The nature and extent of the guarantee.</E> (i) The general nature of the guarantee should be disclosed. If the guarantee is, for example, against defects in material or workmanship, this should be clearly revealed.</P> <P>(ii) Disclosure should be made of any material conditions or limitations in the guarantee. This would include any limitation as to the duration of a guarantee, whether stated in terms of treadwear, time, mileage, or otherwise. Exclusion of tire punctures also would constitute a material limitation. If the guarantor's performance is conditioned on the return of the tire to the dealer who made the original sale, this fact should be revealed.</P> <P>(iii) When a tire is represented as “guaranteed for life” or as having a “lifetime guarantee,” the meaning of the term <E T="03">life</E> or <E T="03">lifetime</E> should be explained.</P> <P>(iv) Guarantees which under normal conditions are impractical of fulfillment or for such a period of time or number of miles as to mislead purchasers into the belief the tires so guaranteed have a greater degree of serviceability or durability than is true in fact, should not be used.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">The manner in which the guarantor will perform.</E> This consists generally of a statement of what the guarantor undertakes to do under the guarantee. Types of performance would be repair of the tire, refund of purchase price or replacement of the tire. If the guarantor has an option as to the manner of the performance, this should be expressly stated.</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">The identity of the guarantor.</E> The identity of the guarantor should be clearly revealed in all advertising, as well as in any documents evidencing the guarantee. Confusion of purchasers often occurs when it is not clear whether the manufacturer or the retailer is the guarantor.</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Pro rata adjustment of guarantees—</E>(i) <E T="03">Disclosure in advertising.</E> Many guarantees provide that in the event of tire failure during the guarantee period a credit will be allowed on the purchase price of a replacement tire, the amount of the credit being in proportion to the treadwear or time remaining under the guarantee. All advertising of the guarantee should clearly disclose the pro rata nature of the guarantee and the price basis upon which adjustments will be made.</P> <P>(ii) <E T="03">Price basis for adjustments.</E> Usually under this type of guarantee the same predetermined amount is used as a basis for the prorated credit and the purchase price of the replacement tire. If this so-called “adjustment” price is not the actual selling price but is an artificial, inflated price the purchaser does not receive the full value of his guarantee. This is illustrated by the following example: </P> <EXTRACT> <PRTPAGE P="160"/> <P>“A” purchases a tire which is represented as being guaranteed for the life of the tread. After 75 percent of the tread is worn, the tire fails. The dealer from whom “A” seeks an adjustment under his guarantee is currently selling the tire for $15 but the “adjustment” price of the tire is $20. “A” receives a credit of 25 percent or $5 toward the price of the replacement tire. This credit is applied not on the actual selling price but on the artificial “adjustment” price of $20. Thus, “A” pays $15 for the new tire which is the current selling price of the tire.</P> </EXTRACT> <FP>Under the facts described in this illustration the guarantee was worthless as the purchaser could have purchased a new tire at the same price without a guarantee. If 50 percent of the tread remained when the adjustment was made, the purchaser would have received a credit of $10 toward the $20 replacement price. He must still pay $10 for a replacement tire. Had the adjustment been made on the basis of the actual selling price he would have obtained a new tire for $7.50. Thus, while deriving some value from his guarantee he did not receive the value he had reason to expect under the guarantee.</FP> <P>(b) Accordingly, to avoid deception of purchasers as to the value of guarantees, adjustments should be made on the basis of a price which realistically reflects the actual selling price of the tire. The following would be considered appropriate price bases for making guarantee adjustments:</P> <P>(1) The original purchase price of the guaranteed tire; or</P> <P>(2) The adjusting dealer's actual current selling price at the time of adjustment; or</P> <P>(3) A predetermined price which fairly represents the actual selling price of the tire.</P> <FP>Whenever an advertisement for tires includes reference to a guarantee, the advertisement should also disclose, clearly and conspicuously, the price basis on which adjustments will be made. Such disclosure of the price basis for adjustments should be in terms of actual purchase or selling price, e.g., original purchase price, adjusting dealer's current selling price, etc. A mere reference to a guarantor's “adjustment price,” for example, would not satisfy this disclosure requirement. In addition, written material disclosing the basis for adjustments should be made available to prospective purchasers at the point of sale, and if the third method of adjustment is chosen, such written material should include the actual price on which guarantee adjustments will be made. [Guide 16]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Safety or performance features.</SUBJECT> <P>Absolute terms such as “skidproof,” “blowout proof,” “blow proof,” “puncture proof” should not be unqualifiedly used unless the product so described affords complete and absolute protection from skidding, blowouts, or punctures, as the case may be, under any and all driving conditions. [Guide 17]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Other claims and representations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) No claim or representation should be made concerning an industry product which directly, by implication, or by failure to adequately disclose additional relevant information, has the capacity or tendency or effect of deceiving purchasers or prospective purchasers in any material respect. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, representations or claims relating to the construction, durability, safety, strength, condition or life expectancy of such products.</P> <P>(b) Also included among the prohibitions of this section are claims or representations by members of this industry or by distributors of any component parts of materials used in the manufacture of industry products, concerning the merits or comparative merits (as to strength, safety, cooler running, wear, or resistance to shock, heat, moisture, etc.) of such products, components or materials, which are not true in fact or which are otherwise false or misleading. [Guide 18]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 228.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Snow tire advertising.</SUBJECT> <P>Many manufacturers are now offering winter tread tires with metal spikes. Certain States, or other jurisdictions, however, prohibit the use of such tires because of possible road damage. Accordingly, in the advertising of such products, a clear and conspicuous statement should be made that the use of such tires is illegal in certain States or jurisdictions. Further, when such <PRTPAGE P="161"/>tires are locally advertised in areas where their use is prohibited, a clear and conspicuous statement to this effect must be included. [Guide 19]</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 233</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 233—GUIDES AGAINST DECEPTIVE PRICING</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>233.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Former price comparisons.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>233.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Retail price comparisons; comparable value comparisons.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>233.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advertising retail prices which have been established or suggested by manufacturers (or other nonretail distributors).</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>233.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bargain offers based upon the purchase of other merchandise.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>233.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous price comparisons.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 5, 6, 38 Stat. 719, as amended, 721; 15 U.S.C. 45, 46.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>32 FR 15534, Nov. 8, 1967, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 233.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Former price comparisons.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) One of the most commonly used forms of bargain advertising is to offer a reduction from the advertiser's own former price for an article. If the former price is the actual, bona fide price at which the article was offered to the public on a regular basis for a reasonably substantial period of time, it provides a legitimate basis for the advertising of a price comparison. Where the former price is genuine, the bargain being advertised is a true one. If, on the other hand, the former price being advertised is not bona fide but fictitious—for example, where an artificial, inflated price was established for the purpose of enabling the subsequent offer of a large reduction—the “bargain” being advertised is a false one; the purchaser is not receiving the unusual value he expects. In such a case, the “reduced” price is, in reality, probably just the seller's regular price.</P> <P>(b) A former price is not necessarily fictitious merely because no sales at the advertised price were made. The advertiser should be especially careful, however, in such a case, that the price is one at which the product was openly and actively offered for sale, for a reasonably substantial period of time, in the recent, regular course of his business, honestly and in good faith—and, of course, not for the purpose of establishing a fictitious higher price on which a deceptive comparison might be based. And the advertiser should scrupulously avoid any implication that a former price is a selling, not an asking price (for example, by use of such language as, “Formerly sold at $___”), unless substantial sales at that price were actually made.</P> <P>(c) The following is an example of a price comparison based on a fictitious former price. John Doe is a retailer of Brand X fountain pens, which cost him $5 each. His usual markup is 50 percent over cost; that is, his regular retail price is $7.50. In order subsequently to offer an unusual “bargain”, Doe begins offering Brand X at $10 per pen. He realizes that he will be able to sell no, or very few, pens at this inflated price. But he doesn't care, for he maintains that price for only a few days. Then he “cuts” the price to its usual level—$7.50—and advertises: “Terrific Bargain: X Pens, Were $10, Now Only $7.50!” This is obviously a false claim. The advertised “bargain” is not genuine.</P> <P>(d) Other illustrations of fictitious price comparisons could be given. An advertiser might use a price at which he never offered the article at all; he might feature a price which was not used in the regular course of business, or which was not used in the recent past but at some remote period in the past, without making disclosure of that fact; he might use a price that was not openly offered to the public, or that was not maintained for a reasonable length of time, but was immediately reduced.</P> <P>(e) If the former price is set forth in the advertisement, whether accompanied or not by descriptive terminology such as “Regularly,” “Usually,” “Formerly,” etc., the advertiser should make certain that the former price is not a fictitious one. If the former price, or the amount or percentage of reduction, is not stated in the advertisement, as when the ad merely states, “Sale,” the advertiser must take care that the amount of reduction is not so insignificant as to be meaningless. It should be sufficiently large that the consumer, if he knew what it was, would believe that a genuine bargain or saving was being offered. An <PRTPAGE P="162"/>advertiser who claims that an item has been “Reduced to $9.99,” when the former price was $10, is misleading the consumer, who will understand the claim to mean that a much greater, and not merely nominal, reduction was being offered. [Guide I]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 233.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Retail price comparisons; comparable value comparisons.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Another commonly used form of bargain advertising is to offer goods at prices lower than those being charged by others for the same merchandise in the advertiser's trade area (the area in which he does business). This may be done either on a temporary or a permanent basis, but in either case the advertised higher price must be based upon fact, and not be fictitious or misleading. Whenever an advertiser represents that he is selling below the prices being charged in his area for a particular article, he should be reasonably certain that the higher price he advertises does not appreciably exceed the price at which substantial sales of the article are being made in the area—that is, a sufficient number of sales so that a consumer would consider a reduction from the price to represent a genuine bargain or saving. Expressed another way, if a number of the principal retail outlets in the area are regularly selling Brand X fountain pens at $10, it is not dishonest for retailer Doe to advertise: “Brand X Pens, Price Elsewhere $10, Our Price $7.50”.</P> <P>(b) The following example, however, illustrates a misleading use of this advertising technique. Retailer Doe advertises Brand X pens as having a “Retail Value $15.00, My Price $7.50,” when the fact is that only a few small suburban outlets in the area charge $15. All of the larger outlets located in and around the main shopping areas charge $7.50, or slightly more or less. The advertisement here would be deceptive, since the price charged by the small suburban outlets would have no real significance to Doe's customers, to whom the advertisement of “Retail Value $15.00” would suggest a prevailing, and not merely an isolated and unrepresentative, price in the area in which they shop.</P> <P>(c) A closely related form of bargain advertising is to offer a reduction from the prices being charged either by the advertiser or by others in the advertiser's trade area for other merchandise of like grade and quality—in other words, comparable or competing merchandise—to that being advertised. Such advertising can serve a useful and legitimate purpose when it is made clear to the consumer that a comparison is being made with other merchandise and the other merchandise is, in fact, of essentially similar quality and obtainable in the area. The advertiser should, however, be reasonably certain, just as in the case of comparisons involving the same merchandise, that the price advertised as being the price of comparable merchandise does not exceed the price at which such merchandise is being offered by representative retail outlets in the area. For example, retailer Doe advertises Brand X pen as having “Comparable Value $15.00”. Unless a reasonable number of the principal outlets in the area are offering Brand Y, an essentially similar pen, for that price, this advertisement would be deceptive. [Guide II]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 233.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advertising retail prices which have been established or suggested by manufacturers (or other nonretail distributors).</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Many members of the purchasing public believe that a manufacturer's list price, or suggested retail price, is the price at which an article is generally sold. Therefore, if a reduction from this price is advertised, many people will believe that they are being offered a genuine bargain. To the extent that list or suggested retail prices do not in fact correspond to prices at which a substantial number of sales of the article in question are made, the advertisement of a reduction may mislead the consumer.</P> <P>(b) There are many methods by which manufacturers' suggested retail or list prices are advertised: Large scale (often nationwide) mass-media advertising by the manufacturer himself; preticketing by the manufacturer; direct mail advertising; distribution of promotional material or price lists designed for display to the public. The mechanics used are not of the essence. This part is concerned with any means <PRTPAGE P="163"/>employed for placing such prices before the consuming public.</P> <P>(c) There would be little problem of deception in this area if all products were invariably sold at the retail price set by the manufacturer. However, the widespread failure to observe manufacturers' suggested or list prices, and the advent of retail discounting on a wide scale, have seriously undermined the dependability of list prices as indicators of the exact prices at which articles are in fact generally sold at retail. Changing competitive conditions have created a more acute problem of deception than may have existed previously. Today, only in the rare case are all sales of an article at the manufacturer's suggested retail or list price.</P> <P>(d) But this does not mean that all list prices are fictitious and all offers of reductions from list, therefore, deceptive. Typically, a list price is a price at which articles are sold, if not everywhere, then at least in the principal retail outlets which do not conduct their business on a discount basis. It will not be deemed fictitious if it is the price at which substantial (that is, not isolated or insignificant) sales are made in the advertiser's trade area (the area in which he does business). Conversely, if the list price is significantly in excess of the highest price at which substantial sales in the trade area are made, there is a clear and serious danger of the consumer being misled by an advertised reduction from this price.</P> <P>(e) This general principle applies whether the advertiser is a national or regional manufacturer (or other non-retail distributor), a mail-order or catalog distributor who deals directly with the consuming public, or a local retailer. But certain differences in the responsibility of these various types of businessmen should be noted. A retailer competing in a local area has at least a general knowledge of the prices being charged in his area. Therefore, before advertising a manufacturer's list price as a basis for comparison with his own lower price, the retailer should ascertain whether the list price is in fact the price regularly charged by principal outlets in his area.</P> <P>(f) In other words, a retailer who advertises a manufacturer's or distributor's suggested retail price should be careful to avoid creating a false impression that he is offering a reduction from the price at which the product is generally sold in his trade area. If a number of the principal retail outlets in the area are regularly engaged in making sales at the manufacturer's suggested price, that price may be used in advertising by one who is selling at a lower price. If, however, the list price is being followed only by, for example, small suburban stores, house-to-house canvassers, and credit houses, accounting for only an insubstantial volume of sales in the area, advertising of the list price would be deceptive.</P> <P>(g) On the other hand, a manufacturer or other distributor who does business on a large regional or national scale cannot be required to police or investigate in detail the prevailing prices of his articles throughout so large a trade area. If he advertises or disseminates a list or preticketed price in good faith (i.e., as an honest estimate of the actual retail price) which does not appreciably exceed the highest price at which substantial sales are made in his trade area, he will not be chargeable with having engaged in a deceptive practice. Consider the following example:</P> <P>(h) Manufacturer Roe, who makes Brand X pens and sells them throughout the United States, advertises his pen in a national magazine as having a “Suggested Retail Price $10,” a price determined on the basis of a market survey. In a substantial number of representative communities, the principal retail outlets are selling the product at this price in the regular course of business and in substantial volume. Roe would not be considered to have advertised a fictitious “suggested retail price.” If retailer Doe does business in one of these communities, he would not be guilty of a deceptive practice by advertising, “Brand X Pens, Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price, $10, Our Price, $7.50.”</P> <P>(i) It bears repeating that the manufacturer, distributor or retailer must in every case act honestly and in good faith in advertising a list price, and not with the intention of establishing a basis, or creating an instrumentality, for a deceptive comparison in any local or other trade area. For instance, a <PRTPAGE P="164"/>manufacturer may not affix price tickets containing inflated prices as an accommodation to particular retailers who intend to use such prices as the basis for advertising fictitious price reductions. [Guide III]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 233.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bargain offers based upon the purchase of other merchandise.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Frequently, advertisers choose to offer bargains in the form of additional merchandise to be given a customer on the condition that he purchase a particular article at the price usually offered by the advertiser. The forms which such offers may take are numerous and varied, yet all have essentially the same purpose and effect. Representative of the language frequently employed in such offers are “Free,” “Buy One—Get One Free,” “2-For-1 Sale,” “Half Price Sale,” “1¢ Sale,” “50% Off,” etc. Literally, of course, the seller is not offering anything “free” (i.e., an unconditional gift), or <FR>1/2</FR> free, or for only 1¢, when he makes such an offer, since the purchaser is required to purchase an article in order to receive the “free” or “1¢” item. It is important, therefore, that where such a form of offer is used, care be taken not to mislead the consumer.</P> <P>(b) Where the seller, in making such an offer, increases his regular price of the article required to be bought, or decreases the quantity and quality of that article, or otherwise attaches strings (other than the basic condition that the article be purchased in order for the purchaser to be entitled to the “free” or “1¢” additional merchandise) to the offer, the consumer may be deceived.</P> <P>(c) Accordingly, whenever a “free,” “2-for-1,” “half price sale,” “1¢ sale,” “50% off” or similar type of offer is made, all the terms and conditions of the offer should be made clear at the outset. [Guide IV]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 233.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous price comparisons.</SUBJECT> <P>The practices covered in the provisions set forth above represent the most frequently employed forms of bargain advertising. However, there are many variations which appear from time to time and which are, in the main, controlled by the same general principles. For example, retailers should not advertise a retail price as a “wholesale” price. They should not represent that they are selling at “factory” prices when they are not selling at the prices paid by those purchasing directly from the manufacturer. They should not offer seconds or imperfect or irregular merchandise at a reduced price without disclosing that the higher comparative price refers to the price of the merchandise if perfect. They should not offer an advance sale under circumstances where they do not in good faith expect to increase the price at a later date, or make a “limited” offer which, in fact, is not limited. In all of these situations, as well as in others too numerous to mention, advertisers should make certain that the bargain offer is genuine and truthful. Doing so will serve their own interest as well as that of the public. [Guide V]</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 238</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 238—GUIDES AGAINST BAIT ADVERTISING</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>238.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bait advertising defined.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>238.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bait advertisement.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>238.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initial offer.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>238.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Discouragement of purchase of advertised merchandise.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>238.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Switch after sale.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 5, 6, 38 Stat. 719, as amended, 721; 15 U.S.C. 45, 46.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>32 FR 15540, Nov. 8, 1967, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 238.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bait advertising defined. <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> </SUBJECT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> For the purpose of this part “advertising” includes any form of public notice however disseminated or utilized.</P> </FTNT> <P>Bait advertising is an alluring but insincere offer to sell a product or service which the advertiser in truth does not intend or want to sell. Its purpose is to switch consumers from buying the advertised merchandise, in order to sell something else, usually at a higher price or on a basis more advantageous to the advertiser. The primary aim of a bait advertisement is to obtain leads as to persons interested in buying merchandise of the type so advertised.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="165"/> <SECTNO>§ 238.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Bait advertisement.</SUBJECT> <P>No advertisement containing an offer to sell a product should be published when the offer is not a bona fide effort to sell the advertised product. [Guide 1]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 238.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Initial offer.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) No statement or illustration should be used in any advertisement which creates a false impression of the grade, quality, make, value, currency of model, size, color, usability, or origin of the product offered, or which may otherwise misrepresent the product in such a manner that later, on disclosure of the true facts, the purchaser may be switched from the advertised product to another.</P> <P>(b) Even though the true facts are subsequently made known to the buyer, the law is violated if the first contact or interview is secured by deception. [Guide 2]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 238.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Discouragement of purchase of advertised merchandise.</SUBJECT> <P>No act or practice should be engaged in by an advertiser to discourage the purchase of the advertised merchandise as part of a bait scheme to sell other merchandise. Among acts or practices which will be considered in determining if an advertisement is a bona fide offer are:</P> <P>(a) The refusal to show, demonstrate, or sell the product offered in accordance with the terms of the offer,</P> <P>(b) The disparagement by acts or words of the advertised product or the disparagement of the guarantee, credit terms, availability of service, repairs or parts, or in any other respect, in connection with it,</P> <P>(c) The failure to have available at all outlets listed in the advertisement a sufficient quantity of the advertised product to meet reasonably anticipated demands, unless the advertisement clearly and adequately discloses that supply is limited and/or the merchandise is available only at designated outlets,</P> <P>(d) The refusal to take orders for the advertised merchandise to be delivered within a reasonable period of time,</P> <P>(e) The showing or demonstrating of a product which is defective, unusable or impractical for the purpose represented or implied in the advertisement,</P> <P>(f) Use of a sales plan or method of compensation for salesmen or penalizing salesmen, designed to prevent or discourage them from selling the advertised product. [Guide 3]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 238.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Switch after sale.</SUBJECT> <P>No practice should be pursued by an advertiser, in the event of sale of the advertised product, of “unselling” with the intent and purpose of selling other merchandise in its stead. Among acts or practices which will be considered in determining if the initial sale was in good faith, and not a strategem to sell other merchandise, are:</P> <P>(a) Accepting a deposit for the advertised product, then switching the purchaser to a higher-priced product,</P> <P>(b) Failure to make delivery of the advertised product within a reasonable time or to make a refund,</P> <P>(c) Disparagement by acts or words of the advertised product, or the disparagement of the guarantee, credit terms, availability of service, repairs, or in any other respect, in connection with it,</P> <P>(d) The delivery of the advertised product which is defective, unusable or impractical for the purpose represented or implied in the advertisement. [Guide 4] </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P> <E T="03">Sales of advertised merchandise.</E> Sales of the advertised merchandise do not preclude the existence of a bait and switch scheme. It has been determined that, on occasions, this is a mere incidental byproduct of the fundamental plan and is intended to provide an aura of legitimacy to the overall operation.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 239</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 239—GUIDES FOR THE ADVERTISING OF WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>239.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope of the guides.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>239.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures in warranty or guarantee advertising.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>239.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Satisfaction Guarantees” and similar representations in advertising; disclosure in advertising that mentions “satisfaction guarantees” or similar representations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>239.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Lifetime” and similar representations.<PRTPAGE P="166"/> </SUBJECT> <SECTNO>239.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Performance of warranties or guarantees.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 5, 6, 38 Stat. 719 as amended, 721; 15 U.S.C. 45, 46.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>50 FR 18470, May 1, 1985, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 239.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope of the guides.</SUBJECT> <P>The Guides for the Advertising of Warranties and Guarantees are intended to help advertisers avoid unfair or deceptive practices in the advertising of warranties or guarantees. The Guides are based upon Commission cases, and reflect changes in circumstances brought about by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act (15 U.S.C. 2301 <E T="03">et seq.</E>) and the FTC Rules promulgated pursuant to the Act (16 CFR parts 701 and 702). The Guides do not purport to anticipate all possible unfair or deceptive acts or practices in the advertising of warranties or guarantees and the Guides should not be interpreted to limit the Commission's authority to proceed against such acts or practices under section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The Commission may bring an action under section 5 against any advertiser who misrepresents the product or service offered, who misrepresents the terms or conditions of the warranty offered, or who employs other deceptive or unfair means.</P> <P>Section 239.2 of the Guides applies only to advertisements for written warranties on consumer products, as “written warranty” and “consumer product” are defined in the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. 2301, that are covered by the Rule on Pre-Sale Availability or Written Warranty Terms, 16 CFR part 702. The other sections of the Guides apply to the advertising of any warranty or guarantee.</P> <CITA>[50 FR 18470, May 1, 1985; 50 FR 20899, May 21, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 239.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures in warranty or guarantee advertising.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) If an advertisement mentions a warranty or guarantee that is offered on the advertised product, the advertisement should disclose, with such clarity and prominence as will be noticed and understood by prospective purchasers, that prior to sale, at the place where the product is sold, prospective purchasers can see the written warranty or guarantee for complete details of the warranty coverage. <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> In television advertising, the Commission will regard any disclosure of the pre-sale availability of warranties as complying with this Guide if the advertisement makes the necessary disclosure simultaneously with or immediately following the warranty claim and the disclosure is made in the audio portion, or, if in the video portion, it remains on the screen for at least five seconds.</P> </FTNT> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Examples:</HD> <P>The following are examples of disclosures sufficient to convey to prospective purchasers that, prior to sale, at the place where the product is sold, they can see the written warranty or guarantee for complete details of the warranty coverage. These examples are for both print and broadcast advertising. These examples are illustrative, not exhaustive. In each example, the portion of the advertisement that mentions the warranty or guarantee is in regular type and the disclosure is in italics.</P> <P>A. “The XYZ washing machine is backed by our limited 1 year warranty. <E T="03">For complete details, see our warranty at a dealer near you.”</E> </P> <P>B. “The XYZ bicycle is warranted for 5 years. <E T="03">Some restrictions may apply. See a copy of our warranty wherever XYZ products are sold.”</E> </P> <P>C. “We offer the best guarantee in the business. <E T="03">Read the details and compare wherever our fine products are sold.”</E> </P> <P>D. <E T="03">“See our full 2 year warranty at the store nearest you.”</E> </P> <P>E. “Don't take our word—take our warranty. <E T="03">See our limited 2 year warranty where you shop.”</E> </P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(b) If an advertisement in any catalogue, or in any other solicitation <SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> for mail order sales or for telephone order sales mentions a warranty or guarantee that is offered on the advertised product, the advertisement should disclose, with such clarity and prominence as will be noticed and understood by prospective purchasers, that prospective purchasers can obtain complete details of the written warranty or guarantee free from the seller upon specific written request or from the catalogue or other solicitation (whichever is applicable).</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> See note 1.</P> </FTNT> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Examples:</HD> <P>The following are examples of disclosures sufficient to convey to consumers how they can obtain complete details of the <PRTPAGE P="167"/>written warranty or guarantee prior to placing a mail or telephone order. These examples are illustrative, not exhaustive. In each example, the portion of the advertisement that mentions the warranty or guarantee is in regular typeface and the disclosure is in italics.</P> <P>A. “ABC quality cutlery is backed by our 10 year warranty. <E T="03">Write to us for a free copy at: (address).”</E> </P> <P>B. “ABC power tools are guaranteed. <E T="03">Read about our limited 90 day warranty in this catalogue.”</E> </P> <P>C. <E T="03">“Write to us for a free copy of our full warranty.</E> You'll be impressed how we stand behind our product.”</P> </EXAMPLE> <CITA>[50 FR 20899, May 21, 1985]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 239.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Satisfaction Guarantees” and similar representations in advertising; disclosure in advertising that mentions “satisfaction guarantees” or similar representations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) A seller or manufacturer should use the terms “Satisfaction Guarantee,” “Money Back Guarantee,” “Free Trial Offer,” or similar representations in advertising only if the seller or manufacturer, as the case may be, refunds the full purchase price of the advertised product at the purchaser's request.</P> <P>(b) An advertisement that mentions a “Satisfaction Guarantee” or a similar representation should disclose, with such clarity and prominence as will be noticed and understood by prospective purchasers, any material limitations or conditions that apply to the “Satisfaction Guarantee” or similar representation. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Examples:</HD> <P>These examples are for both print and broadcast advertising. These examples are illustrative, not exhaustive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example A:</HD> <P>(In an advertisement mentioning a satisfaction guarantee that is conditioned upon return of the unused portion within 30 days) “We guarantee your satisfaction. If not completely satisfied with Acme Spot Remover, return the unused portion within 30 days for a full refund.”</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example B:</HD> <P>(In an advertisement mentioning a money back guarantee that is conditioned upon return of the product in its original packaging) “Money Back Guarantee! Just return the ABC watch in its original package and ABC will fully refund your money.”</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 239.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>“Lifetime” and similar representations.</SUBJECT> <P>If an advertisement uses “lifetime,” “life,” or similar representations to describe the duration of a warranty or guarantee, then the advertisement should disclose, with such clarity and prominence as will be noticed and understood by prospective purchasers, the life to which the representation refers. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Examples:</HD> <P>These examples are for both print and broadcast advertising. These examples are illustrative, not exhaustive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example A:</HD> <P>(In an advertisement mentioning a lifetime guarantee on an automobile muffler where the duration of the guarantee is measured by the life of the car in which it is installed) “Our lifetime guarantee on the Whisper Muffler protects you for as long as your car runs—even if you sell it, trade it, or give it away!”</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example B:</HD> <P>(In an advertisement mentioning a lifetime guarantee on a battery where the duration of the warranty is for as long as the original purchaser owns the car in which it was installed) “Our battery is backed by our lifetime guarantee. Good for as long as you own the car!”</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 239.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Performance of warranties or guarantees.</SUBJECT> <P>A seller or manufacturer should advertise that a product is warranted or guaranteed only if the seller or manufacturer, as the case may be, promptly and fully performs its obligations under the warranty or guarantee.</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 240</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 240—GUIDES FOR ADVERTISING ALLOWANCES AND OTHER MERCHANDISING PAYMENTS AND SERVICES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>240.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose of the Guides.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Applicability of the law.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition of seller.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition of customer.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition of competing customers.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interstate commerce.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Services or facilities.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Need for a plan.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Proportionally equal terms.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Availability to all competing customers.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Wholesaler or third party performance of seller's obligations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Checking customer's use of payments.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Customer's and third party liability.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Meeting competition.<PRTPAGE P="168"/> </SUBJECT> <SECTNO>240.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cost justification.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>Secs. 5, 6, 38 Stat. 719, as amended, 721; 15 U.S.C. 45, 46; 49 Stat. 1526; 15 U.S.C. 13, as amended.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>55 FR 33663, Aug. 17, 1990, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Purpose of the Guides.</SUBJECT> <P>The purpose of these Guides is to provide assistance to businesses seeking to comply with sections 2 (d) and (e) of the Robinson-Patman Act (the “Act”). The guides are based on the language of the statute, the legislative history, administrative and court decisions, and the purposes of the Act. Although the Guides are consistent with the case law, the Commission has sought to provide guidance in some areas where no definitive guidance is provided by the case law. The Guides are what their name implies—guidelines for compliance with the law. They do not have the force of law.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Applicability of the law.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The substantive provisions of section 2 (d) and (e) apply only under certain circumstances. Section 2(d) applies only to:</P> <P>(1) A seller of products</P> <P>(2) Engaged in interstate commerce</P> <P>(3) That either directly or through an intermediary</P> <P>(4) Pays a customer for promotional services or facilities provided by the customer</P> <P>(5) In connection with the resale (not the initial sale between the seller and the customer) of the seller's products</P> <P>(6) Where the customer is in competition with one or more of the seller's other customers also engaged in the resale of the seller's products of like grade and quality.</P> <P>(b) Section 2(e) applies only to:</P> <P>(1) A seller of products</P> <P>(2) Engaged in interstate commerce</P> <P>(3) That either directly or through an intermediary</P> <P>(4) Furnishes promotional services or facilities to a customer</P> <P>(5) In connection with the resale (not the initial sale between the seller and the customer) of the seller's products</P> <P>(6) Where the customer is in competition with one or more of the seller's other customers also engaged in the resale of the seller's products of like grade and quality.</P> <P>(c) Additionally, section 5 of the FTC Act may apply to buyers of products for resale or to third parties. See § 240.13 of these Guides.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition of seller.</SUBJECT> <P> <E T="03">Seller</E> includes any person (manufacturer, wholesaler, distributor, etc.) who sells products for resale, with or without further processing. For example, selling candy to a retailer is a sale for resale without processing. Selling corn syrup to a candy manufacturer is a sale for resale with processing.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition of customer.</SUBJECT> <P>A <E T="03">customer</E> is any person who buys for resale directly from the seller, or the seller's agent or broker. In addition, a “customer” is any buyer of the seller's product for resale who purchases from or through a wholesaler or other intermediate reseller. The word “customer” which is used in section 2(d) of the Act includes “purchaser” which is used in section 2(e). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>There may be some exceptions to this general definition of “customer.” For example, the purchaser of distress merchandise would not be considered a “customer” simply on the basis of such purchase. Similarly, a retailer or purchasing solely from other retailers, or making sporadic purchases from the seller or one that does not regularly sell the seller's product, or that is a type of retail outlet not usually selling such products (e.g., a hardware store stocking a few isolated food items) will not be considered a “customer” of the seller unless the seller has been put on notice that such retailer is selling its product.</P> </NOTE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A manufacturer sells to some retailers directly and to others through wholesalers. Retailer A purchases the manufacturer's product from a wholesaler and resells some of it to Retailer B. Retailer A is a customer of the manufacturer. Retailer B is not a customer unless the fact that it purchases the manufacturer's product is known to the manufacturer.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A manufacturer sells directly to some independent retailers, to the headquarters of chains and of retailer-owned cooperatives, and to wholesalers. The manufacturer offers promotional services or allowances for promotional activity to be performed at the retail level. With respect to such services and allowances, the direct-buying independent retailers, the headquarters <PRTPAGE P="169"/>of the chains and retailer-owned cooperatives, and the wholesaler's independent retailer customers are customers of the manufacturer. Individual retail outlets of the chains and the members of the retailer-owned cooperatives are not customers of the manufacturer.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A seller offers to pay wholesalers to advertise the seller's product in the wholesalers' order books or in the wholesalers' price lists directed to retailers purchasing from the wholesalers. The wholesalers and retailer-owned cooperative headquarters and headquarters of other bona-fide buying groups are customers. Retailers are not customers for purposes of this promotion.</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definition of competing customers.</SUBJECT> <P> <E T="03">Competing customers</E> are all businesses that compete in the resale of the seller's products of like grade and quality at the same functional level of distribution regardless of whether they purchase directly from the seller or through some intermediary. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>Manufacturer A, located in Wisconsin and distributing shoes nationally, sells shoes to three competing retailers that sell only in the Roanoke, Virginia area. Manufacturer A has no other customers selling in Roanoke or its vicinity. If Manufacturer A offers its promotion to one Roanoke customer, it should include all three, but it can limit the promotion to them. The trade area should be drawn to include retailers who compete.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A national seller has direct-buying retailing customers reselling exclusively within the Baltimore area, and other customers within the area purchasing through wholesalers. The seller may lawfully engage in a promotional campaign confined to the Baltimore area, provided that it affords all of its retailing customers within the area the opportunity to participate, including those that purchase through wholesalers.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>B manufactures and sells a brand of laundry detergent for home use. In one metropolitan area, B's detergent is sold by a grocery store and a discount department store. If these stores compete with each other, any allowance, service or facility that B makes available to the grocery store should also be made available on proportionally equal terms to the discount department store.</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interstate commerce.</SUBJECT> <P>The term <E T="03">interstate commerce</E> has not been precisely defined in the statute. In general, if there is any part of a business which is not wholly within one state (for example, sales or deliveries of products, their subsequent distribution or purchase, or delivery of supplies or raw materials), the business may be subject to sections 2(d) and 2(e) of the Act. (The commerce standard for sections 2 (d) and (e) is at least as inclusive as the commerce standard for section 2(a).) Sales or promotional offers within the District of Columbia and most United States possessions are also covered by the Act.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Services or facilities.</SUBJECT> <P>The terms <E T="03">services</E> and <E T="03">facilities</E> have not been exactly defined by the statute or in decisions. One requirement, however, is that the services or facilities be used primarily to promote the resale of the seller's product by the customer. Services or facilities that relate primarily to the original sale are covered by section 2(a). The following list provides some examples—the list is not exhaustive—of promotional services and facilities covered by sections 2 (d) and (e): </P> <EXTRACT> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cooperative advertising;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Handbills;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Demonstrators and demonstrations;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Catalogues;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Cabinets;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Displays;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Prizes or merchandise for conducting promotional contests;</FP> <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Special packaging, or package sizes.</FP> </EXTRACT> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Need for a plan.</SUBJECT> <P>A seller who makes payments or furnishes services that come under the Act should do so according to a plan. If there are many competing customers to be considered or if the plan is complex, the seller would be well advised to put the plan in writing. What the plan should include is describe in more detail in the remainder of these Guides. Briefly, the plan should make payments or services functionally available to all competing customers on proportionally equal terms. (See § 240.9 of this part.) Alternative terms and conditions should be made available to customers who cannot, in a practical sense, take advantage of some of the plan's offerings. The seller should inform competing customers of the plans available to them, in time for them to <PRTPAGE P="170"/>decide whether to participate. (See § 240.10 of this part.)</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Proportionally equal terms.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Promotional services and allowances should be made available to all competing customers on proportionally equal terms. No single way to do this is prescribed by law. Any method that treats competing customers on proportionally equal terms may be used. Generally, this can be done most easily by basing the payments made or the services furnished on the dollar volume or on the quantity of the product purchased during a specified period. However, other methods that result in proportionally equal allowances and services being offered to all competing customers are acceptable.</P> <P>(b) When a seller offers more than one type of service, or payments for more than one type of service, all the services or payments should be offered on proportionally equal lterms. The seller may do this by offering all the payments or services at the same rate per unit or amount purchased. Thus, a seller might offer promotional allowances of up to 12 cents a case purchased for expenditures on either newspaper advertising or handbills. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A seller may offer to pay a specified part (e.g., 50 percent) of the cost of local advertising up to an amount equal to a specified percentage (e.g., 5 percent) of the dollar volume of purchases during a specified period of time.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A seller may place in reserve for each customer a specified amount of money for each unit purchased, and use it to reimburse these customers for the cost of advertising the seller's product.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A seller should not provide an allowance or service on a basis that has rates graduated with the amount of goods purchased, as, for instance, 1 percent of the first $1,000 purchased per month, 2 percent of the second $1,000 per month, and 3 percent of all over that.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A seller should not identify or feature one or a few customers in its own advertising without making the same service available on proportionally equal terms to customers competing with the identified customer or customers.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>A seller who makes employees available or arranges with a third party to furnish personnel for purposes of performing work for a customer should make the same offer available on proportionally equal terms to all other competing customers or offer useable and suitable services or allowances on proportionally equal terms to competing customers for whom such services are not useable and suitable. <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> </P> </EXAMPLE> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> The discriminatory purchase of display or shelf space, whether directly or by means of so-called allowances, may violate the Act, and may be considered an unfair method of competition in violation of section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> </FTNT> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 6:</HD> <P>A seller should not offer to pay a straight line rate for advertising if such payment results in a discrimination between competing customers; e.g., the offer of $1.00 per line for advertising in a newspaper that charges competing customers different amounts for the same advertising space. The straight line rate is an acceptable method for allocating advertising funds if the seller offers small retailers that pay more than the lowest newspaper rate an alternative that enables them to obtain the same percentage of their advertising cost as large retailers. If the $1.00 per line allowance is based on 50 percent of the newspaper's lowest contract rate of $2.00 per line, the seller should offer to pay 50 percent of the newspaper advertising cost of smaller retailers that establish, by invoice or otherwise, that they paid more than that contract rate.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 7:</HD> <P>A seller offers each customer promotional allowances at the rate of one dollar for each unit of its product purchased during a defined promotional period. If Buyer A purchases 100 units, Buyer B 50 units, and Buyer C 25 units, the seller maintains proportional equality by allowing $100 to Buyer A, $50 to Buyer B, and $25 to Buyer C, to be used for the Buyers' expenditures on promotion.</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Availability to all competing customers.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Functional availability:</P> <P>(1) The seller should take reasonable steps to ensure that services and facilities are useable in a practical sense by all competing customers. This may require offering alternative terms and conditions under which customers can participate. When a seller provides alternatives in order to meet the availability requirement, it should take reasonable steps to ensure that the alternatives are proportionally equal, and the seller should inform competing customers of the various alternative plans.</P> <P>(2) The seller should insure that promotional plans or alternatives offered to retailers do not bar any competing retailers from participation, whether they purchase directly from the seller <PRTPAGE P="171"/>or through a wholesaler or other intermediary.</P> <P>(3) When a seller offers to competing customers alternative services or allowances that are proportionally equal and at least one such offer is useable in a practical sense by all competing customers, and refrains from taking steps to prevent customers from participating, it has satisfied its obligation to make services and allowances “functionally available” to all customers. Therefore, the failure of any customer to participate in the program does not place the seller in violation of the Act. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A manufacturer offers a plan for cooperative advertising on radio, TV, or in newspapers of general circulation. Because the purchases of some of the manufacturer's customers are too small this offer is not useable in a practical sense by them. The manufacturer should offer them alternative(s) on proportionally equal terms that are useable in a practical sense by them.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A seller furnishes demonstrators to large department store customers. The seller should provide alternatives useable in a practical sense on proportionally equal terms to those competing customers who cannot use demonstrators. The alternatives may be services useable in a practical sense that are furnished by the seller, or payments by the seller to customers for their advertising or promotion of the seller's product.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A seller offers to pay 75 percent of the cost of advertising in daily newspapers, which are the regular advertising media of the seller's large or chain store customers, but a lesser amount, such as only 50 percent of the cost, or even nothing at all, for advertising in semi-weekly, weekly, or other newspapers or media that may be used by small retail customers. Such a plan discriminates against particular customers or classes of customers. To avoid that discrimination, the seller in offering to pay allowances for newspaper advertising should offer to pay the same percent of the cost of newspaper advertising for all competing customers in a newspaper of the customer's choice, or at least in those newspapers that meet the requirements for second class mail privileges. While a small customer may be offered, as an alternative to advertising in daily newspapers, allowances for other media and services such as envelope stuffers, handbills, window banners, and the like, the small customer should have the choice to use its promotional allowance for advertising similar to that available to the larger customers, if it can practicably do so.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A seller offers short term displays of varying sizes, including some which are useable by each of its competing customers in a practical business sense. The seller requires uniform, reasonable certification of performance by each customer. Because they are reluctant to process the required paper work, some customers do not participate. This fact does not place the seller in violation of the functional availability requirement and it is under no obligation to provide additional alternatives.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(b) Notice of available services and allowances: The seller has an obligation to take steps reasonably designed to provide notice to competing customers of the availability of promotional services and allowances. Such notification should include enough details of the offer in time to enable customers to make an informed judgment whether to participate. When some competing customers do not purchase directly from the seller, the seller must take steps reasonably designed to provide notice to such indirect customers. Acceptable notification may vary. The following is a non-exhaustive list of acceptable methods of notification:</P> <P>(1) By providing direct notice to customers;</P> <P>(2) When a promotion consists of providing retailers with display materials, by including the materials within the product shipping container;</P> <P>(3) By including brochures describing the details of the offer in shipping containers;</P> <P>(4) By providing information on shipping containers or product packages of the availability and essential features of an offer, identifying a specific source for further information;</P> <P>(5) By placing at reasonable intervals in trade publications of general and widespread distribution announcements of the availability and essential features of promotional offers, identifying a specific source for further information; and</P> <P>(6) If the competing customers belong to an identifiable group on a specific mailing list, by providing relevant information of promotional offers to customers on that list. For example, if a product is sold lawfully only under Government license (alcoholic beverages, etc.), the seller may inform only its customers holding licenses.</P> <P>(c) A seller may contract with intermediaries or other third parties to provide notice. See § 240.11. </P> <EXAMPLE> <PRTPAGE P="172"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A seller has a plan for the retail promotion of its product in Philadelphia. Some of its retailing customers purchase directly and it offers the plan to them. Other Philadelphia retailers purchase the seller's product through wholesalers. The seller may use the wholesalers to reach the retailing customers that buy through them, either by having the wholesalers notify these retailers, or by using the wholesalers' customer lists for direct notification by the seller.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A seller that sells on a direct basis to some retailers in an area, and to other retailers in the area through wholsesalers, has a plan for the promotion of its product at the retail level. If the seller directly notifies competing direct purchasing retailers, and competing retailers purchasing through the wholesalers, the seller is not required to notify its wholesalers.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A seller regularly promotes its product at the retail level and during the year has various special promotional offers. The seller's competing customers include large direct-purchasing retailers and smaller retailers that purchase through wholesalers. The promotions offered can best be used by the smaller retailers if the funds to which they are entitled are pooled and used by the wholesalers on their behalf (newspaper advertisements, for example). If retailers purchasing through a wholesaler designate that wholesaler as their agent for receiving notice of, collecting, and using promotional allowances for them, the seller may assume that notice of, and payment under, a promotional plan to such wholesaler constitutes notice and payment to the retailer. The seller must have a reasonable basis for concluding that the retailers have designated the wholesaler as their agent.</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Wholesaler or third party performance of seller's obligations.</SUBJECT> <P>A seller may contract with intermediaries, such as wholesalers, distributors, or other third parties, to perform all or part of the seller's obligations under sections 2 (d) and (e). The use of intermediaries does not relieve a seller of its responsibility to comply with the law. Therefore, in contracting with an intermediary, a seller should ensure that its obligations under the law are in fact fulfilled.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Checking customer's use of payments.</SUBJECT> <P>The seller should take reasonable precautions to see that the services the seller is paying for are furnished and that the seller is not overpaying for them. The customer should expend the allowance solely for the purpose for which it was given. If the seller knows or should know that what the seller is paying for or furnishing is not being properly used by some customers, the improper payments or services should be discontinued.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Customer's and third party liability.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Customer's liability: Sections 2 (d) and (e) apply to sellers and not to customers. However, the Commission may proceed under section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act against a customer who knows, or should know, that it is receiving a discriminatory price through services or allowances not made available on proportionally equal terms to its competitors engaged in the resale of a seller's product. Liability for knowingly receiving such a discrimination may result whether the discrimination takes place directly through payments or services, or indirectly through deductions from purchase invoices or other similar means. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A customer should not induce or receive advertising allowances for special promotion of the seller's product in connection with the customer's anniversary sale or new store opening when the customer knows or should know that such allowances, or suitable alternatives, are not available on proportionally equal terms to all other customers competing with it in the distribution of the seller's product.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>Frequently the employees of sellers or third parties, such as brokers, perform in-store services for their grocery retailer customers, such as stocking of shelves, building of displays and checking or rotating inventory, etc. A customer operating a retail grocery business should not induce or receive such services when the customer knows or should know that such services (or usable and suitable alternative services) are not available on proportionally equal terms to all other customers competing with it in the distribution of the seller's product.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>Where a customer has entered into a contract, understanding, or arrangement for the purchase of advertising with a newspaper or other advertising medium that provides for a deferred rebate or other reduction in the price of the advertising, the customer should advise any seller from whom reimbursement for the advertising is claimed that the claimed rate of reimbursement is subject to a deferred rebate or other reduction in price. In the event that any rebate or <PRTPAGE P="173"/>adjustment in the price is received, the customer should refund to the seller the amount of any excess payment or allowance.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A customer should not induce or receive an allowance in excess of that offered in the seller's advertising plan by billing the seller at “vendor rates” or for any other amount in excess of that authorized in the seller's promotional program.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(b) Third party liability: Third parties, such as advertising media, may violate section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act through double or fictitious rates or billing. An advertising medium, such as a newspaper, broadcast station, or printer of catalogues, that publishes a rate schedule containing fictitious rates (or rates that are not reasonably expected to be applicable to a representative number of advertisers), may violate section 5 if the customer uses such deceptive schedule or invoice for a claim for an advertising allowance, payment or credit greater than that to which it would be entitled under the seller's promotional offering. Similarly, an advertising medium that furnishes a customer with an invoice that does not reflect the customer's actual net advertising cost may violate section 5 if the customer uses the invoice to obtain larger payments than it is entitled to receive. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A newspaper has a “national” rate and a lower “local” rate. A retailer places an advertisement with the newspaper at the local rate for a seller's product for which the retailer will seek reimbursement under the seller's cooperative advertising plan. The newspaper should not send the retailer two bills, one at the national rate and another at the local rate actually charged.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A newspaper has several published rates. A large retailer has in the past earned the lowest rate available. The newspaper should not submit invoices to the retailer showing a high rate by agreement between them unless the invoice discloses that the retailer may receive a rebate and states the amount (or approximate amount) of the rebate, if known, and if not known, the amount of rebate the retailer could reasonably anticipate.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A radio station has a flat rate for spot announcements, subject to volume discounts. A retailer buys enough spots to qualify for the discounts. The station should not submit an invoice to the retailer that does not show either the actual net cost or the discount rate.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>An advertising agent buys a large volume of newspaper advertising space at a low, unpublished negotiated rate. Retailers then buy the space from the agent at a rate lower than they could buy this space directly from the newspaper. The agent should not furnish the retailers invoices showing a rate higher than the retailers actually paid for the space.</P> </EXAMPLE> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Meeting competition.</SUBJECT> <P>A seller charged with discrimination in violation of sections 2 (d) and (e) may defend its actions by showing that particular payments were made or services furnished in good faith to meet equally high payments or equivalent services offered or supplied by a competing seller. This defense is available with respect to payments or services offered on an area-wide basis, to those offered to new as well as old customers, and regardless of whether the discrimination has been caused by a decrease or an increase in the payments or services offered. A seller must reasonably believe that its offers are necessary to meet a competitor's offer.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 240.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Cost justification.</SUBJECT> <P>It is no defense to a charge of unlawful discrimination in the payment of an allowance or the furnishing of a service for a seller to show that such payment or service could be justified through savings in the cost of manufacture, sale or delivery.</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 250</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 250—GUIDES FOR THE HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE INDUSTRY</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>250.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Avoiding deception and making disclosures.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Describing wood and wood imitations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Identity of woods.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Leather and leather imitations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Outer coverings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Stuffing (including filling, padding, etc.).</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Origin and style of furniture.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to being “new”.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the terms “floor sample”, “discontinued model”, etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Passing off through imitation or simulation of trademarks, trade names, etc.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to character of business.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commercial bribery.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>250.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Other parts in this title 16 applicable to this industry.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <PRTPAGE P="174"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>38 Stat. 717, as amended (15 U.S.C. 41-58).</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>38 FR 34992, Dec. 21, 1973, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Industry member.</E> Any person, firm, corporation or organization engaged in the manufacture, offering for sale, sale or distribution of industry products as such products are hereinafter defined.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Industry products.</E> Articles of utility, convenience or decoration which are suitable for use as furniture in a house, apartment, or other dwelling place. Such articles include, but are not limited to, all kinds and types of chairs, tables, cabinets, desks, sofas, bedsteads, chests and mirror frames. The following products, covered by sets of trade practice rules heretofore promulgated, are not to be considered as coming within the purview of this definition: bed mattresses, bedsprings, metal cots, cedar chests, mirror glass, musical instruments, radio and television receiving sets and venetian blinds. Also excluded from the purview of this part are pictures, lamps, clocks, rugs, draperies as well as appliances and fixtures such as refrigerators and air conditioners.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Exposed surfaces.</E> Those parts and surfaces exposed to view when furniture is placed in the generally accepted position for use. Included in this definition are visible backs of such items of furniture as open bookcases, hutches, etc.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Avoiding deception and making disclosures.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> Industry members should not sell, offer for sale, or distribute any industry product under any representation or circumstance, including failure to disclose material facts, that has the capacity and tendency or effect of misleading or deceiving purchasers or prospective purchasers with respect to its utility, construction, composition, durability, design, style, quality, quantity or number of items, model, origin, manufacture, price, grade, or in any other material respect.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Affirmative disclosures.</E> Material facts concerning merchandise which, if known to prospective purchasers, would influence their decision of whether or not to purchase should be disclosed. This includes situations where deception may result from the appearance alone which in the absence of affirmative disclosures, could have the capacity and tendency or effect of misleading or deceiving. For example, veneered construction, use of plastic with simulated wood appearance, use of materials or products that simulate other materials or products used in the manufacture of furniture, or use of simulated finish or grain design, are considered to be material facts and a failure to disclose such information may be an unfair trade practice violative of section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act.</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Where disclosures should be made.</E> Unless otherwise provided, any affirmative disclosure which should be made under this part, should be on the industry product, or on a tag or label prominently attached thereto, and should be of such permanency as to remain on or attached to the product until consummation of sale to the consumer. Also, affirmative disclosures should appear in all advertising relating to industry products, irrespective of the media used, whenever statements, representations or depictions are used which could create an impression that the furniture is of a certain construction or composition and which, in the absence of such disclosures, could have the capacity to mislead purchasers or prospective purchasers.</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">The manner of disclosure.</E> In all cases in which the disclosure is necessary, it should be made in <E T="03">close conjunction</E> with the representation or depiction to be qualified and should be of sufficient clarity, conspicuousness, and audibility (when spoken), as to be noted by prospective purchasers. The number of times a disclosure should be made will depend entirely upon the format and context in which it appears. As a general proposition, in catalogs and brochures advertising a suite or line of furniture it will be sufficient to make appropriately conspicuous disclosures once at the outset; however, additional disclosures should be made on any page where additional descriptive words are used which should be qualified under this part.<PRTPAGE P="175"/> </P> <P>(3) <E T="03">The form of disclosure with respect to composition.</E> Whenever an affirmative disclosure regarding composition should be made under this part, it may be accomplished by either describing the true composition of the product or parts thereof (“plastic”, “vinyl”, “marble particles with binder”) or by stating that the material is not what it appears to be (“simulated wood”, “imitation leather”, “simulated marble”). Terms such as “molded components”, “walnut plastic” or “carved effect” will not suffice to disclose that exposed surfaces are plastic, or that they are not wood.</P> <P>(4)(i) <E T="03">Trade names, coined names, trademarks, etc. suggestive of composition.</E> Any trade name, coined name, trademark, depiction, symbol or other word or term which is susceptible of more than one interpretation, one or more of which could be misleading, should be immediately qualified to remove clearly and conspicuously the misleading implication(s). For instance, a trade name such as “Durahyde”, if used to describe a fabric-backed vinyl upholstery covering which simulates leather, should be immediately qualified to disclose (A) the true composition of the product (e.g., “fabric-backed vinyl”) or (B) that the product is not leather (e.g., “simulated leather”, “not leather” or “imitation leather”).</P> <P>(ii) Trade designations or other representations which cannot be qualified without the qualification amounting to a contradiction should not be used. A trade designation consisting in whole or in part of a word which denotes a kind or type of material of which the product is not in fact composed should not be used. For example, the words “hide”, “skin” and “leather” should not be used in trade names denoting nonleather products, although homophones of those words such as “hyde” may be used if qualified as provided above. Similarly, the word “wood” should not be used in a trade name of a product which does not contain wood.</P> <P>(iii) Also, ambiguous or imprecise trade designations will not be sufficient to satisfy the disclosure provisions of this part. For example, the coined name “Hardiclad” used to describe molded plastic drawer fronts having the appearance of wood, is not sufficient to disclose that such parts are plastic or that they are not wood.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Illustrative examples of affirmative disclosure of composition or appearance.</E> The following examples are among those which, if factually correct, will meet the provisions of this section with respect to affirmative disclosures:</P> <P>(1) <E T="03">Disclosure of veneered construction.</E> “Veneered construction”, “[wood name] solids and veneers”, “[wood name] veneered tops, fronts and end panels” or “[wood name] veneered 5-ply construction with solid parts of [wood name]”;</P> <P>(2) <E T="03">Disclosure of the use of plastics or other materials having the appearance of wood.</E> “High impact polystyrene”, “door panels of polystyrene”, “legs of rigid polyurethane”, “walnut grained plastic tops”, “parts of the exposed surfaces are of simulated wood” (to describe minor parts of the exposed surfaces of furniture), “imitation wood”, “carved effects of simulated wood”, “simulated wood components”, “wood grained vinyl veneer”, “walnut grained hardboard” or “simulated wood effect on plastic”;</P> <P>(3) <E T="03">Simulated leather, slate, or marble.</E> “Vinyl”, “leather look on vinyl”, “simulated leather”, “slate effect on plastic tops”, “simulated slate”, “simulated marble” or “marble dust and polyester binder”;</P> <P>(4) <E T="03">Simulated wood grain design.</E> “Simulated wood grain design”, “cherry grained maple”, “simulated mahogany crotch on mahogany veneer”, “Simulated Carpathian Elm burl” or “engraved cathedral walnut grain on hardboard”;</P> <P>(5) <E T="03">Simulated carvings.</E> “Carved effect in plastic”, “simulated wood carvings” or “molded polystyrene with carved look”;</P> <P>(6) <E T="03">Hang tags or labels disclosing the use of veneers, plastic simulating wood, or simulated wood grain.</E> “Veneered construction, heat and stain resistant plastic tops, drawer fronts and decorative parts of rigid polyurethane”, or “This furniture is made of selected hardwoods and veneers with matching plastic tops and decorative carved effects of polystyrene in dark oak finish”, or “This suite is constructed of selected walnut veneers and solid <PRTPAGE P="176"/>pecan, and has simulated wood panels on drawers, doors, and headboards”, or “Walnut veneer end panels and tops, polystyrene drawer and door fronts, and selected solid hardwood”, or “This furniture is constructed of selected handwood solids and veneers, with certain veneered surfaces having simulated grain finish to enhance their appearance” or “Solid and Veneered hardwoods with carved effects in simulated wood and simulated grain design on veneered tops in matching pecan finish”.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Removal of tags or labels.</E> Members of the industry should not:</P> <P>(1) Remove, obliterate, deface, change, alter, conceal, or make illegible any information this part provides be disclosed on industry products, such as on tags or labels attached thereto, without replacing the same with a proper disclosure meeting the provisions of this part before offering for sale, sale, or distribution; or</P> <P>(2) Sell, resell, distribute, or offer for sale an industry product without it being marked, tagged, or labeled and described in accordance with the provisions of this part. [Guide 1]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Describing wood and wood imitations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Solid wood construction.</E> Industry members should not use unqualified wood names to describe furniture unless all of the exposed surfaces are constructed of solid wood of the type named. If more than one type of solid wood is used and one of the woods is named, then all of the principal woods should be disclosed, or the extent of the use of the wood named should be indicated. In lieu of naming the specific woods, a general designation of the type of wood, such as “hardwood” or “softwood” may be used. For example, the following representations, if factually correct, will be acceptable: “solid maple”, “solid African mahogany”, “walnut and pecan”, “solid oak fronts”, “walnut”, “maple and other selected hardwoods”, “fine hardwoods” and “selected hardwoods”.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Wood veneers.</E> (1) When the exposed surfaces of furniture are of veneered and solid construction, and wood names are used to describe such furniture, the wood names should be qualified to disclose the fact of veneered construction. For example, “walnut solids and veneers” or “mahogany veneered construction” may be used when all the exposed surfaces of furniture are constructed of solid and veneered wood of the type named. When such terms as “walnut veneered construction” or “oak veneered construction” are used, it is understood that the exposed solid parts are composed of the same wood.</P> <P>(2) When solid parts of furniture are of woods other than those used in veneered surfaces, either the use of such other woods should be disclosed or the location of the veneers stated. Examples: “walnut veneers and pecan solids”, “mahogany veneers and African mahogany solids”, “walnut veneered tops, fronts and end panels”, “table tops of mahogany veneers” or “cherry veneers and selected solid hardwoods”.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Wood products.</E> Wood names or names suggesting wood should not be used to refer to materials which, while produced from wood particles or fibers, do not possess a natural wood growth structure. Such materials, however, may be referred to by their generally accepted names, if otherwise nondeceptive, such as “hardboard”, “particleboard”, “chipcore” or “fiberboard”, or may be referred to as “wood products”.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Color or grain design finish.</E> When wood names are used merely to describe a color of a stain finish and/or grain design or other simulated finish applied to the exposed surfaces of furniture that is composed of something other than solid wood of the types named, <E T="03">it must be made clear</E> that the wood names are merely descriptive of the color and/or grain design or other simulated finish. Terms such as “walnut finish” or “fruitwood finish” will not suffice. However, terms such as “walnut color”, “fruitwood stain finish”, “maple finish on birch solids and veneers”, “walnut finish on walnut veneers and selected solid hardwoods”, “cherry grained maple drawer fronts”, “walnut finish plastic top” or “maple stained hardwoods” will be considered acceptable when factually correct and in contexts otherwise nondeceptive.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Materials simulating wood.</E> No wood names should be used to describe any <PRTPAGE P="177"/>materials simulating wood without disclosures making it clear that the wood names used are merely descriptive of the color and/or grain design or other simulated finish; nor should any trade names or coined names be employed which may suggest that such materials are some kind of wood. [Guide 2]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Identity of woods.</SUBJECT> <P>Industry members should not use any direct or indirect representation concerning the identity of the wood in industry products that is false or likely to mislead purchasers as to the actual wood composition.</P> <P>(a) <E T="03">Walnut.</E> The unqualified term <E T="03">walnut</E> should not be used to describe wood other than genuine solid walnut (genus Juglans). The term <E T="03">black walnut</E> should be applied only to the species Juglans nigra.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Mahogany.</E> (1) The unqualified term <E T="03">mahogany</E> should not be used to describe wood other than genuine solid mahogany (genus Swietenia of the Meliaceae family). The woods of genus Swietenia may be described by the term “mahogany” with or without a prefix designating the country or region of its origin, such as “Honduras mahogany”, “Costa Rican mahogany”, “Brazilian mahogany” or “Mexican mahogany”.</P> <P>(2) The term “mahogany” may be used to describe solid wood of the genus Khaya of the Meliaceae family, <E T="03">but only</E> when prefixed by the word “African” (e.g., “African mahogany desk”).</P> <P>(3) In naming or designating the seven non-mahogany Philippine woods Tanguile, Red Lauan, White Lauan, Tiaong, Almon, Mayapis, and Bagtikan, the term “mahogany” may be used <E T="03">but only</E> when prefixed by the word “Philippine” (e.g., “Philippine mahogany table”), due to the long standing usage of that term. Examples of improper use of the term “mahogany” include reference to Red Lauan as “Lauan mahogany” or to White Lauan as “Blond Lauan mahogany”. Such woods, however, may be described as “Red Lauan” or “Lauan” or “White Lauan”, respectively. The term “Philippine mahogany” will be accepted as a name or designation of the seven woods named above. Such term shall not be applied to any other wood, whether or not grown on the Philippine Islands.</P> <P>(4) The term “mahogany”, with or without qualifications, should not be used to describe any other wood except as provided above. This applies also to any of the woods belonging to the Meliaceae family, other than genera Swietenia and Khaya.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Maple.</E> The terms “hard maple”, “rock maple”, “bird's-eye maple”, “Northern maple” or other terms of similar nature should not be used to describe woods other than those known under the lumber trade names of Black Maple (Acer nigrum) and Sugar Maple (Acer saccharum). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Nothing in this section should be construed as prohibiting the nondeceptive use of wood names to describe the color, stain, simulated finish or appearance of industry products, provided that appropriate qualifications are made in accordance with provisions in § 250.2(d).</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 3]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Leather and leather imitations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Members of the industry should not make any direct or indirect representation concerning furniture or parts thereof covered with leather, or other material which simulates leather, which is false or misleading.</P> <P>(b) Practices which should not be used under this section include, but are not limited to, the use of any trade name, coined name, trademark, <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> or other word or term, or any depiction or device, which could have the capacity and tendency or effect of misleading prospective purchasers into believing that furniture is covered in whole or in part with the skin or hide of an animal, or that the covering of furniture is leather, top grain leather, or split leather, when such is not the case. When a furniture covering is made from ground, shredded, pulverized or powdered leather, industry members should affirmatively disclose, in a manner provided for under § 250.1 of this part, either the true composition thereof, or the fact that it is not leather.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> See § 250.1(b)(4).</P> </FTNT> <P>(c) In the case of non-leather material having the appearance of leather, <PRTPAGE P="178"/>industry members should conspicuously disclose facts concerning the composition thereof either by identifying the composition of the product (e.g., “vinyl covering”, “fabric-backed vinyl”, “upholstered in plastic”) or by a disclosure that the product is not leather (e.g., “imitation leather”, “not leather”), as provided for under § 250.1 of this part. [Guide 4]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Outer coverings. <SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> </SUBJECT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> Section 12(a)(2) of the Textile Fiber Products Identification Act (72 Stat. 1717; 15 U.S.C. 70) specifically exempts “outer coverings of furniture” from the application of the Act. Section 14 of the same Act provides that the Act “shall be held to be in addition to, and not in substitution for or limitation of, the provisions of any other Act of the United States.” Therefore, corrective action involving deceptive practices in the sale of furniture would be initiated under the authority of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act which prohibits “unfair methods of competition in commerce and unfair or deceptive acts or practices in commerce.”</P> </FTNT> <P>(a) In connection with the sale of furniture, members of the industry should not use any direct or indirect representation concerning the outer covering thereof which:</P> <P>(1) Is false (e.g., using the term <E T="03">Mohair</E> to describe a fabric not produced from fibers derived from the angora goat); or</P> <P>(2) Has the capacity and tendency or effect of deceiving furniture purchasers (e.g., by telling a half-truth, such as using the unqualified word “Nylon” to describe a blend of nylon and other fibers).</P> <P>(b) When (if) any identifying reference is made in <E T="03">advertising</E> to an outer covering made of a mixture of different kinds of fibers, each constituent fiber present in substantial quantity (at least 5 percent) should be designated in the order of its predominance by weight (e.g., “cotton and nylon”) in a manner provided for in § 250.1 of this part. If a fiber so designated is not present in a substantial quantity (less than 5 percent) the percentage thereof should be stated (e.g., “cotton, rayon, 3 percent nylon”).</P> <P>(c) When (if) any identifying reference is made on a tag or label to an outer covering made of a mixture of different kinds of fibers; each and every kind of fiber present in such outer covering should be identified by showing the fiber content with percentages of the respective fibers in order of their predominance by weight (e.g., “55 percent Cotton, 45 percent Rayon”). In the case of pile fabrics, identification of the fiber content should be made on a tag or label by stating:</P> <P>(1) The fiber content of the face or pile and of the back or base, with percentages of the respective fibers in order of their predominance by weight and the respective percentages of the face and back showing the ratio between face and back (e.g., “Face 60 percent Rayon, 40 percent Nylon—Back 100 percent Cotton; Back constitutes 80 percent of fabric and face 20 percent”); or</P> <P>(2) The percentages of the fibers of the face or pile and the back or base in relation to the total weight of the fabric (e.g., “40 percent Cotton, 40 percent Rayon, 20 percent Nylon” to describe a fabric having an all nylon pile constituting 20 percent of the total weight backed by a 50 percent—50 percent blend of cotton and rayon).</P> <P>(d) No representation should be made, directly or by implification, that an upholstery fabric has been tested unless:</P> <P>(1) Actual tests have been conducted by persons qualified to perform and evaluate tests on upholstery fabrics; and</P> <P>(2) Such tests were devised and conducted so as to constitute a reasonable basis for evaluating the fabric for use as a furniture covering; and</P> <P>(3) Such representation is accompanied by a conspicuous and accurate statement, in layman's language, of the actual test results. (See Note following paragraph (e) of this section.)</P> <P>(e) No direct or indirect representation should be made concerning any performance characteristic of any upholstery fabric unless at the time such representation is made the advertiser has in his possession a reasonable basis therefor, which may consist of competent scientific tests and/or other appropriate substantiating materials. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>On demand by the Commission, any advertiser who makes representations concerning tests or performance characteristics <PRTPAGE P="179"/>of fabrics should submit documentation of such tests, studies, and other data (as he had in his possession prior to the time the claims were made), which purport to substantiate the truth of such representations. Accurate records of all such documentation should be maintained for three years from the date such representations were last disseminated.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 5]</FP> <CITA>[38 FR 34992, Dec. 21, 1973; 39 FR 1833, Jan. 15, 1974]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Stuffing (including filling, padding, etc.).</SUBJECT> <P>Members of the industry should not make any direct or indirect representation relating to the stuffing of furniture which:</P> <P>(a) Is false (e.g., describing cotton stuffing as “wool”, or urethane foam as “latex foam rubber”): or</P> <P>(b) Has the capacity and tendency or effect of deceiving or misleading (e.g., by telling a half-truth, such as describing shredded or flaked foam rubber stuffing as “foam rubber” without disclosing, in a manner provided for under § 250.1 of this part, that it is shredded or flaked, or describing any non-latex foam cushion as “foam” without disclosing the kind of foam used, such as “urethane foam”).</P> <P>(1) The unqualified terms “Foam”, “Latex” or “Latex Foam Rubber” or other terms of similar import, should not be used as descriptive of any part of the filling of an upholstery which does not consist of one or more homogeneous pads of latex foam rubber.</P> <P>(2) When an upholstered industry product contains filling material consisting of a top layer of homogeneous latex foam rubber, or of other type of stuffing which is of substantial thickness, and another layer or layers of other material, terms such as “latex foam rubber”, “polyurethane foam” or other terms which accurately describe the composition of such top layer may be used as descriptive thereof, <E T="03">provided, however,</E> That in immediate conjunction therewith, nondeceptive disclosure is made of the fact that only a part of such filling material is of latex foam rubber or such other type of designated stuffing.</P> <P>(3) When the filling is composed, in whole or in part, of latex foam rubber, polyurethane foam, or other type of stuffing which has been shredded, flaked, or ground, full and nondeceptive disclosure should be made of such fact in immediate conjunction with any such term irrespective of whether the pieces or shreds of latex foam rubber, polyurethane foam, or other type of stuffing are in loose form or are held together by glue or some other adhesive agent. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>This section is promulgated under the Federal Trade Commission Act for the purposes of interpreting requirements of such Act and to assist in the general enforcement of the Act. The section is not to be construed as relieving industry members from full compliance with applicable State and local legal requirements.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 6]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Origin and style of furniture.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Industry members should not make any direct or indirect representation which is false or likely to deceive prospective purchasers of furniture as to its origin, either domestic or foreign. For example:</P> <P>(1) Furniture manufactured in the United States should not be unqualifiedly described as “Danish”, “Spanish”, “Italian”, “English”, or by any other unqualified terms suggesting foreign origin, unless the fact that such furniture was manufactured in the United States is clearly and conspicuously disclosed in advertising and on the furniture by means of such statements as “Made in U.S.A.” or “manufactured by” followed by the name and address of the domestic manufacturer.</P> <P>(2) When appropriate, furniture may be described by such terms as “Danish Style”, “Italian Design”, “Spanish Influence”, “English Tradition” or by any other terms accurately descriptive of a generally recognized furniture style.</P> <P>(3) Because of general understanding by the furniture buying public, terms such as “French Provincial”, “Italian Provincial”, “Chinese Chippendale” and “Mediterranean” are considered to have acquired a secondary meaning as descriptive of the styles of furniture so described. Thus, unqualified use of such terminology, when appropriate, would not be considered deceptive.<PRTPAGE P="180"/> </P> <P>(4) Furniture should not be represented by trade name or otherwise as being manufactured in the Grand Rapids (Michigan) area, or in any other furniture producing area, when such is not the fact.</P> <P>(b) In connection with the sale of furniture of foreign manufacture, members of the industry should clearly and conspicuously disclose the foreign country of origin, when the failure to make such disclosure has the capacity and tendency or effect of deceiving purchasers of such products. The disclosure of foreign origin, when required, should be in the form of a legible marking, stamping, or labeling on the outside of the furniture, and shall be of such size, conspicuousness and degree of permanency, as to be and remain noticeable and legible upon casual inspection until consumer purchase. [Guide 7]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deception as to being “new”.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Industry members should not make any direct or indirect representation that an industry product is new unless such product has not been used and is composed entirely of unused materials and parts.</P> <P>(b) In connection with the sale of furniture which has the appearance of being new but which contains used materials or parts, such as springs, latex foam rubber stuffing, or hardware, members of the industry should conspicuously disclose, in a manner provided for in § 250.1 of this part, such fact (e.g., “cushions made from reused shredded latex foam rubber”). </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">(Note:</HD> <P>See also § 250.9.)</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 8]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misuse of the terms “floor sample”, “discontinued model”, etc.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Representations that furniture is a “floor sample”, “demonstration piece”, etc., should not be used to describe “trade-in”, repossessed, rented, or any furniture except that displayed for inspection by prospective purchasers at the place of sale for the purpose of determining their preference and its suitability for their use.</P> <P>(b) Furniture should not be described as “discontinued” or “discontinued model” unless the manufacturer has in fact discontinued its manufacture or the industry member offering it for sale will discontinue offering it entirely after clearance of his existing inventories of furniture so described. [Guide 9]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Passing off through imitation or simulation of trademarks, trade names, etc.</SUBJECT> <P>Members of the industry should not mislead or deceive purchasers by passing off the products of one industry member as and for those of another through the imitation or simulation of trademarks, trade names, brands, or labels. [Guide 10]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation as to character of business.</SUBJECT> <P>Members of the industry should not represent, directly or by implication, in advertising or otherwise, that they produce or manufacture products of the industry, or that they own or control a factory making such products, when such is not the fact, or that they are a manufacturer, wholesale distributor or a wholesaler when such is not the fact, or in any other manner misrepresent the character, extent, or type of their business. [Guide 11]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Commercial bribery.</SUBJECT> <P>Members of the industry should not give, or offer to give, or permit or cause to be given, directly or indirectly, money or anything of value to agents, employees, or representatives of customers or prospective customers, or to agents, employees, or representatives of competitors' customers or prospective customers, without the knowledge of their employers or principals, as an inducement to influence their employers or principals to purchase or contract to purchase products manufactured or sold by such industry member or the maker of such gift or offer, or to influence such employers or principals to refrain from dealing in the products of competitors or from dealing or contracting to deal with competitors. [Guide 12]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 250.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Other parts in this title 16 applicable to this industry.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission has adopted Guides Against Deceptive Pricing, part 233, Guides Against Deceptive Advertising <PRTPAGE P="181"/>of Guarantees, part 239, and Guides Against Bait Advertising, part 238, all of which have general application and furnish additional guidance for members of the Household Furniture Industry. Members of this industry should comply with those parts.</P> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 251</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 251—GUIDE CONCERNING USE OF THE WORD “FREE” AND SIMILAR REPRESENTATIONS</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 251.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>The guide.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) The offer of “Free” merchandise or service is a promotional device frequently used to attract customers. Providing such merchandise or service with the purchase of some other article or service has often been found to be a useful and valuable marketing tool.</P> <P>(2) Because the purchasing public continually searches for the best buy, and regards the offer of “Free” merchandise or service to be a special bargain, all such offers must be made with extreme care so as to avoid any possibility that consumers will be misled or deceived. Representative of the language frequently used in such offers are “Free”, “Buy 1-Get 1 Free”, “2-for-1 Sale”, “50% off with purchase of Two”, “1¢ Sale”, etc. (Related representations that raise many of the same questions include “__ Cents-Off”, “Half-Price Sale”, “<FR>1/2</FR> Off”, etc. See the Commission's “Fair Packaging and Labeling Regulation Regarding ‘Cents-Off’ and Guides Against Deceptive Pricing.”)</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Meaning of “Free”.</E> (1) The public understands that, except in the case of introductory offers in connection with the sale of a product or service (See paragraph (f) of this section), an offer of “Free” merchandise or service is based upon a regular price for the merchandise or service which must be purchased by consumers in order to avail themselves of that which is represented to be “Free”. In other words, when the purchaser is told that an article is “Free” to him if another article is purchased, the word “Free” indicates that he is paying nothing for that article and no more than the regular price for the other. Thus, a purchaser has a right to believe that the merchant will not directly and immediately recover, in whole or in part, the cost of the free merchandise or service by marking up the price of the article which must be purchased, by the substitution of inferior merchandise or service, or otherwise.</P> <P>(2) The term <E T="03">regular</E> when used with the term <E T="03">price,</E> means the price, in the same quantity, quality and with the same service, at which the seller or advertiser of the product or service has openly and actively sold the product or service in the geographic market or trade area in which he is making a “Free” or similar offer in the most recent and regular course of business, for a reasonably substantial period of time, i.e., a 30-day period. For consumer products or services which fluctuate in price, the “regular” price shall be the lowest price at which any substantial sales were made during the aforesaid 30-day period. Except in the case of introductory offers, if no substantial sales were made, in fact, at the “regular” price, a “Free” or similar offer would not be proper.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Disclosure of conditions.</E> When making “Free” or similar offers all the terms, conditions and obligations upon which receipt and retention of the “Free” item are contingent should be set forth clearly and conspicuously at the outset of the offer so as to leave no reasonable probability that the terms of the offer might be misunderstood. Stated differently, all of the terms, conditions and obligations should appear in close conjunction with the offer of “Free” merchandise or service. For example, disclosure of the terms of the offer set forth in a footnote of an advertisement to which reference is made by an asterisk or other symbol placed next to the offer, is not regarded as making disclosure at the outset. However, mere notice of the existence of a “Free” offer on the main display panel of a label or package is not precluded provided that (1) the notice does not constitute an offer or identify the item being offered “Free”, (2) the notice informs the customer of the location, elsewhere on the package or label, where the disclosures required by this section may be found, (3) no purchase or other such material affirmative act is required in order to discover the <PRTPAGE P="182"/>terms and conditions of the offer, and (4) the notice and the offer are not otherwise deceptive.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Supplier's responsibilities.</E> Nothing in this section should be construed as authorizing or condoning the illegal setting or policing of retail prices by a supplier. However, if the supplier knows, or should know, that a “Free” offer he is promoting is not being passed on by a reseller, or otherwise is being used by a reseller as an instrumentality for deception, it is improper for the supplier to continue to offer the product as promoted to such reseller. He should take appropriate steps to bring an end to the deception, inlcuding the withdrawal of the “Free” offer.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Resellers' participation in supplier's offers.</E> Prior to advertising a “Free” promotion, a supplier should offer the product as promoted to all competing resellers as provided for in the Commission's “Guides for Advertising Allowances and Other Merchandising Payments and Services.” In advertising the “Free” promotion, the supplier should identify those areas in which the offer is not available if the advertising is likely to be seen in such areas, and should clearly state that it is available only through participating resellers, indicating the extent of participation by the use of such terms as “some”, “all”, “a majority”, or “a few”, as the case may be.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Introductory offers.</E> (1) No “Free” offer should be made in connection with the introduction of a new product or service offered for sale at a specified price unless the offeror expects, in good faith, to discontinue the offer after a limited time and to commence selling the product or service promoted, separately, at the same price at which it was promoted with the “Free” offer.</P> <P>(2) In such offers, no representation may be made that the price is for one item and that the other is “Free” unless the offeror expects, in good faith, to discontinue the offer after a limited time and to commence selling the product or service promoted, separately, at the same price at which it was promoted with a “Free” offer.</P> <P>(g) <E T="03">Negotiated sales.</E> If a product or service usually is sold at a price arrived at through bargaining, rather than at a regular price, it is improper to represent that another product or service is being offered “Free” with the sale. The same representation is also improper where there may be a regular price, but where other material factors such as quantity, quality, or size are arrived at through bargaining.</P> <P>(h) <E T="03">Frequency of offers.</E> So that a “Free” offer will be special and meaningful, a single size of a product or a single kind of service should not be advertised with a “Free” offer in a trade area for more than 6 months in any 12-month period. At least 30 days should elapse before another such offer is promoted in the same trade area. No more than three such offers should be made in the same area in any 12-month period. In such period, the offeror's sale in that area of the product in the size promoted with a “Free” offer should not exceed 50 percent of the total volume of his sales of the product, in the same size, in the area.</P> <P>(i) <E T="03">Similar terms.</E> Offers of “Free” merchandise or services which may be deceptive for failure to meet the provisions of this section may not be corrected by the substitution of such similar words and terms as “gift”, “given without charge”, “bonus”, or other words or terms which tend to convey the impression to the consuming public that an article of merchandise or service is “Free”.</P> <SECAUTH>(38 Stat. 717, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 41-58)</SECAUTH> <CITA>[36 FR 21517, Nov. 10, 1971]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 254</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 254—GUIDES FOR PRIVATE VOCATIONAL AND DISTANCE EDUCATION SCHOOLS</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>254.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive trade or business names.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation of extent or nature of accreditation or approval.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation of facilities, services, qualifications of staff, status, and employment prospects for students after training.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentations of enrollment qualifications or limitations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive use of diplomas, degrees, or certificates.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>254.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive sales practices.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <PRTPAGE P="183"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>38 Stat. 717, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 41-58.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Guides in this part apply to persons, firms, corporations, or organizations engaged in the operation of privately owned schools that offer resident or distance courses, training, or instruction purporting to prepare or qualify individuals for employment in any occupation or trade, or in work requiring mechanical, technical, artistic, business, or clerical skills, or that is for the purpose of enabling a person to improve his appearance, social aptitude, personality, or other attributes. These Guides do not apply to resident primary or secondary schools or institutions of higher education offering at least a 2-year program of accredited college level studies generally acceptable for credit toward a bachelor's degree.</P> <P>(b) These Guides represent administrative interpretations of laws administered by the Federal Trade Commission for the guidance of the public in conducting its affairs in conformity with legal requirements. These Guides specifically address the application of section 5 of the FTC Act (15 U.S.C. 45) to the advertising, promotion, marketing, and sale of courses or programs of instruction offered by private vocational or distance education schools. The Guides provide the basis for voluntary compliance with the law by members of the industry. Practices inconsistent with these Guides may result in corrective action by the Commission under section 5 if, after investigation, the Commission has reason to believe that the practices fall within the scope of conduct declared unlawful by the statute.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 42572, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Accredited.</E> A school or course has been evaluated and found to meet established criteria by an accrediting agency or association recognized for such purposes by the U.S. Department of Education.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Approved.</E> A school or course has been recognized by a State or Federal agency as meeting educational standards or other related qualifications as prescribed by that agency for the school or course to which the term is applied. The term is not and should not be used interchangeably with “accredited.” The term “approved” is not justified by the mere grant of a corporate charter to operate or license to do business as a school and should not be used unless the represented “approval” has been affirmatively required or authorized by State or Federal law.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Industry member.</E> Industry members are the persons, firms, corporations, or organizations covered by these Guides, as explained in § 254.0(a).</P> <CITA>[63 FR 42572, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive trade or business names.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is deceptive for an industry member to use any trade or business name, label, insignia, or designation which misleads or deceives prospective students as to the nature of the school, its accreditation, programs of instruction, methods of teaching, or any other material fact.</P> <P>(b) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent, directly or indirectly, by the use of a trade or business name or in any other manner that:</P> <P>(1) It is a part of or connected with a branch, bureau, or agency of the U.S. Government, or of any State, or civil service commission;</P> <P>(2) It is an employment agency or an employment agent or authorized training facility for any industry or business or otherwise deceptively conceal the fact that it is a school.</P> <P>(c) If an industry member conducts its instruction by correspondence, or other form of distance education, it is deceptive to fail to clearly and conspicuously disclose that fact in all promotional materials.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 42573, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation of extent or nature of accreditation or approval.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent, directly or indirectly, the extent or nature of any approval by a State agency or accreditation by an accrediting agency or association. For example, an industry member should not:<PRTPAGE P="184"/> </P> <P>(1) Represent, without qualification, that its school is accredited unless all programs of instruction have been accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. If an accredited school offers courses or programs of instruction that are not accredited, all advertisements or promotional materials pertaining to those courses or programs, and making reference to the accreditation of the school, should clearly and conspicuously disclose that those particular courses or programs are not accredited.</P> <P>(2) Represent that its school or a course is approved, unless the nature, extent, and purpose of that approval are disclosed.</P> <P>(3) Misrepresent that students successfully completing a course or program of instruction can transfer the credit to an accredited institution of higher education.</P> <P>(b) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent that a course of instruction has been approved by a particular industry, or that successful completion of the course qualifies the student for admission to a labor union or similar organization or for receiving a State or Federal license to perform certain functions.</P> <P>(c) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent that its courses are recommended by vocational counselors, high schools, colleges, educational organizations, employment agencies, or members of a particular industry, or that it has been the subject of unsolicited testimonials or endorsements from former students. It is deceptive for an industry member to use testimonials or endorsements that do not accurately reflect current practices of the school or current conditions or employment opportunities in the industry or occupation for which students are being trained. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (c):</HD> <P>The Commission's Guides Concerning Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising (part 255 of this chapter) provide further guidance in this area.</P> </NOTE> <CITA>[63 FR 42573, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentation of facilities, services, qualifications of staff, status, and employment prospects for students after training.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent, directly or indirectly, in advertising, promotional materials, or in any other manner, the size, location, services, facilities, or equipment of its school or the number or educational qualifications of its faculty and other personnel. For example, an industry member should not:</P> <P>(1) Misrepresent the qualifications, credentials, experience, or educational background of its instructors, sales representatives, or other employees.</P> <P>(2) Misrepresent, through statements or pictures, the nature or efficacy of its courses, training devices, methods, or equipment.</P> <P>(3) Misrepresent the availability of employment while the student is undergoing instruction or the role of the school in providing or arranging for such employment.</P> <P>(4) Misrepresent the availability or nature of any financial assistance available to students. If the cost of training is financed in whole or in part by loans, students should be informed that loans must be repaid whether or not they are successful in completing the program and obtaining employment.</P> <P>(5) Misrepresent the nature of any relationship between the school or its personnel and any government agency or that students of the school will receive preferred consideration for employment with any government agency.</P> <P>(6) Misrepresent that certain individuals or classes of individuals are members of its faculty or advisory board; have prepared instructional materials; or are otherwise affiliated with the school.</P> <P>(7) Misrepresent the nature and extent of any personal instruction, guidance, assistance, or other service, including placement assistance, it will provide students either during or after completion of a course.</P> <P>(b) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent that it is a nonprofit organization or to misrepresent affiliation or connection with any <PRTPAGE P="185"/>public institution or private religious or charitable organization.</P> <P>(c) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent that a course has been recently revised or instructional equipment is up-to-date, or misrepresent its ability to keep a program current and up-to-date.</P> <P>(d) It is deceptive for an industry member, in promoting any course of training in its advertising, promotional materials, or in any other manner, to misrepresent, directly or by implication, whether through the use of text, images, endorsements, or by other means, the availability of employment after graduation from a course of training, the success that the member's graduates have realized in obtaining such employment, or the salary that the member's graduates will receive in such employment. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note to paragraph (d):</HD> <P>The Commission's Guides Concerning Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising (part 255 of this chapter) provide further guidance in this area.</P> </NOTE> <CITA>[63 FR 42573, Aug. 10, 1998 as amended at, 63 FR 72350, Dec. 31, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentations of enrollment qualifications or limitations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent the nature or extent of any prerequisites or qualifications for enrollment in a course or program of instruction.</P> <P>(b) It is deceptive for an industry member to misrepresent that the lack of a high school education or prior training or experience is not an impediment to successful completion of a course or obtaining employment in the field for which the course provides training.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 42574, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive use of diplomas, degrees, or certificates.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is deceptive for an industry member to issue a degree, diploma, certificate of completion, or any similar document, that misrepresents, directly or indirectly, the subject matter, substance, or content of the course of study or any other material fact concerning the course for which it was awarded or the accomplishments of the student to whom it was awarded.</P> <P>(b) It is deceptive for an industry member to offer or confer an academic, professional, or occupational degree, if the award of such degree has not been authorized by the appropriate State educational agency or approved by a nationally recognized accrediting agency, unless it clearly and conspicuously discloses, in all advertising and promotional materials that contain a reference to such degree, that its award has not been authorized or approved by such an agency.</P> <P>(c) It is deceptive for an industry member to offer or confer a high school diploma unless the program of instruction to which it pertains is substantially equivalent to that offered by a resident secondary school, and unless the student is informed, by a clear and conspicuous disclosure in writing prior to enrollment, that the industry member cannot guarantee or otherwise control the recognition that will be accorded the diploma by institutions of higher education, other schools, or prospective employers, and that such recognition is a matter solely within the discretion of those entities.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 42574, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 254.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive sales practices.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) It is deceptive for an industry member to use advertisements or promotional materials that misrepresent, directly or by implication, that employment is being offered or that a talent hunt or contest is being conducted. For example, captions such as, “Men/women wanted to train for * * *,” “Help Wanted,” “Employment,” “Business Opportunities,” and words or terms of similar import, may falsely convey that employment is being offered and therefore should be avoided.</P> <P>(b) It is deceptive for an industry member to fail to disclose to a prospective student, prior to enrollment, the total cost of the program and the school's refund policy if the student does not complete the program.</P> <P>(c) It is deceptive for an industry member to fail to disclose to a prospective student, prior to enrollment, all requirements for successfully completing the course or program and the circumstances that would constitute grounds for terminating the student's <PRTPAGE P="186"/>enrollment prior to completion of the program.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 42574, Aug. 10, 1998 as amended at, 63 FR 72350, Dec. 31, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 255</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 255—GUIDES CONCERNING USE OF ENDORSEMENTS AND TESTIMONIALS IN ADVERTISING</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>255.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>255.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General considerations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>255.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Consumer endorsements.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>255.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Expert endorsements.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>255.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Endorsements by organizations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>255.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure of material connections.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>38 Stat. 717, as amended; 15 U.S.C. 41-58.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 255.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The Commission intends to treat endorsements and testimonials identically in the context of its enforcement of the Federal Trade Commission Act and for purposes of this part. The term <E T="03">endorsements</E> is therefore generally used hereinafter to cover both terms and situations.</P> <P>(b) For purposes of this part, an <E T="03">endorsement</E> means any advertising message (including verbal statements, demonstrations, or depictions of the name, signature, likeness or other identifying personal characteristics of an individual or the name or seal of an organization) which message consumers are likely to believe reflects the opinions, beliefs, findings, or experience of a party other than the sponsoring advertiser. The party whose opinions, beliefs, findings, or experience the message appears to reflect will be called the endorser and may be an individual, group or institution.</P> <P>(c) For purposes of this part, the term <E T="03">product</E> includes any product, service, company or industry.</P> <P>(d) For purposes of this part, an <E T="03">expert</E> is an individual, group or institution possessing, as a result of experience, study or training, knowledge of a particular subject, which knowledge is superior to that generally acquired by ordinary individuals. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A film critic's review of a movie is excerpted in an advertisement. When so used, the review meets the definition of an endorsement since it is viewed by readers as a statement of the critic's own opinions and not those of the film producer, distributor or exhibitor. Therefore, any alteration in or quotation from the text of the review which does not fairly reflect its substance would be a violation of the standards set by this part.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A TV commercial depicts two women in a supermarket buying a laundry detergent. The women are not identified outside the context of the advertisement. One comments to the other how clean her brand makes her family's clothes, and the other then comments that she will try it because she has not been fully satisfied with her own brand. This obvious fictional dramatization of a real life situation would not be an endorsement.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>In an advertisement for a pain remedy, an announcer who is not familiar to consumers except as a spokesman for the advertising drug company praises the drug's ability to deliver fast and lasting pain relief. He purports to speak, not on the basis of his own opinions, but rather in the place of and on behalf of the drug company. Such an advertisement would not be an endorsement.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A manufacturer of automobile tires hires a well known professional automobile racing driver to deliver its advertising message in television commercials. In these commercials, the driver speaks of the smooth ride, strength, and long life of the tires. Even though the message is not expressly declared to be the personal opinion of the driver, it may nevertheless constitute an endorsement of the tires. Many consumers will recognize this individual as being primarily a racing driver and not merely a spokesman or announcer for the advertiser. Accordingly, they may well believe the driver would not speak for an automotive product unless he/she actually believed in what he/she was saying and had personal knowledge sufficient to form that belief. Hence they would think that the advertising message reflects the driver's personal views as well as those of the sponsoring advertiser. This attribution of the underlying views to the driver brings the advertisement within the definition of an endorsement for purposes of this part.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>A television advertisement for golf balls shows a prominent and well-recognized professional golfer hitting the golf balls. This would be an endorsement by the golfer even though he makes no verbal statement in the advertisement.</P> </EXAMPLE> <CITA>[40 FR 22128, May 21, 1975, as amended at 45 FR 3872, Jan. 18, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 255.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General considerations.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Endorsements must always reflect the honest opinions, findings, beliefs, or experience of the endorser. Furthermore, they may not contain any representations which would be deceptive, <PRTPAGE P="187"/>or could not be substantiated if made directly by the advertiser. [See Example 2 to Guide 3 (§ 255.3) illustrating that a valid endorsement may constitute all or part of an advertiser's substantiation.]</P> <P>(b) The endorsement message need not be phrased in the exact words of the endorser, unless the advertisement affirmatively so represents. However, the endorsement may neither be presented out of context nor reworded so as to distort in any way the endorser's opinion or experience with the product. An advertiser may use an endorsement of an expert or celebrity only as long as it has good reason to believe that the endorser continues to subscribe to the views presented. An advertiser may satisfy this obligation by securing the endorser's views at reasonable intervals where reasonableness will be determined by such factors as new information on the performance or effectiveness of the product, a material alteration in the product, changes in the performance of competitors' products, and the advertiser's contract commitments.</P> <P>(c) In particular, where the advertisement represents that the endorser uses the endorsed product, then the endorser must have been a bona fide user of it at the time the endorsement was given, Additionally, the advertiser may continue to run the advertisement only so long as he has good reason to believe that the endorser remains a bona fide user of the product. [See § 255.1(b) regarding the “good reason to believe” requirement.] </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Guide 1, Example 1:</HD> <P>A building contractor states in an advertisement that he specifies the advertiser's exterior house paint because of its remarkable quick drying properties and its durability. This endorsement must comply with the pertinent requirements of Guide 3. Subsequently, the advertiser reformulates its paint to enable it to cover exterior surfaces with only one coat. Prior to continued use of the contractor's endorsement, the advertiser must contact the contractor in order to determine whether the contractor would continue to specify the paint and to subscribe to the views presented previously.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A television advertisment portrays a woman seated at a desk on which rest five unmarked electric typewriters. An announcer says “We asked Mrs. X, an executive secretary for over ten years, to try these five unmarked typewriters and tell us which one she liked best.”</P> <P>The advertisement portrays the secretary typing on each machine, and then picking the advertiser's brand. The announcer asks her why, and Mrs. X gives her reasons. Assuming that consumers would perceive this presentation as a “blind” test, this endorsement would probably not represent that Mrs. X actually uses the advertiser's machines in her work. In addition, the endorsement may also be required to meet the standards of Guide 3 on Expert Endorsements.</P> </EXAMPLE> <FP>[Guide 1]</FP> <CITA>[45 FR 3872, Jan. 18, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 255.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Consumer endorsements.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) An advertisement employing an endorsement reflecting the experience of an individual or a group of consumers on a central or key attribute of the product or service will be interpreted as representing that the endorser's experience is representative of what consumers will generally achieve with the advertised product in actual, albeit variable, conditions of use. Therefore, unless the advertiser possesses and relies upon adequate substantiation for this representation, the advertisement should either clearly and conspicuously disclose what the generally expected performance would be in the depicted circumstances or clearly and conspicuously disclose the limited applicability of the endorser's experience to what consumers may generally expect to achieve. The Commission's position regarding the acceptance of disclaimers or disclosures is described in the preamble to these Guides published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> on January 18, 1980.</P> <P>(b) Advertisements presenting endorsements by what are represented, directly or by implication, to be “actual consumers” should utilize actual consumers, in both the audio and video or clearly and conspicuously disclose that the persons in such advertisements are not actual consumers of the advertised product.</P> <P>(c) Claims concerning the efficacy of any drug or device as defined in the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. 55, shall not be made in lay endorsements unless (1) the advertiser has adequate scientific substantiation for such claims and (2) the claims are <PRTPAGE P="188"/>not inconsistent with any determination that has been made by the Food and Drug Administration with respect to the drug or device that is the subject of the claim. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Guide 2, Example 1:</HD> <P>An advertisement presents the endorsement of an owner of one of the advertiser's television sets. The consumer states that she has needed to take the set to the shop for repairs only one time during her 2-year period of ownership and the costs of servicing the set to date have been under $10.00. Unless the advertiser possesses and relied upon adequate substantiation for the implied claim that such performance reflects that which a significant proportion of consumers would be likely to experience, the advertiser should include a disclosure that either states clearly and conspicuously what the generally expectable performance would be or clearly and conspicuously informs consumers that the performance experienced by the endorser is not what they should expect to experience. The mere disclosure that “not all consumers will get this result” is insufficient because it can imply that while all consumers cannot expect the advertised results, a substantial number can expect them. [See the cross reference in Guide 2(a) regarding the acceptability of disclaimers or disclosures.]</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>An advertiser presents the results of a poll of consumers who have used the advertiser's cake mixes as well as their own recipes. The results purport to show that the majority believed that their families could not tell the difference between the advertised mix and their own cakes baked from scratch. Many of the consumers are actually pictured in the advertisement along with relevant, quoted portions of their statements endorsing the product. This use of the results of a poll or survey of consumers probably represents a promise to consumers that this is the typical result that ordinary consumers can expect from the advertiser's cake mix.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>An advertisement purports to portray a “hidden camera” situation in a crowded cafeteria at breakfast time. A spokesperson for the advertiser asks a series of actual patrons of the cafeteria for their spontaneous, honest opinions of the advertiser's recently introduced breakfast cereal. Even though the words “hidden camera” are not displayed on the screen, and even though none of the actual patrons is specifically identified during the advertisement, the net impression conveyed to consumers may well be that these are actual customers, and not actors. If actors have been employed, this fact should be disclosed.</P> </EXAMPLE> <FP>[Guide 2]</FP> <CITA>[45 FR 3872, Jan. 18, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 255.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Expert endorsements.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Whenever an advertisement represents, directly or by implication, that the endorser is an expert with respect to the endorsement message, then the endorser's qualifications must in fact give him the expertise that he is represented as possessing with respect to the endorsement.</P> <P>(b) While the expert may, in endorsing a product, take into account factors not within his expertise (e.g., matters of taste or price), his endorsement must be supported by an actual exercise of his expertise in evaluating product features or characteristics with respect to which he is expert and which are both relevant to an ordinary consumer's use of or experience with the product and also are available to the ordinary consumer. This evaluation must have included an examination or testing of the product at least as extensive as someone with the same degree of expertise would normally need to conduct in order to support the conclusions presented in the endorsement. Where, and to the extent that, the advertisement implies that the endorsement was based upon a comparison such comparison must have been included in his evaluation; and as a result of such comparison, he must have concluded that, with respect to those features on which he is expert and which are relevant and available to an ordinary consumer, the endorsed product is at least equal overall to the competitors' products. Moreover, where the net impression created by the endorsement is that the advertised product is superior to other products with respect to any such feature or features, then the expert must in fact have found such superiority. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>An endorsement of a particular automobile by one described as an “engineer” implies that the endorser's professional training and experience are such that he is well acquainted with the design and performance of automobiles. If the endorser's field is, for example, chemical engineering, the endorsement would be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A manufacturer of automobile parts advertises that its products are approved by the “American Institute of Science.” From its very name, consumers would infer that the “American Institute of Science” is a bona fide independent testing <PRTPAGE P="189"/>organization with expertise in judging automobile parts and that, as such, it would not approve any automobile part without first testing its efficacy by means of valid scientific methods. Even if the American Institute of Science is such a bona fide expert testing organization, as consumers would expect, the endorsement may nevertheless be deceptive unless the Institute has conducted valid scientific tests of the advertised products and the test results support the endorsement message.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A manufacturer of a non-prescription drug product represents that its product has been selected in preference to competing products by a large metropolitan hospital. The hospital has selected the product because the manufacturer, unlike its competitors, has packaged each dose of the product separately. This package form is not generally available to the public. Under the circumstances, the endorsement would be deceptive because the basis for the choice of the manufacturer's product, convenience of packaging, is neither relevant nor available to consumers.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>The president of a commercial “home cleaning service” states in a television advertisement that the service uses a particular brand of cleanser in its business. Since the cleaning service's professional success depends largely upon the performance of the cleansers it uses, consumers would expect the service to be expert with respect to judging cleansing ability, and not be satisfied using an inferior cleanser in its business when it knows of a better one available to it. Accordingly, the cleaning service's endorsement must at least conform to those consumer expectations. The service must, of course, actually use the endorsed cleanser. Additionally, on the basis of its expertise, it must have determined that the cleansing ability of the endorsed cleanser is at least equal (or superior, if such is the net impression conveyed by the advertisement) to that of competing products with which the service has had experience and which remain reasonably available to it. Since in this example, the cleaning service's president makes no mention that the endorsed cleanser was “chosen,” “selected,” or otherwise evaluated in side-by-side comparisons against its competitors, it is sufficient if the service has relied solely upon its accumulated experience in evaluating cleansers without having to have performed side-by-side or scientific comparisons.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>An association of professional athletes states in an advertisement that it has “selected” a particular brand of beverages as its “official breakfast drink”. As in Example 4, the association would be regarded as expert in the field of nutrition for purposes of this section, because consumers would expect it to rely upon the selection of nutritious foods as part of its business needs. Consequently, the association's endorsement must be based upon an expert evaluation of the nutritional value of the endorsed beverage. Furthermore, unlike Example 4, the use of the words “selected” and “official” in this endorsement imply that it was given only after direct comparisions had been performed among competing brands. Hence, the advertisement would be deceptive unless the association has in fact performed such comparisons between the endorsed brand and its leading competitors in terms of nutritional criteria, and the results of such comparisons conform to the net impression created by the advertisement.</P> </EXAMPLE> <FP>[Guide 3]</FP> <CITA>[40 FR 22128, May 21, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 255.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Endorsements by organizations.</SUBJECT> <P>Endorsements by organizations, especially expert ones, are viewed as representing the judgment of a group whose collective experience exceeds that of any individual member, and whose judgments are generally free of the sort of subjective factors which vary from individual to individual. Therefore an organization's endorsement must be reached by a process sufficient to ensure that the endorsement fairly reflects the collective judgment of the organization. Moreover, if an organization is represented as being expert, then, in conjunction with a proper exercise of its expertise in evaluating the product under § 255.3 of this part (Expert endorsements), it must utilize an expert or experts recognized as such by the organization or standards previously adopted by the organization and suitable for judging the relevant merits of such products. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example:</HD> <P>A mattress seller advertises that its product is endorsed by a chiropractic association. Since the association would be regarded as expert with respect to judging mattresses, its endorsement must be supported by an expert evaluation by an expert or experts recognized as such by the organization, or by compliance with standards previously adopted by the organization and aimed at measuring the performance of mattresses in general and not designed with the particular attributes of the advertised mattress in mind. (See also § 255.3, Example 5.)</P> </EXAMPLE> <FP>[Guide 4]</FP> <CITA>[40 FR 22128, May 21, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="190"/> <SECTNO>§ 255.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure of material connections.</SUBJECT> <P>When there exists a connection between the endorser and the seller of the advertised product which might materially affect the weight or credibility of the endorsement (i.e., the connection is not reasonably expected by the audience) such connection must be fully disclosed. An example of a connection that is ordinarily expected by viewers and need not be disclosed is the payment or promise of payment to an endorser who is an expert or well known personality, as long as the advertiser does not represent that the endorsement was given without compensation. However, when the endorser is neither represented in the advertisement as an expert nor is known to a significant portion of the viewing public, then the advertiser should clearly and conspicuously disclose either the payment or promise of compensation prior to and in exchange for the endorsement or the fact that the endorser knew or had reasons to know or to believe that if the endorsement favors the advertised product some benefit, such as an appearance on TV, would be extended to the endorser. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A drug company commissions research on its product by a well-known research organization. The drug company pays a substantial share of the expenses of the research project, but the test design is under the control of the research organization. A subsequent advertisement by the drug company mentions the research results as the “findings” of the well-known research organization. The advertiser's payment of expenses to the research organization need not be disclosed in this advertisement. Application of the standards set by Guides 3 and 4 provides sufficient assurance that the advertiser's payment will not affect the weight or credibility of the endorsement.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A film star endorses a particular food product. The endorsement regards only points of taste and individual preference. This endorsement must of course comply with § 255.1; but even though the compensation paid the endorser is substantial, neither the fact nor the amount of compensation need be revealed.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>An actual patron of a restaurant, who is neither known to the public nor presented as an expert, is shown seated at the counter. He is asked for his “spontaneous” opinion of a new food product served in the restaurant. Assume, first, that the advertiser had posted a sign on the door of the restaurant informing all who entered that day that patrons would be interviewed by the advertiser as part of its TV promotion of its new soy protein “steak”. This notification would materially affect the weight or credibility of the patron's endorsement, and, therefore, viewers of the advertisement should be clearly and conspicuously informed of the circumstances under which the endorsement was obtained.</P> <P>Assume, in the alternative, that the advertiser had not posted a sign on the door of the restaurant, but had informed all interviewed customers of the “hidden camera” only after interviews were completed and the customers had no reason to know or believe that their response was being recorded for use in an advertisement. Even if patrons were also told that they would be paid for allowing the use of their opinions in advertising, these facts need not be disclosed.</P> </EXAMPLE> <FP>[Guide 5]</FP> <CITA>[45 FR 3873, Jan. 18, 1980]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 256</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 256—GUIDES FOR THE LAW BOOK INDUSTRY</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>256.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General disclosures.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures relative to supplementation.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures relative to texts and treatises.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>New revisions or replacement sets or series.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations, express or implied, describing a work as “new”, “current” or “up-to-date”.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures relative to misleading titles of texts and treatises.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations relative to works not yet published.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations relative to jurisdictional designations.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Catalogs.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Subscription renewal notices.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures on publications.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Jurisdictional designations of publications.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures on supplements.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Upkeep service.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Billing practices.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Added materials—germane subject matter.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>256.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentations (general).</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>38 Stat. 717, as amended; (15 U.S.C. 41-58).</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>40 FR 33436, Aug. 8, 1975, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="191"/> <SECTNO>§ 256.0</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) <E T="03">Industry product.</E> Any law book, case book, publication, series, service, law research materials, supplements and other printed materials of similar nature as well as materials appearing in microform, film, tape or other nonprint format designed primarily for use by members of the law profession and by law schools, excluding second-hand or used law materials.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Treatise or text.</E> An exposition—critical, evaluative, interpretive or informative—which analyzes one or more areas of the law. Generally, a legal treatise is more exhaustive in scope than an encyclopedia, and is considered a secondary aid.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Set.</E> A group of books published as a unit by virtue of such unifying characteristics as common authorship, editorship, relevance, or subject.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Series.</E> A number of separate works or sets, usually related to one another in subject or otherwise, issued in succession, normally by the same publisher or in uniform style, with a collective title.</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Looseleaf</E> (<E T="03">binder</E>). A law book or series of law books that consist of ring or post-bound (compression-type) binders used to hold separate looseleaf sheets as opposed to the bound book format wherein pages are permanently attached to the binder.</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33436, Aug. 8, 1975; 40 FR 36116, Aug. 19, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General disclosures.</SUBJECT> <P>Direct-mail promotional materials <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> or oral representations soliciting the sale of specific industry products should clearly and conspicuously disclose:</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> Where the direct-mail advertising of specific industry products consists of a promotional package containing more than one advertising piece (e.g., a brochure and/or cover letter, order form, and/or reply card), the disclosures required by §§ 256.1-256.3, 256.5-256.8 and 256.17 must appear clearly and conspicuously in the place where they are most likely to be noticed, on at least one piece of the promotional advertising package.</P> </FTNT> <P>(a) Name and address of publisher;</P> <P>(b) Full title including any sub-titles, and edition name or number if not the first;</P> <P>(c) Surname and given name or initials of authors, editors or compilers or designate if authored, edited or compiled by publisher's editorial staff;</P> <P>(d) Latest copyright date and whether supplemented; or in the event of a looseleaf or post-bound (compression-type) publication, other appropriate identification of currency (latest copyright date not necessary for open-ended, ongoing type works such as reports and digests);</P> <P>(e) In the case of a reprint by other than the original publisher, the publisher and copyright date of the original work, name and address of the reprint publisher and reprint dates;</P> <P>(f) Whether part of a set or series and, if so, the full title of said set or series;</P> <P>(g) Where the title of the advertised industry product is general, when in fact coverage therein is more limited than the title implies, a synoptic description of the limited coverage of subject matter, except in cases where chapter headings are listed and adequately reflect the limited subject matter;</P> <P>(h) Type of binding (e.g., permanently bound with pocket parts, looseleaf including post-bound, compression-binder type or paperback);</P> <P>(i) Where the price of the industry product appears, a description of what the price includes (e.g., the number of volumes in a set) and whether there are any extra charges such as postage, handling, shipping or other surcharges. [Guide 1]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures relative to supplementation.</SUBJECT> <P>Direct mail promotional materials or oral representations soliciting the sale of specific industry products should, where an industry product is being supplemented, or supplementation is being contemplated, clearly and conspicuously disclose:</P> <P>(a) The general type of supplementation currently being supplied, a description of what is included in that supplementation (e.g., pocket part supplements [bound, unbound or pamphlet type], replacement pages, cumulative <PRTPAGE P="192"/>supplements, revised volumes, split volumes, replacement volumes), and the anticipated frequency of supplementation (e.g., annually or monthly);</P> <P>(b) Any charge for the latest pocket parts or supplements, and the clearly identified period of time within which supplementation will be supplied without additional charge;</P> <P>(c) The specific nature of any offer of credit or discount for supplements in connection with the original purchase, and the clearly identified period of time for said offer;</P> <P>(d) Whether supplementation to the industry product has been abandoned, or is knowingly to be abandoned within 1 year after issuance of the solicitation, and the date or approximate date for abandonment of supplementation;</P> <P>(e) Minimum supplementation cost for each of the past 2 calendar years, or such shorter period in which the publication has been available. [Guide 2]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures relative to texts and treatises.</SUBJECT> <P>Direct-mail promotional materials or oral representations soliciting the sale of specific texts and treatises should clearly and conspicuously disclose:</P> <P>(a) For a multivolume set the number or estimated number of volumes which are anticipated to complete the set, and the estimated publication schedule;</P> <P>(b) Where offer is of a set, a general description of subjects covered under said set title; </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Industry member should clearly indicate general scope of the work, e.g., set may be titled <E T="03">Encyclopedia of Hawaiian Law.</E> If the work is not a full encyclopedic treatment of Hawaiian law, it should be disclosed that it covers only certain areas which are to be clearly identified.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 3]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>New revisions or replacement sets or series.</SUBJECT> <P>Where a publisher sells an industry product whose replacement or substantial revision is scheduled to be offered for sale within 1 year following the date of sale of the precursor work, such publisher should notify the purchaser, prior to consummating the sale, that the industry product will be replaced or revised and the approximate date of such replacement or revision. If the purchaser has not been so notified, the publisher should offer to the purchaser either:</P> <P>(a) Full refund for the obsolete work within the 1 year period, less reasonable charges for the period of use of the work, or</P> <P>(b) Full credit on the obsolete work within the 1 year period towards purchase of the new work, less reasonable charges for the period of use of the obsolete work. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>This section does not apply when the publisher continues full supplementation of the precursor set or series.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 4]</FP> <CITA>[40 FR 33436, Aug. 8, 1975; 40 FR 36116, Aug. 19, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations, express or implied, describing a work as “new”, “current” or “up-to-date”.</SUBJECT> <P>No direct-mail promotional materials or oral representations soliciting the sale of specific industry products should:</P> <P>(a) Expressly or impliedly represent that the industry product is new when said industry product was first distributed more than 18 months prior to the time of the offer or dissemination of the advertisement (some examples, but not all inclusive, of terms suggesting new publications are: “Announcing”, “newly revised”, “New 8th Edition”, “Up-to-date”, “New”);</P> <P>(b) Represent an industry product as current or up-to-date unless the work itself, or the supplementation thereto, is current or up-to-date, considering the amount and nature of legal activity in the particular area of law covered on the date of issuance of the advertisement; but in no event should any representation be made that the industry product is current or up-to-date when either the copyright date, printing date or end of coverage date for supplementation of such industry product is more than 18 months from the date of issuance of the advertisement. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Some areas of the law and thus some works may require monthly supplementation to be considered current while others may be <PRTPAGE P="193"/>kept sufficiently current by annual or, in exceptional cases, even less frequent supplementation. In some exceptional cases, for example, where legislatures only meet on a biannual basis, supplementation based thereon may be designated as current and up-to-date.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 5]</FP> <CITA>[40 FR 33436, Aug. 8, 1975; 40 FR 36116, Aug. 19, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures relative to misleading titles of texts and treatises.</SUBJECT> <P>Direct-mail promotional materials or oral representations soliciting the sale of specific texts or treatises should clearly and conspicuously disclose:</P> <P>(a) Where a title contains the name of a person who did not author or edit or only partially authored or edited the actual texts or treatises, the names of authors or editors who contributed substantial parts of an industry product. The names of such authors or editors should appear at least once in immediate conjunction with the title where it most prominently appears in the advertisement;</P> <P>(b) Other or prior titles and last copyright date where the advertised industry product or substantially the same industry product is or was published separately and/or as part of a set or as part of two or more sets, under identical or different titles (e.g., “Smith on Mortgages” is also published as Volume 9 of “The Symposium on Real Property Law” (1980); or * * * Smith on Mortgages is substantially the same book as * * * or is based on * * * or is composed of material also found in * * * Volume 9 of “The Symposium on Real Property Law” (1980) [or words to that effect]);</P> <P>(c) Other or prior titles and last copyright date where the industry product or substantially the same industry product is or was published elsewhere and/or in another format under identical or different titles (e.g., “Brown on Leases,” Revised Edition, published under the title of “Landlord & Tenant” (1980); or “Brown on Leases,” Revised Edition, is composed primarily of materials from Landlord & Tenant (1980) [or words to that effect]);</P> <P>(d) The identity of any sources, by title and last copyright date or other identification of currency, where the material in the industry product is substantially extracted from such sources [e.g., chapter 1 of this book is based on the author's article in “97 Harvard Law Review 283” (1980)];</P> <P>(e) For 5 years after issuance of a revision or a new edition of another title, the original title and last copyright date or other identification of currency of the precursor industry product. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>Where an industry product is composed of innumerable, short excerpts from other sources, such as a lawyer's desk aid and lawyer's almanac, then disclosure that the work is such a compilation will suffice without identifying all sources of the material therein.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 6]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations relative to works not yet published.</SUBJECT> <P>Representations soliciting the sale of specific industry products should not expressly or impliedly hold out a publication as having been printed or published at the time of the offer when such is not the fact. Solicitations relative to works not yet published should clearly and conspicuously disclose that the publication is being planned or contemplated and that inquiries or orders are being solicited to determine demand for the publication, or words to that effect. [Guide 7]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations relative to jurisdictional designations.</SUBJECT> <P>Representations soliciting the sale of an industry product should not expressly or impliedly describe such product as being designed for a particular jurisdiction unless the contents of said industry product are designed primarily for and contain significant amounts of materials for use in the jurisdiction so designated. Nor shoud the promotional materials for an industry product have a designation or title that expresses or implies that a broader or more general jurisdiction is covered when in fact the industry product is designed primarily for a jurisdiction more limited in scope (e.g., “The New Rules of Evidence” is actually a work which applies to new evidence rules enacted in one State only). [Guide 8]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <PRTPAGE P="194"/> <SECTNO>§ 256.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Catalogs.</SUBJECT> <P>Catalog listings and descriptions of law publications should conform to §§ 256.1 to 256.3, 256.5 to 256.8, and 256.17 of this part, and such catalogs should clearly and conspicuously disclose the printing or coverage dates on the front cover. [Guide 9]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Subscription renewal notices.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) A subscription renewal notice for industry products should not be sent to any person, firm, library, or entity, where the recipient thereof is not currently subscribing to the industry product to which the renewal notice refers or relates.</P> <P>(b) A subscription renewal notice should clearly designate the number of the notice (e.g., “First Renewal Notice” or “Second Renewal Notice”). [Guide 10]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures on publications.</SUBJECT> <P>Texts or treatises, separately published or published in sets or series, should clearly and conspicuously disclose on the title page or pages, half title page and/or verso of title page:</P> <P>(a) Full title of the book, including any sub-titles;</P> <P>(b) If part of a set or series, the title of same;</P> <P>(c) The number of the edition if not the first;</P> <P>(d) For 5 years after issuance of a revision or a new edition of another title, the original title and last copyright date or other identification of currency of the precursor industry product;</P> <P>(e) Unambiguous identification of authors, editors or compilers; or whether authored, edited or compiled by the publisher's editorial staff. However, if authors, editors or compilers are listed in the table of contents or credits, this paragraph need not apply;</P> <P>(f) Name, city and State of publisher;</P> <P>(g) Where the industry product or substantially the same industry product is or was published separately or as part of one or more sets under identical or different titles, or is or was published in various places or formats under identical or different titles, the prior titles and the place and date of previous publication. However, if such disclosures appear in the table of contents or credits, this paragraph need not apply;</P> <P>(h) When the industry product is substantially extracted from other sources, the identity of sources by titles and copyright dates unless such disclosures appear in the table of contents or credits;</P> <P>(i) Where the title contains the name of a person who did not author or edit, or only partially authored or edited the industry product, the names of authors, editors or publisher's editorial staff who contributed substantial parts of the industry product, and such disclosures should appear on the title page in conspicuous type or print. [Guide 11]</P> <CITA>[40 FR 33436, Aug. 8, 1975; 40 FR 36116, Aug. 19, 1975]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Jurisdictional designations of publications.</SUBJECT> <P>No industry product should be titled with a jurisdictional designation (e.g., “Maryland Edition”; or “Montana Real Estate Law”) unless the contents of said industry product are designed primarily for and contain significant amounts of material for use in that jurisdiction. Nor should an industry product have a title which expresses or implies that a broader or more general jurisdiction is covered when in fact the industry product is designed primarily for a jurisdiction more limited in scope (e.g., “The New Rules of Evidence” is actually a work which applies to new evidence rules enacted in one State only). [Guide 12]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosures on supplements.</SUBJECT> <P>Supplements issued to industry products should clearly and conspicuously disclose:</P> <P>(a) On title page or verso of pocket parts and of stapled or bound supplemental units and on cover page or pages or their versos for replacement or supplemental pages:</P> <P>(1) Full title of the industry product; and where part of a set or series, title of said set or series;</P> <P>(2) Surname and given name of authors, editors or compilers of the titled industry product or if prepared by the publisher's editorial staff;<PRTPAGE P="195"/> </P> <P>(3) Surname and given name of authors, editors or compilers of supplement if different from that of the titled book;</P> <P>(4) Coverage date or date of issuance for the supplement.</P> <P>(b) On each replacement sheet, the month and year of issuance. [Guide 13]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Upkeep service. <SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> </SUBJECT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> Upkeep service is also sometimes referred to as “Standing Order”, “Continuations”, “Subscription”, or “Subscription Upkeep”.</P> <P>Once a customer invests in a work, his investment serves as a compelling factor in his decision of whether or not to continue future upkeep. Financial practicality and limited choices offered by sellers of particular types of works in a heavily concentrated industry tend to keep the buyer confined to the work in which he has already invested; therefore, the buyer will not or is reluctant to switch to a competitive work (if there is one) when he cannot purchase the type of upkeep he wants or needs.</P> <P>Customers have varied needs and wants relating to upkeep. For example, the customer may want to enter his subscription or order for automatic upkeep of supplements (i.e., pocket part supplements, replacement pages, releases, inserts), advance sheets, replacement, revised, recompiled or split volumes, but he may want to be notified of and given the opportunity to order any additional, companion or related volumes, series or sets, new editions, or any related titles.</P> </FTNT> <P>Prior to the formation of any contract, or other agreement, whether written or oral, for the purchase of industry products containing provisions for subsequent automatic shipment of materials for upkeep purposes, the seller should:</P> <P>(a) Clearly and conspicuously define the nature and extent of basic upkeep service. Basic upkeep service should include only those parts of upkeep which are absolutely essential and without which a set cannot remain functional (this might include such parts as pocket part supplements, replacement pages, releases and inserts, advance sheets, and replacement, revised, recompiled or split volumes); and</P> <P>(b) Make available for purchase such basic upkeep service on an automatic shipment basis without requiring the purchase of other additional upkeep services whether on an automatic basis or otherwise. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD> <P>Nothing in this section is meant to preclude a seller from offering to buyers the option of ordering and receiving all parts of upkeep on an automatic basis, including basic supplementation and all other extra parts of supplementation, or any other method of upkeep such as alternate year supplementation, as long as other requirements of this section are met.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD> <P>The purpose of this section is to furnish the seller and buyer with a clear understanding of what is being ordered. There has been dissension and confusion in the lawbook industry as to what constitutes upkeep service and as to what the customer expects to receive or thinks he ordered under the upkeep provision, and as to which parts or units of the upkeep service the customer considers necessary or unnecessary for his particular requirements.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 3:</HD> <P>Where a customer chooses to purchase individual parts of the upkeep service on a non-automatic basis [see paragraph (b) of this section], the total price for each part so ordered should not exceed the cost of such parts when ordered automatically [see Note 1 of this section], unless any increased charges are based upon the actual increased costs to the seller directly attributable to such sale and/or delivery.</P> </NOTE> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 4:</HD> <P>The Federal Trade Commission Act will be enforced in accordance with Section 3009 of the Postal Reorganization Act which designates that “(a) * * * the mailing of unordered merchandise or of communications prohibited by paragraph (c) of this section constitutes an unfair method of competition and an unfair trade practice. * * *</P> <P>“(b) Any merchandise mailed in violation of paragraph (a) of this section, or within the exceptions contained therein, may be treated as a gift by the recipient, who shall have the right to retain, use, discard, or dispose of it in any manner he sees fit without any obligation whatsoever to the sender. All such merchandise shall have attached to it a clear and conspicuous statement informing the recipient that he may treat the merchandise as a gift to him and has the right to retain, use, discard, or dispose of it in any manner he sees fit without any obligation whatsoever to the sender.</P> <P>“(c) No mailer of any merchandise mailed in violation of paragraph (a) of this section, or within the exceptions contained therein, shall mail to any recipient of such merchandise a bill for such merchandise or any dunning communications.”</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 14]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Billing practices.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) Sellers of industry products should notify all customers in a clear and conspicuous manner:<PRTPAGE P="196"/> </P> <P>(1) To mark conspicuously their account numbers (if any) or other appropriate identifying data on all correspondence and payments, including checks, sent by customers to the seller;</P> <P>(2) That, upon request for clarification of an account, any customer may receive a statement of accounts, showing each purchase, payment or credit itemized for the current or all pertinent, preceding months;</P> <P>(3) That, where the seller can apply payments to specific items under its billing procedures, to indicate or identify to the seller or payee the item or items to which any payment is to be applied.</P> <P>(b) The publisher or seller of industry products should:</P> <P>(1) When receiving communications showing account numbers, have the responsibility of applying all correspondence and payments to the correct account, and where there is any question, notify the customer before entering the pertinent data into the computer system;</P> <P>(2) Provide a statement of accounts when requested by the customer;</P> <P>(3) Where seller can apply payments to specific items under its billing procedures, apply payments or credits as designated by the buyer or payor.</P> <P>(c) The seller of industry products, in oral or written communications with the buyer, should not use fictitious names, but should use names of live persons who are actively participating in the business.</P> <P>(d) Billing statements to purchasers of industry products should show:</P> <P>(1) Date and customer's account number, if any;</P> <P>(2) Invoice numbers or, where items are listed, a clear and readable description of each item or unit. If abbreviations are used which are not readily understandable, the statement should have thereon or attached thereto a clear interpretation of said abbreviations (e.g., a table);</P> <P>(3) A price for each item, or invoice totals, or the total of invoice totals;</P> <P>(4) Penalty, interest, or carrying charges, if any, clearly and separately identified;</P> <P>(5) Purchases sent on approval, if any, clearly and separately identified.</P> <P>(e) All industry product invoices should:</P> <P>(1) Be dated, numbered or adequately identified, and should show customer's account number, if any;</P> <P>(2) Show a clear and readable description of each item or unit. If abbreviations are used which are not readily understandable, the invoice should have thereon or attached thereto a clear interpretation of said abbreviations;</P> <P>(3) Show a price for each item, and clearly state terms of sale and amount of discount, if any;</P> <P>(4) Clearly show the time period for approval orders, by showing specific opening and termination dates. </P> <NOTE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD> <P>This section is meant to suggest some basic information that should be provided for the billing process although the seller may prefer to use some other system or method which furnishes essentially the same information as provided by this section. Further, this section does not relieve an industry member of his responsibilities to comply with the Fair Credit Billing Act, 15 U.S.C. 1601, and law book sellers should note with particularity section 161 of that Act dealing with “Correction of Billing Errors”.</P> </NOTE> <FP>[Guide 15]</FP> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Added materials—germane subject matter.</SUBJECT> <P>The adding of volumes or other materials, the overall content of which is not substantially germane to the subject matter of the basic work, constitutes an unfair trade practice. [Guide 16]</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 256.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Misrepresentations (general).</SUBJECT> <P>An industry product should not be advertised, published or otherwise represented in any manner which may have the capacity and tendency or effect of misleading or deceiving purchasers or prospective purchasers concerning the grade, quality, material, size, contents, authorship, editorship, use, value, price, origin, preparation, manufacture or date of publication or copyright of any industry product or of any supplementation thereto, or the current or up-to-date character thereof, or concerning any service offered in connection therewith, or in any other material respect. [Guide 17] </P> <NOTE> <PRTPAGE P="197"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Note.</HD> <P>If a fixed fee per period is charged for a current topic reporting upkeep service which is supplemented monthly or more frequently, §§ 256.2, 256.3, 256.13(a) and 256.14 do not apply.</P> </NOTE> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 259</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 259—GUIDE CONCERNING FUEL ECONOMY ADVERTISING FOR NEW AUTOMOBILES</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>259.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>259.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advertising disclosures.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 41-58.</P> </AUTH> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 259.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT> <P>For the purposes of this part, the following definitions shall apply:</P> <P>(a) <E T="03">New automobile.</E> Any passenger automobile or light truck for which a fuel economy label is required under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6201 <E T="03">et seq.</E>) or rules promulgated thereunder, the equitable or legal title to which has never been transferred by a manufacturer, distributor, or dealer to an ultimate purchaser. The term <E T="03">manufacturer</E> shall mean any person engaged in the manufacturing or assembling of new automobiles, including any person importing new automobiles for resale and any person who acts for and is under control of such manufacturer, assembler, or importer in connection with the distribution of new automobiles. The term <E T="03">dealer</E> shall mean any person, resident or located in the United States or any territory thereof, engaged in the sale or distribution of new automobiles to the ultimate purchaser. The term <E T="03">ultimate purchaser</E> means, for purposes of this part, the first person, other than a dealer purchasing in his or her capacity as a dealer, who in good faith purchases such new automobile for purposes other than resale, including a person who leases such vehicle for his or her personal use.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Estimated city mpg.</E> The gasoline consumption or mileage of new automobiles as determined in accordance with the city test procedure employed and published by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as described in 40 CFR 600.209-85 and expressed in miles-per-gallon, to the nearest whole mile-per-gallon, as measured, reported, published, or accepted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.</P> <P>(c) <E T="03">Estimated highway mpg.</E> The gasoline consumption or mileage of new automobiles as determined in accordance with the highway test procedure employed and published by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as described in 40 CFR 600.209-85 and expressed in miles-per-gallon, to the nearest whole mile-per-gallon, as measured, reported, published, or accepted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.</P> <P>(d) <E T="03">Vehicle configuration.</E> The unique combination of automobile features, as defined in 40 CFR 600.002-85(24).</P> <P>(e) <E T="03">Estimated in-use fuel economy range.</E> The estimated range of city and highway fuel economy of the particular new automobile on which the label is affixed, as determined in accordance with procedures employed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as described in 40 CFR 600.311 (for the appropriate model year), and expressed in miles-per-gallon, to the nearest whole mile-per-gallon, as measured, reported or accepted by the U.S. Environment Protection Agency.</P> <P>(f) <E T="03">Range of estimated fuel economy values for the class of new automobiles.</E> The estimated city and highway fuel economy values of the class of automobile (e.g., compact) as determined by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency pursuant to 40 CFR 600.315 (for the appropriate model year) and expressed in miles-per-gallon, to the nearest whole mile-per-gallon.</P> <CITA>[60 FR 56231, Nov. 8, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 259.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Advertising disclosures.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) No manufacturer or dealer shall make any express or implied representation in advertising concerning the fuel economy of any new automobile <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> unless such representation is accompanied by the following clear and conspicuous disclosures:</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> The Commission will regard as an express or implied fuel economy representation one which a reasonable consumer, upon considering the representation in the context of the entire advertisement, would understand as referring to the fuel economy performance of the vehicle or vehicles advertised.</P> </FTNT> <P>(1) If the advertisement makes:<PRTPAGE P="198"/> </P> <P>(i) Both a city and a highway fuel economy representation, both the “estimated city mpg” and the “estimated highway mpg” of such new automobile,<SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> must be disclosed;</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> For purposes of § 259.2(a), the “estimated city mpg” and the “estimated highway mpg” must be those applicable to the specific nameplate being advertised. Fuel economy estimates assigned to “unique nameplates” (see 40 CFR 600.207-86(a)(2)) apply only to such unique car lines. For example, if a manufacturer has a model named the “XZA” that has fuel economy estimates assigned to it and a derivative model named the “Econo-XZA” that has separate, higher fuel economy estimates assigned to it, these higher numbers assigned to the “Econo-XZA” cannot be used in advertisements for the “XZA.”</P> </FTNT> <P>(ii) A representation regarding only city or only highway fuel economy, only the corresponding EPA estimate must be disclosed; <SU>3</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>3</SU> For example, if the representation clearly refers only to highway fuel economy, only the “estimated highway mpg” need be disclosed.</P> </FTNT> <P>(iii) A general fuel economy claim without reference to either city or highway, or if the representation refers to any combined fuel economy number, the “estimated city mpg” must be disclosed; <SU>4</SU> <FTREF/> and</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>4</SU> Nothing in this section should be construed as prohibiting disclosure of both the city and highway estimates.</P> </FTNT> <P>(2) That the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is the source of the “estimated city mpg” and “estimated highway mpg” and that the numbers are estimates.<SU>5</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>5</SU> The Commission will regard the following as the minimum disclosure necessary to comply with § 259.2(a)(2), regardless of the media in which the advertisement appears: “EPA estimate(s).”</P> <P>For television, if the estimated mpg appears in the video, the disclosure must appear in the video; if the estimated mpg is audio, the disclosure must be audio.</P> </FTNT> <P>(b) If an advertisement for a new automobile cites:</P> <P>(1) The “estimated in-use fuel economy range,” the advertisement must state with equal prominence both the upper and lower number of the range, an explanation of the meaning of the numbers (i.e., city mpg range or highway mpg range or both), and that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is the source of the figures.</P> <P>(2) The “range of estimated fuel economy values for the class of new automobiles” as a basis for comparing the fuel economy of two or more automobiles, such comparison must be made to the same type of range (i.e., city or highway).<SU>6</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>6</SU> For example, an advertisement could not state that “according to EPA estimates new automobiles in this class get as little as X mpg (citing a figure from the city range) while EPA estimates that this automobile gets X + mpg (citing the EPA highway estimates or a number from the EPA estimated in-use fuel economy highway range for the automobile).</P> </FTNT> <P>(c) Fuel economy estimates derived from a non-EPA test may be disclosed provided that:</P> <P>(1) The advertisement also discloses the “estimated city mpg” and/or the “estimated highway mpg,” as required by § 259.2(a), and the disclosure required by § 259.2(a), and gives the “estimated city mpg” and/or the “estimated highway mpg” figure(s) substantially more prominence than any other estimate; <SU>7</SU> <FTREF/> provided, however, for radio and television advertisements in which any other estimate is used only in the <PRTPAGE P="199"/>audio, equal prominence must be given the “estimated city mpg” and/or the “estimated highway mpg” figure(s); <SU>8</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>7</SU> The Commission will regard the following as constituting “substantially more prominence:”</P> <P>For television only: If the estimated city and/or highway mpg and any other mileage estimate(s) appear only in the visual portion, the estimated city and/or highway mpg must appear in numbers twice as large as those used for any other estimate, and must remain on the screen at least as long as any other estimate. If the estimated city and highway mpg appear in the audio portion, visual broadcast of any other estimate must be accompanied by the simultaneous, at least equally prominent, visual broadcast of the estimated city and/or highway mpg. Each visual estimated city and highway mpg must be broadcast against a solid color background that contrasts easily with the color used for the numbers when viewed on both color and black and white television.</P> <P>For print only: The estimated city and/or highway mpg must appear in clearly legible type at least twice as large as that used for any other estimate. Alternatively, if the estimated city and highway mpg appear in type of the same size as such other estimate, they must be clearly legible and conspicuously circled. The estimated city and highway mpg must appear against a solid color, contrasting background. They may not appear in a footnote unless all references to fuel economy appear in a footnote.</P> </FTNT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>8</SU> The Commission will regard the following as constituting equal prominence. For radio and television when any other estimate is used in the audio: The estimated city and/or highway mpg must be stated, either before or after each disclosure of such other estimate at least as audibly as such other estimate.</P> </FTNT> <P>(2) The source of the non-EPA test is clearly and conspicuously identified;</P> <P>(3) The driving conditions and variables simulated by the test which differ from those used to measure the “estimated city mpg” and/or the “estimated highway mpg,” and which result in a change in fuel economy, are clearly and conspicuously disclosed.<SU>9</SU> <FTREF/> Such conditions and variables may include, but are not limited to, road or dynamometer test, average speed, range of speed, hot or cold start, and temperature; and</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>9</SU> For dynamometer tests any difference between the EPA and non-EPA tests must be disclosed. For in-use tests, the Commission realizes that it is impossible to duplicate the EPA test conditions, and that in-use tests may be designed to simulate a particular driving situation. It must be clear from the context of the advertisement what driving situation is being simulated (e.g., cold weather driving, highway driving, heavy load conditions). Furthermore, any driving or vehicle condition must be disclosed if it is significantly different from that which an appreciable number of consumers (whose driving condition is being simulated) would expect to encounter.</P> </FTNT> <P>(4) The advertisement clearly and conspicuously discloses any distinctions in “vehicle configuration” and other equipment affecting mileage performance (e.g., design or equipment differences which distinguish subconfigurations as defined by EPA) between the automobiles tested in the non-EPA test and the EPA tests.</P> <CITA>[60 FR 56231, Nov. 8, 1995]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 260</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 260—GUIDES FOR THE USE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MARKETING CLAIMS</HD> <CONTENTS> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>260.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Statement of purpose.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of guides.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Structure of the guides.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Review procedure.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interpretation and substantiation of environmental marketing claims.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General principles.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Environmental marketing claims.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>260.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Environmental assessment.</SUBJECT> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 41-58.</P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>61 FR 53316, Oct. 11, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Statement of purpose.</SUBJECT> <P>The guides in this part represent administrative interpretations of laws administered by the Federal Trade Commission for the guidance of the public in conducting its affairs in conformity with legal requirements. These guides specifically address the application of Section 5 of the FTC Act to environmental advertising and marketing practices. They provide the basis for voluntary compliance with such laws by members of industry. Conduct inconsistent with the positions articulated in these guides may result in corrective action by the Commission under Section 5 if, after investigation, the Commission has reason to believe that the behavior falls within the scope of conduct declared unlawful by the statute.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Scope of guides.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) These guides apply to environmental claims included in labeling, advertising, promotional materials and all other forms of marketing, whether asserted directly or by implication, through words, symbols, emblems, logos, depictions, product brand names, or through any other means, including marketing through digital or electronic means, such as the Internet or electronic mail. The guides apply to any claim about the environmental attributes of a product, package or service in connection with the sale, offering for sale, or marketing of such product, package or service for personal, family or household use, or for commercial, institutional or industrial use.</P> <P>(b) Because the guides are not legislative rules under Section 18 of the FTC Act, they are not themselves enforceable regulations, nor do they have the force and effect of law. The guides themselves do not preempt regulation of other federal agencies or of state and <PRTPAGE P="200"/>local bodies governing the use of environmental marketing claims. Compliance with federal, state or local law and regulations concerning such claims, however, will not necessarily preclude Commission law enforcement action under Section 5.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 24248, May 1, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Structure of the guides.</SUBJECT> <P>The guides are composed of general principles and specific guidance on the use of environmental claims. These general principles and specific guidance are followed by examples that generally address a single deception concern. A given claim may raise issues that are addressed under more than one example and in more than one section of the guides. In many of the examples, one or more options are presented for qualifying a claim. These options are intended to provide a “safe harbor” for marketers who want certainty about how to make environmental claims. They do not represent the only permissible approaches to qualifying a claim. The examples do not illustrate all possible acceptable claims or disclosures that would be permissible under Section 5. In addition, some of the illustrative disclosures may be appropriate for use on labels but not in print or broadcast advertisements and vice versa. In some instances, the guides indicate within the example in what context or contexts a particular type of disclosure should be considered.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Review procedure.</SUBJECT> <P>The Commission will review the guides as part of its general program of reviewing all industry guides on an ongoing basis. Parties may petition the Commission to alter or amend these guides in light of substantial new evidence regarding consumer interpretation of a claim or regarding substantiation of a claim. Following review of such a petition, the Commission will take such action as it deems appropriate.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Interpretation and substantiation of environmental marketing claims.</SUBJECT> <P>Section 5 of the FTC Act makes unlawful deceptive acts and practices in or affecting commerce. The Commission's criteria for determining whether an express or implied claim has been made are enunciated in the Commission's Policy Statement on Deception. <SU>1</SU> <FTREF/> In addition, any party making an express or implied claim that presents an objective assertion about the environmental attribute of a product, package or service must, at the time the claim is made, possess and rely upon a reasonable basis substantiating the claim. A reasonable basis consists of competent and reliable evidence. In the context of environmental marketing claims, such substantiation will often require competent and reliable scientific evidence, defined as tests, analyses, research, studies or other evidence based on the expertise of professionals in the relevant area, conducted and evaluated in an objective manner by persons qualified to do so, using procedures generally accepted in the profession to yield accurate and reliable results. Further guidance on the reasonable basis standard is set forth in the Commission's 1983 Policy Statement on the Advertising Substantiation Doctrine. 49 FR 30999 (1984); <E T="03">appended to Thompson Medical Co.,</E> 104 F.T.C. 648 (1984). The Commission has also taken action in a number of cases involving alleged deceptive or unsubstantiated environmental advertising claims. A current list of environmental marketing cases and/or copies of individual cases can be obtained by calling the FTC Consumer Response Center at (202) 326-2222.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>1</SU> <E T="03">Cliffdale Associates, Inc.,</E> 103 F.T.C. 110, at 176, 176 n.7, n.8, Appendix, <E T="03">reprinting</E> letter dated Oct. 14, 1983, from the Commission to The Honorable John D. Dingell, Chairman, Committee on Energy and Commerce, U.S. House of Representatives (1984) (“Deception Statement”).</P> </FTNT> <CITA>[63 FR 24248, May 1, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General principles.</SUBJECT> <P>The following general principles apply to all environmental marketing claims, including, but not limited to, those described in § 260.7. In addition, § 260.7 contains specific guidance applicable to certain environmental marketing claims. Claims should comport with all relevant provisions of these <PRTPAGE P="201"/>guides, not simply the provision that seems most directly applicable.</P> <P>(a) <E T="03">Qualifications and disclosures.</E> The Commission traditionally has held that in order to be effective, any qualifications or disclosures such as those described in these guides should be sufficiently clear, prominent and understandable to prevent deception. Clarity of language, relative type size and proximity to the claim being qualified, and an absence of contrary claims that could undercut effectiveness, will maximize the likelihood that the qualifications and disclosures are appropriately clear and prominent.</P> <P>(b) <E T="03">Distinction between benefits of product, package and service.</E> An environmental marketing claim should be presented in a way that makes clear whether the environmental attribute or benefit being asserted refers to the product, the product's packaging, a service or to a portion or component of the product, package or service. In general, if the environmental attribute or benefit applies to all but minor, incidental components of a product or package, the claim need not be qualified to identify that fact. There may be exceptions to this general principle. For example, if an unqualified “recyclable” claim is made and the presence of the incidental component significantly limits the ability to recycle the product, then the claim would be deceptive. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A box of aluminum foil is labeled with the claim “recyclable,” without further elaboration. Unless the type of product, surrounding language, or other context of the phrase establishes whether the claim refers to the foil or the box, the claim is deceptive if any part of either the box or the foil, other than minor, incidental components, cannot be recycled.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A soft drink bottle is labeled “recycled.” The bottle is made entirely from recycled materials, but the bottle cap is not. Because reasonable consumers are likely to consider the bottle cap to be a minor, incidental component of the package, the claim is not deceptive. Similarly, it would not be deceptive to label a shopping bag “recycled” where the bag is made entirely of recycled material but the easily detachable handle, an incidental component, is not.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(c) <E T="03">Overstatement of environmental attribute:</E> An environmental marketing claim should not be presented in a manner that overstates the environmental attribute or benefit, expressly or by implication. Marketers should avoid implications of significant environmental benefits if the benefit is in fact negligible. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A package is labeled, “50% more recycled content than before.” The manufacturer increased the recycled content of its package from 2 percent recycled material to 3 percent recycled material. Although the claim is technically true, it is likely to convey the false impression that the advertiser has increased significantly the use of recycled material.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A trash bag is labeled “recyclable” without qualification. Because trash bags will ordinarily not be separated out from other trash at the landfill or incinerator for recycling, they are highly unlikely to be used again for any purpose. Even if the bag is technically capable of being recycled, the claim is deceptive since it asserts an environmental benefit where no significant or meaningful benefit exists.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A paper grocery sack is labeled “reusable.” The sack can be brought back to the store and reused for carrying groceries but will fall apart after two or three reuses, on average. Because reasonable consumers are unlikely to assume that a paper grocery sack is durable, the unqualified claim does not overstate the environmental benefit conveyed to consumers. The claim is not deceptive and does not need to be qualified to indicate the limited reuse of the sack.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A package of paper coffee filters is labeled “These filters were made with a chlorine-free bleaching process.” The filters are bleached with a process that releases into the environment a reduced, but still significant, amount of the same harmful byproducts associated with chlorine bleaching. The claim is likely to overstate the product's benefits because it is likely to be interpreted by consumers to mean that the product's manufacture does not cause any of the environmental risks posed by chlorine bleaching. A claim, however, that the filters were “bleached with a process that substantially reduces, but does not eliminate, harmful substances associated with chlorine bleaching” would not, if substantiated, overstate the product's benefits and is unlikely to be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(d) <E T="03">Comparative claims:</E> Environmental marketing claims that include a comparative statement should be presented in a manner that makes the basis for the comparison sufficiently clear to avoid consumer deception. In addition, the advertiser should be able to substantiate the comparison. </P> <EXAMPLE> <PRTPAGE P="202"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>An advertiser notes that its shampoo bottle contains “20% more recycled content.” The claim in its context is ambiguous. Depending on contextual factors, it could be a comparison either to the advertiser's immediately preceding product or to a competitor's product. The advertiser should clarify the claim to make the basis for comparison clear, for example, by saying “20% more recycled content than our previous package.” Otherwise, the advertiser should be prepared to substantiate whatever comparison is conveyed to reasonable consumers.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>An advertiser claims that “our plastic diaper liner has the most recycled content.” The advertised diaper does have more recycled content, calculated as a percentage of weight, than any other on the market, although it is still well under 100% recycled. Provided the recycled content and the comparative difference between the product and those of competitors are significant and provided the specific comparison can be substantiated, the claim is not deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>An ad claims that the advertiser's packaging creates “less waste than the leading national brand.” The advertiser's source reduction was implemented sometime ago and is supported by a calculation comparing the relative solid waste contributions of the two packages. The advertiser should be able to substantiate that the comparison remains accurate.</P> </EXAMPLE> <CITA>[61 FR 53316, Oct. 11, 1996, as amended at 63 FR 24248, May 1, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Environmental marketing claims.</SUBJECT> <P>Guidance about the use of environmental marketing claims is set forth in this section. Each guide is followed by several examples that illustrate, but do not provide an exhaustive list of, claims that do and do not comport with the guides. In each case, the general principles set forth in § 260.6 should also be followed.<SU>2</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>2</SU> These guides do not currently address claims based on a “lifecycle” theory of environmental benefit. The Commission lacks sufficient information on which to base guidance on such claims.</P> </FTNT> <P>(a) <E T="03">General environmental benefit claims.</E> It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product, package or service offers a general environmental benefit. Unqualified general claims of environmental benefit are difficult to interpret, and depending on their context, may convey a wide range of meanings to consumers. In many cases, such claims may convey that the product, package or service has specific and far-reaching environmental benefits. As explained in the Commission's Advertising Substantiation Statement, every express and material implied claim that the general assertion conveys to reasonable consumers about an objective quality, feature or attribute of a product or service must be substantiated. Unless this substantiation duty can be met, broad environmental claims should either be avoided or qualified, as necessary, to prevent deception about the specific nature of the environmental benefit being asserted. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A brand name like “Eco-Safe” would be deceptive if, in the context of the product so named, it leads consumers to believe that the product has environmental benefits which cannot be substantiated by the manufacturer. The claim would not be deceptive if “Eco-Safe” were followed by clear and prominent qualifying language limiting the safety representation to a particular product attribute for which it could be substantiated, and provided that no other deceptive implications were created by the context.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A product wrapper is printed with the claim “Environmentally Friendly.” Textual comments on the wrapper explain that the wrapper is “Environmentally Friendly because it was not chlorine bleached, a process that has been shown to create harmful substances.” The wrapper was, in fact, not bleached with chlorine. However, the production of the wrapper now creates and releases to the environment significant quantities of other harmful substances. Since consumers are likely to interpret the “Environmentally Friendly” claim, in combination with the textual explanation, to mean that no significant harmful substances are currently released to the environment, the “Environmentally Friendly” claim would be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A pump spray product is labeled “environmentally safe.” Most of the product's active ingredients consist of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that may cause smog by contributing to ground-level ozone formation. The claim is deceptive because, absent further qualification, it is likely to convey to consumers that use of the product will not result in air pollution or other harm to the environment.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A lawn care pesticide is advertised as “essentially non-toxic” and “practically non-toxic.” Consumers would likely interpret these claims in the context of such a product as applying not only to human <PRTPAGE P="203"/>health effects but also to the product's environmental effects. Since the claims would likely convey to consumers that the product does not pose any risk to humans or the environment, if the pesticide in fact poses a significant risk to humans or environment, the claims would be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>A product label contains an environmental seal, either in the form of a globe icon, or a globe icon with only the text “Earth Smart” around it. Either label is likely to convey to consumers that the product is environmentally superior to other products. If the manufacturer cannot substantiate this broad claim, the claim would be deceptive. The claims would not be deceptive if they were accompanied by clear and prominent qualifying language limiting the environmental superiority representation to the particular product attribute or attributes for which they could be substantiated, provided that no other deceptive implications were created by the context.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 6:</HD> <P>A product is advertised as “environmentally preferable.” This claim is likely to convey to consumers that this product is environmentally superior to other products. If the manufacturer cannot substantiate this broad claim, the claim would be deceptive. The claim would not be deceptive if it were accompanied by clear and prominent qualifying language limiting the environmental superiority representation to the particular product attribute or attributes for which it could be substantiated, provided that no other deceptive implications were created by the context.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(b) <E T="03">Degradable/biodegradable/photo-de-grad-able:</E> It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product or package is degradable, biodegradable or photo-de-grad-able. An unqualified claim that a product or package is degradable, biodegradable or photo-de-grad-able should be substantiated by competent and reliable scientific evidence that the entire product or package will completely break down and return to nature, i.e., decompose into elements found in nature within a reasonably short period of time after customary disposal. Claims of de-grad-a-bility, biode-grad-a-bility or photo-de-grad-abil-ity should be qualified to the extent necessary to avoid consumer deception about:</P> <P>(1) The product or package's ability to degrade in the environment where it is customarily disposed; and</P> <P>(2) The rate and extent of degradation. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A trash bag is marketed as “degradable,” with no qualification or other disclosure. The marketer relies on soil burial tests to show that the product will decompose in the presence of water and oxygen. The trash bags are customarily disposed of in incineration facilities or at sanitary landfills that are managed in a way that inhibits degradation by minimizing moisture and oxygen. Degradation will be irrelevant for those trash bags that are incinerated and, for those disposed of in landfills, the marketer does not possess adequate substantiation that the bags will degrade in a reasonably short period of time in a landfill. The claim is therefore deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A commercial agricultural plastic mulch film is advertised as “Photodegradable” and qualified with the phrase, “Will break down into small pieces if left uncovered in sunlight.” The claim is supported by competent and reliable scientific evidence that the product will break down in a reasonably short period of time after being exposed to sunlight and into sufficiently small pieces to become part of the soil. The qualified claim is not deceptive. Because the claim is qualified to indicate the limited extent of breakdown, the advertiser need not meet the elements for an unqualified photo-de-grad-able claim, i.e., that the product will not only break down, but also will decompose into elements found in nature.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A soap or shampoo product is advertised as “biodegradable,” with no qualification or other disclosure. The manufacturer has competent and reliable scientific evidence demonstrating that the product, which is customarily disposed of in sewage systems, will break down and decompose into elements found in nature in a short period of time. The claim is not deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A plastic six-pack ring carrier is marked with a small diamond. Many state laws require that plastic six-pack ring carriers degrade if littered, and several state laws also require that the carriers be marked with a small diamond symbol to indicate that they meet performance standards for de-grad-a-bility. The use of the diamond, by itself, does not constitute a claim of de-grad-a-bility. <SU>3</SU> <FTREF/> </P> </EXAMPLE> <FTNT> <P> <SU>3</SU> The guides' treatment of unqualified degradable claims is intended to help prevent consumer deception and is not intended to establish performance standards for laws intended to ensure the de-grad-a-bility of products when littered.</P> </FTNT> <P>(c) <E T="03">Compostable.</E> (1) It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product or package is compostable. A claim that a product or package is compostable should be substantiated by competent and reliable <PRTPAGE P="204"/>scientific evidence that all the materials in the product or package will break down into, or otherwise become part of, usable compost (e.g., soil-conditioning material, mulch) in a safe and timely manner in an appropriate composting program or facility, or in a home compost pile or device. Claims of compostability should be qualified to the extent necessary to avoid consumer deception. An unqualified claim may be deceptive if:</P> <P>(i) The package cannot be safely composted in a home compost pile or device; or</P> <P>(ii) The claim misleads consumers about the environmental benefit provided when the product is disposed of in a landfill.</P> <P>(2) A claim that a product is compostable in a municipal or institutional composting facility may need to be qualified to the extent necessary to avoid deception about the limited availability of such composting facilities. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A manufacturer indicates that its unbleached coffee filter is compostable. The unqualified claim is not deceptive provided the manufacturer can substantiate that the filter can be converted safely to usable compost in a timely manner in a home compost pile or device. If this is the case, it is not relevant that no local municipal or institutional composting facilities exist.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A lawn and leaf bag is labeled as “Compostable in California Municipal Yard Trimmings Composting Facilities.” The bag contains toxic ingredients that are released into the compost material as the bag breaks down. The claim is deceptive if the presence of these toxic ingredients prevents the compost from being usable.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A manufacturer makes an unqualified claim that its package is compostable. Although municipal or institutional composting facilities exist where the product is sold, the package will not break down into usable compost in a home compost pile or device. To avoid deception, the manufacturer should disclose that the package is not suitable for home composting.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A nationally marketed lawn and leaf bag is labeled “compostable.” Also printed on the bag is a disclosure that the bag is not designed for use in home compost piles. The bags are in fact composted in yard trimmings composting programs in many communities around the country, but such programs are not available to a substantial majority of consumers or communities where the bag is sold. The claim is deceptive because reasonable consumers living in areas not served by yard trimmings programs may understand the reference to mean that composting facilities accepting the bags are available in their area. To avoid deception, the claim should be qualified to indicate the limited availability of such programs, for example, by stating, “Appropriate facilities may not exist in your area.” Other examples of adequate qualification of the claim include providing the approximate percentage of communities or the population for which such programs are available.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>A manufacturer sells a disposable diaper that bears the legend, “This diaper can be composted where solid waste composting facilities exist. There are currently [X number of] solid waste composting facilities across the country.” The claim is not deceptive, assuming that composting facilities are available as claimed and the manufacturer can substantiate that the diaper can be converted safely to usable compost in solid waste composting facilities.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 6:</HD> <P>A manufacturer markets yard trimmings bags only to consumers residing in particular geographic areas served by county yard trimmings composting programs. The bags meet specifications for these programs and are labeled, “Compostable Yard Trimmings Bag for County Composting Programs.” The claim is not deceptive. Because the bags are compostable where they are sold, no qualification is required to indicate the limited availability of composting facilities.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(d) <E T="03">Recyclable.</E> It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product or package is recyclable. A product or package should not be marketed as recyclable unless it can be collected, separated or otherwise recovered from the solid waste stream for reuse, or in the manufacture or assembly of another package or product, through an established recycling program. Unqualified claims of recyclability for a product or package may be made if the entire product or package, excluding minor incidental components, is recyclable. For products or packages that are made of both recyclable and non-recyclable components, the recyclable claim should be adequately qualified to avoid consumer deception about which portions or components of the product or package are recyclable. Claims of recyclability should be qualified to the extent necessary to avoid consumer deception about any limited availability of recycling programs and collection sites. If an incidental component significantly limits the ability to recycle a product <PRTPAGE P="205"/>or package, a claim of recyclability would be deceptive. A product or package that is made from recyclable material, but, because of its shape, size or some other attribute, is not accepted in recycling programs for such material, should not be marketed as recyclable.<SU>4</SU> <FTREF/> </P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>4</SU> The Mercury-Containing and Rechargeable Battery Management Act establishes uniform national labeling requirements regarding certain types of nickel-cadmium rechargeable and small lead-acid rechargeable batteries to aid in battery collection and recycling. The Battery Act requires, in general, that the batteries must be labeled with the three-chasing-arrows symbol or a comparable recycling symbol, and the statement ldquo;Battery Must Be Recycled Or Disposed Of Properly.” 42 U.S.C. 14322(b). Batteries labeled in accordance with this federal statute are deemed to be in compliance with these guides.</P> </FTNT> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A packaged product is labeled with an unqualified claim, “recyclable.” It is unclear from the type of product and other context whether the claim refers to the product or its package. The unqualified claim is likely to convey to reasonable consumers that all of both the product and its packaging that remain after normal use of the product, except for minor, incidental components, can be recycled. Unless each such message can be substantiated, the claim should be qualified to indicate what portions are recyclable.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A nationally marketed 8 oz. plastic cottage-cheese container displays the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI) code (which consists of a design of arrows in a triangular shape containing a number and abbreviation identifying the component plastic resin) on the front label of the container, in close proximity to the product name and logo. The manufacturer's conspicuous use of the SPI code in this manner constitutes a recyclability claim. Unless recycling facilities for this container are available to a substantial majority of consumers or communities, the claim should be qualified to disclose the limited availability of recycling programs for the container. If the SPI code, without more, had been placed in an inconspicuous location on the container (e.g., embedded in the bottom of the container) it would not constitute a claim of recyclability.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A container can be burned in incinerator facilities to produce heat and power. It cannot, however, be recycled into another product or package. Any claim that the container is recyclable would be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A nationally marketed bottle bears the unqualified statement that it is “recyclable.” Collection sites for recycling the material in question are not available to a substantial majority of consumers or communities, although collection sites are established in a significant percentage of communities or available to a significant percentage of the population. The unqualified claim is deceptive because, unless evidence shows otherwise, reasonable consumers living in communities not served by programs may conclude that recycling programs for the material are available in their area. To avoid deception, the claim should be qualified to indicate the limited availability of programs, for example, by stating “This bottle may not be recyclable in your area,” or “Recycling programs for this bottle may not exist in your area.” Other examples of adequate qualifications of the claim include providing the approximate percentage of communities or the population to whom programs are available.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>A paperboard package is marketed nationally and labeled, “Recyclable where facilities exist.” Recycling programs for this package are available in a significant percentage of communities or to a significant percentage of the population, but are not available to a substantial majority of consumers. The claim is deceptive because, unless evidence shows otherwise, reasonable consumers living in communities not served by programs that recycle paperboard packaging may understand this phrase to mean that such programs are available in their area. To avoid deception, the claim should be further qualified to indicate the limited availability of programs, for example, by using any of the approaches set forth in Example 4 above.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 6:</HD> <P>A foam polystyrene cup is marketed as follows: “Recyclable in the few communities with facilities for foam polystyrene cups.” Collection sites for recycling the cup have been established in a half-dozen major metropolitan areas. This disclosure illustrates one approach to qualifying a claim adequately to prevent deception about the limited availability of recycling programs where collection facilities are not established in a significant percentage of communities or available to a significant percentage of the population. Other examples of adequate qualification of the claim include providing the number of communities with programs, or the percentage of communities or the population to which programs are available.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 7:</HD> <P>A label claims that the package “includes some recyclable material.” The package is composed of four layers of different materials, bonded together. One of the layers is made from the recyclable material, but the others are not. While programs for recycling this type of material are available <PRTPAGE P="206"/>to a substantial majority of consumers, only a few of those programs have the capability to separate the recyclable layer from the non-recyclable layers. Even though it is technologically possible to separate the layers, the claim is not adequately qualified to avoid consumer deception. An appropriately qualified claim would be, “includes material recyclable in the few communities that collect multi-layer products.” Other examples of adequate qualification of the claim include providing the number of communities with programs, or the percentage of communities or the population to which programs are available.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 8:</HD> <P>A product is marketed as having a “recyclable” container. The product is distributed and advertised only in Missouri. Collection sites for recycling the container are available to a substantial majority of Missouri residents, but are not yet available nationally. Because programs are generally available where the product is marketed, the unqualified claim does not deceive consumers about the limited availability of recycling programs.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 9:</HD> <P>A manufacturer of one-time use photographic cameras, with dealers in a substantial majority of communities, collects those cameras through all of its dealers. After the exposed film is removed for processing, the manufacturer reconditions the cameras for resale and labels them as follows: “Recyclable through our dealership network.” This claim is not deceptive, even though the cameras are not recyclable through conventional curbside or drop off recycling programs.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 10:</HD> <P>A manufacturer of toner cartridges for laser printers has established a recycling program to recover its cartridges exclusively through its nationwide dealership network. The company advertises its cartridges nationally as “Recyclable. Contact your local dealer for details.” The company's dealers participating in the recovery program are located in a significant number—but not a substantial majority—of communities. The “recyclable” claim is deceptive unless it contains one of the qualifiers set forth in Example 4. If participating dealers are located in only a few communities, the claim should be qualified as indicated in Example 6.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 11:</HD> <P>An aluminum beverage can bears the statement “Please Recycle.” This statement is likely to convey to consumers that the package is recyclable. Because collection sites for recycling aluminum beverage cans are available to a substantial majority of consumers or communities, the claim does not need to be qualified to indicate the limited availability of recycling programs.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(e) <E T="03">Recycled content.</E> (1) A recycled content claim may be made only for materials that have been recovered or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing process (pre-consumer), or after consumer use (post-consumer). To the extent the source of recycled content includes pre-consumer material, the manufacturer or advertiser must have substantiation for concluding that the pre-consumer material would otherwise have entered the solid waste stream. In asserting a recycled content claim, distinctions may be made between pre-consumer and post-consumer materials. Where such distinctions are asserted, any express or implied claim about the specific pre-consumer or post-consumer content of a product or package must be substantiated.</P> <P>(2) It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product or package is made of recycled material, which includes recycled raw material, as well as used, <SU>5</SU> <FTREF/> reconditioned and remanufactured components. Unqualified claims of recycled content may be made if the entire product or package, excluding minor, incidental components, is made from recycled material. For products or packages that are only partially made of recycled material, a recycled claim should be adequately qualified to avoid consumer deception about the amount, by weight, of recycled content in the finished product or package. Additionally, for products that contain used, reconditioned or remanufactured components, a recycled claim should be adequately qualified to avoid consumer deception about the nature of such components. No such qualification would be necessary in cases where it would be clear to consumers from the context that a product's recycled content consists of used, reconditioned or remanufactured components.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>5</SU> The term “used” refers to parts that are not new and that have not undergone any type of remanufacturing and/or reconditioning.</P> </FTNT> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A manufacturer routinely collects spilled raw material and scraps left over from the original manufacturing process. After a minimal amount of reprocessing, the manufacturer combines the spills and scraps with virgin material for use in further production of the same product. A claim that <PRTPAGE P="207"/>the product contains recycled material is deceptive since the spills and scraps to which the claim refers are normally reused by industry within the original manufacturing process, and would not normally have entered the waste stream.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A manufacturer purchases material from a firm that collects discarded material from other manufacturers and resells it. All of the material was diverted from the solid waste stream and is not normally reused by industry within the original manufacturing process. The manufacturer includes the weight of this material in its calculations of the recycled content of its products. A claim of recycled content based on this calculation is not deceptive because, absent the purchase and reuse of this material, it would have entered the waste stream.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>A greeting card is composed 30% by fiber weight of paper collected from consumers after use of a paper product, and 20% by fiber weight of paper that was generated after completion of the paper-making process, diverted from the solid waste stream, and otherwise would not normally have been reused in the original manufacturing process. The marketer of the card may claim either that the product “contains 50% recycled fiber,” or may identify the specific pre-consumer and/or post-consumer content by stating, for example, that the product “contains 50% total recycled fiber, including 30% post-consumer.”</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A paperboard package with 20% recycled fiber by weight is labeled as containing “20% recycled fiber.” Some of the recycled content was composed of material collected from consumers after use of the original product. The rest was composed of overrun newspaper stock never sold to customers. The claim is not deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 5:</HD> <P>A product in a multi-component package, such as a paperboard box in a shrink-wrapped plastic cover, indicates that it has recycled packaging. The paperboard box is made entirely of recycled material, but the plastic cover is not. The claim is deceptive since, without qualification, it suggests that both components are recycled. A claim limited to the paperboard box would not be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 6:</HD> <P>A package is made from layers of foil, plastic, and paper laminated together, although the layers are indistinguishable to consumers. The label claims that “one of the three layers of this package is made of recycled plastic.” The plastic layer is made entirely of recycled plastic. The claim is not deceptive provided the recycled plastic layer constitutes a significant component of the entire package.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 7:</HD> <P>A paper product is labeled as containing “100% recycled fiber.” The claim is not deceptive if the advertiser can substantiate the conclusion that 100% by weight of the fiber in the finished product is recycled.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 8:</HD> <P>A frozen dinner is marketed in a package composed of a cardboard box over a plastic tray. The package bears the legend, “package made from 30% recycled material.” Each packaging component amounts to one-half the weight of the total package. The box is 20% recycled content by weight, while the plastic tray is 40% recycled content by weight. The claim is not deceptive, since the average amount of recycled material is 30%.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 9:</HD> <P>A paper greeting card is labeled as containing 50% recycled fiber. The seller purchases paper stock from several sources and the amount of recycled fiber in the stock provided by each source varies. Because the 50% figure is based on the annual weighted average of recycled material purchased from the sources after accounting for fiber loss during the production process, the claim is permissible.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 10:</HD> <P>A packaged food product is labeled with a three-chasing-arrows symbol without any further explanatory text as to its meaning. By itself, the symbol is likely to convey that the packaging is both “recyclable” and is made entirely from recycled material. Unless both messages can be substantiated, the claim should be qualified as to whether it refers to the package's recyclability and/or its recycled content. If a “recyclable” claim is being made, the label may need to disclose the limited availability of recycling programs for the package. If a recycled content claim is being made and the packaging is not made entirely from recycled material, the label should disclose the percentage of recycled content.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 11:</HD> <P>A laser printer toner cartridge containing 25% recycled raw materials and 40% reconditioned parts is labeled “65% recycled content; 40% from reconditioned parts.” This claim is not deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 12:</HD> <P>A store sells both new and used sporting goods. One of the items for sale in the store is a baseball helmet that, although used, is no different in appearance than a brand new item. The helmet bears an unqualified “Recycled” label. This claim is deceptive because, unless evidence shows otherwise, consumers could reasonably believe that the helmet is made of recycled raw materials, when it is in fact a used item. An acceptable claim would bear a disclosure clearly stating that the helmet is used.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 13:</HD> <P>A manufacturer of home electronics labels its video cassette recorders (“VCRs”) as “40% recycled.” In fact, each VCR contains 40% reconditioned parts. This claim is deceptive because consumers are unlikely to know that the VCR's recycled content consists of reconditioned parts.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 14:</HD> <P>A dealer of used automotive parts recovers a serviceable engine from a vehicle that has been totaled. Without repairing, rebuilding, remanufacturing, or in <PRTPAGE P="208"/>any way altering the engine or its components, the dealer attaches a “Recycled” label to the engine, and offers it for resale in its used auto parts store. In this situation, an unqualified recycled content claim is not likely to be deceptive because consumers are likely to understand that the engine is used and has not undergone any rebuilding.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 15:</HD> <P>An automobile parts dealer purchases a transmission that has been recovered from a junked vehicle. Eighty-five percent by weight of the transmission was rebuilt and 15% constitutes new materials. After rebuilding <SU>6</SU> <FTREF/> the transmission in accordance with industry practices, the dealer packages it for resale in a box labeled “Rebuilt Transmission,” or “Rebuilt Transmission (85% recycled content from rebuilt parts),” or “Recycled Transmission (85% recycled content from rebuilt parts).” These claims are not likely to be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <FTNT> <P> <SU>6</SU> The term “rebuilding” means that the dealer dismantled and reconstructed the transmission as necessary, cleaned all of its internal and external parts and eliminated rust and corrosion, restored all impaired, defective or substantially worn parts to a sound condition (or replaced them if necessary), and performed any operations required to put the transmission in sound working condition.</P> </FTNT> <P>(f) <E T="03">Source reduction:</E> It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product or package has been reduced or is lower in weight, volume or toxicity. Source reduction claims should be qualified to the extent necessary to avoid consumer deception about the amount of the source reduction and about the basis for any comparison asserted. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>An ad claims that solid waste created by disposal of the advertiser's packaging is “now 10% less than our previous package.” The claim is not deceptive if the advertiser has substantiation that shows that disposal of the current package contributes 10% less waste by weight or volume to the solid waste stream when compared with the immediately preceding version of the package.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>An advertiser notes that disposal of its product generates “10% less waste.” The claim is ambiguous. Depending on contextual factors, it could be a comparison either to the immediately preceding product or to a competitor's product. The “10% less waste” reference is deceptive unless the seller clarifies which comparison is intended and substantiates that comparison, or substantiates both possible interpretations of the claim.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(g) <E T="03">Refillable:</E> It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a package is refillable. An unqualified refillable claim should not be asserted unless a system is provided for the collection and return of the package for refill or the later refill of the package by consumers with product subsequently sold in another package. A package should not be marketed with an unqualified refillable claim, if it is up to the consumer to find new ways to refill the package. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A container is labeled “refillable x times.” The manufacturer has the capability to refill returned containers and can show that the container will withstand being refilled at least x times. The manufacturer, however, has established no collection program. The unqualified claim is deceptive because there is no means for collection and return of the container to the manufacturer for refill.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>A bottle of fabric softener states that it is in a “handy refillable container.” The manufacturer also sells a large-sized container that indicates that the consumer is expected to use it to refill the smaller container. The manufacturer sells the large-sized container in the same market areas where it sells the small container. The claim is not deceptive because there is a means for consumers to refill the smaller container from larger containers of the same product.</P> </EXAMPLE> <P>(h) <E T="03">Ozone safe and ozone friendly:</E> It is deceptive to misrepresent, directly or by implication, that a product is safe for or “friendly” to the ozone layer or the atmosphere. For example, a claim that a product does not harm the ozone layer is deceptive if the product contains an ozone-depleting substance. </P> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1:</HD> <P>A product is labeled “ozone friendly.” The claim is deceptive if the product contains any ozone-depleting substance, including those substances listed as Class I or Class II chemicals in Title VI of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, Public Law 101-549, and others subsequently designated by EPA as ozone-depleting substances. Chemicals that have been listed or designated as Class I are chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), halons, carbon tetrachloride, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, methyl bromide and hydrobromofluorocarbons (HBFCs). Chemicals that have been listed as Class II are hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs).</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2:</HD> <P>An aerosol air freshener is labeled “ozone friendly.” Some of the product's ingredients are volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that may cause smog by contributing to ground-level ozone formation. <PRTPAGE P="209"/>The claim is likely to convey to consumers that the product is safe for the atmosphere as a whole, and is therefore, deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3:</HD> <P>The seller of an aerosol product makes an unqualified claim that its product “Contains no CFCs.” Although the product does not contain CFCs, it does contain HCFC-22, another ozone depleting ingredient. Because the claim “Contains no CFCs” may imply to reasonable consumers that the product does not harm the ozone layer, the claim is deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <EXAMPLE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 4:</HD> <P>A product is labeled “This product is 95% less damaging to the ozone layer than past formulations that contained CFCs.” The manufacturer has substituted HCFCs for CFC-12, and can substantiate that this substitution will result in 95% less ozone depletion. The qualified comparative claim is not likely to be deceptive.</P> </EXAMPLE> <CITA>[57 FR 36363, Aug. 13, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 53318, Oct. 11, 1996; 61 FR 67109, Dec. 19, 1996; 63 FR 24248, May 1, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 260.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Environmental assessment.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) National Environmental Policy Act. In accordance with section 1.83 of the FTC's Procedures and Rules of Practice <SU>7</SU> <FTREF/> and section 1501.3 of the Council on Environmental Quality's regulations for implementing the procedural provisions of National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4321 <E T="03">et seq.</E> (1969), <SU>8</SU> <FTREF/> the Commission prepared an environmental assessment when the guides were issued in July 1992 for purposes of providing sufficient evidence and analysis to determine whether issuing the Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims required preparation of an environmental impact statement or a finding of no significant impact. After careful study, the Commission concluded that issuance of the Guides would not have a significant impact on the environment and that any such impact “would be so uncertain that environmental analysis would be based on speculation.” <SU>9</SU> <FTREF/> The Commission concluded that an environmental impact statement was therefore not required. The Commission based its conclusions on the findings in the environmental assessment that issuance of the guides would have no quantifiable environmental impact because the guides are voluntary in nature, do not preempt inconsistent state laws, are based on the FTC's deception policy, and, when used in conjunction with the Commission's policy of case-by-case enforcement, are intended to aid compliance with section 5(a) of the FTC Act as that Act applies to environmental marketing claims.</P> <FTNT> <P> <SU>7</SU> 16 CFR 1.83.</P> </FTNT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>8</SU> 40 CFR 1501.3.</P> </FTNT> <FTNT> <P> <SU>9</SU> 16 CFR 1.83(a).</P> </FTNT> <P>(b) The Commission has concluded that the modifications to the guides in this part will not have a significant effect on the environment, for the same reasons that the issuance of the original guides in 1992 and the modifications to the guides in 1996 were deemed not to have a significant effect on the environment. Therefore, the Commission concludes that an environmental impact statement is not required in conjunction with the issuance of the 1998 modifications to the Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims.</P> <CITA>[63 FR 24251, May 1, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 24248, May 1, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> </PART> </SUBCHAP> <SUBCHAP TYPE="P"> <PRTPAGE P="210"/> <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER C—REGULATIONS UNDER SPECIFIC ACTS OF CONGRESS</HD> <PART> <EAR>Pt. 300</EAR> <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 300—RULES AND REGULATIONS UNDER THE WOOL PRODUCTS LABELING ACT OF 1939</HD> <CONTENTS> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Definitions</HD> <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD> <SECTNO>300.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Terms defined.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Labeling</HD> <SECTNO>300.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General requirement.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Required label information.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.4</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Registered identification numbers.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.5</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Required label and method of affixing.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.6</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Labels to be avoided.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.7</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>English language requirement.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.8</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of fiber trademark and generic names.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.9</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Abbreviations, ditto marks, and asterisks.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.10</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Disclosure of information on labels.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.11</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Improper methods of labeling.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.12</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Labeling of pairs or products containing two or more units.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.13</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Name or other identification required to appear on labels.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.14</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Substitute label requirement.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.15</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Labeling of containers or packaging of wool products.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.16</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Ornamentation.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.17</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of the term “all” or “100%”.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.18</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of name of specialty fiber.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.19</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of terms “mohair” and “cashmere”.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.20</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Use of the terms “virgin” or “new”.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.21</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Marking of samples, swatches, or specimens.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.22</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Sectional disclosure of content.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.23</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Linings, paddings, stiffening, trimmings and facings.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.24</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Representations as to fiber content.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.25</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Country where wool products are processed or manufactured.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.25a</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Country of origin in mail order advertising.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.26</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Pile fabrics and products composed thereof.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.27</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Wool products containing superimposed or added fibers.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.28</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Undetermined quantities of reclaimed fibers.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.29</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Garments or products composed of or containing miscellaneous cloth scraps.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.30</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Deceptive labeling in general.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Manufacturers' Records</HD> <SECTNO>300.31</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Maintenance of records.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Guarantees</HD> <SECTNO>300.32</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Form of separate guaranty.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.33</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Continuing guaranty filed with Federal Trade Commission.</SUBJECT> <SECTNO>300.34</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Reference to existing guaranty on labels not permitted.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">General</HD> <SECTNO>300.35</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Hearings under section 4(d) of the act.</SUBJECT> </SUBJGRP> </CONTENTS> <AUTH> <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD> <P>15 U.S.C. 68 <E T="03">et seq.</E> and 15 U.S.C. 70 <E T="03">et seq.</E> </P> </AUTH> <SOURCE> <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD> <P>6 FR 3426, July 15, 1941, unless otherwise noted.</P> </SOURCE> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Definitions</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 300.1</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Terms defined.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The term <E T="03">Act</E> means the Wool Products Labeling Act of 1939 (approved October 14, 1940, Public No. 850, 76th Congress, Third Session, 54 Stat. 1128, 15 U.S.C. 68 et. seq. as amended by Pub. L. 96-242, 94 Stat. 344).</P> <P>(b) The terms <E T="03">rule</E>, <E T="03">rules</E>, <E T="03">regulations</E> and <E T="03">rules and regulations</E> mean the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission pursuant to the Act.</P> <P>(c) The term <E T="03">ornamentation</E> means any fibers or yarns imparting a visibly discernible pattern or design to a yarn or fabric.</P> <P>(d) The term <E T="03">fiber trademark</E> means a word or words used by a person to identify a particular fiber produced or sold by him and to distinguish it from fibers of the same generic class produced or sold by others. Such term shall not include any trademark, product mark, house mark, trade name or other name which does not identify a particular fiber.</P> <P>(e) The terms <E T="03">required information</E> or <E T="03">information required</E> mean such information as is required to be disclosed on the required stamp, tag, label or other means of identification under the Act and regulations.</P> <P>(f) The definitions of terms contained in section 2 of the Act shall be applicable also to such terms when used in rules promulgated under the Act.</P> <P>(g) The term <E T="03">United States</E> means the several States, the District of Columbia, and the territories and possessions of the United States.</P> <P>(h) The terms <E T="03">mail order catalog</E> and <E T="03">mail order promotional material</E> mean <PRTPAGE P="211"/>any materials, used in the direct sale or direct offering for sale of wool products, that are disseminated to ultimate consumers in print or by electronic means, other than by broadcast, and that solicit ultimate consumers to purchase such wool products by mail, telephone, electronic mail, or some other method without examining the actual product purchased.</P> <P>(i) The terms <E T="03">label, labels, labeled,</E> and <E T="03">labeling</E> mean the stamp, tag, label, or other means of identification, or authorized substitute therefore, required to be on or affixed to wool products by the Act or Regulations and on which the information required is to appear.</P> <P>(j) The terms <E T="03">invoice</E> and <E T="03">invoice or other paper</E> have the meaning set forth in § 303.1(h) of this chapter.</P> <P>(k) The term <E T="03">trimmings</E> has the meaning set forth in § 303.12 of this chapter.</P> <CITA>[29 FR 6623, May 21, 1964, as amended at 45 FR 44261, July 1, 1980; 50 FR 15105, Apr. 17, 1985; 63 FR 7516, Feb. 13, 1998]</CITA> </SECTION> </SUBJGRP> <SUBJGRP> <HD SOURCE="HED">Labeling</HD> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 300.2</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>General requirement.</SUBJECT> <P>Each and every wool product subject to the act shall be marked by a stamp, tag, label, or other means of identification, in conformity with the requirements of the act and the rules and regulations thereunder.</P> </SECTION> <SECTION> <SECTNO>§ 300.3</SECTNO> <SUBJECT>Required label information.</SUBJECT> <P>(a) The marking of wool products under the Act shall be in the form of a stamp, tag, label or other means of identification, showing and displaying upon the product the required information legibly, conspicuously, and nondeceptively. The information required to be shown and displayed upon the product in the stamp, tag, label, or other mark of identification, shall be that which is required by the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including the following:</P> <P>(1) The fiber content of the product specified in section 4(a)(2)(A) of the Act. The generic names and percentages by weight of the constituent fibers present in the wool product, exclusive of permissive ornamentation, shall appear on such label with any percentage of fiber or fibers designated as “other fiber” or “other fibers” as provided by section 4(a)(2)(A)(5) of the Act appearing last.</P> <P>(2) The maximum percentage of the total weight of the wool product of any nonfibrous loading, filling or adulterating matter as prescribed by section 4(a)